Home

Polycom 3725-77601-001H User's Manual

1. lt Zi 2Z 2Z2 2 Z2 Z Zj Z Z Z zZ Z 2Z2 2Z2 2 2 2 Z 2Z2 2Z2 2 2 Z2 Z 2Z2 2 lt WLAN Key 2 156 Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series WLAN Key 3 Y N N WLAN Key 4 Y N WLAN Mode Y N WLAN SSID Y N WLAN UseKey Y N a The CMA system always provisions Telnet Mode to ON because provisioning Telnet Mode to OFF would make the endpoints unmanageable Scheduled Provisioning of LifeSize Endpoints The CMA system can provision many fields for LifeSize Team and Express endpoints The following table identifies the fields that the CMA system can provision for LifeSize Team 200 endpoints See the Endpoint Configuration Provisioning on page 105 for information on implementing scheduled provisioning of endpoints Provisioned for selected LifeSize Models Field Name Team 200 Calls Outgoing Max BandWidth Incoming Max BandWidth Auto Bandwidth Maximum Call Time Maximum Redial Entries Auto Answer Auto Answer Mute lt lt lt lt lt lt Audio Audio Codecs Active Microphone Active Microphone Volume Y Polycom Inc 157 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioned for selected LifeSize Models Tean 208 i y y y y i y Telepresence Telepresence HD Camera 1 Moment HD
2. 2 lt lt z 2 z 2 Ziz Z z z z Z z Z z Z z Z Z Z 2 lt 2 lt lt lt lt lt J lt lt 149 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series Kiosk Phonebook Y N LocalLayout Mode LocalLayout Toggle Logo LoS Duration Exponent LoS Duration Offset LoS Inhibit LoS Initial LoS Polarity LoS Retry MainVideoSource MaxBandwidth Multipoint Mode Multipoint MultiwayMultiprotocol Multipoint MultiwayStartupPeriod Multipoint MultiwayURI NAT Address NAT Mode NetProfile 1 through 7 CallPrefix CallSuffix Name NTP Address NTP Mode OneClickConnect Mode OSD CallDuration Mode OSD Icon BadNetwork lt z lt Zi 2Z lt lt lt lt Z lt xIx lt Z Z zzz Z Z Z Z Z Z z lt Z zZ OSD Icon CameraTracking 150 Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series OSD Icon DuoVideo Y N OSD Icon Encryption OSD Icon Headset OSD Icon MicOff OSD Icon OnAir OSD Icon Telephone OSD Icon V
3. 0 0 000 515 Add a Remote Alert Profile 0 008 516 Associate a Remote Alert Profile With a User 518 Edit a Remote Alert Profile 0 00000 519 Disable a Remote Alert Profile 000 519 Delete a Remote Alert Profile 0 0 000000 519 Disable CMA System Remote Alerts 0 0 008 520 38 System Management and Maintenance 521 Management and Maintenance Overview 0 00000 eens 521 Administrator Responsibilities 0 0 cece ee eee eee 521 Administrative Best Practices 522 Auditor Responsibilities 0 0 cee eee eee 522 Auditor Best Practices 523 Recommended Regular Maintenance 0 000 e eee eee eee 523 39 System Backup and Recovery Operations 525 Backup Internal Databases and System Configuration 525 Backup the CMA System Internal Databases 526 Backup the CMA System Settings 00 000000 526 Restore Database and System Configuration 000 527 Restore to Factory Default Image 00000004 527 Restore from a Backup Archive 0 eee eee eee eee 528 40 System Troubleshooting 0eeeeeeeeeces 529 Polycom Inc Troubleshooting Utilities Dashboard 00000000 529 Troubleshooting
4. Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview 4 c o o o EJee SY o s o N xixi ao xou s x oe qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned r S j nrzi Sia Dial 1 for all USA Specify whether to preface calls within the United States Y IY Calls with 1 Global Services gt Dialing Rules 2 If Area Code Equals Create additional dialing rules and routing based on area Y IY Dial Prefix Pairs code Global Services gt Account Validation Require Account Specify whether to require an account number for placing Y Y Y Number to Dial calls and whether that number should be validated by the system Validate Account Specify whether to require an account number for placing Y Y Y Number calls and whether that number should be validated by the system Global Services gt My Information Contact Person Specifies the name of the person responsible for this Y Y Y Y system Contact Number Specifies the phone number of the person responsible for Y Y Y Y this system Contact Email Specifies the email address of the person responsible for Y Y Y Y this system Contact Fax Specifies the Fax number of the person responsible for Y Y Y Y this system Tech Support Specifies the contact information for Technical Support for Y Y Y this system City Specifies the location of
5. 0 113 Scheduled Provisioning Profiles 08 114 Endpoint Gatekeeper Registration Policies 08 132 Endpoint Software Updates 0 eee eee eee 133 Automatic Software Updates 0 eee eee 133 How Automatic Software Update Works 133 Automatic Software Update Profiles 0 133 Automatic Software Update Versions 0 134 Peripheral Software Updates 0 eee ee eee 135 Scheduled Software Updates eee eee eee 135 Endpoint Passwords 0 0 cece VEE a E E e nee a 136 Considerations for Third Party Endpoints 000 136 Enable TANDBERG Endpoints Global Address Book Access 137 Considerations for LifeSize Endpoints 0000 137 Enabling Management of LifeSize Endpoints 137 Monitoring ict eae A tes Reta BG hie eh ead Nee ae ei FS a os 138 Scheduled Provisioning of Selected TANDBERG Endpoints 138 Scheduled Provisioning of LifeSize Endpoints 157 vi Polycom Inc Conten Provisioning of LifeSize Passwords 6 000 e eee eee eee 164 Reporting sccccsceecteeceieeisne eee tiki ee eee eee eeees teas 164 10 Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations 165 11 Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Operations 0 0 000 e eee eee ee 165 View Device Details 0051 18 gon s
6. 0 00 02 eee eee 195 Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update PACK ABC yenii teia E dyes bog E R 196 Set an Automatic Software Update Policy 197 Trial a Software Update Package 0 cece eee ee eee 198 Create a Local Trial Group 0 198 Upload the Software Package and Create a Trial Software Update Package sreeieyorer entie een shaw wan one d SERRER 199 Promote the Trial Software Update Package to Production 199 Delete the Trial Software Update Package 200 View and Implement Software Updates for Peripherals 200 View Software Updates for Peripherals 201 Upload Peripheral Software Updates to the CMA Web Server 202 Configure Peripheral Updates for Production 202 Configure Peripheral Updates for Trial 204 Scheduled Software Update Operations 0000000 205 View Scheduled Software Update Information 206 View List of Software Update Packages 000 206 Implement Scheduled Software Updates for Endpoints 206 List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated 206 Download the Required Software Package 207 Request Update Activation Keys 0004 208 Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Profile 209 Schedule the Software Update for Endpoints
7. Field Description Service Type Name of the service read only Enable Indicates whether this service is enabled Available for New Groups The service is available for new user groups Description Description of the service Service Prefix The prefix for this service 9 Gateway Service These services are provided by a gateway to endpoints For example gateways usually have distinct services for each speed they support 128 Kbps 384 Kbps 512 Kbps and so on and a service for audio only calls Gateway services tell the CMA system how to route the call during conversion between IP and ISDN Note Gateway and MCU services must be defined in both the CMA system and the MCU platform They must be defined exactly the same in both locations If you enter this information manually be sure to type it exactly as it is entered in the MGC or RMX system You can simplify entry of services by making sure that the MCUs and gateways on your video conferencing network are set to register with the gatekeeper in the CMA system This setting assures the information appears automatically in the List of Services page You must define a gateway service for each bit rate available These services should appear automatically in the list when the gateway registers with the CMA system If gateway services do not appear you can enter them manually If the List of Services page does not include gateway services alternate routi
8. 537 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Port Description TCP 4449 Polycom proprietary service OpenDS Data store for site topology admin port TCP 8989 Polycom proprietary service OpenDS Data store for site topology replication port Note Third party port scanning software may incorrectly identify the Polycom proprietary services as IANA registered services since identification is made by port number only and not by the actual protocol being transmitted Outbound Ports Used by the Polycom CMA System The following table lists all outbound ports that the CMA system uses to communicate with other systems including endpoints bridges database servers and other network equipment As a standard H 323 gatekeeper the CMA system uses ports 1024 65535 for dynamic TCP and UDP traffic 538 Port Description TCP 20 Used to FTP data to endpoints TCP 21 TCP UDP 24 Used to access the telnet interfaces on endpoints TCP UDP 25 Used to send E mail messages to SMTP servers TCP UDP 53 Used to access domain name servers DNS TCP 80 Used to access the web application on endpoints and MGCs version 7 x and higher TCP 135 Active Directory AD Single Signon NetBios NTLM TCP 137 TCP 139 TCP UDP 389 Used to access directory LDAP services TCP 443 Secure access to endpoint devices SSL including Polycom CMA Desktop TCP 445 AD Single Signon TCP UDP
9. 0 0 00008 499 Call Scenario OnE 5 6 orri cece dea sew wis orale wees 501 Call Scenario Two 2 eee eee eee 501 Determining Area Codes 0 0 502 Determining Country Codes 0 0 502 Determining the Weighted Cost 0 0 0 eee eee 502 View the Least Cost Routing Tables List 0 503 Add a Least Cost Routing Table 000 000 503 Edit a Least Cost Routing Table 0 00 00 00 eee 503 Delete a Least Cost Routing Table 000000 504 E 164 Numbering Scheme 0 eee eee eee eee eee 504 E 164 Implementation in the CMA System 000 504 E 164 Alias Assignment i o a E EE EE A 504 E 164 Numbering Scheme Default Settings 0 505 E 164 Numbering Scheme Explained 0 0 000000005 505 Generating E 164 Aliases 0 0 0 00 0 008 508 Setting up an E 164 Alias in a User Dial String Reservation 508 Setting up an E 164 Alias in a Room Dial String Reservation 509 xviii Polycom Inc Contents 37 Remote Alert Setup Operations SII Set Up Remote Alerts 2 0 0 0 0 c eee eee cere nee e eee 511 Set Up CMA System generated E mail Account 512 Enable CMA System Remote Alerts 0000 512 Set CMA System Remote Alert Level Settings 513 Set Endpoint Alert Level Settings
10. 0000 c eee eee eee eee 373 How Multiple Address Books Work 0 0 cece eee eee 374 View the Address Book List and Details 0 000 c eee eee 375 Add an Address Book 0000 c cece cence etn n eens 375 Edit an Address Book 0 c ccc e eect nent eens 377 xiii Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Assign Address Books to Groups 0 00 e eee eee ee eee eee 379 Viewing the Address Book a User is Assigned To 380 Delete an Address Book 0 00 0 e eee eee ee 380 Change Address Book Priority 0 0 eee eee eee eee ee 381 Set the Default Address Book 00 000000 00008 381 Copy an Address Book 2 cee eee eee eee ee 382 29 Polycom CMA System Setup Overview 383 Server SOLON ES sila caut iad atA g a og Eaa pea ai gob E e bob Pe opens 383 Polycom CMA System Licensing 0 000 e eee ee eee eee 384 Polycom CMA System Site Topology and Dial Plan Set Up 386 Sites List s2 2 accavdies saves aden dee es booed Heads eden eae a beds 387 Add Edit Site Dialog Box 0 0 00000 388 Site LINKS 26 eos dered hove cutee E an ete 392 Add Edit Site Link Dialog Box 00 002 e ee eee 392 Site to Site Exclusions 0 eee 392 WOMMONES 5 cdi degiadiciiwies He eed ded awe Tes He 393 Add Edit Territory Dialog Box 0 000 393 Network Clouds s22 ceeves
11. For MGC hosted conferences only selects the protocols and specifications for multipoint data communication If your system is in maximum security mode the T 120 options are not supported In the T 120 menu select the speed for the T 120 connection See your IT department to determine the best combinations for your conferences To disable the T 120 mode select None If you select T 120 these options may be available according to the participant s endpoint and software e Application Sharing Allows two or more participants to work on the same document or application even when only one participant has the application In application sharing one participant launches the application and it runs simultaneously on all other computers e File Transfer Enables participants to send files to each other e Chat or Whiteboard Allows participants to communicate with each other by writing In all of these modes participants can view and hear each other 3 If the conference is configured for Chairperson or Lecturer modes assign participants leadership roles a Toassigna participant the lecturer role in the Lecturer field select the participant s name from the list b To assign a participant the video chairperson role in the Video Chairperson field select the participant s name from the list Notes G e Ifthe Lecturer or Video Chairperson features are not available then the selected template does not support
12. Pe eal ei 2 L e Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned Se Se tele oy Auto Answer Multipoint Specifies whether to set the endpoint system to answer YY Y J J Calls incoming multipoint calls automatically Allow Dialing Allow users to place calls You can still place calls from Y Y the web interface Allow Directory Specifies whether users can save changes to the YI IYJIYIY IY Changes directory or contacts favorites list Confirm Directory Specifies whether users are prompted to confirm Y Y Y Additions Upon Call deletions of directory entries Disconnect Confirm Directory Specifies whether users are prompted to confirm new Y Y lY Deletions directory entries when saving the information for the last site called Allow Access to User Specifies whether the User Settings screen is accessible Y Y Y Y Y Setup to users via the System screen Select this option to allow users to change limited environmental settings General Settings gt System Settings gt System Settings 2 Far Site Name Display Specifies how long the far site name to appear on the Y Y lY screen when the call is first connected Display Time in Call Displays time that the current call has been connected Y Y Y Keypad Audio Allows the user to hear a voice confirmation of the Y I Y IY Y Y Confirmation numbers selected with the remote control Call Detail Report Collects call data Y Y lY
13. Ifthe CMA system cannot find the MCU on the network a Device Not Found dialog box appears 6 Click OK Complete the Identification Addresses Capabilities MCU Services MCU Resources and MCU Cascading sections of the Add New Device dialog box For more information see View Device Details on page 227 At a minimum assign the MCU a System Name Note G When naming an RMX system use lowercase letters to specify the FQDN in the System Name field Pay particular attention to the Capabilities options because the settings on it determine how the MCU is used throughout the CMA system 8 Click Add The MCU appears in the Network Device list By default the system Adds the MCU to the applicable site Sets the HTTP Port to 80 Adds an Alias for the endpoint Makes the endpoint Available to Schedule Sets the Monitoring Level to Standard Notes e Inthe Device List a CMA system displays a single MCU as two separate Device Types an RMX or MGC device and a GW MCU device The GW MCU designation represents the network interface e For third party endpoints the HTTP URL serial number and DNS name are not captured during endpoint registration Edit an MCU Bridge To edit an MCU from the CMA system 1 Goto Network Device gt MCUs 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list Polycom Inc 233 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 3 Select the MCU of interest and click Edit Com
14. Specific Areas Give the users access to only devices assigned to the areas selected below Select one or more areas in the list below 6 Click OK 352 Polycom Inc Area Overview and Operations Change Area Association for Users Delete an Area Polycom Inc To remove area associations from users 1 Go to Admin gt Areas and click Manage Members 2 Inthe Manage Members dialog box enter the name for the user of interest in the Search Users field and press Enter Note Searches for a user are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields Select the user of interest and click the right arrow Click Unassign Areas Select the areas to unassign and click the right arrow Click OK aoa Aa Q You can only delete areas that are not associated with devices or assigned members To delete an Area from the the Polycom CMA System 1 Goto Admin gt Areas and on the Areas page select the area of interest 2 Click Edit 3 Click Associate Devices and move any devices out of the Selected Devices list 4 Click Assign Area Members and move any devices out of the Selected Area Members list 5 Click OK When the Areas page reappears click Delete Click Yes to confirm the deletion 353 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 354 Polycom Inc Directory Operations This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA enterprise directory inte
15. Switch Logicallnput 2 Mode 1 Switch Logicallnput 3 Map Switch Logicallnput 3 Mode 1 Switch Logicallnput 4 Map Switch Logicallnput 4 Mode 1 Switch Logicallnput 5 Map Switch Logicallnput 5 Mode 1 Switch Source SystemUnit Multiway SystemUnit Password T1 Interface CableLength Telnet Mode TelnetChallenge Mode TelnetChallenge Port Time DateFormat Time DaylightSavings lt 2 lt lt lt lt K ZZ lt lt Z Zz az Z Z Z Z Z Z z Z Zz ZZ Zz Zz Zz Zz KK Zz 155 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series Time TimeFormat Y Y Time Zone UseAsLocalPCMonitor Video 1 Outputs Animation Video 1 Outputs Testpattern Video Inputs Source 1 through 6 Name Quality Video Outputs DVI 1 and 2 Mode OSD VirtualMonitor Video Outputs DVIResolution Video Outputs Letterbox Video Outputs ScreenFormatPC Video Outputs ScreenFormatTV Video Outputs TV 1 and 2 Mode OSD VirtualMonitor VNC DisplayNumber VNC IPAddress VNC Password WLAN Community WLAN Enable WLAN Encryption WLAN Key 1 lt lt
16. 95 Actions in the Bundled Provisioning View 96 Automatic Provisioning View 6 666 c cece eee eee ees 96 Endpoint List in the Automatic Provisioning View 96 Actions in the Automatic Provisioning View 97 Scheduled Provisioning View 0 0 rr eee ee eee 97 Endpoint List in the Scheduled Provisioning View 97 Actions in the Scheduled Provisioning View 98 Automatic Software Update View 0 99 Endpoint List in the Automatic Software Update View 99 Actions in the Automatic Software Update View 100 Scheduled Software Update View 00 eee ee eae 101 Endpoint List in the Scheduled Software Update View 101 Scheduled Software Update View Actions 102 End point Types pas iy et gag epa eae ESA a Le OREN Seka Lee ES 103 Endpoint Configuration Provisioning 00008 105 Provisioning Best Practices 0 106 Bundled Provisioning 0 0 eee eee ee 106 How Bundled Provisioning Works 00 107 Automatic Provisioning 0 6 eee 107 How Automatic Provisioning Works 0 108 Automatic Provisioning Profiles 000 109 Profile Order and Priority 0 0000 113 Scheduled Provisioning 0 000s 113 How Scheduled Provisioning Works
17. 0 eee ee 11 Set Up Video Call Routing 0 0 0 11 Set Up Automatic Provisioning 6 eee eee 12 Set Up Automatic Softupdate 0 eee eee 12 Set Up Conference Templates 00 cece eee eee 12 Set Up Directory Services occv ae Selene neon aE E EEA eee wade 13 Set Up a Certificate for the Polycom CMA System 0 13 Distribute Polycom Applications 0 00 14 Distribute Polycom CMA Desktop for Windows Systems 14 Distribute Polycom CMA Desktop for MAC OS Systems 15 3 Operating in Maximum Security Environments 17 Polycom Inc Maximum Security Mode Overview 0 0 0 e eee eee eee 17 Conference Scheduling in Maximum Security Mode 18 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Endpoint Management in Maximum Security Mode 19 Network Device Management in Maximum Security Mode 20 Polycom RMX Systems in Secure Mode 5 21 User Management in Maximum Security Mode 00 21 Scheduler os sp sss scs sideboaaesoxs pcb ace 4oal oneni pRa innean aa 21 OPeratOl cic e wast nie dsecheecedeet ale doe bee a a heed dre aaa 21 Administrator 2 e seed esivaw nde ated dns peeks eb oes aRU 21 Group Management in Maximum Security Mode 24 Reporting in Maximum Security Mode 00 cece 24 Administrator cciroeconetrar tidan Deed oes eee ase
18. 004 450 Install a Certificate nunn 00 00 451 Upload a Certificate Revocation List 0 00 452 Delete a Certificate 0 002 453 View the Expiration Dates for Certificates and CRLs 454 Change the System User Interface Timeout and Number of Sessions 454 Give Enterprise Users Default Scheduler Role 455 Change the Message for Enterprise Users without a Role 455 xvi Polycom Inc Contents Control Remote Desktop Connections to the CMA System 455 Automatic Registration Synchronization 6 0 cece eee eee 456 Set Common Passwords for Endpoints 0 0 0 0 cee eee 457 Disable Common Password for Endpoints 0 0 00s e ee 457 Set Local Account Lockout and Timeout 000 458 Set Local Password Requirements 0 cee eee eee eee 458 Add Machine Accounts 1 0 0 0 0 460 Change Internal Database Passwords unsur eee eee 461 36 Dial Plan Setup Operations 2 2 463 Polycom Inc Sie Operations cick sks wis Rak noualne cud edn un eee ea mend Samet 463 View the Graphical Site Topology 0 00000 464 View the Sites List sisssiprsseiosesronitio er riani pider iae 464 Adda GIE aberta EEEE E ERSE EERDE AREE Shaler LARRUA RRAS 465 View Site Information 0 c eee eee eens 473 Assign Locations to a Site 2 6 0 6 cece
19. Available for all device types Add Manually add a network device to the CMA system or find a network device on the network View Display all of the Device Details for the selected network Details device Edit 2 Change connection settings for the selected network device Note that if this is a managed device the device may overwrite settings entered manually Delete g Delete the selected network devices Associate Area Available only when Areas are enabled Associate the selected network device to an area so that only specified users can manage it Available for only selected network device types Manage d Open the selected network device s management interface in a separate browser window This command is not available for the following device types MGC GW MCU and Other Use the VBP View to manage Polycom Video Border Proxy VBP firewall devices on the network Polycom VBP devices when installed at the edge of the operations center secures critical voice video and data infrastructure components including VoIP softswitches video gatekeepers gateways media servers and endpoints The VBP list has the following information Field Description Name A unique name to identify the Polycom VBP device Model The model of Polycom VBP device Provider side IP The private network IP address for the Polycom VBP device Polycom Inc MCU View DM
20. Click OK Edit a Least Cost Routing Table To edit an LCR table 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan gt LCR Tables 2 Inthe LCR Tables list select the table of interest and click Edit LCR Polycom Inc 503 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 3 In the Edit LCR dialog box edit the Name Description and New Route information as required 4 Click Save The changes you made apply to all MCUs associated with a gateway service that uses this LCR table Delete a Least Cost Routing Table To delete an LCR table 1 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan gt LCR Tables 2 Inthe LCR Tables list select the table of interest and click Delete LCR 3 Click Delete to confirm the deletion E 164 Numbering Scheme E 164 Implementation in the CMA System The Polycom E 164 implementation is based on an E 164 Telecommunications Recommendation and provides E 164 functionality within the Polycom CMA environment The CMA system provides the ability to automatically generate E 164 aliases through its E 164 numbering scheme feature This feature effectively works as an E 164 alias generator and allows for two types of E 164 number generation default or custom When the CMA system is setup correctly it will generate one E 164 alias per dynamically managed endpoint E 164 Alias Assignment 504 The CMA system can assign an E 164 alias to each dynamically managed endpoint at the time of first registration with the CMA System An E 164 alias assig
21. Column Description Room Name The unique and required name of the room Description The optional description of the room Site The location of the room as identified in the site topology Associated The primary endpoint associated with this room A set of Endpoints ellipses indicates the room has more than one associated endpoint Add a Local Room When you add a local room to a CMA system you specify settings for it and associate one or more endpoints with it To add a local room 1 Goto Admin gt Rooms 2 On the Rooms page click Add A The Add New Room dialog box appears 3 If you are logged into a domain other than the Local domain click Manually Define 4 Complete the General Info and Associated Devices sections of the Add New Room dialog box The following table shows the room information in the CMA system records Field Description General Info Room Name The name of the room which appears in the address book for associated endpoints Description Optional A useful description ASCII only of the room 344 Polycom Inc Room Overview and Operations Field Description Site The site in which the room is located Note Rooms and the endpoint associated with them must be assigned to the same site Email Optional The E mail address of the room administrator Associated Endpo ints Available Endpoints The list of unassigned endpoints
22. Conference Encryption Mode Conference Encryption Type Conference FallbackTo Telephony Conference FarTlphEchoSupression Conference FloorToFull Conference G722 Conference G722 1 Conference G728 lt Z lt lt Z Z lt Z lt Z lt lt lt lt Z Z Z lt Z Z 2 2 z z 2 2 2 2 141 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 142 Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 Conference H239 Y Y Conference H263 Conference H264 Conference H264RCDO Conference H331 Conference IPDualstreamRate Conference IPLR Transmit Conference MailBox URI Conference MaxCallLength Conference NaturalVideo Conference Periodiclntra Conference PictureMode Conference SIP URI Conference VideoQualityCP Conference VideoText Conference VideoTextTimeout Conference WebSnapshots CorporateDirectory Address CorporateDirectory Mode CorporateDirectory Path CorporateDirectory Protocol DefaultPIPPosition Directory CallLog Directory SmartSearch DoNotDisturb Mode DualMonitor Mode DuoVideoSource DynamicResolution Mode lt 2 2 lt
23. The following table shows the fields you can configure when adding a new automatic provisioning profile You may find more implementation details about these fields in the endpoint system documentation Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned System Settings Language Specifies the language for the video endpoint system s user interface Possible values include English German Spanish French and Chinese Simplified Chinese only Allow Access to User Specifies whether the User Settings screen is Setup accessible to users via the System screen Select this option to allow endpoint system users to change limited environmental settings Allow Directory Specifies whether endpoint system users can save Changes changes they make to the directory on contacts favorites list Call Detail Report Specifies whether to collect call data for the Call Detail Report and Recent Calls list When selected information about calls can be viewed through the endpoint system s web interface and downloaded as a csv file Note If this setting is disabled applications such as the CMA system or the Polycom Global Management System will not be able to retrieve Call Detail Report CDR records 109 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned Maximum Time in Call minutes Specifies the maximum number of minutes allowed for a call En
24. a From the Enter Location By drop down list select Latitude Longitude Decimal format Enter the Latitude and Longitude coordinates in decimal degrees for example Baltimore has a latitude of 39 3 and a longitude of 76 6 Enter a Location Name The system uses this location name for reference only it does not validated the location name against the latitude and longitude coordinates that you enter Select the Country name for the location and click Select The system uses the coordinates you input to place the site in the proper location on its site topology map To specify a location by latitude and longitude in DaysMinutesSeconds format a From the Enter Location By drop down list select Latitude Longitude DDD MM SS format Enter the Latitude and Longitude coordinates in the required format and select Enter a Location Name The system uses this location name for reference only it does not validated the location name against the latitude and longitude coordinates that you enter Select the Country name for the location and click Select The system uses the coordinates you input to place the site in the proper location on its site topology map Polycom Inc Edit Site Settings Dial Plan Setup Operations Note Changing network topology may affect the accuracy of reports based on this information To retain historical data for the current network topology generate reports before making chang
25. 1 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates 199 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Select the tab for product to update Select the software update package of interest and click Promote to Production 4 Click Yes to confirm the promotion The package becomes a production automatic software update package Delete the Trial Software Update Package If you determine that the trial software update package is unacceptable for production you can delete it To delete a trial software update package 1 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates 2 Select the tab for product to update 3 Select the software update package of interest and click Delete Software Update 4 Click Yes to confirm the deletion The package is removed from the Automatic Software Updates list 5 Toreturn your trial group to the last production version of software clear the Allow this version or newer option and click Update 6 When all endpoints are back to the last production version of software reset your automatic software update policy See Set an Automatic Software Update Policy on page 197 View and Implement Software Updates for Peripherals 200 For peripherals that permit software updates from the CMA system you can download the updates from http support polycom comand make them available from the CMA system web server You also configure which updates are for trial or pro
26. Description Description of the service Tip When completed automatically the description reflects the value entered in the MGC or RMX manager Enabled By default services are enabled To disable them clear the Enabled check box If a gateway or MCU service does not appear automatically when the device registers with the CMA system you can define the service manually so that it is available for use in unscheduled calls In addition you can add services for certain third party MCU services To add a service 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan gt Services 2 Inthe Services list click Add Service 3 Complete the General Info and if applicable Simplified Dialing or Conference on Demand sections of the Add Service dialog box Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations 4 Click OK The new service is added to the system Edit a Service You can make changes to a service Note G Be sure that the information you enter in the CMA system matches the information entered in the MCU To edit a service 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan gt Services 2 Inthe Services list select the service of interest and click Edit Service 3 As required edit the General Info and if applicable Simplified Dialing or Conference on Demand sections of the Edit Service dialog box 4 Click OK Delete a Service You can delete a gateway or MCU service from the CMA system You cannot delete the Conference on Demand or Simplified Dia
27. H323Gatekeeper Avaya Password H323Gatekeeper Discovery H323Gatekeeper MultipleAlias H323Prefix HTTP Mode HTTPS Mode HTTPS VerifyServerCertificate IdReport H323 IEEE802 1x Anonymousldentity IEEE802 1x EAP MD5 IEEE802 1x EAP PEAP IEEE802 1x EAP TTLS IEEE802 1x Identity IEEE802 1x Mode IEEE802 1x Password IMUX Custom bw1152 Prefix IMUX Custom bw1152 Suffix IMUX Custom bw1152R Prefix IMUX Custom bw1152R Suffix IMUX Custom bw128 Prefix IMUX Custom bw128 Suffix IMUX Custom bw128R Prefix IMUX Custom bw128R Suffix IMUX Custom bw1472 Prefix as lt lt lt x 2 Ziz Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z 2 2z 2 2 lt lt lt IMUX Custom bw1472 Suffix 144 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg MXP Model T150 C Series models MXP Models Field Name 990 880 770 IMUX Custom bw1472R Prefix Y N IMUX Custom bw1472R Suffix IMUX Custom bw192 Prefix IMUX Custom bw192 Suffix IMUX Custom bw1920 Prefix IMUX Custom bw1920 Suffix IMUX Custom bw1920R Prefix IMUX Custom bw1920R Suffix IMUX Custom bw192R Prefix IMUX Custom bw192R Suffix IMUX Custom bw256 Prefix IMUX Custom bw256 Suffix IMUX C
28. Join Mode Specify whether the guest s endpoint is an audio or video endpoint Note A guest may have multiple endpoints Create a separate Guest Book entry for each endpoint 276 Polycom Inc User Management Operations Field Description Dial Options Specify whether the guest will dial into conferences or require that the system dial out to the guest Note To support both options create a separate Guest Book entry for each 3 If the guest has an H 323 IP endpoint configure these settings Field Description Number and Number Type The specific dial string for the guest and the format of the number that the MCU must resolve to contact the guest This may be an IP address E 164 address H 323 or Annex O For Annex O dialing in the Number field enter the H 323 alias IP for example 1001 11 12 13 14 1001 domain com username domain com username 11 12 13 14 Notes e Polycom endpoints must register with a gatekeeper before they will attempt an Annex O call e You can enter a dial string for another MCU as a guest If so you may need to specify the conference ID in the Extension field also Extension Use this field to connect the conference to another conference on another MCU In this field specify the conference ID or passcode for the conference on the other MCU MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined
29. Lets you specify the beginning value for the range of TCP ports used by the endpoint systems The endpoint systems will automatically assign a range of ports starting with the port you specify Enable H 460 Firewall Traversal Allows the endpoint system to use H 460 based firewall traversal For more information see the Administrator s Guide for Polycom HDX Systems 466 Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Field For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned NAT Configuration Specify whether the endpoint systems should determine the NAT Public WAN Address automatically e Ifthe endpoint systems are behind a NAT that allows HTTP traffic select Auto If the endpoint systems are behind a NAT that does not allow HTTP traffic select Manual Then specify a NAT Public WAN Address e Ifthe endpoint systems are not behind a NAT or are connected to the IP network through a virtual private network VPN select Off NAT Public WAN Address When NAT Configuration is set to Manual specify the address that callers from outside the LAN should use to call the endpoint systems NAT is H 323 Compatible Specify that the endpoint systems are behind a NAT that is capable of translating H 323 traffic Address Displayed in Global Directory Specify whether to include the endpoint system s information in the global directory e Select Private to exclude the endpoint from the
30. The name of the chairperson Not applicable when no chairperson is designated Lecture Mode The type of Lecture Mode if any that was selected when the conference was created Possible values are None Lecture and Presentation Note The RMX 1000 system does not support Lecture Mode Lecturer The name of the lecturer Not applicable when Lecture Mode is None Lecture View Switching Indicates whether or not automatic switching between participants is enabled Dual Stream Mode Possible values are None Duo Video e People Content e Unknown e Visual Concert PC e Visual Concert FX 83 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Section Description T120 Rate Possible values are e None e MLP 62 4 e HMLP Var e MLP 46 4 HMLP 384 e MLP 40 e HMLP 320 e MLP 38 4 e HMLP 256 e MLP 32 e HMLP 192 e MLP 30 4 e HMLP 128 e MLP 24 e HMLP 6 4 e MLP 22 4 e HMLP 62 4 e MLP 16 HMLP 14 4 e MLP 14 4 e MLP Var e MLP 64 e MLP 64 4 e MLP 4 End Time Alert Whether or not the system alerts participants to the end of the conference by playing an end tone Entry Tone Whether or not an entry tone is played to all connected participants when a participant joins the conference Exit Tone Whether or not an exit tone is played to all connected participants when a participant disconnects from the conference Bridge
31. ZIZ Z Z lt lt Z Z lt lt Z Z Z Z lt Z Z 2 lt lt lt Z 2 Z lt Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series E1 Interface CRC4 Y N Ethernet 1 Speed Ethernet 2 Speed ExternalNetwork Callcontroll ExternalNetwork Clocking ExternalNetwork DTRPulse ExternalServices Address ExternalServices Mode ExternalServices Path ExternalServices Protocol FECC Mode FeedbackFilter Call FeedbackFilter Conference FTP Mode G703 Callcontrol G703 Interface MaxChannels G703 Interface StartChannel G703 Linecoding G703 PhysicalLayer H320 NetType H323 Mode H323CallSetup Mode H323Gatekeeper Address H323Gatekeeper Authentication ID H323Gatekeeper Authentication Mode lt lt lt lt lt lt lt I zy Z Z Z Z Z lt Z Z Z 2 2 z z z z z lt lt H323Gatekeeper Authentication Password H323Gatekeeper Avaya AnnexH Y Y Polycom Inc 143 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series H323Gatekeeper Avaya Mode Y Y H323Gatekeeper Avaya Y Y MultipointCount
32. cee cece eee eee een e eee eee 261 View User Information 00 262 Adda Local User 254 0 ccciateicbba atta wiliseneene deeds 263 Edita User s saieceiieeci tee eins tebe viet E ES E 265 View Permissions for a User 0 0 00 cece eee eee 266 Deleted User rron iiir ia E Ge goh R ga aea esas 266 Unlock a User Account 1 0 0 0 cee eee eens 267 Manage Groups 450 lt 00necaedeu winni EEN seb bees EEA REER se 268 Adda Local Group 0 0 cece cet een eens 268 Import Enterprise Groups 0 ccc eee 269 Edita Grup 2cig deh sad Prie ri ii sele aaa tables bone eT 270 Deletea Group 0 eee cece eee eee ene e eens 270 Manage User Roles o sermos sea dene eee n eee nie EEEE semen EM 270 x Polycom Inc 21 Polycom Inc Contents Assign Users Roles and Endpoints 0 0 0 0 0 0s sees 272 View the List of User Roles 0 0 cece eee eee eee 272 Addia User Role sroin teine a io a Ea n aani a 273 Edit Permissions for a User Role 0 00 cece eee eee 273 WDelete a User Roles 54 ps4 ctevedse ee ttn ede cette needa EAE 274 View the Groups and Users Associated with a User Role 274 Manage System Guest Book 0 eee eee eee 275 User Menu and Guest Book 0 0c cece eee eee 275 Context Sensitive Guest Book Actions 00 0004 276 Add a Guest to the System Guest Book 00 005 276 Edit a Guest in the System Guest Book
33. e Pending Failed e Clear Name The system name of the endpoint Type The type of endpoint Scheduled provisioning is only available for the endpoints types listed in this table as Filter selections IP Address The IP address assigned to the endpoint Last The date and time of the endpoint s last provisioning unless its status has been cleared Pending When the endpoint is scheduled for provisioning this field shows the provisioning profile to be used for the scheduled provisioning process Scheduled When the endpoint is scheduled for provisioning this field shows the date and time for the next scheduled provisioning process Actions in the Scheduled Provisioning View Besides providing access to the endpoint views the Actions section of the Scheduled Provisioning View also includes these commands 98 Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Action Use this action to Provision J Schedule provisioning for the selected endpoint s Cancel Provision 2 Cancel a previously scheduled provisioning operation Clear Status ee Change the status column for a endpoint to the Clear state You can perform these operations on multiple endpoints at the same time To select multiple endpoints hold the control key while you select the endpoints For information about these endpoint actions see Endpoint Provisioning Operations on page 181
34. e Warning which indicates an unscheduled call and the inability to assign E 164 and ISDN numbers to an endpoint Error which indicates the registration of an endpoint or a call failed or a lack of resources for this gateway or MCU exists Date Time Date and time of the event Category Specifies whether an event is a registration call or neighboring gatekeeper request Description Displays the message sent to or received from the endpoint identified by the IP address 4 To export a message a Select the message of interest and click Export Log In the Export Log dialog box click Yes A GKexport file appears in your default text editor c Save the file To define which messages should be logged 1 Go to Reports gt Gatekeeper Message Log 2 When the Gatekeeper Message Log page appears click Log Settings 3 Inthe Gatekeeper Log Settings dialog box select the events to log Field Description Registration RRQ Registration requests GRQ Gatekeeper requests IRR IRQ Information response or information sent LWRRQ Light weight registration request 295 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description URQ Unregistration request Non Standard Message Neighbors LRQ Location request Call Details ARQ Admission request DRQ Disengage request BRQ Bandwidth request Setup 4 Click OK The CMA system begins logging
35. 5 If you changed the Area term go to Admin gt Dashboard and click Restart to restart the CMA system After the system restarts the Areas function will be renamed and enabled By default the CMA system maintains an All area to which you as the enabler of the function are assigned 350 Polycom Inc Area Overview and Operations Add Areas When you add areas you can assign devices and users to the area Note G If the Areas option on your CMA system has been customized and renamed the CMA system user interface will use that custom terminology To add areas Go to Admin gt Areas and click Add In the Add an Area dialog box enter the Area Name and Description To associate devices with the area click Associate Devices As needed use the Filter to customize the device list Select the devices to be assign to the area and click the right arrow To assign users to the area click Assign Area Members N GO Qa FB WO DS In the Search Users field enter the name for the user of interest and press Enter Note Searches for a user are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields 8 Select the users to assign to the area and click the right arrow 9 When complete click OK Assign Devices to Areas You can assign one or more unassociated devices to an existing area Devices can only be associated with one area Notes 4 e After you assign devices with an area only
36. A CMA system operating in maximum security mode offers the Backup System Settings feature which allows an administrator to create an archive that includes not only a backup of the CMA system databases but also all CMA system configuration settings The process for backing up the CMA system settings is documented in Backup Internal Databases and System Configuration on page 525 Polycom Inc 33 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide A To restore a system from a backup archive 1 Restore the system to its factory default configuration You will need the Restore to Factory Default DVD that shipped with the CMA system server This DVD has the base image of the CMA system server software WARNING e This is a last resort so never do this without being instructed to do so by PGS support e This process will wipe out your system database and all other system data e The Restore to Factory Default DVD is specific to the CMA system server type and version 2 Perform First Time Setup For more information about First Time Setup see the Polycom CMA System Getting Started Guide for this release 3 Restore the system configuration using the last archived configuration The archived configuration will overwrite the configuration that resulted from First Time Setup The only CMA system configuration settings not included in the archive and thus not overwritten are the network settings and the security certificates required for an operat
37. Device Types Identifies the type Bridges DMAs VBPs and Endpoints and number of devices assigned to the site Alarms Identifies the device alarms present within the site Alarm information includes Status Device Name Device Type and Description Click Details to view more device details Subnets Identifies the subnets within the site Subnets information includes Bandwidth Used Subnet name and maximum Bandwidth Assign Locations to a Site Location has not always been a required field for sites If your existing sites do not include location information use the Assign Locations action to update your sites To assign a location to an existing site 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites or Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Topology 2 Click Assign Locations Polycom Inc 473 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 3 474 In the Assign Locations to Sites dialog box select the site of interest and click Specify Location To specify a location by city name a From the Enter Location By drop down list select Search for City If you know it select the Country name for the location Enter the name of the City and click Search The system returns the list of cities that match your entry Select the appropriate city using the Country Division and Subdivision fields to identify it and click Select To specify a location by latitude and longitude in decimal degrees format
38. Mute ab or Unmute Audio amp Mute or unmute the selected participant s audio line into the conference This option appears only when the conference is running on an external MCU The Audio column in the Participants list shows the current status of this setting Block gt or Unblock Video 9 Block or unblock the selected participant s video line into the conference This option appears only when the conference is running on an external MCU The Video column in the Participants list shows the current status of this setting Connect e or Disconnect or reconnect the selected participant to the Disconnect conference A disconnected participant is still associated with the conference and cannot be scheduled for other conferences Remove ka Remove the selected participant from the Participants list at which time the participant can be scheduled for another conference Send Message Req Send a message to the selected participant s registered Polycom endpoint The message appears briefly on the monitor for the selected video endpoint 71 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Action Use this action to Acknowledge Acknowledge a request for help and send a message Help u to the requesting endpoint Manage Device Open the web based user interface for the selected participant s endpoint in a new browser window Save as Favorite Function available when the selected
39. Name Name ASCII only of the inter site link Description Description ASCII only of the inter site link From Site Identifies the first site to be linked The drop down list includes all defined sites and the Internet To Site Identifies the other site to be linked The drop down list includes all defined sites and an Internet VPN option Total Bandwidth kbps The maximum available bandwidth for audio and video calls which you set at the gateway or router Call Max Bit Rate kbps The maximum bit rate allowed for an audio and video call Site link operations include 478 View the Site Links List Add a Site Link Edit a Site Link Delete a Site Link Polycom Inc View the Site Links List Add a Site Link Edit a Site Link Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations To view the Site Links list gt Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Links The Site Links list appears Column Description Name Name of the link Description Description of the link From Site First site reached in the call route To Site Final site reached through this call link Max Bandwidth The maximum available bandwidth for audio and video calls which you set at the gateway or router Only applies to direct links Max Bit Rate The maximum bit rate allowed for an audio and video call kbps Only applies to direct links Before you can create a site link you must ad
40. Polycom 6 2 4 June 2013 3725 77601 O01H Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Trademark Information POLYCOM and the names and marks associated with Polycom s products are trademarks and or service marks of Polycom Inc and are registered and or common law marks in the United States and various other countries All other trademarks are the property of their respective owners Java COMPATIBLE Java is a registered trademark of Oracle and or its affiliates Patent Information The accompanying product may be protected by one or more U S and foreign patents and or pending patent applications held by Polycom Inc End User License Agreement Use of this software constitutes acceptance of the terms and conditions of the Polycom CMA system end user license agreement EULA The EULA for your version is available on the Polycom Support page for the Polycom CMA system 2011 2013 Polycom Inc All rights reserved Polycom Inc 6001 America Center Drive San Jose CA 95002 USA No part of this document may be reproduced or transmitted in any form or by any means electronic or mechanical for any purpose without the express written permission of Polycom Inc Under the law reproducing includes translating into another language or format As between the parties Polycom Inc retains title to and ownership of all proprietary rights with respect to the software contained within its products Th
41. Polycom Inc 299 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide View and Export System Log Files Many of the CMA system components can write a System Log File when they experience an error or issue Whether or not they do write a system log file depends upon the system log level You can change the system log level See Change the System Log Level on page 300 To view System Log Files 1 Go to Reports gt System Logs The System Log Files list appears listing the logs for the given time period 2 To view a log file a Select the log file of interest b Click Open 3 Toexporta zip of all log files a Click Download All To open the Zip file in the File Download dialog box click Open with and browse to the program you use to open zip files c To save the zip file to your local computer in the File Download dialog box click Save Change the System Log Level To edit the current system log level 1 Go to Reports gt System Logs The System Log Files list appears listing the logs for the given time period The Current Log Level indicates which log files are being saved Select the report you want Click Change Settings From the Current Log Level menu select a new value Choices include Debug Info Warn Error Fatal Off 300 Polycom Inc System Reports 5 Ina redundant configuration repeat steps 1 and 4 on the redundant server Download Windows Event Log Files You can do
42. SPID 2 ISDN BRI MaxDeactiveTime lt Zi 2Z2 2Z2 2 2 Z 2Z2 2Z2 2 2 2 Z 2Zz lt lt lt lt lt lt lt I Z Z Z 2o 2 Zi z ISDN BRI SwitchType 146 Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP a Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series ISDN CliNumbPlan Y N ISDN CliNumbSpec Y N ISDN CliNumbType Y N ISDN HLC Y N ISDN MSN Y N ISDN ParallelDial Y N ISDN PRI Alert Y N ISDN PRI Chanld Y N ISDN PRI InitialRestart Y N ISDN PRI Interface HighChannel Y N ISDN PRI Interface LowChannel Y N ISDN PRI Interface MaxChannels Y N ISDN PRI Interface Y N NumberRangeStart ISDN PRI Interface NumberRangeStop Y N ISDN PRI Interface Search Y N ISDN PRI L2WindowSize Y N ISDN PRI NSFTelephony Mode Y N ISDN PRI NSFTelephony Number Y N ISDN PRI NSFVideoTelephony Mode Y N ISDN PRI NSFVideoTelephony Y N Number ISDN PRI SwitchType Y N ISDN SendComplete Y N ISDN SendNumber Y N ISDN SpeechTimers Y N ISDN SubAddress Y N Key AUX Y N Polycom Inc 147 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 148 Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 Key Brightness N Y Key Cabinet Key CallRegister Key Cance
43. V3 Local Engine Id For SNMPv3 specifies the context for the information The CMA system has only one valid context which is identified by contextName in our case an empty string and contextEngineID For SNMPv3 displays the CMA system contextEngineID for SNMPv3 Security User For SNMPv3 specifies the security name required to access a monitored MIB object Auth Type For SNMPv3 specifies the authentication protocol These protocols are used to create unique fixed sized message digests of a variable length message The CMA system implements communication with authentication and privacy the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB Possible values for authentication protocol are e MD5 Creates a digest of 128 bits 16 bytes e SHA Creates a digest of 160 bits 20 bytes Both methods include the authentication key with the SNMPv3 packet and then generate a digest of the entire SNMPv3 packet Auth Password For SNMPv3 specifies the authentication password that is appended to the authentication key before it is computed into the MD5 or SHA message digest 418 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System SNMP Setting Description Encryption Type For SNMPv3 specifies the privacy protocol for the connection between the CMA system and the SNMP agent The CMA system implements communication with authentication and privacy the authPriv security level as defined in the USM
44. e Lecture View Switching option Common Settings e Telepresence mode is On RMX Video Settings 330 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Conference Setup Overview Field Description Telepresence mode v6 The possible values are e Auto Default If any ITP Immersive Telepresence endpoints are detected ITP features are applied to the conference video for all participants The ITP features are dynamic If all ITP endpoints disconnect from the conference normal conference video resumes for all participants ITP features resume for all participants if an ITP endpoint reconnects to the conference e On ITP features are applied to the conference video for all participants regardless of whether there are ITP endpoints connected Off Normal conference video Note e This field is enabled only if the RMX system is licensed for Telepresence Mode e This option is not available if MGC is selected as a Supported MCU General Settings Telepresence layout mode v6 Enables VNOC operators and Polycom Multi Layout Applications to retrieve Telepresence Layout Mode information from the RMX The possible values include e Manual e Continuous Presence Room continuous presence default e Room Switch Voice activated room switching This option is not available if MGC is selected as a Supported MCU General Settings RMX Audio Settings Echo suppression Supported only with M
45. s name appears in the underlying Selected Participants and Rooms list c Repeat steps a and b to add all domain participants and then click Close Polycom Inc Conference Scheduling Operations 7 Toadda guest from the Guest Book a Click Add From Guest Book In the Add From Guest Book dialog box select the guest of interest s name from the list The guest s name appears in the underlying Selected Participants and Rooms list c Repeat step b to add all participants from the Guest Book and then click Close 8 To add new guest participants participants not available through the local directory enterprise directory or Guest Book a Click Add Guest b Configure these fields in the Add Guest dialog box Field Description First Name The guest s first name Last Name The guest s last name Note The system allows you to add multiple users with the same first and last name into the Guest Book Email Location The guest s E mail address The system only validates the structure of the E mail address Note The E mail field is ASCII only The location of the guest s endpoint system This is a free form field that the system does not validate How will the participant join the conference Polycom Inc Specify how the participant will join the conference e In Person The participant will attend the conference by going to a room that is included in the con
46. Atlanta Detroit Detroit MI Tuesday January 05 2010 03 40 58 PM Within this global and graphical view of the video conferencing network you can e Create and link up to 500 sites e Zoom and pan to view specific network components e View system and device alarms e View the video network capacity for sites and site links as indicated by the color and shape of its icons e Filter the view by site name territory name IP address network devices and alerts The Sites page contains a list of the sites defined to the CMA system Use the commands in the Actions list to add a site edit or delete existing sites and see information about a site including the number of devices of each type it contains The following table describes the fields in the Sites list Column Description Name Name of the site Description Description of the site 387 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Column Description Country Code The country code for the country in which the site is located Area Code The city or area code for the site Do not include a leading zero For example the city code for Paris is 01 however enter 1 in this field Max Bandwidth Mbps The total bandwidth limit for audio and video calls Max Bit Rate Kbps The per call bandwidth limit for audio and video calls Note Bit rate is not the same as bandwidth Since the bit rate applies in both directi
47. Automatic Software Update View Polycom Inc Use the Automatic Software Update View available from the Endpoint menu to view the list of endpoints that have registered to the system for automatic software updates Endpoint List in the Automatic Software Update View By default the Endpoint list in the Automatic Software Update View displays all endpoints eligible for automatic software update It has the following information Field Description Filter Filter choices for this view include e Type Filters the list by endpoint type e Name Searches the list by the endpoint s system name e IP Address Searches the endpoint list by IP address e ISDN Video Number Searches the endpoint list by ISDN video number e Dial String Searches the endpoint list by dial string SIP H 323 or ISDN e Site Searches the endpoint list by site location Status The status of the endpoint s last software update Possible values include Success e Failed e Clear Name The system name of the endpoint 99 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description Type The type of endpoint Automatic software update is only available for these endpoint types e All Displays all dynamically managed endpoints together e CMA Desktop Displays just the Polycom CMA Desktop clients e HDX Series Displays just the Polycom HDX endpoints deployed in dynamic management mode e
48. Conference participants can call back in using the same conference information e Users logged into the CMA system user interface are disconnected during a failover and returned to the main CMA system web page Users can log back in once the failover is completed e Users in the middle of an operation may get an error message because the system is not available to respond to a request Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Redundancy e The redundant server becomes the active server Its services start in an order designed to prevent the new active server from being flooded with requests from endpoints during startup A system failover usually takes approximately 5 minutes but some system settings affect how rapidly a redundant system returns to full functionality The gatekeeper Registration Refresh period affects how quickly endpoints re register with the redundant server after a failover And if Deny calls to from unregistered endpoints is checked the gatekeeper rejects calls from endpoints that have not re registered with the redundant server after a failover Therefore in a redundant system configuration use a short refresh period 30 seconds unless you have many endpoints or a large amount of network traffic Once a failover to a redundant server occurs the redundant server manages all system operations until an administrator switches back to the original primary server via the Switch Server Roles function in the CMA system
49. Description Encryption Type For SNMPv3 specifies the privacy protocol for the connection between the CMA system and the notification receiver The CMA system implements communication with authentication and privacy the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB Possible values for privacy protocol are e DES e AES Configure Alert Thresholds Encryption Password For SNMPv3 specifies the password to be associated with the privacy protocol The CMA system provides administrators with the ability to configure some alert thresholds settings To configure alert thresholds 1 Goto Admin gt Alert Settings gt CMA Alert Threshold Settings 2 Configure these thresholds Threshold Description threshold Used disk space alert Whenever the system disk space usage ina partition as identified in the CMA Info Dashboard pane exceeds this threshold the system sends an alert and an SNMP trap Valid values for this threshold are between 1 100 By default this threshold is set to 90 A threshold setting of 75 or greater is recommended and no greater than 95 threshold Memory usage alert Whenever the system memory usage as identified in the CMA Info Dashboard pane exceeds this threshold the system send an alert and an SNMP trap Valid values for this threshold are between 1 100 By default this thresh old is set to 95 A threshold setting between 80 95 is r
50. Endpoint Software Updates The CMA system software update feature which requires a software update profile for the endpoint type and model allows an administrator to upgrade the software on one or more endpoints with a standard software package This eliminates the need to upgrade each endpoint individually The CMA system supports two exclusive software update processes automatic and scheduled Automatic and scheduled software update are exclusive endpoint management scenarios Endpoints enabled for automatic software update should not be scheduled for software updates through the system Note Polycom recommends that all endpoints in a region that is a gatekeeper zone be managed by a single management system For more information see e Automatic Software Updates e Scheduled Software Updates Automatic Software Updates Polycom Inc Automatic software update which controls the endpoint s software version level is tied to the endpoint type Currently the automatic software update feature is only available for these endpoint types e Polycom HDX system endpoints deployed in dynamic management mode e Polycom RealPresence Group Series e Polycom CMA Desktop systems How Automatic Software Update Works In dynamic management mode when a endpoint starts up and at designated intervals thereafter it automatically polls the CMA system for a newer software update package If a software update is necessary the packa
51. IVR Entry Queue Number ID The number that conference participants dial to access the IVR prompt to join a conference Entry Queue ISDN Number The number that conference participants dial to access the IVR prompt to join a conference Audio amp Video Settings The following parameters must be set manually to synchronize with the RMX device See the RMX documentation for more information about these settings Max Voice Ports Set this to the maximum number of audio ports configured on the RMX device Refer to the RMX 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide for more information about this field Note Up to 10 blocks of RMX video ports can be converted to 50 audio only ports up to a maximum of 200 audio only ports Max CP Resolution Set this to the highest available video format Choices are HD1080 CIF SD15 SD30 and HD720 Refer to the RMX 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide for more information about this field Max Bandwidth Capacity The maximum bandwidth to the Polycom RMX Kbps system 248 Polycom Inc Users and Groups Overview This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system users and groups management structure It includes these topics e Overview of Groups Users and User Roles e Roles and Permissions e Device Associations and Presence Overview of Groups Users and User Roles The CMA system allows users assigned the Admi
52. Operating in Maximum Security Environments Field Description Password Complexity Lowercase letters Specify the number of lowercase letters a z that a password must contain Possible value is 1 or 2 Uppercase letters Specify the number of uppercase letters A Z that a password must contain Possible value is 1 or 2 Numbers Specify the number of digit characters 0 9 that a password must contain Possible value is 1 or 2 Special characters Specify the number of non alphanumeric keyboard characters that a password must contain Possible value is 1 or 2 Maximum consecutive Specify how many sequential characters may be the repeated characters same Possible value is 1 to 4 Reset System Passwords The CMA system has several underlying service passwords The Reset System Passwords page allows an administrator to reset these underlying service passwords When you select this option all of these underlying service passwords will be changed to the same obscured system generated value Dial Plan and Sites The Dial Plan and Sites workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has changed The Least Cost Routing and Services menu options and their associated functionality are not displayed Also because the CMA system is not the gatekeeper the CMA system Site Topology display is less informative It used data provided to it by the gatekeeper functionality Backup System Settings
53. Recent Calls Provides navigational tool for call history Y Y lY Display IP and ISDN e Both Displays both number types on the system s Y Y Information Home screen e IP only Display the system IP number on the Home screen e ISDN only Displays the system ISDN number on the Home screen e None The system will not display contact numbers on the Home screen Show Speed Dial Allow the user to disable the Speed Dial page and go 1 Y Y directly to the Address Book Color Scheme Enables the customization of the look of the system with Y five different color schemes 115 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 116 o c o o o EJA SY o s o N xixi ao xou z3 x lt Pe qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned ri S j nrzi Si a Screen Saver Wait The time the system will delay before going into standby Y Y Y Time mode after nonuse General Settings gt Home Screen Settings gt Home Screen Settings 1 Dialing Display Dialing entry field Includes the dialing entry field on the Y Y lY Home screen Display Marquee Allows the addition of text to the dialing entry field of the Home screen Enter Marquee Text Enter the Marquee text that will appear in the Dialing Y Y lY entry field when Display Marquee is selected Call Quality Allow users to select
54. Status The state of the conference For more information see Conference States on page 43 Type The type of scheduled conference Possible values include e Video Conference cy All conference participants have video endpoints e Audio Only Conference AIll conference participants have audio endpoints Audio only conferences require an MCU e Recurring Conference G The conference is one in a recurring series e Multi Bridge Conference The scheduler assigned the conference to multiple bridges and created bridge links Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Conference Scheduling Overview Field Description Conference Name The system or scheduler assigned name of the conference By default the system assigns a conference name and appends the day and date to that name The scheduler can change the system assigned name Start Time The user assigned start time for the conference The system appends the time difference between the local time and the standard time Bridge If applicable the user assigned bridge for the conference Possible values are e N A A bridge is not required for the conference e lt Bridge Name gt The user assigned the conference to a single bridge In this case the bridge name is displayed e Multi bridge The user assigned the conference to multiple bridges and created bridge links Owner The conference creator Confe
55. Supported MCU General Settings e Video Switching conferencing mode is unavailable to ISDN participants Resolution Possible values include e H 264 SD 30 v7 with MPM or MPMx e H 264 720p60 v7 with MPM or MPMx e H 264 720p30 e H 264 1080p30 MPM or MPMx RMX General Settings gt Advanced Settings Auto redialing Instructs the Polycom RMX to automatically redial IP and SIP participants that have been abnormally disconnected from the conference e The RMX will not redial an endpoint that has been disconnected from the conference by the participant e The RMX will not redial an endpoint that has been disconnected or deleted from the conference by an operator or administrator 327 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description Encryption Activate encryption for the conference LPR Activate lost packet recovery LPR for the conference Note LPR can be enabled for VSW conferences but H 320 and SIP participants will not be able to connect Auto terminate When selected default the conference automatically ends when the termination conditions are met e Before first joins No participant has connected to a conference during the n minutes after it started Default idle time is 10 minutes e At the end After last participant quits All the participants have disconnected from the conference and the conference is idle empty for the predefined t
56. V Series and VSX Series endpoints with a Connection Status of Online Search Devices Allows you to seach for endpoints within a range of IP addresses The results message displays the number of endpoints searched and the number of endpoints found within the IP range Manage Owner Edit information for the user owner of the selected endpoint This command is applicable only when a user is associated with the endpoint View Peripherals View information about peripherals This command is only available when one or more peripherals is connected to an HDX Series or RealPresence Group Series endpoint Associate User Manually associate a user with the selected endpoint Associate Area Available only when Areas are enabled Associate the selected endpoint to an area so that only specified users can manage it Peripherals View For information about these endpoint actions see Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations on page 165 Use the Peripherals View to monitor peripherals connected to dynamically managed endpoints Peripherals List in the Peripherals View By default the Peripherals list displays a list of all peripherals that are connected or have been connected to endpoints managed by the CMA system Polycom Inc 93 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 94 The Peripherals list in this view has these fields Field Description Filter Use the filter cho
57. Y N Y N Y N Y RealPresence Mobile Y N Y N N Y Y N Y N Y a Dynamic Management and Standard Management are mutually exclusive functionality b Scheduling Dial In Only and Scheduling Dial In and Dial Out are presented as mutually exclusive functionality Some endpoints such as Polycom VVX systems do not have interfaces that can be ask to perform dialing Some endpoints such as CMA Desktop clients and VVX systems require external MCU resources for dial in conferences c Standard CMA monitoring does not involve using SNMP It includes endpoint monitoring online offline status and alerts d Command and Control means the CMA system can send a command like Send Message and Reboot and the endpoint can receive and act on the command 103 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 104 e Reports for IP Calls are generated as part of standard gatekeeper functionality Reports for ISDN Calls are additional system functionality Endpoints that aren t registered with the gatekeeper or ISDN calls send an alert to the device management function to record CDR information Some legacy endpoints do not send this alert so the CDRs are not f written Supported behind a Polycom VBP device with Access Proxy enabled B S Al A E E E NE NENE o o gt s o T alal RIS sll RIA eo eal eee E Ps s 2 2 2
58. YY Y Midrange Speakers Specifies whether to use the system s built in midrange Y speaker You may prefer to turn off the midrange speaker if you connect the audio output to Monitor 1 or if you connect an external speaker system Bass Sets the volume level for the low frequencies without YY changing the master audio volume Treble Sets the volume level for the high frequencies without Y Y changing the master audio volume LAN Properties gt LAN Properties 1 Connect to My LAN Enables connection to the local area network YY IP Address Specifies how the system obtains an IP address Y Y Y e Obtain IP Address Automatically Select if the system gets an IP address from the DHCP server on the LAN e Enter IP Address Manually Select if the IP address will not be assigned automatically Use the Following IP If you selected Enter IP Address Manually enter the IP Y Y Y Address address here LAN Properties gt LAN Properties 2 DNS Servers Displays the DNS servers currently assigned to the Y Y Y system If the system does not automatically obtain a DNS server address enter up to four DNS servers here Changing this setting causes the system to restart Default Gateway Displays the gateway currently assigned to the system Y Y Y If the system does not automatically obtain a gateway IP address enter one here Changing this setting causes the system to restart Subnet Mask Displays the subnet mask currently assigned to the Y Y Y syst
59. and time in the future Scheduled software updates are available for these endpoint types e ViewStation e ViewStation FX amp EX e Vand VSX Series e TANDBERG MXP series e HDX Series Polycom HDX systems operating in standard management mode Some notes about scheduled software updates e Until the CMA system successfully updates an endpoint scheduled for updating the update remains in the Pending or In Progress state and the CMA system attempts to update the endpoint until it succeeds or until the update is cancelled 135 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide e If an endpoint scheduled for update is In a Call the CMA system waits until the call ends before updating the endpoint The system checks the endpoint at 15 minute intervals e Ifan endpoint scheduled for update is Offline the CMA system attempts to connect to the endpoint every hour until the endpoint is Online e A software update may reboot the endpoint Endpoint Passwords A CMA system can manage Polycom endpoints only when the password in the device record matches the password in the endpoint Matching passwords are required to e Schedule provisioning of an endpoint through a CMA system e Use the Scheduled Software Update feature e Monitor the endpoint from the Endpoint gt Monitor View You can update the password for certain endpoint systems through scheduled provisioning only after you have entered the matching password in the CMA system I
60. e To connect different bridges at different sites into a single conference e Touse the different capabilities of different bridges for example different communication protocols such as serial connections ISDN etc When you create a multibridge cascaded conference you must manually select bridges and create the cascaded links between bridges by identifying the originating bridge the terminating bridge and the network type IP or ISDN The system displays an interconnection diagram that illustrates the cascaded links Once scheduled each cascaded link appears as a participant in the conference By default the system automatically assigns participants to the best bridge for them based on available capacity location and least cost routing rules However you may also choose to manually assign participants to bridges Bridge Scheduling and Reassignment 46 When a conference is scheduled with one of the CMA system scheduling applications Web Scheduler or Scheduling Plug in for Microsoft Outlook or IBM Lotus Notes by default the system automatically assigns the conference to a bridge unless a user with the default Advanced Scheduler role intercedes If that bridge is down at the time the system starts the conference the CMA system attempts to dynamically reassign the conference to another bridge with sufficient capabilities and resources e Ifthe system can successfully reassign the conference to another bridge the conf
61. eports IP Call Detail Records Conference Usage Report Gatekeeper Message Log Device Administrator Role Responsibilities and Menus 256 The Device Administrator role is for those users who administrate endpoints bridges and other network devices For the areas to which they belong users assigned the Device Administrator role can Monitor endpoints peripherals and network devices Add edit and delete endpoints and network devices Provision endpoints Update endpoints Add edit and delete rooms Polycom Inc Users and Groups Overview When device administrators log into the CMA system the system displays the system Dashboard and they have access to the following menu items Endpoint Monitor View Peripherals View Automatic Provisioning Schedule Provisioning Automatic Software Update Scheduled Software Update Network Device Monitor View VBPs MCUs DMAs Admin Dashboard Rooms Management and Security Machine Accounts Auditor Role Responsibilities and Menus Polycom Inc The Auditor role allows security conscious companies to separate system administration functions from system auditing functions This provides an added level of system checks and balances This role must be explicitly assigned by an administrator For the areas to which they belong users assigned the Auditor role can e View audit logs e Backup and delete audit logs e Change the audit log file alert level e Generate o
62. gt Redundant Configuration 437 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 2 On the Redundant Configuration page click Switch Server Role The system initiates a failover to the other server Discontinue Redundancy on a Polycom CMA 5000 System Configuration In some circumstances you may need to discontinue redundancy Use this procedure to do so but only when the system is in a valid redundant state To discontinue a redundant Polycom CMA 5000 system configuration 1 Log into the CMA 5000 system using the virtual IP address 2 Failover to the redundant server See page 437 3 On the redundant server a Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Database b On the Database page deselect the Use an external SQL Server database check box c Click Update The redundant server restarts 4 On the primary server a Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Redundant Configuration b On the Redundant Configuration page click Reset Redundant Configuration The primary system restarts 438 Polycom Inc Gatekeeper Management This chapter describes how to work with gatekeepers within the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system It includes these topics e Primary Gatekeeper Management Operations e Alternate Gatekeeper Management Operations e Neighboring Gatekeeper Management Operations Primary Gatekeeper Management Operations By default the CMA system is made the primary gatekeeper during the First Time Se
63. has registered 87 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 88 Section Description Country H 320 dial type only The country to which the system will dial out to the participant Area City Code H 320 dial type only The area code to which the system will dial out to the participant Use Modified Dial Number H 320 dial type only Click this check box to add a specific prefix to the participant s phone number The Number field becomes active Number H 320 dial type only The complete modified dial number as required to include PBX exit codes dialing prefixes or other installation specific dial string requirements SIP URI SIP dial type only The SIP URI the MCU must resolve to contact the participant Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Endpoint Menu Polycom Inc This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system s endpoint management functions It includes these topics Endpoint Menu Views and Lists Endpoint Types Endpoint Configuration Provisioning Endpoint Gatekeeper Registration Policies Endpoint Software Updates Endpoint Passwords Considerations for Third Party Endpoints Views and Lists The CMA system Endpoint menu provides these views of the Endpoint list Monitor View Displays the list of all registered and managed endpoints Use this view to monitor and manage endpoints See Monitor
64. in the default format of yyyy mm dd Date Time hh mm ss of the last software update message exchanged with the device Failure Reason A text description of the reason the software update failed Causes for failure may include e The software update file location does not exist e A password for the device is set in the video endpoint system and you must enter it in CMA e A network error has occurred e The update has timed out e An internal error occurred on the device and you must reboot it e A profile has not been configured e An endpoint is offline e An incorrect activation key is in the key file e An unknown error has occurred Reboot the device Log Message A read only text box that contains the log message text recorded during the execution of the software update Note that there are no log messages displayed for dynamically managed endpoints Polycom Inc Network Device Management Overview This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system s network device management functions It includes these topics e Network Device Types e Network Device Menu Views and Lists Network Device Types A CMA system supports these network device types e Polycom MGC conferencing bridges e Polycom RMX conferencing bridges e Polycom Distributed Management Application DMA systems e Polycom Video Border Proxy VBP syst
65. required in the E mail to users Option 4 Distribute the CMA Desktop client via a zip file Zip the exe installation file and send it in an E mail to users Include the IP address of the CMA system and usernames and passwords as required in the E mail to users For endpoints on the public network that will be accessing the system through a firewall include the IP address of the Polycom VBP system rather than the CMA system Distribute Polycom CMA Desktop for MAC OS Systems Polycom Inc IMPORTANT e On a MAC system the user installing the CMA Desktop client must sign in with administrative privileges and an Administrator account e The following procedures assumes you have implemented DNS lookup and MAC authentication for single sign on To deploy the CMA Desktop for MAC OS clients to users you have at least three distribution options Option 1 Distribute the CMA Desktop for MAC OS client via an E mail link You can copy the link for the CMA Desktop for MAC OS clients from the CMA system Downloads page into an E mail that you can send to users To do this copy and paste the CMA Desktop for MAC OS link e g http 10 47 9 136 SoftUpdate vv1 CMADesktopMac_5_1_0_7458 CMADesktop dmg from the Downloads page into an E mail to be sent to users Include the IP address of the CMA system and usernames and passwords as required in the E mail to users Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Option 2 Distribute the CMA Des
66. s logo to the CMA system user interface To avoid distortion we recommend adding a logo in GIF JPG or PNG format with a size of 300 x 44 pixels To add a custom logo to the CMA system user interface 1 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Custom Logos In the Current Logo section of the Custom Logos page click Upload In the Select file dialog box browse to the logo image and select the file Click Open a Aa WO N In a redundant configuration repeat steps 1 through 4 on the redundant server To remove a custom logo from the CMA system user interface 1 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Custom Logos 2 Inthe Current Server Logo section of the Custom Logos page click Remove 412 Polycom Inc Server Setting Operations Add or Remove a Polycom CMA Desktop Custom Logo Polycom Inc You can add your company logo to the Polycom CMA Desktop user interface This logo will be displayed on the application user interface before the user logs in The following illustration shows the default Polycom CMA Desktop user interface and a customized Polycom CMA Desktop user interface Default Polycom CMA Desktop Branded Polycom CMA Desktop Polycom CMA Desktop DAR Polycom CMA Desktop frm Polycom CMA Desktop User Name ide To avoid distortion use a logo in GIF or JPG format with a size of approximately 260x215 pixels Because the Polycom CMA Desktop logo is stored in the CMA system database in redundan
67. you must associate users with areas The setting of None does not let users see endpoints assigned to an area 348 Polycom Inc Area Overview and Operations e Endpoints and network devices can be assigned to only one area e Users can be associated with more than one area e Schedulers can only schedule endpoints assigned to the same area the scheduler is associated with e If you set up areas to correspond to sites you must also set up site links between each site to permit calls between sites View Areas You can view the list of existing areas from Admin gt Areas The following information is available Field Description Areas list Name Meaningful name for the area Description Description of the area Associated Devices Number of devices assigned to the area Members Number of users assigned to the area Summary Name Name of the selected area Description Description of the selected area Members List of users associated with the selected area User ID Member s CMA system user ID First Name Member s first name Last Name Member s last name Associated Devices List of endpoints and network devices assigned to the selected area Device ID Device ID of the associated device Device Name Device name of the associated device Site Site of the associated device You may not
68. 0 000008 278 Delete a Guest from the System Guest Book 0 279 Manage Favorites 5 0cct ecb bases iise iaia tel enna E pb wn este ee 279 Add a Favorites List 0 cee 279 Edit a Favorites List 0 cee eens 280 Delete a Favorites List 0 0 eee eee eee eee eee 280 Site Statistics REpOrt 2 cc cence deh ee vacae te Phe ee PEERED EEO 281 Site Link Statistics Report 0 eee eee ee 283 H 323 Call Detail Records Report 0 eee eee eee 284 Call Detail Record Report Administration 285 Modify the CDR Retention Period 0 00 285 Schedule Weekly Archives of the CDR Report 285 Endpoint Usage Report 0 0 286 Conference Type Report sesse ccc ches heen ek cen enka wen kee 292 Gatekeeper Message Log 00 0000 c eee eee eee eee 294 View and Export the Gatekeeper Message Log 294 Define Log Settings sessicesdocei dtir ist spawn aed woepew swe es 295 Clear Events from the Log cee eee eee 296 Pause and Restart Logging 0000 02200 296 View and Export System Log Files 0 cece eee ee eee 300 Change the System Log Level 0000 e eee eee 300 Download Windows Event Log Files 0 0 000000008 301 View and Download Audit Log Files 006 e eee 301 Backup and Delete Audit Log Files 0 0 0 0 eee eee 302 CMA Sy
69. 320 Services MCU H 323 Services MCU Gateway Services MCU Resources Polycom MGC Platform MCU Resources Polycom RMX Platform Field Description MCU H 320 Service Service Name Name of the H 320 ISDN service Channels Number of 64K channels dedicated to the MCU Number Range Dial in number range of service These ISDN numbers are available on an MCU for all endpoints to use Also called direct inward dialing DID LCR Table The least cost routing table for calls made through this gateway Local Prefix The prefix required to place a call to a local number outside the enterprise For example if you dial 9 to reach an outside line the Local Prefix is 9 Non Local Prefix The prefix required to dial long distance For example in certain states in the United States you must dial 1 before you can dial a non local number 245 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description International Prefix The prefix required to dial an international number For example in many countries the international prefix is 00 Local Area Code A list of local area codes separated by commas Priority The priority order for this service MCU H 323 Services Field Description Service Name The name of the H 323 service ASCII only defined in the MCU Dialing Prefix Prefix to select this service The prefix for the MGC is loc
70. 323 alias IP for example 1001 11 12 13 14 1001 domain com username domain com username 11 12 13 14 Notes e Polycom endpoints must register with a gatekeeper before they will attempt an Annex O call e You can enter a dial string for another MCU as a guest If so you may need to specify the conference ID in the Extension field also Extension Use this field to connect the conference to another conference on another MCU In this field specify the conference ID or passcode for the conference on the other MCU MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs with which the CMA system is registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services Polycom Inc Conference Scheduling Operations d If the guest has a SIP IP endpoint configure these settings Field Description Sip URI The SPI URI the MCU must resolve to contact the guest MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs with which the CMA system is registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services e Ifthe guest has an H 320 ISDN endpoint configure these settings Field Description Use Modified Dial Number Select this option first as needed as it will determine the other fields you must configure Country Not available when Use Modifie
71. Address Book Access With CMA system users of the TANDBERG 150 990 880 770 MXP TANDBERG C Series and TANDBERG Edge can access the Polycom Global Address Book so they can see the endpoints in the Global Address Book Note that any third party endpoint that is registered to the CMA system gatekeeper is displayed in the Global Address Book The timing of the endpoint s connection with the Global Address Book can affect the success of its connection We recommend the following process 1 At the endpoint enter the information required for directory set up including the Polycom Global Address Book CMA system IP address and the path To do this on the endpoint go to Endpoint Configuration gt General gt External Phone Book Settings Wait for the connections to take effect At the CMA system go to Endpoint gt Monitor View and verify the endpoint s Global Address Book connection status is green Considerations for LifeSize Endpoints Consider the following when you must support LifeSize endpoints e Enabling Management of LifeSize Endpoints on page 137 e Provisioning of LifeSize Passwords on page 164 e Scheduled Provisioning of LifeSize Endpoints on page 157 Enabling Management of LifeSize Endpoints To facilitate management of LifeSize endpoints a CMA system administrator must enable the Default Passwords for LifeSize Endpoint Management option and enter the SSH and web UI passwords for the LifeSize end
72. Book Areas Site Topology RENE Directories Sites Address Books site Links Site Statistics j Site Link Statistics Global Address Book Site to Site Exclusions terprise Direct Cl IP Call Detail Records ee Network mui Eiai sane benit Directory Setup Territories po ge epo Server Settings Services Conference Usage Report Conferencen Tne enor Network Dial Rules pari ate a System Time LCR Tables tems ai ries geog Database Alert Settings S 8 Calendaring Management CMAAlert Level Settings Endpoint Alert Level Settings Licenses Remote Alert Profiles Redundant Configuration Database Backup Files Custom Logo Troubleshooting Utilities Remote Alert Setup Report Administration E mail SNMP Settings Customized Roles and Responsibilities The CMA system allows you almost unlimited flexibility in defining and redefining roles but for simplicity and clarity we recommend keeping the default roles with their default permissions and responsibilities Users can be assigned multiple roles and permissions are cumulative so your business can combine roles as needed to reflect the workload your people undertake to manage and use the system 258 Polycom Inc Users and Groups Overview Device Associations and Presence Polycom Inc The CMA system assumes that users will be associated with endpoints You can associate a user with more than one endpoint but one endpoint is designated as the primary endpoint When scheduling a user in
73. CMA system interface using their network credentials 363 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 364 Enabling the Integrate with Enterprise Directory Server option also allows endpoint users to select conference participants and rooms from the enterprise directory Because endpoint connections to LDAP use the endpoint user s credentials the Active Directory access control lists identify which endpoint users and rooms each user can see Note The CMA system supports only the Microsoft Active Directory for its enterprise directory In addition administrative users can e View some enterprise user and group information e Import enterprise groups into the CMA system e Assign roles to users in different enterprise groups e Identify enterprise resources such as rooms so that they can be treated as resources in the CMA system Note To allow endpoint users to use NTLM Single Sign On technology to connect to the CMA system and access services such as automatic provisioning automatic software update and presence see Allow Delegated Authentication to Enterprise Directory Server on page 367 For more information about Active Directory and LDAP see MS Strategy for Lightweight Directory Access Protocol LDAP Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account To create the CMA system service account 1 On the Active Directory server open the Active Directory Users and Computers module Start gt Programs gt Adminis
74. CMA System Operations Guide 342 Polycom Inc Room Overview and Operations This chapter describes how to set up rooms in the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system It includes these topics e View the Rooms List e Adda Local Room e Add an Enterprise Room e Edit a Room e Delete a Room Local and Enterprise Meeting Rooms The CMA system allows a user assigned the default Administrator role to manage local and enterprise meeting rooms and the endpoints associated with those meeting rooms Most often a CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory to which rooms have been added However the CMA system also allows you to add local rooms that is rooms added manually to the system and associate them with endpoints For dynamically managed endpoints associated with a room you must also associate each room in the CMA system with a machine account The machine account allows the room s endpoint to connect and authenticate with the CMA system for directory and dynamic management purposes without using the endpoint user s account After you add a room you can create the machine account and associate the room with the machine account For more information see Add Machine Accounts on page 460 Polycom Inc 343 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide View the Rooms List To view the Rooms list gt Goto Admin gt Rooms The Rooms list appears It can be filtered by Site
75. CMA system to by default automatically assign enterprise users the basic Scheduler role you must change the appropriate system Security Settings See Give Enterprise Users Default Scheduler Role on page 455 Groups provide a more efficient and consistent use of the CMA system because they allow you to assign roles and provisioning profiles to sets of users rather than to individual users Polycom Inc Users and Groups Overview Local Groups The CMA system allows you to add local groups that is groups added manually to the system and associate them with provisioning profiles and roles For local groups the CMA system manages all group information and associations Enterprise Groups When the CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory groups defined to the enterprise directory are not automatically added to the CMA system but you can import them into the system When the CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory the system manages only three pieces of group information the provisioning profile assigned to the group the roles assigned to the group and whether or not the group is Directory Viewable that is displayed in endpoint directories The remaining group information is pulled from the enterprise directory To take full advantage of the CMA system the enterprise Microsoft Active Directory must e Have Global Catalog turned ON The Global Catalog enables searching for Active Direct
76. Catalog Searches Work 0 000 cece eens 358 Accounts Required for the CMA System 000005 359 CMA System Service Account 0 359 CMA System Computer Account essas srr eee eee 359 Understanding Base DN 2 eee ees 359 Understanding Exclusion Filters 6 c cece eee eee ee 361 Polycom CMA System and Windows Authentication 362 Directory Management Operations 66 363 Integrate with Enterprise Directory Server Option 363 Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account 364 Create the Polycom CMA System Computer Account 365 Enable Integration with the Enterprise Directory Server 366 Allow Delegated Authentication to Enterprise Directory Server 367 Remove or Include Dynamically Managed Endpoints in the Global Address BOOK ogs sabes sinas oraaa ENA takes EEDAN EASE 368 Remove or Include Guest Book Entries in the Directory 369 Support LifeSize Endpoints in Directories 369 Modify Directory Listings 0 eee eee eee 369 Configure LDAP Settings 0 0 eee eee eee ee eee 370 27 Directory Setup Operations eee0002 371 View the Global Address Book 0 0 000 e eee eee 371 Set or Change the GAB Password 0 0020 000s 372 28 Multiple Address Books 2ceceeeeeees 373 Multiple Address Books Overview
77. Click Clear Status The endpoint provisioning status returns to Clear Cancel a Scheduled Provisioning You can only cancel provisioning of a Pending process You cannot cancel the provisioning of an endpoint while it is In Progress To cancel a pending scheduled provisioning 1 2 3 Polycom Inc Go to Endpoint gt Scheduled Provisioning As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select the endpoints of interest 189 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 4 Click Cancel Provision The provisioning operation is cancelled and the provisioning status returns to Clear 190 Polycom Inc Endpoint Software Update Operations This chapter describeshow to use Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system to update the software on Polycom endpoints when a new software package is available It includes these sections Automatic Software Update Operations Scheduled Software Update Operations Automatic Software Update Operations For automatic software update it includes these topics View Automatic Software Update Information View Automatic Software Update Packages Set Maintenance Window for Automatic Software Updates Implement Automatic Software Updates for Endpoints View and Implement Software Updates for Peripherals View Automatic Software Update Information To view information for endpoints that are eligible for automatic software updates 1 Polycom Inc Go to Endpo
78. Conferences pane appears below the bridge list It lists the conferences for the selected bridge and identifies the conference Status Type Name Start Time Bridge and Owner View Bridge Ports To view information about the bridge ports 1 Goto Network Device gt MCUs 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list 236 Polycom Inc MCU Bridge Management Operations 3 Inthe MCU list select the bridge of interest and click View Ports A Ports pane appears below the bridge list It lists the ports for the selected bridge and identifies the Audio Ports Available Video Ports Available Audio Ports in Use and Video Ports in Use View Bridge Meeting Rooms To view information about meeting rooms on a bridge 1 Goto Network Device gt MCUs 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list 3 Inthe MCU list select the bridge of interest and click View Meeting Rooms A Meeting Rooms pane appears below the bridge list It lists the meeting rooms for the selected bridge and identifies the meeting room by Name ID Duration Conference Chairperson Profile View Bridge Entry Queues To view information about entry queues on a bridge 1 Go to Network Device gt MCUs 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list 3 Inthe MCU list select the bridge of interest and click View Entry Queues An Entry Queues pane appears below the bridge list It lists the entry queues for the selected bridge and identifies the
79. Edit the Alternate Gatekeeper Settings To edit the alternate gatekeeper settings 1 Go to Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Alternate Gatekeeper 2 On the Alternate Gatekeeper page make the required changes For more information see Alternate Gatekeeper Settings 3 Click Update Remove the Alternate Gatekeeper To remove the alternate gatekeeper settings 1 Go to Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Alternate Gatekeeper 2 Onthe Alternate Gatekeeper page clear the Need to Register check box 3 Click Update Neighboring Gatekeeper Management Operations Neighboring Gatekeeper Management Operations include e View Neighboring Gatekeepers e Adda Neighboring Gatekeeper e Edit a Neighboring Gatekeeper Delete a Neighboring Gatekeeper View Neighboring Gatekeepers To view the neighboring gatekeepers gt Goto Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Neighboring Gatekeepers The Neighboring Gatekeepers list appears Column Description Name The name of the region Description The description of the region Polycom Inc 443 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Add a Neighboring Gatekeeper To add a neighboring gatekeeper 1 Goto Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Neighboring Gatekeeper 2 On the Neighboring Gatekeeper page click Add Neighbor 3 Inthe Add Neighbor dialog box enter the required gatekeeper information and click Save The neighboring gatekeeper is added to the system Edit a Neighboring Gatek
80. Enable Alert Tone When enabled specifies that an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will play a sound along with the meeting reminder In this case the endpoint will only play a sound when the system is not in a call Display Private When enabled specifies that an endpoint system Meetings provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will display details about meetings marked private Polycom Inc Server Setting Operations 5 Click Save The profiles appear in the calendared profiles list below 6 Repeat steps 3 through 5 for each set of profiles to which you need to assign calendaring settings Provision the Exchange Mailbox for Calendaring Service enabled Endpoints To use Polycom Conferencing for Outlook PCO a Polycom endpoint system must have a mailbox on the assigned Exchange server and the Exchange server must authenticate the endpoint before it can access its mailbox To use the CMA system to automatically provision a Polycom endpoint system the endpoint system must use the same credentials username and password to access both the Exchange server and the CMA system Only then can the CMA system automatically provision a calendaring service enabled endpoint system To provision the Exchange Mailbox for calendaring service enabled endpoints 1 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Calendaring Management 2 Inthe Manage Calendaring dialog box click Mailbox 3 Inthe Poly
81. Endpoint During a Conference View a Participant s Details During a Conference Terminate an Active Conference Delete a Conference Manage an Active Conference The Manage Conference page provides a detailed view of a single active conference and allows an operator to make some changes to the conference To manage an active conference 1 2 Polycom Inc Go to Conference gt Ongoing From the list of All Conferences select the conference of interest and click Manage f 69 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide The conference page appears in a new tab displaying the Participants list The Participants list displays these settings Section Description Status The state of the participant s connection as identified by an icon Hover over the icon to determine the status Type The type of conference as identified by an icon Hover over the icon to determine the type Name The participant s name Endpoint The name assigned to the participant s endpoint when it registered or was added to the system Access Address The endpoint s network interface type Possible values include e H323 e ISDN The IP address or ISDN number of the participant s endpoint if a dial out Bit Rate The sum of the audio and video data transfer rate in kbps of the participant s endpoint Dial Mode How the participant joined the call Possible values include e Audio or Video
82. Global Address Book e Any third party endpoint including TANDBERG endpoints that are registered to the CMA system gatekeeper are displayed in the Global Address Book In this case endpoints are not filtered out based on capability A CMA system may also list an endpoint type of Other The CMA system cannot manage endpoints with a type of Other and cannot direct these endpoints to initiate point to point calls A scheduled point to point call between two endpoint systems with an endpoint type of Other requires the use of an MCU Note The Polycom RealPresence Mobility and Telepresence M100 systems register as endpoint type of Other As such the CMA can schedule and perform limited monitoring of these systems Endpoint Configuration Provisioning Polycom Inc Polycom endpoint systems can be configured in three ways e Inthe room by using the system s remote control to navigate the screens and enter information e Froma remote location by using the system s web interface to navigate the screens and enter information e From a remote location by using a management system s web interface to provision configuration settings to the endpoint system The CMA system is a management system that provisions configuration settings The CMA system can provision several types of endpoints Endpoint provisioning which requires provisioning profiles allows an administrator to remotely configure multiple endpoints of the same ty
83. Los Angeles The area codes for some parts of Southern California are included in the LCR tables for Sites A and B because it is less expensive to make an intrastate long distance call within California than an interstate long distance call from Washington D C to Los Angeles By including Southern California area codes in LCR tables for San Jose and Monterey if the bandwidth for the San Jose gateway is saturated the call from Site C can be routed through the Monterey gateway The priority is to call from Site A or Site B because the LCR tables share a relative cost to dial the area codes for Los Angeles Polycom Inc 501 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Determining Area Codes It is recommended you enter area codes for The area in which the site is located e The area surrounding the site e Frequently called numbers You should also include special rate plans for intrastate calling Determining Country Codes If you make international calls and you determine that calls to a certain country are less expensive from a particular gateway enter the dial string for this country in the LCR table for the selected gateway Determining the Weighted Cost When you enter call strings in an LCR table associate a weighted cost with each one You can base the cost on a monetary value or ratio that compares costs between several locations The weighted cost determines which call string is most cost effective to use You can ca
84. Make the endpoint Available to Schedule Set the Monitoring Level to Standard Note For third party endpoints the HTTP URL serial number and DNS name are not captured during endpoint registration Once you ve added an endpoint you can associate it with a user See Assign Users Roles and Endpoints on page 272 The CMA system automatically detects IP address changes and updates its database with the new information for Polycom and third party endpoints that are registered with the CMA system Polycom Inc Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations To edit an endpoint in the CMA system 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list 3 Select the endpoint of interest and click Edit i 4 As required edit the Identification Addresses and Capabilities sections of the Edit Device dialog box For more information see View Device Details on page 166 Note that many fields in this dialog box are ASCII only 5 Click Update Note 4 Editing information for an endpoint on the CMA system does not change the information in the endpoint To make changes in the endpoint information use Provisioning or change it at the endpoint interface Note that for managed endpoints the endpoint may overwrite settings entered manually Delete an Endpoint To delete an endpoint from the CMA system 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View 2 As needed use the Filter to customize t
85. Motion option for Video quality e Video switching VSW option RMX General Settings Auto brightness v7 Detects and automatically adjusts the brightness of video windows that are dimmer than other video windows in the conference layout This option is not available if you set Telepresence mode to On RMX Video Settings RMX Video Quality gt Content Video Definition Content settings Select the transmission mode for the content channel e Graphics Basic mode intended for normal graphics e Hi resolution graphics Higher bit rate intended for high resolution graphic display e Live video Content channel displays live video Selection of a higher bit rate for the content results in a lower bit rate for the people channel Content protocol The e H 263 Content is shared using H 263 even if some endpoints have H 264 capability e Up to H 264 H 264 is the default content sharing algorithm When selected possible values are Content is shared using H 264 if all endpoints have H 264 capability Content is shared using H 263 if all endpoints do not have H 264 capability Endpoints that do not have at least H 263 capability can connect to the conference but cannot share content Polycom Inc 329 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description RMX Video Settings Send content to legacy endpoints MPM and MPMx only Same layo
86. Password and click Update Remove or Include Dynamically Managed Endpoints in the Global Address Book 368 By default the CMA system includes dynamically managed endpoints in the Global Address Book However you may not want to take advantage of this feature if you have legacy endpoints such as VSX ViewStation and FX endpoints These endpoints may not be able to handle the increased size of the Global Address Book To remove enterprise users from the CMA system Global Address Book 1 Go to Admin gt Directories gt Directory Setup 2 Inthe Directory page clear Include dynamically managed devices in the Global Address Book 3 Click Update To include enterprise users in the CMA system Global Address Book 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Directory Setup Polycom Inc Directory Operations 2 Inthe Directory page select Include dynamically managed devices in the Global Address Book 3 Click Update Remove or Include Guest Book Entries in the Directory By default the CMA system includes Guest Book entries in the endpoint directory regardless of whether the endpoint directory is the Global Address Book or the enterprise directory To remove Guest Book entries from the endpoint directory 1 Go to Admin gt Directories gt Directory Setup 2 Inthe Directory page clear Show Guest Book entries in the Directory 3 Click Update To include Guest Book entries in the endpoint directory 1 Go to Admin gt Directo
87. Possible types include E 164 H 323 ID URL Transport Address E mail Party Number and Unknown Alias Value Value for the alias type shown Ifyou select Call Details you ll see these participant details Setting Description Video Protocol The video connection protocol both transmission Tx and reception Rx the endpoint is using Possible values include e H 261 H 261 is an ITU standard designed for two way communication over ISDN lines and supports data rates which are multiples of 64Kbit s H 261 supports CIF and QCIF resolutions e H 263 H 263 is based on H 261 with enhancements that improve video quality over modems It supports CIF QCIF SQCIF 4CIF and 16CIF resolutions e H 264 Video Format The video format both transmission Tx and reception Rx the endpoint is using Video Rate The video bandwidth negotiated with the far site Video Rate Used The actual video bandwidth used in the call to the far site Polycom Inc Terminate an Active Conference Conference and Participant Management Operations Setting Description Video Frame Specifies the frame rate to use Rate Video FEC The number of Forward Error Correction FEC errors Errors that have been corrected in the current call Cause Code Audio Rate The audio bandwidth negotiated with the far site Audio Protocol The audio connection protocol both transmission Tx
88. Remote Alert Profile You can add a remote alert profile to identify which device alerts from which devices should be sent as part of a remote alert profile Note that using a combination of setting alerts by device type and by specific types provide additional granularity in managing device alerts 516 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Remote Alert Setup Operations To add a remote alert profile 1 2 3 Go to Admin gt Alert Settings gt Remote Alert Profiles On the Remote Alert Profiles page click Add In the Add Remote Alert Profile dialog box enter a Name and Description for the profile To activate the profile select Enable Profile Configure one of the following To have all CMA system alerts sent as part of this profile select Info Minor and Major To havea subset of CMA system alerts sent as part of this profile select any combination of Info Minor or Major These selections work in conjunction with the CMA system alert level settings you chose previously To have no CMA system alerts sent as part of this profile leave Info Minor and Major cleared To use the device type to identify which devices and device alerts should be sent as part of this profile click Alert by Device Type and configure one of the following For endpoint systems these selections work in conjunction with the endpoint alert level settings you choose previously a To have all device alerts for all device types
89. Restore Database and System Configuration A user assigned the Administrator role can restore a CMA system using a backup archive To restore an CMA system follow the procedures in this topic To restore a system from a backup archive 1 Restore to Factory Default Image on page 527 2 Perform First Time Setup For more information about First Time Setup see the Polycom CMA System Getting Started Guide for this release 3 Restore from a Backup Archive on page 528 using the last archived configuration The archived configuration will overwrite the configuration that resulted from First Time Setup The only CMA system configuration settings not included in the archive and thus not overwritten are the network settings and the security certificates required for an operational system In cases when the CMA system is functional but the configuration or database is corrupted the backup archive can also be used to return a CMA system back to its last known good archive As long as the network settings and security certificates are operational the last known good archive will return the CMA system to its former functional state Restore to Factory Default Image Polycom Inc In a disaster recovery situation your Polycom Global Services PGS support representative may be required to restore your CMA system to its factory default image To perform this disaster recovery procedure you will need the Restore to Factory Defa
90. Select this option to synchronize the CMA system Server Time date and time with an external NTP server Synchronization IP address or DNS The IP address or fully qualified domain name ASCII resolved name only of the NTP server If needed enter multiple servers separated by a space Note Make sure the current system time is correct before synchronizing with an NTP server If you set the system to use an external NTP server when the current date and time are incorrect the system time may be wrong for the amount of time specified in the Minutes between synchronization attempts 3 Click Update Integrate with Microsoft Exchange Server for Calendaring Management The CMA system supports the Polycom Conferencing for Outlook solution It allows you to provision endpoints with the credentials mailbox address Exchange server IP address and calendaring service settings they need to use Polycom Conferencing for Outlook This section describes the tasks that enable provisioning endpoints for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook Associate Sites with Microsoft Exchange Servers Polycom Inc By default the CMA system is set up to automatically discover the Exchange server for the domain in which a site is located However if you wish to associate sites with an Exchange server using its IP address or DNS name follow this procedure 405 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide To associate sites with Microsoft Exchange servers by
91. Selection Use this selection to Software Updates Manage add edit and delete automatic or scheduled software update packages Rooms Manage add edit and delete rooms in the CMA system directory Areas Manage Areas for a CMA system Directories Manage the directories available to the CMA system including the enterprise directory address books or Global Address Book Server Settings Configure the basic CMA system which includes the network system time database directory licensing redundancy branding GAB remote alert and E mail set up SNMP Settings Gatekeeper Settings Manage SNMP messaging for the CMA system By default the CMA system is made the default gatekeeper during the First Time Setup process Use the Gatekeeper Settings option to modify this setting or to add an alternate gatekeeper or neighboring gatekeepers Gatekeeper Settings affect how devices register and calls are made in your video communications network These settings allow you to e Identify the gatekeeper with an identifier and description e Specify registration related settings including the default gatekeeper which endpoints register the registration refresh period and the offline timeout e Set the maximum number of neighboring gatekeeper hop counts e Specify how to handle calls to and from unregistered endpoints Management and Security Upgrade the CMA system and configure the ce
92. Templates As was noted before because all conferences scheduled on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode must be hosted on a RMX conferencing system the MCU Settings for all Conference Templates has changed in the following ways e The Supported MCUs section lists only RMX The Always Use MCU option on the Conference Template page is not available grayed out it is always enabled and cannot be changed Conference Settings On a CMA system operating in maximum security mode a setting is available on the Conference Setting page The Conference and chairperson password length field allows an administrator to designate the required length of the system generated conference password and chairperson password The acceptable length for both of these passwords is six to 16 characters By default the required length for both of these passwords is set to 15 characters Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments Note Depending on the system settings the scheduler may be allowed to change the Conference Password or Chairperson Password However the password length requirement still applies Other than this requirement the conference settings conference password and chairperson password workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode have not changed Provisioning Profiles Because a CMA system operating in maximum security mode supports only HDX endpoints running version 2
93. The machine account allows the room s endpoint to connect and authenticate with the CMA system for directory and dynamic management purposes without using the endpoint user s account You can setup the room and machine account the following ways e Youcanset up a machine account and create a new room at the same time then edit the room to complete the room information e You can create anew room then create the machine account and associate the machine account with the existing room For more informaiotn see Add a Local Room on page 344 Ina maximum security environment dynamically managed HDX systems also require a machine account for each HDX that the CMA system will manage The machine account allows the endpoint to connect and authenticate with the CMA system for dynamic management purposes without using the endpoint user s account The Add Machine Account dialog box includes the following information Field Description Enable Machine Select or clear this option to enable and disable Account respectively the machine account you create for the endpoint Unlock Machine Select this option to unlock machine accounts that Account become locked when they exceed the Failed login threshold This will only happen when the password expires User ID Enter a unique name for the machine account As a best practice name the machine account in a way that associates it with the corresponding device For example i
94. Upload Software Update dialog box verify the endpoint type and model If an activation key code is required to activate the software update click the Update Requires Key check box and in the Software Update Key File field browse to the txt key file received in Request Update Activation Keys on page 195 Note The key is generated from the endpoint serial number and version number and Polycom sends it as a text txt file to the customer when new software is available Customers can review their key history at http support polycom com Enter a meaningful description that will help other users to understand the purpose of the software update To trial the software with the group created previously select Trial Software and from the Select Trial Group menu select the trial group created in Create a Local Trial Group on page 198 Click OK A trial automatic software update package for the endpoint type and model type appears in the Automatic Software Update list You can tell it is a trial package because the Trial Group column includes your entry The next time members of the trial group log into the system their systems will be upgraded with the trial software package Promote the Trial Software Update Package to Production If you determine that the trial software update package is acceptable for production you can then promote it to production To promote a trial software update package to production
95. VVX Displays just the Polycom VVX systems e Group Series Displays just the Polycom RealPresence Group Series endpoints IP Address The IP address assigned to the endpoint Current Version The version of software installed during the last successful software update procedure Actions in the Automatic Software Update View Because automatic pull software update is managed by the endpoint there are no actions available in the Automatic Software Update View 100 Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Scheduled Software Update View Use the Scheduled Software Update View available from the Endpoint menu to e View the list of endpoints that are eligible for a scheduled software update e Schedule one or more endpoints for a software update e Cancel a software update Endpoint List in the Scheduled Software Update View By default the Endpoint list in the Scheduled Software Update View displays all endpoints eligible for scheduled software update The Endpoint list in the Scheduled Software Update View has the following information Field Description Filter Filter choices for this view include e Type Filters the list by endpoint type e Name Searches the list by the endpoint s system name e IP Address Searches the list by endpoint s IP address e ISDN Video Number Searches the list by endpoint s ISDN video number e Alias Searches the list by endpoint s alias
96. View on page 90 Peripherals View Displays the list of all peripherals connected to managed endpoints Use this view to see the status of peripherals See Peripherals View on page 93 Bundled Provisioning Displays the list of available endpoint provisioning bundles See Bundled Provisioning View on page 95 Automatic Provisioning Displays the list of dynamically managed endpoints eligible for automatic provisioning See Automatic Provisioning View on page 96 Scheduled Provisioning Displays the list of standardly managed endpoints eligible for scheduled provisioning See Scheduled Provisioning View on page 97 89 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide e Automatic Software Update Displays the list of dynamically managed endpoints eligible for automatic software updates See Automatic Software Update View on page 99 e Scheduled Software Update Displays the list of standardly managed endpoints eligible for scheduled software updates See Scheduled Software Update View on page 101 All of the Endpoint views have the following information Section Description Views The views you can access from the page Actions The set of available commands The constant command in the Endpoint views is Refresh 2 which updates the display with current information Endpoint List The context sensitive Endpoint list for the selected view Device Informat
97. a Site to Site Exclusion e Edit a Site to Site Exclusion e Delete a Site to Site Exclusion View the Site to Site Exclusion List To view the Site to Site exclusion list gt Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site to Site Exclusion The Site to Site Exclusions list appears 480 Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Add a Site to Site Exclusion Before you can create a site link exclusion you must add two or more sites to the system Exclusions are by definition bilateral No call traffic is allowed to flow across the site link in either direction To add a site to site exclusion 1 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site to Site Exclusions 2 Inthe Site to Site Exclusions page click Add 3 Inthe Add Site to Site Exclusions wizard a Select the first site of the From To site pair by clicking the appropriate button If needed use the Search Site field to find the site b Select the second site of the From To site pair by enabling the appropriate check box and click Continue You can select more than one site if needed c Review the site to site exclusion and if it is correct click Save Exclusion Edit a Site to Site Exclusion You cannot edit a site to site exclusion you can only delete it and then re add it Delete a Site to Site Exclusion To delete a site to site exclusion 1 Goto Dial Plan and Sites gt Site to Site Exclusions 2 Inthe Site to Site Exclusions page select the exclusion
98. a conference the CMA system will by default schedule the user s primary endpoint The scheduler can choose to change the request to schedule one of the user s other endpoints The CMA system is also a presence service which is the part of the system that maintains online status information for the users of dynamically managed endpoints The presence service allows users to access information about the online status of other users This is important because when you make a video call or start a chat that action only takes you to an endpoint It doesn t ensure that you will reach the person you want to reach The presence service provides information about the user s availability which improves your chances of getting the person 259 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 260 Polycom Inc User Management Operations Manage Users Search for a User Polycom Inc This chapter includes information on managing users and groups within the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system It includes these topics Manage Users Manage Groups Manage User Roles Manage System Guest Book Manage Favorites In the CMA system only users assigned the Administrator role can manage a user Some of these tasks include Search for a User Add a Local User Edit a User View Permissions for a User Delete a User To search for a user 1 Go to User gt Users and in the Search Users field enter the name of
99. address of the far site endpoint to which the selected endpoint is connected The address value for the calling endpoint appears to be the dialed address The address value for the called endpoint appears to be the IP Address Encryption The type of encryption the far site uses Cause Code The cause code showing how the call ended Error Video FEC Errors The number of Forward Error Correction FEC errors that have been corrected in the current call Sync Call Type Type of call such as H 323 SIP ISDN or POTS Call Info gt Call Details Video Protocol The video connection protocol both transmission Tx and reception Rx the endpoint is using Possible values include e H 261 H 261 is an ITU standard designed for two way communication over ISDN lines and supports data rates which are multiples of 64Kbit s H 261 supports CIF and QCIF resolutions e H 263 H 263 is based on H 261 with enhancements that improve video quality over modems It supports CIF QCIF SQCIF 4CIF and 16CIF resolutions e H 264 Video Format The video format both transmission Tx and reception Rx the endpoint is using Video Rate The video bandwidth negotiated with the far site Video Rate Used The actual video bandwidth used in the call to the far site Video Frame Rate Specifies the frame rate the endpoint is using Audio Protocol The audio connection protocol bot
100. allow the endpoint to be a DHCP server Applies to V Series VSX Series and ViewStation endpoints only For more information see the endpoint s user guide Note You may apply a single software update request to multiple endpoint models If the request includes one or more scheduling options that are not valid for a selected endpoint model the system applies only the options that are valid 6 Click Schedule For each endpoint selected the status changes to Pending and the date and time for the software update appears in the Scheduled column Cancel Software Updates You can cancel scheduled software updates for an endpoint You cannot explicitly cancel automatic software updates for an endpoint You must do that at the endpoint To cancel scheduled software updates 1 Go to Endpoint gt Scheduled Software Update 210 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Software Update Operations As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select the endpoint or endpoints of interest and click Cancel Update A confirmation dialog box appears The dialog box may indicate that one or more of the selected endpoints had a software update in progress Click Ok to cancel in progress and future software updates for the selected endpoints and clear their status You can cancel software update operations that are in progress but you may wish to check the endpoint afterward to verify it was left in a operation
101. an MCU Bridge To delete an MCU from the CMA system 1 2 3 4 Go to Network Device gt MCUs As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list Select the MCU of interest and click Delete Click Yes to confirm the deletion The MCU list is updated View Bridge Hardware To view the hardware configuration of a bridge 1 Polycom Inc Go to Network Device gt MCUs 235 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list 3 Inthe MCU list select the bridge of interest and click View Hardware A Hardware pane appears below the bridge list It lists the hardware for the selected bridge and displays the Slot number Card Type Status Temperature and Voltage for each piece of hardware View Bridge Services To view the network services available on the bridge 1 Go to Network Device gt MCUs 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list 3 Inthe MCU list select the bridge of interest and click View Services A Services pane appears below the bridge list It lists the network services for the selected bridge and identifies the Service Type Service Name and the default setting for the network service View Bridge Conferences To view information about the conferences resident on the bridge 1 Go to Network Device gt MCUs 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list 3 Inthe MCU list select the bridge of interest and click View Conferences A
102. associated with the endpoint if any Last The date and time of the endpoint s last provisioning Note CMA Desktop clients are provisioned at the start of each session Actions in the Automatic Provisioning View Because automatic provisioning is managed by the endpoint there are no context sensitive commands available in the Automatic Provisioning View Scheduled Provisioning View Polycom Inc Use the Scheduled Provisioning View to e View the list of endpoints that are eligible for scheduled provisioning e Schedule one or more endpoints for provisioning e Cancel a scheduled provisioning Endpoint List in the Scheduled Provisioning View By default the endpoint list in the Scheduled Provisioning View displays the list of Polycom HDX system endpoints registered to the CMA system that are eligible for scheduled provisioning The Endpoint list in this view has the following information 97 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description Filter The filter choice for endpoint types that can be scheduled for provisioning Possible values include e HDX Series Displays the Polycom HDX systems operating in standard management mode e LifeSize QDX Series TANDBERG T150 e TANDBERG C Series e TANDBERG MXP e Vand VSX Series e Viewstation e Viewstation FX amp EX Status The status of the endpoint s last provisioning process Possible values include Success
103. audio and video calls to them Conversely client users can also see Polycom HDX system users in their client Contacts List and place audio and video calls to them For Polycom HDX systems that are integrated with a Lync or Office Communications server the unified communications server replaces the CMA system as the presence and directory service provider However the CMA system continues to act as the gatekeeper and manager for these endpoint systems The CMA system supports the integration with these unified communications servers by provisioning endpoints with the credentials Exchange server IP address and communications service settings they need To provision endpoints with the information required to integrate with these unified communications servers you must complete the following tasks 1 Integrate with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 on page 407 2 Provision SIP Settings for Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Office Communications Server Integration on page 408 Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings Polycom Inc When an endpoint registers with the CMA system its information is automatically entered into the Global Address Book When information changes at the endpoint the Global Address Book is automatically updated as well If an endpoint is configured to Allow Directory Changes additions and deletions to the Global Address Book are pushed to the endpoint Endpoin
104. blank for the following device types PVX MGC RMX GW MCU Other and TANDBERG Device ISDN Type The ISDN network interface type installed in the device Possible values include ISDN_QUAD_BRI ISDN_PRI_T1 e ISDN_BRI ISDN_UNKNOWN This field is blank for the following device types PVX MGC RMX GW MCU Other and TANDBERG 216 Polycom Inc Call Information Device Details The Call Info in the Device Details section includes the following fields Field Description Call Type The connection protocol for the call in which the device is participating Possible values include H 323 H 320 and S IP Video Protocol The video connection protocol both transmission Tx and reception Rx the device is using Possible values include e H 261 H 261 is an ITU standard designed for two way communication over ISDN lines and supports data rates which are multiples of 64Kbit s H 261 supports CIF and QCIF resolutions e H 263 H 263 is based on H 261 with enhancements that improve video quality over modems It supports CIF QCIF SQCIF 4CIF and 16CIF resolutions e H 264 Video Format The video format both transmission Tx and reception Rx the device is using Audio Protocol The audio connection protocol both transmission Tx and reception Rx the device is using Possible values include e G71 e G722 e G728 Far Site Name The H 323ID of the fa
105. by managed devices not by users You may add any number of local or enterprise users to the CMA system The CMA system has the following licensing packages e Base system license e Base system license with Microsoft Outlook e Base system license with IBM Lotus Notes e Base system license with Microsoft Outlook and IBM Lotus Notes e Redundant system licenses primary and redundant licenses e Redundant system licenses with Microsoft Outlook e Redundant system licenses with IBM Lotus Notes e Redundant system licenses with Microsoft Outlook and IBM Lotus Notes Licensing for the Polycom CMA Desktop client is included with the CMA system When a Polycom CMA Desktop client is provisioned by the CMA system it automatically consumes a license That license is then reserved for that Polycom CMA Desktop client However you can configure the CMA system to automatically release a Polycom CMA Desktop client license after a set number of days of inactivity Licenses consumed by registered hardware devices are never automatically released To release a license from a registered hardware device an administrator must manually delete the device from the system 385 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Polycom CMA System Site Topology and Dial Plan Set Up 386 Site topology information describes your network and its interfaces to other networks including the following elements Site A local area network LAN that generally corresponds
106. cece teenies 483 Edit a Network Cloud 1 1 0 0 0 00 pepate epte ein EEN E eais 484 xvii Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Delete a Network Cloud 00 00 484 Dial Plan Service Operations 0 0 cece cee eee 485 Conference on Demand 0 cee eee eee ee 485 Simplified Dialing nA ene dos wes Sieh asd Gos aes oie as E De 486 View the Services List i i 0scsscsies soba eeke eb hs G a a ole eens 490 Adda Service isr ei goe e a a G5 GA Gee a Wied ees a 490 Edit A Seii 5 44 oe cade Vie ee oe LEN oes ae Side See ee aS 491 Delete a Service aria Gt ee a A ee NE 491 Dial Rule Operations 20 rae a tates dea heed eae 492 Default Dial Rules cocccc c ccc eee kei eee EE e a aes 494 Parts of a Dial Rule 0 a eee eee ee eee 494 Pattern Ly pes see tyres eae Ceeee Y Esan Saae a a ee Ate eee Y 494 Routing ACh OnS seren dies act dias eA date oa Bae tt 495 Examples of Custom Dial Rules 00 0000 ee eee 495 View the Dial Rules List rnnr e eee eee 496 Adda Dial R le iste for ad a etaeee an E E E Sa a 497 Enable or Disable Dialing Rules 0000000 497 Edit a Dial Rules ss cae tahs asur ede e a Senta abe situs pa a a 498 Least Cost Routing Operations 0 0 0 ccc eens 498 How Least Cost Routing Works 0 00 00 e ee 499 Example of Least Cost Routing 0 0 e eee eee 499 LCR Tables for Three Sites
107. conferences you select the participants you wish to join the conference from your endpoint directory Depending on your system configuration your endpoint directory may be the enterprise directory the Global Address Book or one or more local address books It may also include Guest Book entries For participants that have multiple endpoints registered with the CMA system the system selects the participant s default endpoint You can change to another endpoint by selecting it from the Call Info list or by editing the participant You can schedule participants without endpoints into conferences You cannot schedule endpoints without owners into conferences The CMA system can be configured to allow you to overbook dial in participants In this case dial in participants can be scheduled to dial into multiple conferences during the same time period but the system reserves resources for the participant for only the first scheduled conference Dial out participants cannot be scheduled into multiple conferences Also if you schedule participants into conference as Dial In participants the conference will require external MCU resources Bridge Selection and Cascading Polycom Inc When a conference is scheduled with one of the CMA system scheduling applications Web Scheduler or Scheduling Plug in for Microsoft Outlook or IBM Lotus Notes and the conference requires external MCU resources such as a Polycom RMX or MGC system then by de
108. did not configure the CMA system to use an external Microsoft SQL Server database but need to do so now see Database Operations on page 427 Note It is not recommended but you can create the CMA system databases manually using Microsoft SQL scripts Contact Polycom Global Services to request the creation scripts Integration with an external Microsoft SQL Server database is required for redundant CMA 5000 systems or for CMA 5000 systems supporting more than 400 concurrently registered endpoints and 240 concurrent calls Configure the Connection to an External Enterprise Directory If during First Time Setup you did not configure your CMA system to use an enterprise directory but need to do so now see Directory Operations on page 355 Connecting to an enterprise directory allows users to enter their network usernames and password to log into CMA system It also allows users to access the enterprise directory when selecting conference participants Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Configuration Configure Redundancy You can install the CMA 5000 system in a fault tolerant high availability redundant configuration The CMA 4000 system is not available ina redundant configuration A redundant CMA system configuration requires the installation of two CMA system servers on the same network During First Time Setup you are instructed to assign these two servers physical IP addresses Once the two system servers are i
109. domain com username 11 12 13 14 Notes e Polycom endpoints must register with a gatekeeper before they will attempt an Annex O call e You can enter a dial string for another MCU as a guest If so you may need to specify the conference ID in the Extension field also Extension Use this field to connect the conference to another conference on another MCU In this field specify the conference ID or passcode for the conference on the other MCU MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs with which the CMA system is registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services b If the guest has a SIP IP endpoint configure these settings Field Description Sip URI The SPI URI the MCU must resolve to contact the guest MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs with which the CMA system is registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services 58 Polycom Inc Conference Scheduling Operations c Ifthe guest has an H 320 ISDN endpoint configure these settings Field Description Use Modified Dial Select this option first as needed as it will Number determine the other fields you must configure Country Not available when Use Modified Dial Number is selected The country to which the system will dial out to the guest Click S
110. during the 5 seconds preceding the moment at which a sample was taken This value does not report a cumulative average for the entire H 323 call However it does report an average of the sampled values Polycom Inc System Reports Field Description Avg Packet Loss Tx The number of packets transmitted that were lost during an H 323 call Avg Packet Loss Rx The number of packets from the far site that were lost during an H 323 call Avg Latency Tx The average latency of packets transmitted during an H 323 call based on round trip delay calculated from sample tests done once per minute Avg Latency Rx The average latency of packets received during an H 323 call based on round trip delay calculated from sample tests done once per minute Max Latency Tx The maximum latency for packets transmitted during an H 323 call based on round trip delay calculated from sample tests done once per minute Max Latency Rx The maximum latency for packets received during an H 323 call based on round trip delay calculated from sample tests done once per minute Avg Jitter Tx The average jitter of packets transmitted during an H 323 call calculated from sample tests done once per minute Avg Jitter Rx The average jitter of packets received during an H 323 call calculated from sample tests done once per minute Max Jitter Tx Max Jitter Rx The maximum jitter of packets tr
111. e Assign Address Books to Groups e Viewing the Address Book a User is Assigned To e Delete an Address Book e Change Address Book Priority e Set the Default Address Book Copy an Address Book Multiple Address Books Overview Polycom Inc Users assigned the Administrator role can create multiple address books in the CMA system Multiple address books are subsets of the Global Address Book GAB and let you manage which users local and enterprise endpoints rooms groups and guests appear in each address book Multiple address books support both the GAB and LDAP protocols Endpoints requesting directory information using either protocol receive either the default address book or the address book assigned to the user s group If you do not want to use multiple address books you can leave the default address book set to All Entries Using this default all users will see all entries in the directory Be sure that all groups are assigned either the System Default or All Entries option System Default is the default group setting 373 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Notes e Multiple Address Book functionality works in Maximum Security Mode based upon LDAP only e An endpoint must be associated with a User and the User must be in a Group in order to specify an address book How Multiple Address Books Work 374 Use address books to limit access to people and endpoints For example you can set up separate addr
112. eae es 24 OPCLatOl ics inden een kirara aaraa a aa 25 AUdHOr saniran ou rra rikene CERN Sekar OES E LG ww ae 25 Device Administration in Maximum Security Mode 26 About Machine Accounts sunsun urson errre eee eee eee 26 System Administration in Maximum Security Mode 27 Admin MERU sss seeds coats gene epin enS singe nang bea ae 28 Conference Templates 0 0 cee eee eee eee 28 Provisioning Profiles oi 6 uke cece ck oo enw eew aks Cone we 29 Software Updates psst petisi thean iiae a aeei A 29 Server Settings onire orini i ead hee ee 29 Management and Security unun 0 0 0 30 Dial Planand Sitesicr enerci enre eeina ea 33 Backup System Settings 0 cece eee eee eee ees 33 Network Intrusion Detection in Maximum Security Mode 34 Troubleshooting in Maximum Security Mode 006 35 Troubleshooting Utilities 0 0 00 0000 35 Report Administration 00 eee 37 4 Polycom CMA System Conference Scheduling Overview 39 Conference Menu Overview 0 eens 40 Conference Menu and Views 0000 e eee eee eee ee 40 Conference Views Future and Ongoing 000 42 Conference States ss ice ieee eee hee a ewok ee eam nt 43 Context Sensitive Conference Actions 000000008 44 General Scheduling Information 00 000 eee eee 45 Scheduling Participants and Endp
113. eee een vies Yee ee 394 Add Edit Network Cloud Dialog Box 0 394 Polycom CMA System Gatekeeper Functionality 394 Default Redundant Alternate and Neighboring Gatekeepers 395 Default Gatekeeper 0 0 eee ee nee 395 Redundant Gatekeeper 0 eee eee eee 395 Alternate Gatekeeper 0 0 cee ee eee ee eee 396 Neighboring Gatekeeper 0 0000000 396 Device Registration 0 0 cece eiii nn te eet eens 396 Routing Modes sbe ritidis niia tidsa ialese KEk E ai E E a agus dae in lace ese 398 Direct Mode sien tress cs aoe iai eia nie EA EEEE oc tealnen 398 Routed Mode serersgesisere se cae She Eria eia Sedge swe 398 Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Outlook 399 Standard Polycom CMA System and Reserved Conferencing 399 Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook Reservationless Conferencing and Calendaring Management 400 Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 0000008 401 Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings 00005 401 30 Server Setting Operations eeeeeee s 403 Edit the Polycom CMA System Network Settings 403 Edit the Polycom CMA System Time Settings 00 404 xiv Polycom Inc 31 Contents Integrate with Microsoft Exchange Server for Calend
114. enabled lets users set their availability in the endpoint system s local user interface H 323 Settings Maximum Speed for Receiving Calls kbps Allows you to restrict the bandwidth used when receiving calls If the far site attempts to call the endpoint system at a higher speed than selected here the call is re negotiated at the speed specified in this field 110 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned Preferred Speed for Placing Calls kbps Determines the speeds that will be used for calls from this endpoint system when e The Call Quality selection is either unavailable or set to Auto on the Place a Call screen e The call is placed from the directory If the far site endpoint system does not support the selected speed the endpoint system automatically negotiates a lower speed Call Settings Preferred Dialing Method Specifies the preferred method for dialing various call types e If set to Auto calls use the configured dialing order e If set to Manual the endpoint systems will prompt the user to select the call type from a list when placing a call Audio Settings Mute Auto Answer Calls Specifies whether or not to automatically mute incoming calls CMA Desktop Settings Allow IM Chat When enabled specifies that the Polycom CMA Desktop client can initiate instant
115. endpoint resides Owner Room The person or room to whom the endpoint is registered The CDRs are displayed in alphabetical order for the default Start Date and End Date By default the CDRs for the last week are reported To restrict the report to a different time period change the Start Date and End Date The report is dynamically updated Use the Filter to customize the report by endpoint Type Name IP Address ISDN Video Number Alias Site or VIP status To generate the Endpoint Usage report select one or more endpoints to include in the report and click Generate Report Use the Crrt key to select multiple endpoints The Generate Report page displays the Summary usage report for the selected endpoints It includes the following information for the calls Field Number of calls Description Specifies the number of calls the selected endpoints joined for the selected date range Click Details to get more information about these calls Total call time Specifies the total amount of time the selected endpoints spent in conference during the selected date range Average time per call Specifies the average amount of time the selected endpoints spent in conference during the selected date range that is the total call time divided by the number of calls Average rate per call Specifies the average bit rate for the selected calls To select a different group of endpoints cli
116. entry queue by Name ID Profile and Dial In Number View Bridge Gateway Conferences To view information about gateway conferences on a bridge 1 Go to Network Device gt MCUs 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list Polycom Inc 237 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 238 In the MCU list select the bridge of interest and click View Gateway Conferences If the feature is available on the bridge a Gateway Conferences pane appears below the bridge list It lists the gateway conferences for the selected bridge Polycom Inc 16 Management Operations for Other Network Devices This chapter describes how to perform the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system network device management tasks It includes e Polycom VBP Management Operations e Polycom DMA Management Operations Polycom VBP Management Operations The Polycom Video Border Proxy VBP device management operations include these topics e Adda Polycom VBP Device e Edit a Polycom VBP Device e Delete a Polycom VBP Device e Identify Endpoints Using the Polycom VBP Device e Identify Endpoints Using the Polycom VBP Device Polycom Inc 239 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Add a Polycom VBP Device IMPORTANT G When you add a new Polycom VBP device the CMA system will restart the user interface web service This will interrupt others using the CMA system user interface To add a Polycom VBP device to a CMA s
117. example bsmith_HDX or Evergreen_Room then give the machine account an associated User ID bsmith_HDX_machine or evergreen_room_machine Password Confirm Password Enter a password for the machine account user ID This password must meet the Local Password Requirements This password expires in 365 days Description Enter a meaningful description for the endpoint Associate with an existing user or room Select this option to associate the endpoint system with a specific user or room This may be a local or enterprise user or room Associate with a new room created automatically Select this option to associate the endpoint system with a system generated room name Once you have created this machine account on the CMA system provide this information to the appropriate HDX system administrator They should enter this User ID and Password as the User Name and Password on the HDX Provisioning Service page Note that the machine account password expires after one year After the expiration the HDX login will fail After three failed login attempts the system locks the machine account You can reset the password and unlock the machine account by editing it and assigning a new password System Administration in Maximum Security Mode Polycom Inc Only users assigned the Administrator role can perform general CMA system administration functions The CMA system administration functionality and w
118. external database 1 Using the Microsoft SQL Server Configuration Manager change the SQL Server keep alive checks typically SQL Server 2005 Network Configuration gt Protocols for MSSQLSERVER gt TCP IP gt KeepAlive to 3 600 000 milliseconds At the CMA system interface go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Database On the Database page select Use an external SQL Server database Enter the Database Server IP address or DNS Name a Aa WO N Enter the Database Server Port and click Update The system will guide you through formatting or upgrading the external database as necessary 6 Click Finish Revert a Polycom CMA System to its Internal Database To revert a CMA system from an external database to its internal database 1 At the CMA system interface go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Database 2 On the Database page clear Use an external SQL Server database and click Update 3 Click Update Note To go back to the external database follow the procedure to Integrate a Polycom CMA System to an External Database on page 428 Copy the CMA System Database Backup Files In addition to backing up and restoring database files you can copy the database backup files to and from the CMA system to an external location 428 Polycom Inc Database Operations To copy the CMA system database backup files using the web interface 1 At the CMA system interface go to Admin gt Database Backup Files The Da
119. for the executives of your organization or for conference rooms used for large video conferences You can create a group for these users rooms and give that group an automatic provisioning profile with a higher bit rate Bundled Provisioning 106 The CMA system supports a Bundled Provisioning model for dynamically managed HDX and RealPresence Group Series endpoints With Bundled Provisioning a CMA system administrator can download a provisioning bundle from any already configured HDX and RealPresence Group Series endpoints Any dynamically managed HDX and RealPresence Group Series endpoints of the same model will receive the provisioning bundle when it next polls the CMA system for new provisioning information Note Some configuration settings on dynamically managed endpoints that the CMA system provisions are associated with the site where the endpoint system is located Site provisioning takes precedence Bundled provisioning provides businesses with an efficient and effective way to provision HDX and RealPresence Group Series endpoints consistently across each model HDX and RealPresence Group Series endpoint users with Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview administrative rights can still change the settings on an HDX and RealPresence Group Series endpoint after the provisioning bundle is applied However if a newer bundle is sent by the CMA system it will overwrite the user s changes The HDX and RealPresence Gr
120. fully supported by the CMA system This section describes the implications of different Microsoft Active Directory configurations for integrating with the CMA system Microsoft Active Directory may be set up in either a single forest or multi forest configuration However the CMA system requires that user accounts reside in a single forest Microsoft Active Directory forests may contain one or more domains In either configuration the directory must have a Global Catalog service The CMA system can integrate to either single or multiple domains so long as they reside in the same forest structure Microsoft Active Directory domains are organized into trees each tree being a group of domains which share a consistent DNS namespace ex polycom com and na polycom com would be in the same tree while polycom com and CMADevelopment net would be separate trees if they were in the same forest The CMA system will integrate to all domains in a multi tree forest Viable options 1 Integrate to all domains of a multi domain forest configuration 2 Restrict to a single domain tree in a multi domain forest through the use of LDAP Search baseDN criteria Microsoft Active Directory provides three group scopes Universal Global and Domain Local Both Global groups and Universal Groups are held on all Global Catalog servers in the forest The CMA system supports only the Universal groups Microsoft Active Directory provides two group types Securi
121. global directory e Select Public to include the endpoint in the global directory H323 Settings Enable IP H 323 Specify whether to enable IP H 323 calls Use Gatekeeper When IP H 323 is enabled Specify whether the endpoint systems will use the CMA system as its gatekeeper or another gatekeeper Gateways and gatekeepers are required for calls between IP and ISDN e This Server The endpoint systems will use the CMA system as their gatekeeper e Specify The endpoint systems will use another system as their gatekeeper Gatekeeper IP Address When Use Gatekeeper is set to Specify enter the gatekeeper IP address in this field Use Gatekeeper for Multipoint Calls Specify whether multipoint calls use the endpoint system s internal multipoint capability or the Polycom MCU s Conference on Demand feature This feature is available only if the system is registered with a PathNavigator or CMA system gatekeeper SIP Settings Enable SIP Specify whether to enable SIP calls Automatically Discover SIP Servers The CMA system will issue a DNS query to locate the SIP server and provision that information to endpoints Proxy Server Specify the IP address or DNS name of the SIP proxy server for the network Registrar Server Backup Proxy Server Specify the IP address or DNS name of the SIP registrar server for the network e In an Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 or
122. has assigned ISDN number ranges To do so go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites and make sure the site has the correct ISDN range specified in the ISDN Number Assignment pane Verify that ISDN numbers are available to assign Verify that the RCF message Can t find ISDN free pool from the gatekeeper returns to the endpoint Endpoints that were previously registered and auto assigned ISDN numbers are being rejected when attempting to register Inconsistent configuration in ISDN number assignment has occurred Verify that the previous ISDN range was changed When the CMA system is restarted some registrants that were previously online are now Offline Some endpoints do not reregister when the CMA system goes down Some MCUs do not reregister automatically after two retries Reboot the MCU 532 Polycom Inc Point to Point Calling Problems and Solutions System Troubleshooting Problem ViewStation and ViaVideo have an incorrect RAS IP address Description These endpoints are configured with a NAT address and may not receive the RCF message from the gatekeeper Solutions The endpoints need to be reconfigured to disable NAT A call with an alias as the dial string from a registered endpoint cannot be placed to another registered endpoint The two endpoints are in different sites e The site link between the sites in which the endpoints reside is n
123. in for TV monitors e Select No Signal to have the display react as if it is not connected when the system goes to sleep This is the recommended setting for VGA monitors and projectors VGA Resolution Y Monitor 2 Options Applies to Monitor 2 Specifies the second monitor s aspect ratio e Off Select if you do not have a second monitor e 4 3 Select if you are using a regular TV monitor as the second monitor Video Format Specifies the monitor s format Y Y e DVI Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI connector using a DVI or HDMI cable e VGA Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI connector using a VGA cable e Component YPbPr Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI connector using component cables Polycom HDX 8000 series and Polycom HDX 7000 series systems do not support 720p Component format for 50 Hz monitors e S Video Polycom HDX 9000 series only Select if the monitor is connected to the BNC connectors using an S Video cable e Composite Polycom HDX 9000 series only Select if the monitor is connected to the BNC connectors using a composite video cable Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Polycom Inc 3 c o o o 8 S T o sS o N xixi ao xou S x l Pe qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned SeS Output Upon Screen Specifies whether black video or
124. in the Search Users field enter the name of the user of interest and press Enter Select the user of interest and click Edit Enable the Unlock User option and click OK The system should allow the user to log in Polycom Inc 267 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Manage Groups In the CMA system only users assigned the Administrator role can Add a Local Group Add a Local Group Import Enterprise Groups Edit a Group Delete a Group To add a local group 1 2 Go to User gt Groups In the Groups page click Add Local Group 3 Complete the General Info section of the Add Local Group dialog box 268 Column Description General Info Group Name A meaningful and unique group name assigned when creating the group Description A more complete description of the group s purpose Directory Viewable Provisioning Profile Whether or not the group is displayed in the endpoint directory The automatic provisioning profile assigned when creating the group Address Book See Assign Address Books to Groups on page 379 Associated Roles Available Roles The list of roles defined to the CMA system Selected Roles The list of roles that you assign users when adding them to the system Users have all of the permissions associated with all of the roles assigned to them that is permissions are cumulative Polycom Inc 4 User Managemen
125. is available from the Reports menu The Backup and Delete command is available from the list of ACTIONS This option allows an auditor to backup and delete selected audit logs During this process the CMA system requires that 25 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide the auditor download and run a verification utility that performs a checksum operation to make certain that the downloaded audit log is complete and uncorrupted before the audit log is deleted from the CMA system e Change the audit log Alert Level The system change required to support this workflow change is The Change Settings command is available from the list of ACTIONS By default the audit log Alert Level is set to 70 of the Max File Size Usage which is 2 gigabytes Device Administration in Maximum Security Mode 26 Only users assigned the Device Administrator role can perform device administration tasks In addition to the tasks described in the Endpoint Management in Maximum Security Mode section the device administrator workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode allows the device administrator to See the system Dashboard e Add edit and delete machine accounts for endpoint systems The system change required to support this workflow change is The Machine Accounts menu option and page is available from the Admin gt Management and Security menu Before the CMA system can dynamically manage a HDX system a device administr
126. its Service Monitor initiates a failover and the redundant server becomes the active server The most common reasons for system failovers are power failures and network disconnections Note that failures in services do not initiate a failover only a server failure If both the primary and redundant servers start simultaneously for example if both are in the same location and recover from a power failure at the same time both servers will initially attempt to become the active server However the redundant server the server licensed as the redundant server retreats to standby status once the system reaches its fully functional state An administrator can force a failover via the Switch Server Roles function in the CMA system user interface Failover does not require a system restart The primary and redundant servers share the external CMA system database so what is recorded by one CMA system is read by the other CMA system An external Microsoft SQL Server database is required The CMA system database information call records endpoint registration information and network topology configurations remains consistent and available during a failover because both servers point to the same database Also the failover to the redundant server seems to occur seamlessly because the endpoints are registered with the virtual IP address which remains constant During a failover e Active conferences are dropped from the system
127. lt System gt Identification Timezone Month Day Year Hour Minute lt lt lt lt lt Second Directory gt Auto Discovery lt Auto Discovery Auto Discovery Subnets Auto Discovery Ignored Subnets Directory gt LDAP LDAP LDAP Hostname LDAP Password LDAP Base LDAP Filter LDAP Refresh lt lt lt lt Appearance gt General Language Fade Out Timeout Company Logo 162 Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for selected LifeSize Models Field Name Team 200 LCD Contrast Y Screen Saver Timeout Y Sleep Timeout Y Appearance gt Layout Picture in Picture Display 2 Layout Appearance gt Display Display 1 Resolution Display 1 Energy Saver Display 2 Energy Saver lt lt lt lt Display 2 Resolution Diagnostics gt Cameras Camera Anti Flicker HD Camera 1 Brightness HD Camera 1 White Balance HD Camera 2 White Balance HD Camera 2 Brightness lt lt lt lt Diagnostics gt DVD I Input DVI I Input Horizontal Position DVI I Input Vertical Position DVI I Input Coarse Tuning DVI I Input Fine Tuning DVI I Input Brightness DVI_I Input Contrast lt lt lt lt DVI I Input Scaling Polycom Inc 163 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioning of LifeSize Passwords Take note of the following when provisioning passwords to LifeSize endpoints e The Auto password must be provisioned to
128. messaging Enable Screen Saver When in Call Calendaring Settings Enable Calendaring When enabled specifies that the CMA system will provision the endpoint for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook This includes provisioning the Microsoft Exchange server and calendaring settings for the endpoint system Alert Tone When enabled specifies that an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will play a sound along with the meeting reminder In this case the endpoint will only play a sound when the system is not in a call Display Private Meeting When enabled specifies that an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will display details about meetings marked private Meeting Reminder Time Specifies the number of minutes before the meeting an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will display a reminder 111 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned Microsoft Lync Settings Select method to find Server Specifies how the CMA system will locate the Lync server that it will provision to endpoints Possible values are e Disable Integration The CMA system will not provision a Lync or Office Communication Server e DNS SRV Record The CMA system will issue a DNS query to locate the Lync or Office Communication Server and provision that informatio
129. name Status Errors Warnings Endpoint Type Address Access and Bit Rate It also includes a list of Participant Actions For more information about these actions see Manage a Participant s Endpoint During a Conference on page 76 To view additional participant details change the selection in the Call Properties drop down menu Ifyou select Device you ll see these participant details Setting Description Endpoint Type Usually the endpoint model such as Polycom HDX system IP Address The IP address for the endpoint Site The location of the endpoint as identified by its IP address and the subnet of the site 77 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 78 Setting Description Gatekeeper The gatekeeper with which the endpoint is registered GDS The Global Directory Service for the endpoint Usually the Polycom Global Address Book Presence Whether or not the endpoint is registered with a Presence service so that its availability can be reported Device Managed ISDN Line Status Whether or not the endpoint is registered with a Provisioning service so that it can be configured automatically The status of the ISDN line Possible values include e Operational a x This field is blank for the following endpoint types PVX MGC RMX GW MCU Other and TANDBERG e Non operations Alias Type If the endpoint has an alias designation the type of alias
130. no signal is sent to the Y Y Saver Activation monitor when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates e Select Black to display black video This is the recommended setting to prevent burn in for TV monitors e Select No Signal to have the display react as if it is not connected when the system goes to sleep This is the recommended setting for VGA monitors and projectors People Display Mode Y Content Display Mode Color System Monitor 3 Options Monitor 3 Specifies the aspect ratio for recording Y e Off Select if you do not have a VCR or DVD player connected to record video conferences e 4 3 Select to record for playback on a standard monitor e 16 9 Select to record for playback on a wide screen monitor if your recording device has this capability See the endpoint product documentation for more information about these selections Video Format Specifies the VCR or DVD player s format Y e S Video Select if the VCR or DVD player is connected to a Polycom HDX system using an S Video cable e Composite Select if the VCR or DVD player is connected to a Polycom HDX system using a composite video cable and S Video to RCA adapter Output Upon Screen Specifies whether black video or no signal is sent to the Y Saver Activation VCR or DVD player when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates e Select Black to send black video e Select No Signal to have th
131. number of ports used and available temperature fan speed CPU utilization memory utilization network link status number of dropped packets jitter measurements number of successful calls number of CPU resets e Alerts To notify that an exception condition has occurred for example a power supply failure link down up ona major interface memory usage exceeding a predefined percentage connections in an MCU exceeding a threshold a logical fault or ungraceful transition e Conformance The historical trend for selected groups of data for example conference load over time for an MCU bandwidth consumed over time for a network device 422 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System SNMP To download the MIB package for a CMA system 1 Goto Admin gt SNMP Settings 2 Click Download CMA MIBs 3 Inthe CMA MIBs dialog box select the MIB of interest Name Description Brcm adapter nfo MIB The interface table ifTable shows addresses physical addresses names descriptions etc of the network interfaces DCS3FRU MIB Contains all the field replaceable unit names serial numbers and revisions for the Polycom branded Dell server For more information see the Dell SNMP documentation DELL ASF MIB Trap definitions for the Polycom branded Dell server For more information see the Dell SNMP documentation INET ADDRESS MIB A definition file for standard conventions included for reference ITU ALARM TC M
132. of IP packets sent to the system The value can be between 0 and 7 e DiffServ Represents a priority level between 0 and 63 If this setting is selected enter the value in the Type of Service Value field Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview o c o o o Ta o o S o n xixi 0j o xou z x lt ae qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned S k S c Video Type of Service Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for video Y Y IY Y Value packets This value does not apply to the CMA Desktop system Its value is set by the client s operating system Audio Type of Service Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for audio Y Y Y Y Value packets FECC Type of Service Specifies the IP Precedence or Diffserv value forFarEnd Y Y Y Y Value Camera Control packets Enable Dynamic Specifies whether to let the system automatically find the Y Y Y Bandwidth optimum line speed for a call Enable PVEC Allows the system to use PVEC Polycom Video Y Y Y Y ErrorConcealment if packet loss occurs Video Network gt IP Network gt Firewall Settings Use Fixed Ports Specifies whether to define the TCP and UDP ports YIY Y IY Y e Ifthe firewall is H 323 compatible or the endpoint systems are not behind a firewall disable this setting If the firewall is not H 323 compatible enable this setting The endpoint systems will ass
133. of endpoints being monitored e The number of monitored endpoints that are In a Call Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Administration Overview The number of monitored endpoints that are Online e The number of monitored endpoints that are Offline In addition the Endpoints pane identifies any monitored endpoints that are experiencing alert conditions If you click on an endpoint in the list the system displays the Endpoint gt Monitor View Finally click View Endpoint to see the Status Name Alias IP Address Owner and Site for the monitored endpoints This status information is sent by the endpoints to the CMA system Systems The Systems pane displays summary information about the devices registered with the CMA system including Field Description Endpoints The number of endpoints registered with the CMA system VVXs The number of VVX systems registered with the CMA system MCUs The number of MCUs registered with the CMA system Gatekeepers The number of neighbored gatekeepers identified to the CMA system plus the CMA system itself Gateways The number of individual H 323 cards and or IP blades in Polycom MCUs are assigned the device type of GW MCU during registration For more information see Network Device Types on page 221 Rooms The number of rooms defined with the CMA system VBPs The number of VBPs defined with the CMA system DMAs The number of DMAs defined with the CMA
134. of interest and click Delete 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Polycom Inc 481 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Territories A territory is a set of one or more sites for which a CMA system is responsible By default there is one territory named Default CMA Territory and its primary node the CMA system responsible for it is set to this system For more information see Territories on page 393 Territory operations include e View the Territory List e Adda Territory e Edit a Territory e Delete a Territory View the Territory List Add a Territory Edit a Territory 482 To view the Territories list gt Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Territories The Territories list appears To add a territory 1 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Territories 2 Inthe Territories page click Add 3 Complete the Territory Info and Associated Sites sections of the Add Territories dialog box For information about these fields see Add Edit Territory Dialog Box on page 393 4 ClickOK To edit a territory 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Territories 2 Inthe Territories page select the territory of interest and click Edit Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations 3 Change the Territory Info and Associated Sites information of the Add Territories dialog box as needed For information about these fields see Add Edit Territory Dialog Box on page 393 4 Click OK De
135. on page 463 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Set Up Automatic Provisioning The CMA system automatic provisioning feature allows an administrator to configure one or more endpoints with the standard set of information the registering endpoints need to operate within the network This eliminates the need to configure each endpoint individually Automatic provisioning is enabled at the endpoint but the CMA system must have automatic provisioning profiles for both the endpoint and the site at which the endpoint resides To ensure out of box usability the CMA system comes with default automatic provisioning profiles However to create your desired user experiences you should e Create customized automatic provisioning profiles for endpoint types e Edit provisioning profile for each site For more information see Automatic Provisioning Operations on page 183 Set Up Automatic Softupdate The CMA system automatic softupdate feature allows an administrator to upgrade the software on one or more endpoints with a standard software package This eliminates the need to upgrade each endpoint individually The automatic softupdate feature is enabled at the endpoint At start up and at designated intervals endpoints in automatic softupdate mode automatically look for a new softupdate profile and package on the CMA system To implement automatic softupdates you must create a softupdate package for each endpoint type you wish to
136. or discard E mails from un trusted domains in which case you may need to change the default CMA system E mail address to one in a trusted domain 3 Click Update 414 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System SNMP This chapter provides a discussion of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA SNMP support It includes these topics SNMP Overview e Polycom CMA System SNMP Operations Enable SNMP Messaging Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System Add an SNMP Notification Receiver Configure Alert Thresholds Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package Change the SNMP Communication Port SNMP Overview Polycom Inc Simple Network Management Protocol SNMP is a TCP IP based communication protocol that allows network management systems to manage resources across a network SNMP communication takes place between the management system and SNMP agents which are the hardware and software that the management system monitors An agent collects and stores local system information and makes this information available to the management system via SNMP The CMA system software includes an SNMP agent It translates local system information into the format defined by the MIB The CMA system resides on a Polycom branded Dell server The Dell server software also includes an SNMP agent and MIB However the CMA system acts as a proxy agent to forward the Dell server MIB alarms and alerts so the management
137. page You must identify the enterprise directory by DNS Name You cannot identify the enterprise directory server by IP address The Security Level defaults to StartTLS and cannot be modified e The Reclaim Inactive CMA Desktop Licenses option has been removed from the Licenses page e The CMA Desktop Logo option has been removed from the Custom Logo page e The Include dynamically managed devices in the Global Address Book option has been removed from the Directory Setup page Management and Security A CMA system operating in maximum security mode offers a Management and Security workflow The following sections describe the changes Server Software Upgrade The Server Software Upgrade workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has not changed Certificate Management Because a CMA system operating in maximum security mode always operates in encrypted mode the Use HTTPS is not an option on the Certificate Management page By default to support encrypted communications and establish a minimum level of trust the CMA system includes a default key and self signed certificate However to implement a full certificate chain to a root certificate authority CA a CMA system requires both a root CA certificate and a identity server certificate signed by the root CA Therefore at some time you must request these certificates from your CA The question is when You must install the root CA certificate duri
138. participant has an associated endpoint to which the system can dial out Save the selected participant to an existing Favorites List Connect All New Function available only when the system is displaying the New Conference Participants list Initiates the system dial out to new participants Add Additional Participants to an Active Conference 72 Operators can add additional participants to an active conference Note Dial Out is the only Dial Option the system allows for adding participants to an active conferences To add additional conference participants to an active conference 1 2 Go to Conference gt Ongoing From the list of All Conferences select the conference of interest and click Manage f To add participants from the local directory or enterprise directory a Click Add Participant fa Enter all or part of a participant s Last Name or First Name into the appropriate field and click Search A list appears of participant s names that meet the search criteria Notes e Depending on the search domain the search function may return different results See Filter and Search a List on page 4 e The search results only include users associated with endpoints Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Management Operations c Select the participant s name from the list The participant s name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants lis
139. participant s settings for an active or past conference Users can only work with the conferences that appear in their Conference list By default schedulers see only their conferences in the Conference list while operators see all the conferences on the system unless areas are defined In which case operators see all the conferences for the areas to which they belong By default users assigned other roles cannot view conferences To edit a participant s settings 1 2 3 Polycom Inc Go to Conference gt Future Select the conference of interest and click Edit e If you select a recurring conference a dialog box appears asking if you want to edit all conferences in the series or just the selected one Make the appropriate choice and click Edit In the conference scheduling page select the participant of interest from the Selected Participants and Rooms list and click Edit In the Edit Participant Settings dialog box edit the participant settings as required 57 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide a If the guest has an H 323 IP endpoint configure these settings Field Description Number and The specific dial string for the guest and the Number Type format of the number that the MCU must resolve to contact the guest This may be an IP address E 164 address H 323 or Annex O For Annex O dialing in the Number field enter the H 323 alias IP for example 1001 11 12 13 14 1001 domain com username
140. process e Restore all of the system databases at the same time e Restore all of the system databases from backups that were taken at the same time e Restart the CMA system server when the restoration process is finished Database Operations Polycom Inc Before performing the database operations described here Microsoft SQL Server should already be installed For information about the supported Microsoft SQL Server applications and service pack levels see the Polycom CMA System Release Notes for the version you re running The Microsoft SQL Server Setup wizard and documentation provides guidance for setting up Microsoft SQL Server As you use the wizard make these choices e For Components to Install at a minimum choose the SQL Server Database Services e For Instance Name select Default Instance and configure the database instance port typically 1433 e For Service Account select the Use the built in System account option e For Authentication Mode select Mixed Mode and provide a password that meets your enterprise policy for password length and complexity e For Collation Settings select SQL collations The CMA system is only certified with the Microsoft SQL Server set to US English Collation SQL_Latin1_General_CP1_CI_AS 427 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Error and Usage Report Settings are optional Integrate a Polycom CMA System to an External Database To integrate a CMA system with an
141. rule which determines which rule the CMA system uses first The smaller the number the higher the priority More than one dial rule may have the same priority In that case rules with the same priority are applied in random order Enabled Select the check box to enable the rule Pattern Type Specify the type of pattern to be matched Available patterns include e Local Directory Services DNS Name IP Address Prefix e Prefix Range Applicable Site Site to which this pattern applies You can select a specific site or all sites This field is not available when the Pattern Type is Local Directory Services Routing Action gt Dial St ring Manipulation IP Address Pattern Data Specify the criteria ASCII only to use to match the pattern type and additional changes to make when routing the call This field is available when the Pattern Type is DNS Name IP Address or Prefix This field is not available when the Pattern Type is Local Directory Services or Prefix Range Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Field Description Start Value The starting number to use as a prefix which displays only for rules with the Prefix Range pattern type End Value The ending number to use as a prefix which displays only for rules with the Prefix Range pattern type Characters to remove Number of digits to remove from the start or from the end of
142. see all areas that exist in the system Only administrators that are associated with All Areas can see all the of areas in the system Polycom Inc 349 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Create Area Administrator Role As a best practice create an area administrator role to separate CMA system administration from area administration To create an area administrator role 1 Goto User gt User Roles 2 On the User Roles page click Add 3 Complete the Name and Description fields of the Add Role dialog box and assign the desired permissions to the new role At a minimum add Associate Devices to Area permission to this role 4 Click Save The new user role appears in the CMA system Enable Configure and Customize Areas Before you can use areas you must enable areas for endpoints and network devices You can also change the term Area used in the CMA system interface to fit your use of areas To enable configure and customize the Areas function 1 Goto Admin gt Areas and on the Areas page click Configure Areas 2 Inthe Configure Areas dialog box click Enable Areas for endpoints and network devices 3 Optional To use a different term for the Areas function that is more meaningful to your business enter the Singular and Plural term in the appropriate field For example Agency or Department Note This configuration change will not take place until you restart the CMA system 4 Click Save Configuration
143. separate numbers the sequence the user enters would be 77 5551212 5651213 Append after full dial string Specify the character to append after the full dial string To process the call certain gateways require a symbol be appended after the final dialing number For example if you specify as the characters to append after the final dialing number the sequence the user enters would be 77 5551212 5651213 2223232 Warning The CMA system does not recognize dial strings that require termination after the ISDN number and have an extension after the terminated ISDN For example the CMA system does not recognize the following dial string 1650247 10000 3452 488 Polycom Inc MCU Service Dial Plan Setup Operations These services allow devices to use specific MCU features and settings when making a call For example an MCU can define a service for a multipoint video call with continuous presence at 384 Kbps and another service for video switching at 256 Kbps MCU services and their associated prefixes are defined at the MCU For MGC or RMX MCUs the MCU services should appear automatically in the List of Services page when the MCU registers with the CMA system Because third party MCUs may not automatically register you must enter them manually in the CMA system Use MCU services to dial the IP gateway segment that translates between IP and ISDN in conference calls with two or more partici
144. stored and maintained by the CMA system When the conference is scheduled using the Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook and the participants use Microsoft Outlook as their E mail and calendaring tool the scheduled conferences are also posted as meetings on the participants Outlook calendars However the endpoints themselves do not have Outlook calendars 399 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook Reservationless Conferencing and Calendaring Management 400 The CMA system can also be used to provision Polycom Conferencing for Microsoft Outlook which is reservationless conferencing When you use this method e Video bridge network resources and video endpoints are not reserved at the scheduled time e A Polycom RMX or DMA system is required to locate available bridge resources when the meeting begins e Calendars for the endpoints are stored and maintained by Microsoft Exchange and the endpoints have their own Outlook calendar Polycom Conferencing for Outlook which requires the Polycom Conferencing Add in allows e Conference organizers to Use Microsoft Outlook and its usual meeting request workflow to schedule video and audio enabled meetings Include recording and streaming into the conference when required e Meeting participants to Track their video and audio enabled meetings on the same calendar that they track their other meetings Clic
145. support with updates For more information see Automatic Software Update Operations on page 191 Set Up Conference Templates The CMA system uses conference templates and global conference settings to manage system and conference behavior The CMA system has a Default Template and default global conference settings You may want to create additional templates with different settings or change the global conference settings For more information see Polycom CMA System Conference Scheduling Overview on page 39 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Configuration Set Up Directory Services Directory services provide information about all users endpoints and resources on your video communication network To set up CMA system directory services complete the following tasks 1 Register devices On endpoints you must set the gatekeeper and or Global Directory Server GDS to point to the CMA system IP address or DNS name We recommend using the IP address to prevent data inconsistencies It may take a device up to 5 minutes to register with the gatekeeper and indicate an online status Most device information is automatically populated in the CMA system through the gatekeeper registration or Global Address Book access You must review the information for these devices in the CMA system Directory Setup page and fill in missing information To select endpoints when scheduling conferences you must first associat
146. that are managed by the CMA system Selected Endpoints The list of endpoints assigned to the room The endpoint at the top of the list is the primary endpoint You can change the order of endpoint priority by selecting an endpoint and clicking Move Up or Move Down In the Dial String Reservations section select the user s Device and enter the appropriate dial strings for SIP URI E164 and H323 ID then click The dial strings appear in the list below If the user has multiple endpoints enter the dial strings for one endpoint type at a time and click Apply each time 5 Apply 6 Click OK The room is added to the CMA system Note that the system does not distinguish between enterprise rooms and local rooms once they ve been added to the system Add an Enterprise Room If your CMA system is room from the enterpri integrated with an enterprise directory you can add a se directory to the CMA system To add an enterprise room 1 2 On the Rooms list The Add New Roo Polycom Inc Go to Admin gt Rooms click Add Room A m dialog box appears 345 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Edit a Room Delete a Room 346 3 To find a room in the enterprise directory a Inthe Search Value field type in the first few characters of the room name The system does a prefix search of the appropriate fields b Click Search A list of the enterprise users and rooms that meet the sear
147. the user of interest 261 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Note Searches for a user are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields 2 To search for a local user press Enter 3 To search both local and enterprise users first clear the Local Users Only check box and then press Enter Note G If you are not in an enterprise domain you will not have the option of searching for enterprise users The first 500 users in the database that match your search criteria are displayed in the Users list 4 If the list is too large to scan further refine your search string View User Information You can view information about a user local or enterprise To view the address book a user is assigned to 1 Go to User gt Users 2 Select the user you want 3 Click View Details Column Description General Info First Name The user s first name Last Name The user s last name User ID The user s unique login name This user ID must be unique across all rooms and users and across all domains Email Address The user s E mail address The E mail address is an ASCIll only field Note The CMA system identifies plugin users and their associated endpoints by E mail address so this is required information for the plugin to work 262 Polycom Inc Add a Local User User Management Operations Column Description Title The u
148. the CMA system configuration settings It includes these topics e Backup Internal Databases and System Configuration Backup the CMA System Internal Databases Backup the CMA System Settings e Restore Database and System Configuration Restore to Factory Default Image Restore from a Backup Archive Databases and System Configuration Users assigned the Administrator role have two backup options They can e Generate backups of just the internal CMA database files bak format OR e Create and download a system backup archive Zip format which includes both the internal database backup files and the system settings We recommend creating and downloading a system archive weekly This archive makes system restoration much simpler 525 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Backup the CMA System Internal Databases This topic describes how to create a backup of the CMA system internal database files These database backup files cannot be used to restore the internal databases to a CMA system These files can be used for troubleshooting or to migrate the system to an external database system To backup the CMA system internal databases only 1 From the CMA system web interface go to Admin gt Backup System Settings 2 When the Backup System Settings page appears click Generate Database Backup Files A dialog box appears indicating that the database backup has been initiated and the operation will take som
149. the CMA system gatekeeper the system sends back the alternate gatekeeper information to the endpoint Then if communication with the CMA system fails the endpoint will attempt to register with the alternate gatekeeper In a redundant configuration the alternate gatekeeper is the third gatekeeper in line after the primary and redundant CMA system gatekeepers Neighboring Gatekeeper Neighboring gatekeepers are gatekeepers that manage other H 323 regions within an enterprise When a call originates within one gatekeeper region but that region s gatekeeper is unable to resolve the dialed address it is forwarded to the neighboring gatekeepers for resolution Note A neighboring gatekeeper may require additional configuration to completely integrate with the CMA system gatekeeper Also not all CMA system parameters correspond to parameters on a neighboring gatekeeper Within the CMA system you can also set up a dial rule that will route calls with designated prefixes to designated neighboring gatekeepers The CMA system manages device registration and offers several choices from an open registration policy to more restrictive registration policies No matter what the gatekeeper registration policy any endpoint that is automatically provisioned any endpoint that is registered with the Global Address Book and any endpoint that is added manually to the CMA system can automatically register with the gatekeeper The CMA system gatekee
150. the ability for one endpoint to send two types of data a data stream and a video stream over the same bandwidth to display people and content The receiving endpoint handles the two video streams differently and may display them on separate screens or through video switching mode Endpoints that do not support the selected method connect with either video through IP or audio only through ISDN Select from these available settings e None Select this option when dual data streams are not required e People Content H 329 This enables the industry standard H 239 dual streams for endpoints that support H 239 or the Polycom proprietary People Content dual streams for older Polycom endpoints without H 239 capabilities The MCU requires that conferences with People Content use a minimum speed of 192 K e People and Content VO This Polycom proprietary technology works with PictureTel endpoints Select this option for older endpoints e Visual Concert PC Select this option for use with Polycom ViewStation MP 512 SP 323 endpoints e Visual Concert FX Select this option for use with Polycom ViewStation FX EX and VS4000 endpoints e Duo Video This setting supports IP and ISDN and is available with TANDBERG endpoints in which one part of the conference is set as the video conference and the other as the presentation conference 65 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Setting Description T 120 Mode
151. the dialed string This field is available when the Pattern Type is Local Directory Services Prefix and Prefix Range This field is not available when the Pattern Type is DNS Name or IP Address Prefix to add Prefix to add to the dialed string This field is available when the Pattern Type is Local Directory Services Prefix and Prefix Range This field is not available when the Pattern Type is DNS Name or IP Address Routing Action gt Action to perform Action Specify what action to take for calls that match the pattern type and criteria Action to perform when the pattern is matched Depending on the Pattern Type options may include e Route e Block e Route within region e Route out of region e Route to a gateway with LCR applied e Route to a gateway service e Route to a list of gateway services e Route to a trusted neighbor Trusted Neighbors Available Region When the action is Route to a trusted neighbor select the region to which you want to route Gateway Services Selected Gateway Services prioritized When the action is Route to a gateway service this field lists the selected gateway services You can define multiple gateway services for a rule The first in the list is the default gateway service Others are used in priority order when the primary gateway service is not available 493 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Default Dial
152. the gateway and simplified dialing service prefix is enabled Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Services Verify that the gateway is registered 534 Polycom Inc Conference On Demand Problems and Solutions System Troubleshooting Problem Dialing a Conference On Demand fails Inviting other endpoints into a conference using the CON service fails Description The endpoint dials a CON service and the call is rejected because of one of the following e The MCU is not registered or is offline e The CMA system cannot log into the MGC e The MGC has no resource available for the call e The MGC s IP address is not entered in the CMA system Solutions e Check the diagnostics log for an ARJ reason from this endpoint e Verify that the MCU is registered with the CMA system and is online e Verify that the MCU registered with the CMA system has the MCU s IP address filled out in the Devices list e Verify that the MCU login ID and password for the CON service are correct e Verify that the H 323 network service that the MCU is using is set as the default service e Verify that the MCU has enough available resources to start this conference e Verify that the CON service is enabled Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Services Gatekeeper Cause Codes Cause Code Description 150 The gatekeeper is out of
153. the minimum positive value for this interval is 5 minutes There is no maximum value enforced When the value of this interval is set to 0 the endpoint systems do not poll the CMA system for a new software update package Quality of Service Setti ngs Video Type of Service Value Specify the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for video packets Audio Type of Service Value Specify the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for audio packets 468 Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Field For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned FECC Type of Service Specify the IP Precedence or Diffserv value for Far End Camera Control packets Value Type of Service Field Specify the service type and the priority of IP packets sent to the system for video audio and far end camera control e IP Precedence Represents the priority of IP packets sent to the system The value can be between 0 and 5 e DiffServ Represents a priority level between 0 and 63 If this setting is selected enter the value in the Type of Service Value field Maximum Transmission Unit Size bytes Specify the Maximum Transmission Unit MTU size used in IP calls If the video becomes blocky or network errors occur packets may be too large decrease the MTU If the network is burdened with unnecessary overhead packets may be too small increase the MTU Enable PVEC Enable RSVP Allows the endpoin
154. the software package if one does not already exist For Polycom endpoints a Open a web browser and go to http support polycom com 207 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 208 In the Downloads section select the Product and Category for the required software package Select the software package and save it to the directory created in step 1 Repeat steps a through d for each endpoint type to be updated Note that the software package may contain the software for different models of the same endpoint type 3 For third party endpoints follow the company s recommended procedure for downloading a software package Save it to the directory created in step 1 Request Update Activation Keys To request upgrade activation keys 1 For Polycom products a b Qa Go to http support polycom com Log in or Register for An Account Select Product Activation In the Software Upgrade KeyCode section click Retrieve Software KeyCode When upgrading a single endpoint Enter the serial number of the endpoint to be updated into the Serial Number field of the Single Upgrade Key Code section Enter the version number to which you are upgrading and click Retrieve The key code is returned on the screen Record the key code and create a txt file with the Serial Number Key Code combination to be updated Close the Product Activation screens When updating multiple endpoints from a prepare
155. the speed bandwicth of the call Ye ON Y Display H 323 Displays the IP dialing extension on the main call screen Y Y Y Extension Directory Includes the Directory button on the Home screen Y Y Y System Includes the System button on the Home screen Y Multipoint Includes the Multipoint navigational item on the Home screen General Settings gt Home Screen Settings gt Home Screen Settings 2 System Name Enable when the system name is to be displayed on the Y Y Y Home Screen IP or ISDN Information Both Displays both number types on the system s Y Y Home screen e IP only Display the system IP number on the Home screen e ISDN only Displays the system ISDN number on the Home screen e None The system will not display contact numbers on the Home screen Local Date and Time Displays the local time on the Home screen Enable Availability Displays availability icons on the Home screen Control Sites Displays icons created for frequently called sites on the Y Y Y Home screen Last Number Dialed Displays the last number dialed on the Home screen Y Y Y Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned HDX Series V VSX Series FX EX ViewStation QDX Series General Settings gt Security Remote Access Password Specifies the password for administrator access when logging in to the system remotely When the remote access p
156. the system database and are not localized into other languages If you wish to localized the role names into your language edit the roles and enter new names for them Role Permissions Comment Scheduler Schedule Conferences Scheduling Level Basic Advanced Scheduler Schedule Conferences Scheduling Level Advanced View Only Scheduler Schedule Conferences Users with this role cannot schedule Scheduling Level View Only conferences they can only see conferences scheduled Operator Conference Operator Reports Troubleshooting Polycom Inc 253 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Role Permissions Comment Device Administrator Monitoring Administrator Directory Setup This role cannot be deleted or edited Dial Plan Setup Conferencing Setup System Setup Assign Users to Areas when activated Associate Devices to Areas when activated System Maintenance Troubleshooting Provision Profiles Auditor Auditor Except when operating in maximum security mode most users will also see these menu items Description Settings Click here to display a Settings dialog box with the following information e User Name e Remote Server e Software Version e Font Size In this dialog box you can also e Change the font size used in your display of the CMA system web client interface e Change your password if you are a local system user Downloads Click here to di
157. to 4 Minimum password age days Specify how frequently a password can be changed Possible value is 1 to 30 Maximum password age days Specify at what age a password expires Possible value is 30 to 180 Password warning interval days Specify when users start to see a warning about their password expiration Possible value is 1 to 7 Reject previous passwords Specify how many of the user s previous passwords the system remembers and won t permit to be reused Possible value is 8 to 16 Password Complexity Lowercase letters Specify the number of lowercase letters a z that a password must contain Possible value is 1 or 2 Uppercase letters Specify the number of uppercase letters A Z that a password must contain Possible value is 1 or 2 Numbers Specify the number of digit characters 0 9 that a password must contain Possible value is 1 or 2 Special characters Specify the number of non alphanumeric keyboard characters that a password must contain Possible value is 1 or 2 Maximum consecutive repeated characters Specify how many sequential characters may be the same Possible value is 1 to 4 3 Click Update 459 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Add Machine Accounts For dynamically managed endpoints associated with a room a user assigned the Administrator role must associate each room in the CMA system with a machine account
158. to connect multiple subnets in multiple sites but all servicing a company Avoid cross loops or multiple paths to a site otherwise a call may have different paths to a single destination The more cross circular and multi paths you have the higher the number of calculations for a conference Link sites that aren t connected to an MPLS cloud directly to another site that is connected to an MPLS cloud Do not create orphan sites Calls are routed through a bridge so bandwidth and bit rate limits for the site and subnet apply to all calls made using that bridge Reserve the Internet VPN site for IP addresses that fall outside your private or corporate network for example remote workers because all calls routed to the Internet VPN site will be routed through the site on your private or corporate network that has Internet access Polycom Inc Sites List Polycom Inc NAVIGATION Site Topology Sites Site Links Site to Site Exclusions Network Clouds Territories Services Dial Rules LCR Tables SITE ACTIONS Ga add B Site Information Polycom CMA System Setup Overview The CMA system site topology function uses a dynamic embedded mapping tool that graphically displays the sites clouds network and Internet and site links site to site or site to cloud in your network POLYCOM Oe Search Sites By Site Name y Europe 1 London United Kingdom General GB North America 8 Atlanta
159. to the gatekeeper Define which messages are logged Pause and restart message logging Clear the log Export the log to another file Logging starts when you define the Log Settings Logging stops only when you clear all of the Log Settings Logging can include these types of messages Warnings Errors Messages displayed for all warnings or errors that occur on registered Polycom endpoints Rogues Messages displayed for all calls from unregistered endpoints Events Messages display about these events Registration Call detail Neighboring gatekeeper While you can pause logging the CMA system always logs errors and warnings You can also Clear events from the log which removes data from the database Export the log to a a comma separated value CSV file You can export only the data that displays on screen and exporting the log may take a long time depending on the number of entries in the log View and Export the Gatekeeper Message Log 294 To see more details about a log message 1 2 3 Go to Reports gt Gatekeeper Message Log Enter a Filter String to customize the list Select the message of interest The Gatekeeper Message Log report appears It has these fields Polycom Inc Define Log Settings Polycom Inc System Reports Column Description Type These types of messages display Information which indicates normal communications between the CMA system and the endpoint
160. user is removed from the address book but remains in the CMA system To associate endpoints with this address book click Associate Endpoints Only endpoints that are not associated with a CMA system user appear in the list The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the endpoints appear in Use the Filter to customize the list a b Select the endpoints you want and click Specify Tier A Select the tier you want for the endpoints and click OK Qa To delete an endpoint from the address book select the endpoint and click Delete The endpoint is removed from the address book but remains in the CMA system To associate rooms with this address book click Associate Rooms The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the rooms appear in a Use the Filter to customize the list b Select the rooms you want and click Specify Tier c Select the tier you want for the rooms and click OK Polycom Inc Multiple Address Books To delete a room from the address book select the room and click Delete The room is removed from the address book but remains in the CMA system 8 To associate groups with this address book click Associate Groups The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the groups appear in a b A Qa Use the Filter to customize the list Select the groups you want and click Specify Tier Select the tier you want for the groups and click O
161. users associated with the same area or to All Areas can see the devices in the CMA system e The user setting of None does not let users see endpoints assigned to an area To assign devices to areas 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View or Network Device gt Monitor View Polycom Inc 351 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 2 Click Associate Area The Assign Area to Endpoints or Assign Area to Network Devices dialog box appears with a list of endpoints or network devices 3 Select the devices to assign to an area From the Assign Area drop down select the area to assign Click Assign Area Associate Users with Areas You can associate one or more users with an existing area A user can be assigned to as many areas as needed Note G After you associate users with an area they can only see devices assigned to the same area in the CMA system To associate users with areas 1 Go to Admin gt Areas and click Manage Members 2 Inthe Manage Area Members dialog box enter the name for the user of interest in the Search Users field and press Enter Note Searches for a user are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields 3 Select the users to assign to an area and click the right arrow Click Assign Areas 5 Select one of the following options and click the right arrow All Areas Gives the users access to all devices regardless of the area the devices are assigned to
162. with a geographic location such as an office or plant A site contains one or more network subnets so a device s IP address identifies the site to which it belongs Network clouds A Multiprotocol Label Switching MPLS network cloud defined in the site topology An MPLS network is a private network that links multiple locations and uses label switching to tag packets with origin destination and quality of service QOS information Note that MPLS clouds are not associated with an IP address ranges so they can be used to group multiple subnets They could also represent a service provider While links to MPLS clouds have bandwidth and bit rate limitations the cloud is infinite In this way clouds reflect the way in which businesses control bandwidth and bit rate Internet VPN A entity that represents your network s connection to the public Internet Site link A network connection between two sites or between a site and an MPLS network cloud Site to site exclusion A site to site connection that the site topology doesn t permit an audio or video call to use Territory A grouping of one or more sites for which a CMA system is responsible The site topology you create within the CMA system should reflect your network design Consider the following information and best practices when creating your site topology If possible connect all sites to an MPLS cloud MPLS clouds are like corporate networks used
163. 1 FTP User Name FTP Password Confirm FTP Password Specifies a user name and password combination for accessing the FTP server This must be a valid user account on the FTP server FTP Directory Specifies the directory on the server to which the archives will be transferred 4 To verify that the FTP settings are functional click Test Archive Settings 5 When the settings are correct click Save Settings Endpoint Usage Report The Endpoint Usage Report is based on the CDRs extracted from selected endpoints and includes entries for ISDN and IP calls Currently the CMA system reports CDRs for the Polycom dynamically managed Polycom non dynamically managed HDX Series RealPresence Group Series V and VSX Series VVX and CMA Desktop endpoints as well as supported TANDBERG and LifeSize endpoint models Use data from the Endpoint Usage Report to troubleshoot problems provide information about network traffic and ensure accurate billing for Polycom video calls 286 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Reports To view the Endpoint Usage Report Go to Reports gt Endpoint Usage Report The Endpoint Usage Report page appears displaying the following information for the endpoints for which CDRs are available Field Description Serial Number The registered serial number of the endpoint Endpoint Name The registered name of the endpoint Site The location at which the
164. 183 Inconsistent alias 203 Call rejected at destination 208 Incorrect address 221 The far end is busy 222 The far end is not responding Polycom Inc System Security and Port Usage This section provides an overview of the port usage and security required by the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system and includes a comprehensive list of services and clients on the system that are required for normal operation It includes these topics e Open Inbound Ports on the Polycom CMA System Outbound Ports Used by the Polycom CMA System Open Inbound Ports on the Polycom CMA System Polycom Inc The following table lists the open inbound ports on the CMA system and provides a description of their use Port Description TCP 80 HTTP web server through which the web application displays and where Polycom endpoints post status messages TCP UDP 161 SNMP listener TCP 389 Directory services LDAP TCP 443 HTTPS web server listener TCP 700 Polycom proprietary service Service monitor for redundant Polycom CMA servers TCP UDP 1718 H 323 gatekeeper listener gatekeeper discovery TCP UDP 1719 H 323 gatekeeper listener gatekeeper statistics TCP UDP 1720 H 323 gatekeeper listener host call TCP 3601 Polycom proprietary service Global Address Book listener with which endpoints register TCP 3389 Remote desktop TCP 5222 Presence service XMPP
165. 209 Cancel Software Updates 2 cece eee 210 13 Device Details 0c cece eee wee e eee ceeeee 213 Device Summary Information 0 00 e eee eee eee eee 213 Device Status Information 0 cece cece cece enn ens 215 Call Information 0 0 0 00 ccc cece etn eee nee nee 217 Device Alerts Information 0 0 anneron rrenean errare 218 Polycom Inc Contents Provisioning Details s cciveesianesea eves Hit ya tenes ewes dade aes 218 Software Update Details 0 cee cece 219 14 Network Device Management Overview 221 Network Device Types 0 0 00 e eee eee eee is 221 Network Device Menu Views and ListS 0 0 0 e eee eee 221 Monitor View 0 52565 ih dd oe head ado be dees ete a 222 Network Device List in the Monitor View 005 222 Actions in the Monitor View 0 00 cee cence eee eee 224 WiB PVA OW T E A E A EA I te eotae Se cde eteascarete 224 MCU VIEW sss cechcses scashcaite eases h hin Ei EEEE ERE nee EREA ae em 225 DMA VidW errire ree nabs eke e aE ee 225 15 MCU Bridge Management Operations 227 View Device Details 4 2 sis oh cteas shade ts eta he Peden EENT ERAR 227 Add an MCU Manually 0 0 232 Edita MCU Bridge sascjstedawiiwsneegs retien dues chess seas 233 Enable Cascading Conferences on Polycom MCUs 234 Delete an MCU Bridge 0 eee eee eee 235
166. 636 Used to access LDAP over TLS SSL LDAPS TCP 1205 Used to access MGCs for management and monitoring Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Security and Port Usage Port Description TCP UDP 1719 Used by the gatekeeper for H 323 RAS messages TCP UDP 1720 Used by the gatekeeper for Q 931 signaling TCP UDP 3268 Used to access the Microsoft Active Directory Global Catalog using StartTLS TCP UDP 3269 Used to access the Microsoft Active Directory Global Catalog using LDAP S TCP UDP 3603 Used for HTTP communication with the Polycom PVX client TCP 5001 TCP 1205 Used to access MGCs for management and monitoring 539 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 540 Polycom Inc
167. 7 0 operating in dynamic management mode the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles page and the ACTIONS associated with it are not available The Automatic Provisioning Profiles page and the ACTIONS associated with it has not changed on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode Software Updates Because a CMA system operating in maximum security mode supports only HDX endpoints running version 2 7 0 operating in dynamic management mode the Scheduled Software Update page and the ACTIONS associated with it are not available The Automatic Software Update page and the ACTIONS associated with it has not changed on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode Server Settings The Server Settings menu for a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has changed significantly The following options have been removed e Database e Calendaring Management e Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server Integration e Redundant Configuration e Remote Alert Setup e E mail In addition you will also note the following changes and additions e The Network settings page now includes the ability to enable IPv6 and to include a preferred and alternate DNS server 29 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide e The System Time page does not include the Minutes Between Synchronization option when using an NTP server e What was formerly titled the LDAP page is now titled the Enterprise Directory page e On the Enterprise Directory
168. A View Polycom Inc Network Device Management Overview Field Description Subscriber side IP The public network IP address for the Polycom VBP device Use the MCU View to manage Polycom MCU conferencing platforms on the network The MCU list has the same fields as the Network Device gt Monitor view For more information see Monitor View on page 222 The Polycom Distributed Media Application DMA system is a multipoint conferencing manager that uses advanced routing policies to distribute voice and video calls among multiple media servers Multipoint Control Units or MCUs creating a single virtual resource pool This greatly simplifies video conferencing resource management and uses MCU resources more efficiently Use the DMA View to manage DMA systems v2 3 or earlier These earlier versions of the DMA system register with the CMA system as a Gateway MCU and can be displayed in the DMA list The DMA list has the following information Field Description Name A unique name for the DMA system Virtual IP Address The virtual IP address for the DMA system Dial Prefix E 164 dial string prefix for calling the system Must be unique among the gatekeeper s devices and services For more information see the Polycom DMA 7000 System Operations Guide Description A useful description for the DMA system IMPORTANT Newer versions of the DMA system v3 0 or greater incl
169. Area Areas Overview How Areas Work Polycom Inc Because the CMA system is a role based system users see only the pages and functions available to their roles and the permissions assigned to their user roles However users can perform those functions on any endpoint or network device defined to the system unless the Areas feature is implemented By implementing areas the CMA system administrator with System Setup permissions can limit access to endpoints and network devices to a specific set of administrators operators and schedulers Areas add another dimension of permissions to scheduling monitoring and administration of endpoints and network devices Besides the permissions enabled and disabled by roles and groups the system now has a set of permissions enabled and disabled by areas 347 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Areas also limit access to directory entries For example a user associated with Areal will not see a user associated with Area2 in the directory However the Areal user can call the Area2 user with the correct H 323 address To implement areas complete the following tasks 1 Enable Configure and Customize Areas As a best practice create an Area Administrator role Assign that role to the people you want to administer devices in areas but not the CMA system itself 2 Enable Configure and Customize Areas A CMA system user with System Setup permissions can configure areas When configuring a
170. CMA 5000 System You can set up a CMA 5000 system in a fault tolerant high availability redundant configuration The CMA 4000 system is not available ina redundant configuration This section has two procedures One describes how to convert an existing non redundant CMA 5000 system to a redundant configuration The other describes how to configure redundancy ona newly installed system To add a redundant Polycom CMA system server to an existing system 1 Ina maintenance window when there are no running conferences verify that your primary CMA 5000 system is pointed to an external Microsoft SQL Server database and is properly licensed 2 Install the redundant CMA 5000 system as described in the Polycom CMA Getting Started Guide During installation point the redundant CMA 5000 system server to its internal database 3 Request the required software activation key code for the redundant server as described in Request a Software Activation Key Code on page 411 4 Enter the redundant license onto the redundant CMA 5000 system server a Log into the CMA 5000 system and go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Licenses b Enter the activation key code for the redundant server into the Add New License gt Activation Key field and click Add You will receive a message indicating that you ve entered a redundant license and the system must be rebooted DO NOT REBOOT NOW The redundant server will automatically reboot when you perform s
171. Camera 2 Moment Video Settings gt Video Control Far Ctrl of Near Camera Far Set of Camera Presets Far Move to Camera Presets Camera Presets Lock Camera Pan Direction Default Primary Input Video Snapshots HD Camera 1 Name HD Input 1 Name Stretch Video lt lt lt lt Video Settings gt Video Quality Video Bandwidth Balance Primary Video Motion Presentation Video Sharpness 158 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Field Name Video Encoder Quality H 241 MaxStaticMBPS Video MTU Security gt General Telnet SNMP Security gt Passwords SSH Password UI Admin Password UI User Password Network gt General DHCP IP Address Subnet Mask Gateway Host Name DNS Server Name Search Domains Network Speed VLAN Tag NTP Server Host Name 802 1x Authentication IPv6 Configuration IPv6 Address IPv6 Router Network gt NAT Static NAT NAT Public IP Address Provisioned for selected LifeSize Models Team 200 Y Y lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt 159 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioned for selected LifeSize Models Field Name Team 200 Network gt Reserved Ports UDP Lowest Value UDP Highest Value TCP Highest Value lt lt lt TCP Lowest Value Network gt Network Qos Network QoS DiffServ Audio Priority DiffServ Video Priority DiffServ Data Priority InServ Audio Priority InServ
172. DNS Name e Enter the Database Server Port and click Update The system will guide you through formatting or upgrading the external database The primary server restarts and comes online as the active server Set the Virtual IP Address for the Redundant System To set the virtual IP address for the redundant system 1 When the primary server has restarted completely log into the primary CMA 5000 system server 2 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Redundant Configuration If the two CMA system servers are installed and configured correctly on the network both servers are displayed in the table on the Redundant Configuration page 3 Enter the Virtual IP for the redundant system and click Submit For information about this virtual IP address see Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo on page 412 Note G Set the virtual IP for the redundant server on the primary server only The primary server restarts and comes online as the active server 4 When the primary server has restarted completely turn ON the redundant server and wait for it to boot completely 436 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Redundancy License a Redundant Polycom CMA System To license a non redundant CMA system see Add Polycom CMA System Licenses on page 411 This topic describes how to license a redundant system To license a redundant CMA 5000 system 1 Request a separate software activation key code for the primary and redu
173. Dial In e Audio or Video Dial Out Bridge The MCU on which the participant s call resides 3 Use these conference actions as needed Action Use this action to Copy aa Schedule a new conference that duplicates the selected conference settings View View information for the selected conference Terminate 4 End an active conference Extend Duration Extend the duration of an active conference 70 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Management Operations Action Use this action to Change Layout Sy For applicable endpoints Change the default video layout for the conference display e Switching g Indicates that the display changes each time the speaker changes and everyone sees the current speaker Select a Frame Count then select the specific layout for the frames The available layouts are Continuous Presence settings Add Participant Add one or more participants to the selected conference Add Guest Add Room Add a guest to the selected conference Add one or more rooms to the selected conference Add Favorites Add participants from one of your Favorites lists to the selected conference Join Conference Join the conference monitor the conference and talk with participants as needed 4 Use these participant actions as needed Action Use this action to
174. Endpoint list Select the endpoint of interest Click Reboot Device a Aa WO N To confirm the request click Reboot Associate a User with an Endpoint Polycom Inc To associate an endpoint to a user within the CMA system 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list 3 Select the endpoint of interest 4 Click Associate User 177 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 5 Inthe Last Name field of the Associate User dialog box enter all or part of the user s last name and click Search The system displays the list of users who meet your search criteria 6 Select the user of interest and click Close Search for Endpoints in a Range of IP Addresses To search for a set of endpoints within a range of IP addresses 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View and click Search Devices 2 Inthe Search Devices dialog box enter the starting IP address and ending IP address for the search range and click Search The system begins searching for endpoints A progress bar displays the status of the search and a results message displays the number of endpoints searched and the number of endpoints found within the IP range View Peripherals If an endpoint has one or more peripherals connected you can view information about the peripherals 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View and select an endpoint that has peripherals connected Click View Peripherals From the Peripherals di
175. Features Bridge MCU Features Participants List Participant Details Participant Settings e The Conference Image section displays the selected participant s video Shuffle to shuffle to the next participant s video Conference Detai Is The Conference Details section has these fields Section Description Owner The name of the person who created the conference Schedulers only see the conferences they own Not applicable for ad hoc conferences Start Date Time For a scheduled conference the start date and time of the conference and the time difference between the local time and the standard time For an unscheduled conference the date and time the conference started Polycom Inc 81 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Section Description Duration For a scheduled conference how long the conference is scheduled to last For a completed conference how long the conference actually lasted End Date Time The date and time the conference ended Type The type of conference Possible values include e Audio e Audio Video Status The state of the conference Possible values include e Active Finished Declined Future Recurring Whether or not the conference was scheduled as a recurring conference Connection Connection information about the conference Possible values include e Multipoint Point To Point e Gateway Bit Rate The rate in kb
176. IB A definition file for standard conventions included for reference MIB Dell 10892 The primary MIB for the Polycom branded Dell server It provides 36 traps from the server motherboard including system type voltages and temperature readings For more information see the Dell SNMP documentation MIB Dell 10900 Trap definitions for the system including up down CPU Memory Network and Disk monitoring For more information see the Dell SNMP documentation MIB Dell CM Provides information about devices running on the Polycom branded Dell server For more information see the Dell SNMP documentation POLYCOM CMA MIB CMA specific MIB definition RFC1213 MIB RFC1213MIB definitions included for reference The CMA system supports all but egp SNMPv2 CONF A definition file for standard conventions included for reference 423 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Name Description SNMPv2 SMI A definition file for standard conventions included for reference SNMPv2 TC A definition file for standard conventions included for reference StorageManagement MIB Monitoring and information about the hard disks and RAID configuration on the server Polycom recommends using a MIB browser to explore the CMA system MIB However a printed copy of the MIB is available in Polycom CMA System SNMP on page 415 The CMA system MIB is self documenting including
177. IP address or DNS name 1 2 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Calendaring Management In the Manage Calendaring dialog box click Calendared Sites The Specify Calendaring Exchange Servers page appears listing the sites defined on the CMA system Select the check box for each of the sites you need to associate with a single Exchange server and then click Specify Exchange Server In the Add Exchange Server dialog box enter the Exchange Server Address or DNS and click Save The sites appear in the calendared sites list below Repeat steps 3 and 4 for each Exchange server for which you need to associate sites Assign Calendaring Settings to Provisioning Profiles 406 Calendaring settings are included as part of provisioning profiles To assign calendaring settings to provisioning profiles 1 2 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Calendaring Management In the Manage Calendaring dialog box click Group Information The Group Information page appears listing the provisioning profiles defined on the CMA system Select the check box for each of the provisioning profiles to which you need to assign the same calendaring settings and then click Specify Options In the Manage Calendaring dialog box configure these options Fields Description Meeting Reminder Specifies the number of minutes before the meeting Time an endpoint system provisioned for Polycom Conferencing for Outlook will display a reminder
178. K To delete a group from the address book select the group and click Delete The group is removed from the address book but remains in the CMA system 9 To associate guests with this address book click Associate Guests The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the guests appear in a Use the Filter to customize the list b Select the guests you want and click Specify Tier c Select the tier you want for the guests and click OK d Todeletea guest from the address book select the guest and click Delete The guest is removed from the address book but remains in the CMA system 10 Click OK Assign Address Books to Groups Polycom Inc You can assign an address book to a group but you cannot assign address books directly to users Group assignment controls to which address book users and endpoints have access Each group can have just one address book assigned to it but users can be in more than one group Address book priority affects which address book users and endpoints can access For example if a user is a member of two different groups and each group is assigned a different address book the user will see the address book that is higher in priority To change priority see Change Address Book Priority on page 381 379 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide To assign an address book to a group 1 Go to User gt Groups 2 Select the group you want to assign 3 In the Edit Local Group
179. MCU Features The Bridge MCU Features section which applies only for conferences that use an MCU has these fields Section Description MCU Name The MCU device name hosting the conference Not applicable when the conference is not being hosted on an MCU Numeric ID The unique conference identifier assigned by the MCU Entry Queue Whether or not the conference has an entry queue enabled Access Note The CMA system enables entry queues on a per MGC basis and all conferences on an entry queue enabled MGC will be scheduled with entry queue access Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Details Section Description Meet Me per Conf Whether or not the a conference is a Meet Me conference for which a dial in number is assigned so that undefined participants can connect to the conference Conference on Port MGC only Indicates whether or not the MGC is set to Conference on Port which conserves bandwidth and ports In this case all participants are on a single video port and use the same connection speed and video format Message Service Type Message Service Name Displays the type of messages participants joining the conference hear Possible values are e None e Welcome No wait e Attended Wait e IVR Name on the MCU of the Message Service So for example a service name IVR70 which provides the IVR service Participants List The Participants se
180. MIB Possible values for privacy protocol are e DES uUses a 56 bit key with a 56 bit salt to encrypt the SNMPv3 packet e AES Uses a 128 bit key with a 128 bit salt to encrypt the SNMPv3 packet Encryption Password For SNMPv3 specifies the password to be associated with the privacy protocol 4 Click Save SNMP Settings Add an SNMP Notification Receiver You can configure the CMA system to send SNMP messages to different notification receivers e g a network management system To add an SNMP notification receiver to a CMA system 1 Goto Admin gt SNMP Settings 2 Inthe Notification RCVR Actions section click Add 3 Configure these settings in the New Notification Receiver dialog box Setting Description IP Address Specifies the IP address of the host receiver Transport Specifies the transport protocol for SNMP communications to the host receiver Possible values are e TCP e UDP Select the transport protocol for which the host receiver is configured Port Specifies the port that the CMA system will use to send notifications By default the CMA system uses port 162 Polycom Inc 419 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Setting Description Trap Inform Specifies the type of information that should be sent to the host receiver Possible values are e Inform An unsolicited message sent to a notification receiver that expects requires a confirm
181. MP agents e SNMPv3 The CMA system implements the newest version of SNMP Its primary feature is enhanced security The contextEngineID in SNMPv3 uniquely identifies each SNMP entity The contextEngineID is used to generate the key for authenticated messages The CMA system implements SNMPv3 communication with authentication and privacy the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB Authentication is used to ensure that traps are read by only the intended recipient As messages are created they are given a special key that is based on the contextEngineID of the entity The key is shared with the intended recipient and used to receive the message Privacy encrypts the SNMP message to ensure that it cannot be read by unauthorized users 416 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System SNMP Polycom CMA System SNMP Operations This section describes the CMA system SNMP operations including Enable SNMP Messaging Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System Add an SNMP Notification Receiver Configure Alert Thresholds Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package Enable SNMP Messaging To enable SNMP messaging you must perform the two tasks Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System Add an SNMP Notification Receiver Edit the SNMP Settings for a Polycom CMA System Polycom Inc To edit the SNMP settings for a CMA system Go to Admin gt SNMP Settings 1 2 To enable SNMP select an SNMP Version For informat
182. Members field enter all or part of the person s last name or first name and click Search The system searches the Users list local and domain for users who are associated with endpoints and who meet your search criteria The results appear in the Search Results column 279 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Notes e Depending on the search domain the search function may return different results See Filter and Search a List e The search results only include users associated with endpoints 5 Select the user s of interest from the list and move them to the Favorite List Members column 6 Repeat step 4 and 5 until you ve added the users of interest to your Favorites list and then click OK The new list appears in the Favorites page Edit a Favorites List To edit a Favorites list 1 Goto User gt Favorites 2 On the Favorites page select the Favorites list of interest and click Edit 3 In the Edit Favorites List dialog box edit the Favorites List Name and Description fields as needed 4 Remove or add users to the Favorite List Members column as needed and then click OK Delete a Favorites List To delete a Favorites list 1 Go to User gt Favorites 2 On the Favorites page select the Favorites list of interest and click Delete 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion The list is deleted from the CMA system 280 Polycom Inc System Reports This chapter describes the reports available through the Pol
183. Messages txt Conference launching log used exclusively by CodecMngr process This log contains information about the conference start up process that is information that the system sends to endpoints at the start of a conference CS_ lt conf_name gt html CS_ lt conf_name gt txt Conference scheduling log used by the conference scheduling process This log contains debug information on how a conference is created A log file is created for each scheduled conference with the log file name format CS lt conf_name gt txt where lt conf_name gt is the name of the scheduled conference This is always on and there is no logging level Log Files Related to Web Services Functionality apache_access log lt xxxx gt Apache web server access log that shows when and what URL was requested apache_error log Log file that captures error messages from the Apache web server mod_jk log Log file that shows which web requests were forwarded from Apache web server to the Tomcat servlet engine Log Files Related to Presence Functionality Jserver log lt n gt Log file that shows errors related to the internal LDAP SNMP DM Openfire Site Topology and dynamically managed endpoint login and provisioning functionality This circular log has a six month limit The timestamp is the local server time boot log JBoss startup log JBoss is the container service for the Jserver service
184. Microsoft Lync Server 2010 environment specify the IP address or DNS name of the Office Communications Server or Lync Server server e If registering a remote HDX system with an Office Communications Server Edge Server or Lync Server Edge Server use the fully qualified domain name of the access edge server role Specify the IP address or DNS name of a backup SIP proxy server for the network Polycom Inc 467 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned Backup Registrar Server Specify the IP address or DNS name of a backup SIP registrar server for the network Transport Protocol SIP Server Type Indicates the protocol the system uses for SIP signaling The SIP network infrastructure determines which protocol is required e Auto enables an automatic negotiation of protocols in the following order TLS TCP UDP This is the recommended setting for most environments e TCP provides reliable transport via TCP for SIP signaling e UDP provides best effort transport via UDP for SIP signaling e TLS provides secure communication of the SIP signaling TLS is available only when the system is registered with a SIP server that supports TLS When you choose this setting the system ignores TCP UDP port 5060 Specify whether the SIP registrar server is a Microsoft Office Communications Server or a Microsoft Lync Server 2010 Enabling this setting act
185. N cascade links on Polycom RMX MCUs are not supported do not select Enable ISDN PSTN Access The CMA system only supports cascaded IP links on Polycom RMX MCUs It does not support cascaded ISDN links on Polycom RMX MCUs e Polycom RMX systems enforce a 1x1 layout for the cascaded link between bridges so only one participant on each bridge is displayed at any time To change this on a Polycom RMX system go to Setup gt System Configuration and on the MCMS_PARAMETERS_USER page add a new flag called FORCE_1X1_LAYOUT_ON_CASCADED_LINK_CONNECTION with a Value of NO 234 Polycom Inc MCU Bridge Management Operations To enable cascading conferences 1 a Aa WO N On the MCUs configure entry queues as required and record the entry queue number s For more information see the product documentation for the MCU Go to Network Device gt MCUs As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list Select the MCU of interest and click Edit Go to the MCU Resources section of the Edit Device dialog box and select Use Entry Queue Go to the MCU Cascading section of the Edit Device dialog box For a Polycom RMX MCU a Enter the Master Entry Queue Number ID and Slave Entry Queue Number ID b Optional Enter the Master Entry Queue ISDN Number and Slave Entry Queue ISDN Number For a Polycom MGC MCU a Enter the Cascade Entry Queue Number ID b Optional Enter the Cascade Entry Queue ISDN Number Click Update Delete
186. PM or MPMx cards Enables an algorithm to search for and detect sounds outside the normal range of human speech such as echo and automatically mute them when detected Keyboard noise suppression Supported only with MPM or MPMx cards Enables an algorithm to search for and detect keyboard noises and automatically mute them when detected Audio clarity v7 Supported only with MPM or MPMx cards Improves received audio from participants connected via low audio bandwidth connections by stretching the fidelity of the narrowband telephone connection to improve call clarity The enhancement is applied to the following low bandwidth 8kHz audio algorithms G 729a and G 711 331 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 332 Field Description RMX Skins Select the skin you want Skins modify the background and frames With the top two skin options the frames fill the screen with their borders touching These options are not available if you select any of the following e Video switching VSW option RMX General Settings e Telepresence mode is On RMX Video Settings RMX Conference IVR Override default conference IVR service Select to override the default conference Interactive Voice Response IVR Conference IVR service If you selected the override option above enter the name of the conference IVR service you want to use All RMX systems that could be used must ha
187. Participant s Endpoint During a Conference 76 View a Participant s Details During a Conference 77 Terminate an Active Conference 0 000 cece eee eee eee ee 79 Delete ia Conference ssie esi ninkin a eea o eai 79 8 Conference and Participant Details 81 Conference Image epre crsereeusr coors Sead weber enw een eae mee 81 Conference Details ss sii orres Missa ins Vee ieee eee eae 81 Conference Features sir Sentiu ii siii e ER AEE EE acter aaa ET 83 Bridge MCU Peaturres 05 50 ici eeecne eke eee w wc ee eee nace ai 84 Participants List ioc hones bei dane hes Cee 85 Participant Details i025 toner toot ED EEEE EE ESIE erende E aed 86 Participant Settings 0 eee eee eens 87 9 Endpoint Management Overview 2 2 2 89 Endpoint Menu Views and Lists 0 0 00 eee eee eee 89 Monitor VIEW eirereriirk bikakan t kaa EEEE a EEEa hele oe Minded E 90 Endpoint List in the Monitor View 0 00s eee 90 Actions in the Monitor View 00 cee cece ee eee 92 Peripherals View 24 s 254 sedaner inneir eE e LAS cee ees PHENO 93 Peripherals List in the Peripherals View 93 Actions in the Peripheral View 0 0000 00008 94 Polycom Inc v Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Bundled Provisioning View 0 00 e eee eee eee ee 95 Endpoint List in the Bundled Provisioning View
188. Password 372 You can require that endpoints be provisioned with a password in order to access the Global Address Book on the CMA system To do so set a Global Address Book password as described here Use the same procedure to change the Global Address Book password Note that even if the Global Address Book is password protected some third party endpoints may not be required to provide a password because they are not directory password aware They have unrestricted access to the Global Address Book To provision this password to endpoints see Add a Scheduled Provisioning Profile on page 186 To set or change the password for the Global Address Book 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Global Address Book 2 Inthe Global Address Book click Set GAB Password 3 Inthe Set Client Password dialog box enter the Old Password and the New Password Note that the password fields are ASCII only 4 Confirm the new password and click Save Once you set this password endpoints that are not provisioned with this password cannot access the Global Address Book on the CMA system Polycom Inc Multiple Address Books This chapter describes how to set up multiple address books in the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system It includes these topics e Multiple Address Books Overview e How Multiple Address Books Work e View the Address Book List and Details e Add an Address Book e Edit an Address Book
189. Polycom CMA System 00008 437 Failover to a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Server 437 Discontinue Redundancy on a Polycom CMA 5000 System Configuration 438 34 Gatekeeper Management eeeeee2 439 Primary Gatekeeper Management Operations 0 439 Edit the Primary Gatekeeper Settings 0000 e ee eeee 439 Configure Prefixed Based Registration 000 441 Alternate Gatekeeper Management Operations 442 Add an Alternate Gatekeeper 0 0 0 e eee eee 442 Edit the Alternate Gatekeeper Settings 0 443 Remove the Alternate Gatekeeper 0 00 cece eee 443 Neighboring Gatekeeper Management Operations 443 View Neighboring Gatekeepers 0 0000000 443 Add a Neighboring Gatekeeper 0 0000000 444 Edit a Neighboring Gatekeeper 0 0000000 444 Delete a Neighboring Gatekeeper 0 000 0 444 35 Management amp Security Operations 445 Update the Polycom CMA System Software 0 0000 005 445 Manage Certificates 00 eee eee eee ee 446 Certificates Accepted by the Polycom CMA System 446 Certificate Operations 0 eee eee ee 448 View Certificates and Certificate Details 448 Create a Certificate Signing Request
190. Rooms 00 0 000 e eee 343 View the Rooms List 0 00 cee ett es 344 Adda Local ROOM si0535c54sho0es toda kane btnhertee eh ai Ee eaa 344 Add an Enterprise Room 0 eee eee eens 345 Edita ROOM ro eenei Aner Oto Atha th a AEA E E ARE E 346 Deletea ROOM 5 miii uneren e a e E R E a 346 Areas Overview 2 usanne narrare rererere 347 How Areas Work 000 cect tenet eee ne ene 347 Ar a Best Practices o 4cccck cada cde wate end EEO Sea ee nee Gs EEE 348 View Areas 2 cee een ene n tenet nee en eens 349 Create Area Administrator Role 0 0 c cece cece teens 350 Enable Configure and Customize Areas 0000000 e eee 350 Add Areas 22244000545 eee docks ba Pee ee EN ee ete 351 Assign Devices to Areas 0000 6 ccc eee 351 Associate Users with Areas 0 nes 352 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Contents Change Area Association for Users 00 cee eee eee eee ee 353 Delete an Area oe ciiceintedeseecehdedn eee aah wn En ean wena 353 Directory Management Overview 66s 355 Directory Management Supported Configurations 356 Multiple Forests ie cisecigeceitoe toot doenaiertiatica etna ii eii eia 356 Multiple Domains 0 cece ee eee eee eee iSi 356 Viable options 0 eect eee 356 GrOUPS icmaveuieh canbhawketcnkbGs ARSENE ENERE 356 Users cess clt eo a tee ct Syanalu cloves asa N A E E BSE 357 How Global
191. Rules Parts of a Dial Rule 494 The CMA system has three default dial rules With these defaults the system can route most calls except those requiring an external DNS lookup e Internal IP This dial rule allows the system to identify the incoming dial string as an IP addresses and routes the call out of the region By default this dial rule applies to all sites e Alias This dial rule allows the system to identify the incoming dial string as belonging to the local directory and routes the call to the local device or service as required e DNS Name This dial rule allows the system to identify the incoming dial string as a DNS name and block the call Note Do not delete the default dial rules or the CMA system will not be able to route calls correctly You can disable a dial rule by editing it and clearing the Enabled check box for the rule A dial rule consists of a pattern type paired with a routing action When the dialed string uses a pattern that matches the pattern type the associated rule is applied Pattern Types A pattern type tells the CMA system how to find a match for the dial string The following table shows the available pattern types Pattern Type Description Local Directory Search the List of Devices and List of Services Services Includes aliases which are searched before the service prefix DNS Name Look up a DNS Name IP Address Look for an IP addresses in the IPV4 form
192. Schedule a Conference on page 49 When finished click Schedule The system verifies that it has a bridge with the capabilities and resources required for your conference If it does the conference notification E mail appears with a message indicating Conference Successfully Scheduled To exit without sending an updated E mail to your participants click Skip Email 55 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Edit a Conference Only future conferences can be edited Active or past conferences cannot be edited Users can only edit the conferences that appear in their Conference list By default schedulers see only their conferences in the Conference list while operators see all the conferences on the system unless areas are defined In which case operators see all the conferences for the areas to which they belong By default users assigned other roles cannot view conferences To edit a future conference 1 Go to Conference gt Future 2 Select the conference of interest and click Edit A 3 Ifyou select a recurring conference a dialog box appears asking if you want to edit all conferences in the series or just the selected one Make the appropriate choice and click Edit The conference scheduling page appears 4 To change the template click Default Template or Default Audio Template and select a different template if available Notes G e Conference templates provide default conference settings When you select a diffe
193. Specific Types of Issues 0 000000 eee 531 Registration Problems and Solutions 000 00 cece ees 531 Point to Point Calling Problems and Solutions 533 MCU and Gateway Dialing Problems and Solutions 534 Conference On Demand Problems and Solutions 535 Gatekeeper Cause Codes 000000 535 xix Polycom CMA System Operations Guide A System Security and Port Usage 222 2 537 Open Inbound Ports on the Polycom CMA System 537 Outbound Ports Used by the Polycom CMA System 538 xx Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Overview This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system and includes these topics Polycom CMA System Features and Capabilities Polycom CMA System Models Minimum System Requirements Working in the Polycom CMA System Polycom CMA System Features and Capabilities Polycom Inc The CMA system is an integrated scheduling and device management platform for video conferencing that can include these features The Polycom CMA Desktop client for Windows and MAC operating systems an easy to use video and audio conferencing application that lets your users see and hear the people they call on their desktop system Automatic provisioning for dynamically managed endpoint systems and scheduled provisioning for standardly managed and legacy en
194. Sunday through Saturday Recurrence range Start date and End After occurrences or End by date The maximum number of recurrences is 365 Click OK 4 Foran Audio Only conference change the Conference Type to Audio Only 5 To change the template click Default Template or Default Audio Template and select a different template if available Notes e Conference templates provide default conference settings When you select a different template you are selecting the default conference settings for your conference e The Default Template and Default Audio Template are available to all users who can schedule conferences Other templates may also be available if they have been assigned to users with your role e The Default Template and Default Audio Template are stored in the system database and their names are not localized 6 To add conference participants from the local directory or enterprise directory a Enter all or part of a participant s Last Name or First Name into one of the name fields and click Add Participants The Add Participants dialog box appears with the list of participant names that meet your search criteria Notes e Depending on the search domain the search function may return different results See Filter and Search a List on page 4 e The search results only include participants associated with endpoints b Select the participant of interest s name from the list The participant
195. The operator s reporting functionality and workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has changed Users assigned the Operator role can only access the following system report Conference Usage Report Users assigned the Operator role cannot access the following system reports e IP Call Detail Records e Endpoint Usage Report e Gatekeeper Message Log For more information on these reports see the Polycom CMA System Administrator s Guide Auditor Users assigned the Auditor role can access the following system reports e Endpoint Usage Report e System Log Files e Audit Log Files For more information on these reports see the Polycom CMA System Administrator s Guide The Auditor role and workflow allows the auditor to e View online the Endpoint Usage Report for selected endpoints The system change required to support this workflow change is The Endpoint Usage Report menu option and page is available from the Reports menu but the Generate Report and Download All CDRs options are not available to the auditor e Download the System Log Files The system changes required to support this workflow change are The System Log Files menu option and page is available from the Reports menu The Download ALL command is available from the list of ACTIONS Backup and Delete audit log files The system changes required to support this workflow change are The Audit Log Files menu option and page
196. Video Priority InServ Data Priority InServ ToS lt lt lt lt lt lt Network gt LifeSize Transit LifeSize Transit Transit Hostname Transit Username Transit Password Transit ICE Transit Signaling Web Proxy URL Web Proxy Username Web Proxy Password lt lt lt lt Communications gt General Auto Answer Multiway Calls Video Dialing Voice Dialing Presentations lt lt lt lt 160 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Field Name Auto Start Presentations Communications gt H 323 H 323 H 323 Name H 323 Extension Gatekeeper ID Gatekeeper Mode Primary Gatekeeper IP and Port Alternate Gatekeeper IP and Port H 460 Communications gt SIP n U SIP Username SIP Authorization SIP Server Type SIP Registration SIP Proxy SIP Proxy Host Name SIP Proxy Port SIP Registrar SIP Registrar Host Name SIP Registrar Port UDP Signaling UDP Signaling Port TCP Signaling TCP Signaling Port TLS Signaling TLS Signaling Port Provisioned for selected LifeSize Models Team 200 Y lt lt x lt x lt lt lt x lt l lt lt lt lt lt lt lt 161 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioned for selected LifeSize Models Field Name Team 200 System gt General Auto Reboot System gt Identification System Name Video Number Voice Number lt lt x lt z
197. View Bridge Hardware 0 0 e eee eee eee eee 235 View Bridge S rvices ic c sncs cine wenne etek woke eee ee EEA eR 236 View Bridge Conferences ununun eror r rnern eee eens 236 View Bridge Ports tecno ieee anei lng chee EEE Me EE een 236 View Bridge Meeting Rooms 0000 e eee eee eee eee 237 View Bridge Entry Queues 0 000 237 View Bridge Gateway Conferences 00000 eee eee eee eee 237 16 Management Operations for Other Network Devices 239 Polycom Inc Polycom VBP Management Operations 0 eee e eee eee ee 239 Add a Polycom VBP Device rnrn cece eee eee 240 Copy the CMA System Certificate toa Polycom VBP Device 240 Edit a Polycom VBP Device 0000000 241 Delete a Polycom VBP Device 0000020 000 241 Identify Endpoints Using the Polycom VBP Device 241 Polycom DMA Management Operations 00000 242 Add a Polycom DMA System 00 00000 242 Edit a Polycom DMA System 0 0000000 242 Delete a Polycom DMA System 000 000228 243 View Registered DMA Nodes 0000 002 eee 243 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 17 MCU Bridge Device Details 22224 245 MCU EL 320 Sr vies ooi r athens ERE EE EEE aid aah Gumaital chet hah ate Mute 245 MCU E1323 Services sewsepe ieri eiiean on ER E a ve
198. a 2 2 2 5 allal S amp Pee e GSE Se ee ay 2 5 5 e a OQ E E E E A 2 2 E 2 2 2 5 amp 8g Endpoint Type oO a on a A 6 w TANDBERG 150 MXP Y N Y N Y Y TANDBERG N Y N Y Y 990 880 770 MXP TANDBERG C Series Y N Y Y N Y N Y N and Other TANDBERG Models LifeSize Team and Y N Y N Y Y Y Y Y Express 200 Other LifeSize Models Y N N Y N N N Y N Other third party Y N N Y N N N Y N endpoints e Sony PCS e Aertha Maia Starr e VCON Galaxy and Vigo e VTEL a Dynamic Management and Standard Management are mutually exclusive functionality b Scheduling Dial In Only and Scheduling Dial In and Dial Out are presented as mutually exclusive functionality c Standard CMA monitoring does not involve using SNMP It includes endpoint monitoring online offline status and alerts d Command and Control means the CMA system can send a Reboot command and the endpoint can receive and act on the command e Reports for IP Calls are generated as part of standard gatekeeper functionality Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Some notes about the TANDBERG connection to the Global Address Book e TANDBERG endpoints do not need to register with the CMA system gatekeeper to access the Global Address Book e Even if the Global Address Book is password protected TANDBERG endpoints are not required to provide a password They have unrestricted access to the
199. a video endpoint system users can locate other user s endpoints by name in the Global Address Book and initiate a call without knowledge of the other user s equipment The CMA system will filter incompatible endpoints out of the Global Address Book GAB results so that the GAB presented to H 323 only endpoints will not include ISDN only endpoints and the GAB presented to ISDN only endpoints will not include H 323 only endpoints Note O GAB filtering applies only to Polycom endpoints The GAB is not filtered on third party endpoints For more information on the Global Address Book see Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings on page 401 To view the Global Address Book 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Global Address Book 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the Global Address Book It can be filtered by Endpoint Name or IP Address Polycom Inc 371 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide The user information found in the Global Address Book includes Column Description Owner The associated user or resource ID Name The name of the registered endpoint GAB Display Name The name of the registered endpoint as it will be displayed to other endpoint users This display name is an ASCII only field Type The type of endpoint IP Address The IP address of the endpoint Phone Number The phone number of the endpoint Alias The alias associated with the endpoint Set or Change the GAB
200. acters that are not allowed in the Base DN field without the special escape character backslash are Character Character Name SA Backslash Equal ak Comma H Pound ah Plus i Semicolon lt Less than a Greater than 360 Polycom Inc Directory Operations Therefore to use these character as part of a name they must be preceded in the Base DN field by a backslash For example the baseDN of an ou named tom ann bob in the myteam example com domain must be entered as ou tom ann bob dc my team dc example dc com Or the baseDN of an ou named lt gt in the mydomain example com domain must be entered as ou lt gt _ dc mydomain dc example dc com Note that this applies only to attribute values not the ou or dc structure Understanding Exclusion Filters Using LDAP exclusion filters you can exclude objects in your directory based on a wide variety of criteria within your Active Directory environment Any LDAP filters that you create must follow the LDAP standard and reference the LDAP display name of the attributes against which you are filtering The following table illustrates some basic examples of exclusion filter expressions Search baseDN expression Description Memberof cn Restricted Group OU users dc example dc com Excludes all users who are members of Restricted Group within the Users OU in the example
201. age 253 The system changes required to support this workflow change are The User Roles page and the ACTIONS associated with it are not available The ACTIONS on the User gt Users page includes an additional command so that you can view the permissions that come with the role a user has been assigned Action Use this action to View Permissions Display the set of permissions that come with the user s assigned role 22 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments Administrators cannot assign users more than one role The system change required to support this workflow change is The user interface for assigning roles Add Edit User gt Associated Roles has changed to a radio button list from which you can assign only one role from a set of mutually exclusive predefined options Via the Edit function local administrators can now enable and disable local users rather than permanently deleting their user accounts This function is only available for local users Enterprise users must be enabled and disabled in Active Directory Note Disabled local users when not integrated with an enterprise directory still appear in the CMA system Users list However disabled enterprise users when integrated with an enterprise directory won t appear in the CMA system User list if the Ignore Disabled Enterprise Directory Users option on the Enterprise Directory page is enab
202. age displays the list of currently installed certificates By default the system will display only one certificate It will be identified as the CMA server identity certificate When other certificates are installed they will display along with the server identity certificate The Certificate Management page has this information Column Description Status The status of the certificate Possible values include Certificate is valid e Certificate is invalid Identifier The certificate name as assigned by the CA Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Management amp Security Operations Column Description Purpose The type of certificate Possible values are e CMA server identity the system identity certificate e Trusted root certificate the root certificate for a CA e Intermediate certificate certificate from an intermediate CA e Trusted peer certificate from any server or computer that is not a CA but whose identity is trusted The trusted peer certificate must be signed by one of the CAs installed in the CMA Expiration The expiration date of the certificate CRL Next Update The date by which a new certificate revocation list from the CA must be uploaded IMPORTANT If an administrator does not upload a new CRL by the CRL Next Update date the system will become unresponsive Recovering from this situation requires reinstalling from the recovery disk manually reconfig
203. agement and Maintenance This chapter describes the following Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system operations topics e Management and Maintenance Overview e Recommended Regular Maintenance Management and Maintenance Overview The CMA system requires relatively little ongoing maintenance beyond monitoring the status of the system and downloading backups you want to archive All system management and maintenance tasks can be performed in the management interface See the appropriate topic for your user role e Administrator Responsibilities e Auditor Responsibilities Administrator Responsibilities As a CMA system administrator you re responsible for the installation configuration and ongoing maintenance of the system You should be familiar with the following tasks and operations e Installing licenses when the system is first installed and when additional endpoints are added See Polycom CMA System Licensing on page 384 e Monitoring system health and performing the recommended regular maintenance See Recommended Regular Maintenance on page 523 e Using the system tools provided to aid with system and network diagnostics monitoring and troubleshooting See System Troubleshooting on page 529 Should the need arise Polycom Global Services personnel may ask you to use these tools Polycom Inc 521 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide e Upgrading the system when upgrades patch
204. agrees route the call Note The neighboring gatekeeper must be configured as a region in the CMA system Examples of Custom Dial Rules You use custom dial rules to perform these tasks e Block calls For example you can block all calls to 900 numbers which usually charge a per minute fee Create a dial rule with these settings Pattern type Prefix Prefix to match 900 Routing action Block Polycom Inc 495 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Route to a neighboring gatekeeper If you have entered information about neighboring gatekeepers in the List of Regions page you can create a rule to route calls to another gatekeeper Create a dial rule with these settings Pattern type Prefix Range Prefixes to match Specify the range Routing action Select Route to a trusted neighbor and the region for the neighboring gatekeeper to which you want to route calls IP specific routing You can specify which calls may connect according to the IP address For example you could allow calls from San Jose to Atlanta but not from San Jose to Pleasanton Dial Rule operations include View the Dial Rules List View the Dial Rules List Add a Dial Rule Enable or Disable Dialing Rules Edit a Dial Rule To view the Dial Rules list gt 496 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan gt Dial Rules The Dial Rules list appears Column Description Name The name of the dial rule Pattern T
205. ail Notifications e Overbooking Dial in Participants View the Conference Templates List To view the Conference Template list gt Goto Admin gt Conference Templates The Conference Templates list appears Polycom Inc 337 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Add a Conference Template To add a conference template 1 2 3 Go to Admin gt Conference Templates On the Conference Templates list click Add Complete the General Info and MCU Settings sections of the Add Conference Template dialog box first Your selection for MCU Settings affect your choices in the Video Settings section For more information on the Add Conference Template dialog box see Conference Templates on page 321 Complete the Video Settings and Conf Settings sections of the Add Conference Template dialog box Click OK The new template appears in the Conference Template list Note The CMA system does not validate the Conference Template settings When you create a new conference template you must make certain that the settings match the capabilities of the MCUs MGC or RMX device or endpoints Edit a Conference Template To edit a conference template 1 Go to Admin gt Conference Templates 2 On the Conference Templates list select the template of interest and click Edit A 3 Edit the General Info Video Settings MCU Settings and Conf Settings sections of the Edit Conference Template dialog box as required Not
206. al state 211 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 212 Polycom Inc Device Details This chapter lists the fields found in the Device Detail section of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system interface It includes these topics Device Summary Information Device Status Information Call Information Device Alerts Information Provisioning Details Software Update Details Device Summary Information Polycom Inc The Device Summary information in the Device Details section includes the following fields Field Description Name The name of the device Type The type of device For valid device types see Endpoint Configuration Provisioning on page 105 ID The system generated ID for the device Owner Endpoints only The user associated with the device IP Address The assigned IP address of the device Area Area with which the device is associated 213 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 214 Field Description ISDN Video For ISDN devices only the country code city area code Number phone number for the device When you add an endpoint without native ISDN the ISDN gateway country code and area code are not captured The CMA system only supports native ISDN Site The network site for the device By default devices are added to the Primary Site Software Version Serial Number The version of the software installe
207. al to the health of a CMA system operating in maximum security mode Service Manages the system s Comment Apache2 Web processes Essential MSSQLSERVER Database processes Essential OpenDS Site topology database Essential openfire Presence XMPP processes Not available Polycom Cascader Cascaded conferencing Required for processes cascading conferences Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments Service Manages the system s Comment Polycom Conference Conference scheduling Essential Scheduling Service processes Polycom Device Manager Device management Not Available processes Polycom DialRuleService Dial rule management Essential processes Polycom Gatekeeper Gatekeeper processes Not Available Polycom JServer Java processes including Essential LDAP SNMP device management Site Topology and dynamically managed device logins and provisioning Polycom Master Service Basic operation processes Essential Polycom Serial COM Serial port management Not Available processes Polycom Service Monitor Redundancy monitoring Not Available processes Polycom Global Address Global Address Book Not Available Book management processes Report Administration The only Report Administration function supported on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode is the Days to keep Conference and Endpoint CDRs All other Report Admini
208. all ID Specifies the ID automatically generated for the call Conf ID Specifies the GUID global unique identifier for the conference to which the call was made Date Time Specifies the date and time the call started provided in local time for the server Source Specifies the name IP or alias of the endpoint that originated the call Source Address Specifies the IP address of the endpoint that originated the call Polycom Inc System Reports Column Description Destination Specifies the name IP address or alias of the endpoint that received the call For point to point calls this is another endpoint For multipoint calls using an MCU this is the MCU Destination Specifies the IP address of the endpoint that received Address the call Call Type Specifies the type of call scheduled or unscheduled Bandwidth Kbps Specifies the bit rate that was used for the call Duration min Specifies how long the call lasted in minutes up to a maximum of 999 Q 850 Code Specifies the standard cause code for call termination 2 Use the Filter to customize the report by Date IP Address Endpoint Type Call Type and Duration Call Detail Record Report Administration Polycom Inc By default the CMA system stores the conference and endpoint call detail records CDRs for 30 days You can modify the CDR retention period and you can schedule a weekly archive of the CDRs These proced
209. ally every 15 seconds Column Description Site Link Name Specifies the two linked sites for which the statistics apply Num of Calls Specifies the number of currently active calls for the site link Bandwidth Used Specifies the percentage of bandwidth used by the currently active calls that is the bandwidth used by the currently active calls divided by the total available bandwidth for the link expressed as a percentage Bandwidth Specifies the total bandwidth of the link Avg Bit Rate Specifies the average bit rate for the currently active calls that is the total bit rate for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls Packet Loss Specifies the average percentage of packet loss for the currently active calls that is the total percentage of packet loss for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls Avg Jitter Specifies the average jitter for the currently active calls that is the total jitter for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls Avg Delay Specifies the average delay for the currently active calls that is the total delay for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls 2 To view the Site Link Statistics graphically a Click View Chart b Inthe Site Name list select the site s to chart c Inthe Y Axis list select the statistic s to chart Polycom Inc 283 Polycom CMA System Operati
210. alog box select the peripheral of interest to see the following information Field Description Status The status shows if a paired peripheral is one of the following connection states Connected Disconnected Paired Endpoint Name of the HDX or RealPresence Group Series endpoint that the peripheral is connected to Serial Number The serial number of the peripheral IP Address IP address of the peripheral if applicable Hardware Version Software Version Version of the peripheral hardware Version of the peripheral software 178 Polycom Inc Peripheral View Operations Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations The following topics describe the actions available in the Endpoint gt Peripherals View e Delete Peripheral e Display Applications Delete Peripheral You can delete peripherals from the Peripherals View list when the peripheral is no longer connected to an endpoint 1 Goto Endpoint gt Peripherals View and select a peripheral that is listed as Not Paired 2 Click Delete Peripheral 3 In the Confirm Delete dialog box click Yes Display Applications For peripherals on which you can install multiple applications you can display a list of installed applications and their version 1 Go to Endpoint gt Peripherals View and select a peripheral 2 Click Display Applications The Applications Installed on dialog box for the selected pe
211. als and password complexity policies which are validated by the domain controllers How Global Catalog Searches Work When you integrate the CMA system with Active Directory you can configure it to integrate in one of two ways e It can access a specific global catalog server by host name or IP address not recommended due to a lack of redundancy If you select this option the domain name that you specify for the CMA system must match the DNS name suffix of the Global Catalog server example dcl polycom com configured as the Global Catalog then you must enter polycom com as the domain name of the CMA system server e Itcanauto discover the server by querying the DNS for the closest Global Catalog server strongly recommended If you select this option you can specify any domain in the Active Directory forest in the Domain Name criteria for the CMA system server The DNS server must contain Active Directory specific entries It is recommended that you enter the forest root DNS domain name When configured to auto discover the server every time the CMA system needs to bind to a Global Catalog server for LDAP queries the CMA system performs the following e Uses Microsoft s LDAP Ping mechanism to determine the site in which the system is located e Uses a DNS SRV record query to find a Global Catalog server within the same site e Connects to the Global Catalog on the domain controller and queries for the object in questi
212. an Automatic Provisioning Profile 185 Clone an Automatic Provisioning Profile 0 185 Delete an Automatic Provisioning Profile 185 Scheduled Provisioning Operations 0000000 186 View the Scheduled Provisioning List and Details 186 Add a Scheduled Provisioning Profile 186 Edit a Scheduled Provisioning Profile 0 0 187 Clone a Scheduled Provisioning Profile 0 187 Delete a Scheduled Provisioning Profile 188 Schedule an Endpoint for Provisioning 4 188 Check the Status of a Scheduled Provisioning 5 189 ts Polycom CMA System Operations Guide viii Clear the Status of Scheduled Provisioning 189 Cancel a Scheduled Provisioning 00 0 eee eee eee eee 189 Endpoint Software Update Operations 191 Automatic Software Update Operations 00 ee eee 191 View Automatic Software Update Information 191 View Automatic Software Update Packages 192 Set Maintenance Window for Automatic Software Updates 193 Implement Automatic Software Updates for Endpoints 193 List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated 194 Download the Required Software Package 195 Request Update Activation Keys
213. an E 164 Alias Click Apply then Update Setting up an E 164 Alias in a Room Dial String Reservation To setup an E 164 alias for an existing room N GO OQ FF WY Go to Admin gt Rooms Highlight a specific room Click on Edit The Edit Room dialog will display Click on Dial String Reservations Select your endpoint type In the E164 field type in an E 164 Alias Click Apply then Update To setup an E 164 alias for a new room Oona BF WON Go to Admin gt Rooms Click on Add The Add New Room dialog will display Click on Dial String Reservations Select your endpoint type In the E164 field type in an E 164 Alias Click Apply then Update 509 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Note The total number of digits specified for an E 164 numbering scheme alias must be 15 digits or less If a user s phone number is assigned to the Base Field the system reserves one digit to differentiate between the user s multiple devices In this case the total number of digit cannot exceed 14 digits The E 164 number generation is only applicable to dynamically managed endpoints 510 Polycom Inc Remote Alert Setup Operations This chapter describes how to configure the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system to send alerts to users via E mail for specific types of system and endpoint events It includes these topics Set Up Remote Alerts Edit a Remote Alert Profile Disable a Remot
214. and reception Rx the endpoint is using Ifyou select Call Quality of Service you ll see these standard service measurements Total Packet Loss Packet Loss Audio Packet Loss Video Packet Loss Audio Jitter and Video Jitter To terminate an active conference 1 Go to Conference gt Ongoing 2 Select the conference of interest and click Terminate g 3 Click Terminate to confirm the termination Delete a Conference Polycom Inc Users can delete future or past conferences Users cannot delete active conferences To delete a conference 1 2 Go to Conference gt Future To delete a past conference select the appropriate filter such as Yesterday Plus Select the conference of interest and click Delete Kd If you select a recurring conference a dialog box appears asking you if you want to delete just the conference you selected or all conferences in the series Make the appropriate choice Active conferences in the series cannot be deleted 79 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 5 Click Delete to confirm the deletion The conference is deleted For future conferences the system E mails the change to the conference owner and participants and releases the participant and room resources 80 Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Details This chapter lists the conference and participant detail fields for reference It includes Conference Imag Conference Details Conference
215. andard management mode administrators with System Setup permissions can schedule provisioning for one endpoint or a group of endpoints and they can schedule provisioning to occur immediately or fora date and time in the future The provisioning data is sent in XML format over a secure HTTPS connection Scheduled provisioning is available for these endpoint types e ViewStation endpoints e ViewStation FX amp EX endpoints e Vand VSX Series endpoints e Selected TANDBERG endpoints TANDBERG 150 990 880 and 770 endpoints 113 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 114 HDX Series Polycom HDX systems deployed in standard management mode Scheduled Provisioning Profiles The CMA system does not include a default profile for scheduled provisioning You must create a profile before you can schedule a endpoint for provisioning Create a different profile for each endpoint type Polycom HDX system or Polycom CMA Desktop and group of users Some examples of when to use scheduled provisioning profiles follow To apply a standard set of options to each new endpoint By creating templates of standard settings for different types of endpoints or for the needs of different users you can have the CMA system apply all the settings at once After the endpoint is connected and registered with the CMA system you can use a provisioning profile that defines a range of other options To update the password for all endpoints of a particular t
216. ansmitted during an H 323 call calculated from sample tests done once per minute The maximum jitter of packets received during an H 323 call calculated from sample tests done once per minute 12 To export the information click Download Report and either Open or Save the CDR report in Microsoft Excel format for the selected endpoint or in CSV format For All Selected Endpoints Note that only the first 1000 lines of the report are exported to the Excel file 13 Click Change Selection to return to the Endpoint Usage Report page to select a different endpoint Polycom Inc 291 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Conference Type Report 292 Use the Conference Type Report option to review monthly summary information about past CMA system conferences To create a Conference Type Report 1 Go to Reports gt Conference Type Report An empty Conference Type Report grid appears As needed change the From and To dates to select the date range for the report and click View The Conference Type Report for the selected date range appears It includes the following information Column Description Date Information is displayed on a month by month basis and an average for the selected months Scheduled Confs The number of conferences scheduled via one of the CMA system scheduling interfaces that is the CMA system application the Polycom Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook or the Poly
217. ant server The primary server is always the primary server and the redundant server is always the redundant server In a redundant configuration there is only one active server The active server is the server managing the system It is the server running all of the CMA system services In a normal operational state the active server is the primary server In a failover state the active server is the redundant server 431 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 432 In a redundant configuration there is only one standby server The standby server is the server that is not managing the system It is the server running only the Polycom Service Monitor In a normal operational state the redundant server is the standby server In a failover state the active server is the standby server If at anytime you receive a Cannot find server error when you try to log into a server check to see if it is the standby server The Polycom Service Monitor monitors redundancy In a normal operational state the redundant standby server sends a SEND_REQUEST_STATUS message via TCP every three seconds on port 700 to the primary active server and expects the server to answer with a SERVICE_RUNNING message These messages do not include any qualitative data about the health of other services they only verify that the active server is available on the network If the redundant service sends three consecutive SEND_REQUEST_STATUS requests that go unanswered
218. are Version The software version of the peripheral Actions in the Peripheral View Besides providing access to the peripherals the Actions section of the Peripheral View may also include these context sensitive commands depending on the selected peripheral type and its status Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Action Use this action to Delete Peripheral Available only when the peripheral is no longer paired with an endpoint Delete the peripheral from the Peripheral View list Display Available only for peripherals on which you can install Applications multiple applications Display a list of installed applications and their version Bundled Provisioning View Polycom Inc Use the Bundled Provisioning View to see the list of provisioning bundles available to dynamically managed HDX andRealPresence Group Series systems Endpoint List in the Bundled Provisioning View By default the Bundled Provisioning View displays the list of provisioning bundles available for use by dynamically managed HDX or RealPresence Group Series systems The bundle list in the Bundled Provisioning View has the following information Field Description Filter The filter choices for provisioning bundles that have been downloaded to the system Possible values include e Name Filters by the name of the provisioning bundle e Model Filters by the endpoint type e Creation Da
219. are version 6 00 00 ER012 Hardware version REVISION_B LDAP Integration true SECURITY SETTINGS 303 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 304 System under Secure Mode false NETWORK CONFIGURATION System name POLYCOM De11150 System IPv4 Address 10 47 10 150 System IPv6 Address N A System IPv6 Link local N A System subnet mask z 255 255 255 0 System default gateway 10 47 10 10 System DNS domain pe com System DNS server 1 10 47 10 189 System DNS server 2 N A LICENSE INFO Total number of licenses 100 Number of licenses in used 10 CONFERENCE SETTINGS Conference Time Warning true Include Conference Owner in new Conference false Allow Overbooking of dial In participants false Conference PIN Length 15 SESSION MANAGEMENT SETTINGS Remote Desktop Connection is allowed true CMA User Interface timeout in sec 60 Max number of sessions per user care Max number of sessions per user enabled false Max number of sessions per system 50 Max number of sessions per system enabled false LOCAL USER ACCOUNT CONFIGURATION Failed login threshold Panne Failed login windows hours 5 1 Lockout duration minutes Indefinite Account Inactivity threshold days 30 LOCAL PASSWORD REQUIREMENTS Maximum password age days 180 Password warning interval days 7 Number of lowercase letters 1 Number of uppercase letters 1 Minimum length characters 8 Minimum password age days 1 Nu
220. aring Management 405 Associate Sites with Microsoft Exchange Servers 405 Assign Calendaring Settings to Provisioning Profiles 406 Provision the Exchange Mailbox for Calendaring Service enabled UES aC 0100 carer are rea ienei e E E E E 407 Integrate with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 1 0 6 cece eee 407 Provision Group for Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Office Communications Server Integration 0 00 e cece eee 408 Provision SIP Settings for Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Office Communications Server Integration 0 c cece eee 408 View Current Polycom CMA System Licensing 0000005 410 Add Polycom CMA System Licenses 0 0000000 411 Request a Software Activation Key Code 0 411 Enter the Polycom CMA System Activation Key 411 Reclaim Polycom CMA Desktop Licenses 0000 412 Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo 412 Add or Remove a Polycom CMA Desktop Custom Logo 413 Edit the Polycom CMA System E mail Account 08 414 Polycom CMA System SNMP 2 2 2 2 415 SNMP Overview occicecsied Siteile nadie ee ties ea aeeie nik ele each kanei e eaii 415 Polycom CMA System SNMP Operations 00000000 417 Enable SNMP Messaging 00 e eee 417 Edit the SNMP Settings for a P
221. art of the conference name into the associated text field In general most text filter fields are ASCII only and the CMA system search function is a case insensitive substring search That means when you enter a search string the CMA system looks for that string whereever it occurs beginning middle or end in the word or number A Polycom Inc Change a Password Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Overview However if the CMA system is integrated with an Active Directory the CMA system uses the LDAP search function for searches of the directory LDAP searches are prefix searches that include an appended wildcard In this case when you enter a search string the system looks for that search string only at the beginning of the indexed fields For example all of the following searches for a participant will find Barbara Smithe Barbara Smithe Bar Smi To optimize LDAP searches the CMA system and its dynamically managed endpoints searches only indexed LDAP fields and a limited set of attributes The attributes include ObjectCategory memberOf DisplayName GivenName Sn Cn Samaccountname groupType distinguishedName objectGuid These are the requested attributes to be returned by the search Sn Givenname Mail Ou Objectguid Telephonenumber Cn Samaccountname Memberof Displayname Objectclass Title localityName department For local users CMA system password requirements for example password
222. articipants In this case dial in participants can be scheduled to dial into multiple conferences but the system reserves resources for the participant for only the first scheduled conference Dial out participants cannot be scheduled into multiple conferences Note Schedulers can only overbook dial in participants if they select a conference template that has the Video Dial Option set to Dial In Only A conference template that has the Video Dial Option set to Dial In Dial Out will not work for this purpose To allow schedulers to overbook dial in participants 1 Goto Admin gt Conference Settings 2 Inthe Allow Overbooking of dial in participants section of the Conference Settings page check the Enabled check box 3 Click Update Add Customized Text to E mail Notifications 340 To add customized text to all conferencing E mail notifications 1 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt E mail 2 Inthe Text at the Beginning of the Reminder E mail section of the E mail page type in the introductory text you want to appear at the start of all conferencing E mail notifications This text field is limited to 650 characters The text you type here will appear in plain text just as you typed it 3 Inthe Text at the End of the Reminder E mail section of the E mail page type in the closing text you want to appear at the end of all conferencing E mail notifications This text field is limited to 650 characters The text you type here wil
223. as specified in the RMX platform 326 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Conference Setup Overview Field Description RMX General Settings gt Conference Settings Video switching VSW In Video Switching mode all participants see the same video picture full screen The current speaker is displayed in full screen on all the participants endpoints while the speaker sees the previous speaker Switching between participants is voice activated whenever a participant starts to speak he or she becomes the conference speaker and is viewed on all screens When selected the conference is of ultra high quality video resolution in a special conferencing mode which implies that all participants must connect at the same line rate and use HD video This feature utilizes the resources more wisely and efficiently by e Saving utilization of video ports 1 port per participant as opposed to 4 ports in CP mode e Video display is in full screen mode only Drawbacks of this feature are that all participants must connect at the same line rate for example HD and all participants with endpoints not supporting HD will connect as secondary audio only Video layout changes are not enabled during a conference If HD 1080p is selected endpoints that do not support HD 1080p resolution are connected as secondary audio only participants Note e This option is not available if MGC is selected as a
224. assigned to the areas selected below Select one or more areas in the list below and click the right arrow In the Associated Alert Profile section select a Remote Alert Notification Profile as appropriate Polycom Inc Edit a User Polycom Inc User Management Operations 7 Inthe Dial String Reservations section select the user s endpoint and enter the appropriate dial strings for SIP URI E164 and H323 ID then click Apply The dial strings appear in the list below If the user has multiple endpoints enter the dial strings for one endpoint type at a time and click Apply each time 8 Click OK If the Phone Number you entered is exactly the same as an existing user or endpoint the Phone Number Conflict dialog box appears and lists the names of the other users or endpoints with the same number To keep the duplicate number click Continue Tochange the phone number click Cancel For local users added manually to the CMA system you can edit all user information If you change the user ID the user must log into the associated endpoints with the new ID For users added through the enterprise directory you can edit their roles unless the role is inherited from a group and associate them to endpoints but you cannot change user names user IDs or passwords To edit a user 1 Goto User gt Users and in the Search Users field enter the name of the user of interest Note Searches for a
225. assword is set users must enter it to manage the system from a computer The remote access password must not contain spaces lt lt lt lt lt Meeting Password Specifies the password users must supply to join multipoint calls on this system if the call uses the internal multipoint option rather than a bridge The meeting password must not contain spaces Do not set a meeting password if multipoint calls will include audio only endpoints Audio only endpoints cannot participate in password protected calls Software Update Password Specifies the password users must enter to update the software on their endpoint system Enable FTP Access Specifies that the endpoint system can be accessed via an FTP session Note The system restarts if you change the remote access settings This setting does not deactivate the associated port only the application Use Web Access Port to disable the port Enable Web Access Specifies that the endpoint system can be accessed via its web interface Note The system restarts if you change the remote access settings This setting does not deactivate the associated port only the application Use Web Access Port to disable the port Enable Telnet Access Specifies that the endpoint system can be accessed via a telnet session Note The system restarts if you change the remote access settings This setting does not deactivate the associated port
226. at Prefix Look for a prefix specified in the dial rule Prefix Range Look for a prefix within the range of prefixes specified in the dial rule Polycom Inc Routing Actions Dial Plan Setup Operations A routing action informs the CMA system what to do based on the dial rule s associated pattern type The following table shows the available routing actions Routing Pattern Action Type Description Route All Allow the call to pass Block All Block the call Route within IP Address Route to any IP address inside the region region Route out of IP Address Route to any IP address outside the region region Note The originating site s Internet access rules still apply Route toa Prefix and Remove the prefix specified in the dial rule and gateway with Prefix route the remaining dial string to a gateway LCR Range service which has the specified LCR table Route toa Prefix and Remove the prefix specified in the dial rule and gateway Prefix route the remaining dial string to the specified service Range gateway service Route to alist Prefix and Modify the dial string specified in the dial rule and of gateway Prefix route the remaining dial string to the specified services Range gateway service Route toa Prefix and Modify the dial string as specified in the dial rule trusted Prefix and ask the specified neighboring gatekeeper to neighbor Range route the modified dial string If the neighboring gatekeeper
227. ated in the H 323 Service Properties dialog box of the MGC Manager Service IP Address IP address associated with this network service and with this H 323 card in the MCU Alias Alias for the service defined in the MCU Note Polycom recommends using E 164 as the alias for this service The number is dialed if the endpoints are registered with the same gatekeeper If the endpoints are not registered with the same gatekeeper they use their assigned IP address to connect Port Number of IP connections available Priority The priority order for this service 246 Polycom Inc MCU Gateway Services MCU Bridge Device Details Field Description Service Name The name of the H 323 service defined in the MCU Dialing Prefix Prefix to select this service The prefix for the MGC is located in the H 323 Service Properties dialog box of the MGC Manager H320 Service Name Select a defined H320 service Channels Number of 64K channels dedicated to the MCU Priority The priority order for this service MCU Resources Polycom MGC Platform Polycom Inc Field Description Max Total Conferences Maximum number of total conferences allowed at once on this MCU Max CP Conferences Maximum number of continuous presence CP conferences allowed based on the number of licenses available Max Total Participants Maximum nu
228. ation message Introduced with SNMP version 2c this option is not supported by systems that only support SNMP version 1 e Trap An unsolicited message sent to a notification receiver that does not expect require a confirmation message SNMP Version For SNMPv3 specifies the context for the information The CMA system is a proxy forwarding application It passes SNMP requests to its various SNMP reporting processes based on the context information in the SNMP message For SNMPv3 this context is identified by contextName and contextEngineID V3 Local Engine Id For SNMPv3 displays the CMA system contextEngineID for SNMPv3 Security User For SNMPVv3 specifies the security name required to access a monitored MIB object Auth Type For SNMPv3 specifies the authentication protocol The CMA system implements communication with authentication and privacy the authPriv security level as defined in the USM MIB Possible values for authentication protocol are e MD5 e SHA These protocols are used to create unique fixed sized message digests of a variable length message MD5 creates a digest of 128 bits 16 bytes and SHA creates a digest of 160 bits 20 bytes Auth Password For SNMPv3 specifies the authentication password that is appended to the authentication key before it is computed into the MD5 or SHA message digest 420 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System SNMP Setting
229. ations Guide MCU and Gateway Dialing Problems and Solutions Problem Call fails when using an MCU service Dialing an MCU service results in a network error Description The call using the MCU service is rejected because of one of the following The MCU is not registered The MCU is offline The MCU prefix is not registered as an E 164 alias The MCU resource issue was sent through resource allocation indication or resource allocation The dialing rule is not enabled The priority of the dialing rule may be too high Services are not enabled Solutions Check the Reports gt Gatekeeper Message Log for error messages indicating why the call failed Verify that the MCU is registered Verify that the MCU is online If the device is offline reboot it Verify that the MCU service is available Go to the Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Services page Verify that the MCU service prefix is enabled and listed Simplified dialing does not work When you dial 9 you receive a network error The call using the simplified dialing service is rejected because of one of the following The simplified dialing prefix service in the system configuration is disabled No gateway services are available There is insufficient BRI PRI bandwidth The call uses a higher bit rate than the device policy group allows Check the Reports gt Gatekeeper Message Log for error messages Verify that
230. ator must add a machine account for the HDX system This is the same username that the HDX system administrator should enter on the HDX system for the provisioning service This allows the HDX and CMA systems to authenticate and communicate without using a specific user s account About Machine Accounts Before the CMA system can dynamically manage HDX systems operating in maximum security mode a user assigned the Device Administrator role must create an HDX machine account for each HDX that the CMA system will manage The machine account allows the endpoint to connect and authenticate with the CMA system for dynamic management purposes without using the endpoint user s account The Add Machine Account dialog box includes the following information Field Description Enable Machine Select or clear this option to enable and disable Account respectively the machine account you create for the endpoint Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments Field Description Unlock Machine Account Select this option to unlock machine accounts that become locked when they exceed the Failed login threshold This will only happen when the password expires User ID Enter a unique name for the machine account As a best practice name the machine account in a way that associates it with the corresponding device For example if your company names endpoint systems for the system user or room for
231. atus of the CMA system gatekeeper Possible Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Administration Overview Field Description Call Model Describes how the CMA system routes selected H 225 call signaling messages Possible values include Routed or Direct For more information see Routing Mode on page 398 Neighbors Displays the number of neighboring gatekeepers identified for the CMA system Alternate Displays whether or not the CMA system has an alternate Configured gatekeeper identified Registered Displays the number of devices currently registered to the CMA Devices system gatekeeper Active Calls Displays two views of the current CMA system active calls e A number field that shows the current number of active calls e Agraph that presents the percentage of active calls over time Maximum The maximum number of active calls This value is dependent on Allowed the call model routed or direct and the total number of licenses In routed mode the maximum number of active calls is 30 of the total number of licenses In direct mode the maximum number of active calls is 60 of the total number of licenses CMA Licenses The CMA Licenses pane displays information about how the CMA system is licensed including The Total Number of Licenses available on the system e The Licenses in Use which displays two views of the CMA system active calls Asparkline that present
232. can edit the template settings for a specific scheduled conference These changes apply only to the specified conference Use these best practices when working with conference templates e For the Default Template select settings that are the lowest common values for all device types This ensures that all conferences scheduled with the Default Template can successfully launch on whatever devices the system has available at the time e The template names Default Template and Default Audio Templates are stored in the system database and their names are not localized into other languages If you wish to localized their names into your language edit the templates and enter new names for them 333 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide e When creating new templates give them meaningful purposes and names so that your users can easily identify the differences between template choices For example identify templates according to maximum bit rate specific features implemented by the template for example Lecture Mode or Chairperson Control and or supported MCU type MGC or RMX Ina mixed MCU environment consider the advantages and disadvantages of creating one or more conference templates for each MCU type This ensures that the system can select a specific type of MCU and can implement the chosen conference settings e Remember that using an existing RMX profile will override settings specified when scheduling a conferenc
233. cation E mails Notes 4 e Many E mail servers will block or discard E mails without a qualified From address To avoid this issue make sure each person with Scheduler permissions has a valid E mail address e Many E mail servers will block or discard E mails from untrusted domains in which case you may need to change the default CMA system E mail address to one in a trusted domain 4 Click Update Enable CMA System Remote Alerts To enable Polycom CMA system remote alerts 1 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Remote Alert Setup 2 On the Remote Alert Setup page select Enable Remote Alerts 3 Seta Remote Alert quiescent time which is the amount of time in minutes the system should wait after alerts have been detected but not cleared before starting the alert notification process and if applicable the remote alert notification process 4 Click Update 512 Polycom Inc Remote Alert Setup Operations Set CMA System Remote Alert Level Settings Polycom Inc The CMA system monitors and reports events regarding its performance connections and services It categorizes alerts into three alert levels Info Minor or Major By default the Alert Severity Level is set to Info for all of the CMA Alert Types it reports You have these options e Youcan leave all of the Alert Severity Levels set to Info and create a single remote alert profile that allows you to notify all users assigned that profile about system events
234. ccount Lockout Failed login Specify how many consecutive login failures cause the threshold system to lock an account Possible value is 2 to 10 Failed login Specify the time span within which the consecutive window hours failures must occur in order to lock the account Possible value is 1 to 24 Customized user Specify how long the user s account remains locked account lockout Possible value is 1 to 480 duration minutes Account Inactivity Customize account Specify the inactivity threshold that triggers disabling of inactivity threshold inactive accounts Possible value is 30 to 180 days 3 Click Update Set Local Password Requirements The Local Password Requirements page allows users assigned the Administrator role to change but not disable password security requirements by specifying password age length and complexity To set local password requirements 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Local Password Requirements 458 Polycom Inc Management amp Security Operations 2 On the Local Password Requirements page configure these settings as needed Field Description Password Management Minimum length characters Specify the number of characters a password must contain Possible value is 8 to 18 Minimum changed characters Specify the number of characters that must be different from the previous password Possible value is 1
235. ce lists Endpoint MCU VBP or DMA lists Once an endpoint is registered users of other registered endpoints can call the endpoint by using either the H 323 ID a URI an E 164 alias or one of the services Allow Registration of Predefined Endpoints Only The restrictive Allow Registration of Predefined Endpoints Only registration policy allows devices to automatically register once they are added to the CMA system either when they are automatically provisioned automatically registered to the Global Address Book or added to the system manually Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites The moderately open Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites registration policy allows endpoints to automatically register if they are within one of the Dial Plan sites defined to the CMA system when they are automatically provisioned when they are automatically registered to the Global Address Book or when they are added to the system manually Allow Registration of Predefined Prefixes Only With this controlled registration policy devices within a range of defined E 164 prefixes may automatically register with the CMA system Polycom Inc 397 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Routing Mode 398 The CMA system has two routing modes Direct Mode In this simplest gatekeeper mode the CMA system gatekeeper resolves IP addresses to their E 164 addresses and aliases similar to the function of a domain name server and
236. cess and accounting e Firewall traversal When a call originates from the CMA system and the system is unable to resolve the dialed address the call can be forwarded to another gatekeeper for resolution To enable call forwarding create a neighboring region and a dialing rule that routes calls using a particular prefix to the neighboring gatekeeper We recommend keeping the CMA system as the default gatekeeper so that all endpoints and other devices on the network capable of automatic registration will register with it This allows the CMA system to serve as the centralized manager of the network and more effectively aid in bandwidth management firewall traversal and device authentication and authorization Note MCUs that register with a GRQ instead of a RRQ like the Polycom RMX system will only register with the CMA system when it is enabled as the default gatekeeper for the zone Redundant Gatekeeper When the CMA system is deployed in a redundant configuration the redundant CMA system operates as a redundant gatekeeper in parallel with the primary CMA system sharing endpoint registration information If the primary CMA system becomes unavailable the redundant CMA system replaces it until it returns 395 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Device Registration 396 Alternate Gatekeeper Within the CMA system you can designate an alternate gatekeeper In this case when an endpoint or other device registers with
237. ch criteria appears If the search found more than 500 matching entries only the first 500 are displayed c Select the room of interest and click Define Details 4 Complete the General Info Associated Devices and Dial String Reservations sections of the Add New Room dialog box For information on these fields see Add a Local Room on page 344 Click OK The room is added to the CMA system Note that the system does not distinguish between enterprise rooms and local rooms once they ve been added to the system To edit a room 1 2 3 Go to Admin gt Rooms In the Rooms list select the room of interest and click Edit Y Edit the General Info Associated Devices and Dial String Reservations sections of the Edit Room dialog box For information on these fields see Add a Local Room on page 344 Click OK To delete a room Go to Admin gt Rooms ofl In the Rooms list select the room of interest and click Delete In the Delete Room dialog box click Yes The room is deleted from the CMA system Polycom Inc Area Overview and Operations This chapter describes how to set up areas in the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system It includes these topics e Areas Overview e View Areas e Create Area Administrator Role e Enable Configure and Customize Areas e Add Areas e Assign Devices to Areas e Associate Users with Areas e Change Area Association for Users e Delete an
238. cheduled conferences from starting automatically and wait for active conferences to end before performing an orderly shut down or restart of the system During a restart the system will drop all IP conferences In general ISDN conferences will not drop Also endpoints registered to the gatekeeper will drop IP endpoints not registered with the gatekeeper can continue in conference 6 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Overview To restart or shut down a CMA system 1 Optional To stop future scheduled conferences from starting before you perform the restart or shutdown a Goto Admin gt Conference Settings b Check the Conference Auto Launch Disabled check box and click Update c Goto Admin gt Dashboard d Monitor the Today s Conferences section to determine when all active conferences are completed 2 Goto Admin gt Dashboard and click Restart ry or Shutdown O as required In a redundant CMA system configuration if you requested a shutdown of the primary server the system displays a warning indicating that it is initiating a failover If you select Restart it may take the CMA system up to 10 minutes to shutdown and then restart all server processes Emergency Shutdown of a Polycom CMA System Polycom Inc You have two options to perform an emergency shutdown of a CMA system Use these options only when you must immediately cut power to the server e Press and hold the power switch on the CMA system se
239. chedulers can change selected conference settings defined in the template they use when scheduling their conferences View Only Scheduler For the areas to which they belong areas are optional users assigned the View only Scheduler role cannot schedule conferences they can only see conferences that have been scheduled When basic or advanced schedulers log into the CMA system the system displays the Future conference page and they have access to the following menu items Conference Future Ongoing User Guest Book When view only schedulers log into the CMA system the system displays the Ongoing conference page and it is the only menu item to which they have access Operator Role Responsibilities and Menus Polycom Inc The Operator role allows businesses to offer high touch customer service for video conferencing For the areas to which they belong users assigned the Operator role can e Schedule conferences e Monitor and manage ongoing conferences e Monitor endpoints 255 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Monitor network devices such as MCUs Add edit and delete entries in the system Guest Book Create favorites View some system reports When operators log into the CMA system the system displays the Ongoing conference page and they have access to the following menu items Conference Future Ongoing Monitor View Network Device MCUs ser Guest Book Favorites
240. cipants Select this option to allow schedulers to schedule dial in participants to dial into multiple conferences but the system reserves resources for the participant for only the first scheduled conference Conference and chairperson passcode length Designate the required length of the system generated conference and chairperson passcodes The acceptable length for both of these passcodes is 9 to 16 characters By default the required length for both of these passcodes is set to 15 characters Note e Depending on the system settings the scheduler may be allowed to change the conference or chairperson passcode However the passcode length requirement still applies e Ifan administrator changes the passcode length here at the same time a scheduler edits the passcode settings for a scheduled conference the scheduling operation may use either the old or the new length depending on the exact timing 335 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 336 Polycom Inc Conference Setup Operations This chapter includes information about conference options and tasks within the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system It includes these topics e View the Conference Templates List e Adda Conference Template e Edit a Conference Template e Delete a Conference Template e Set Conference Settings e Disable Conference Auto Launch e Disable Conference Time Warning e Delete Customized Text in E m
241. ck Change Selection select the endpoints and click Generate Report again Click Call Times to see a chart that identifies the number of calls versus the start time for the calls 287 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 7 Click Inbound to see a chart that identifies the endpoints from which the inbound calls to the selected endpoints originated 8 Click Outbound to see a chart that identifies the endpoints to which the selected endpoints called 9 Click Summary CDR Report to see a grid that displays information for each of the selected endpoints that participated in calls Field Description Serial Number The registered serial number of the endpoint Endpoint Name Identifies the endpoint by name Total Time in Call Specifies the total amount of time the endpoint spent in conference during the selected time period Average Time in Specifies the average amount of time the endpoint spent Call per call during the selected time period that is the Total Time in Call divided by the Total Calls Average Speed Specifies the average bit rate for all of the calls in which All Calls the endpoint participated during the selected time period that is total bit rate divided by the Total Calls Calls Out Specifies the number of calls in which the endpoint participated during the selected time period that originated from the endpoint Calls In Specifies the number of calls in which the endpoint participated
242. cma_audit_os_patches_hotfixes1 Log file that is created when the system og first starts up It displays the operating system updates and hotfixes applied to the CMA system ntp log Log file that captures time server related events opends access log txt Log file that captures activity queries sent to OpenDS opends audit log txt Log file that captures OpenDS configuration events opends replication log txt Log file that captures redundancy and DMA system integration events Not available because redundancy and DMA integration are not supported 2 Select the audit log of interest and click Open 3 Inthe File Download dialog box click Open to view the file or click Save to save the log file to your local system Backup and Delete Audit Log Files You can backup and delete audit log files To backup and delete audit log files 1 Go to Reports gt Audit Log Files The Audit Log Files page appears listing the logs being stored on the system Click Backup and Delete In the Backup and Delete dialog box select the checkboxes of the log files to backup Click Backup to begin backing up the log files into a zip folder Click Save In the Backup and Delete dialog click on Download Verification Utility if it is not installed already 302 Polycom Inc 7 10 11 12 System Reports To enter the verification code leave the dialog open until you get the verification code from th
243. com CMA System By default to support encrypted communications and establish a minimum level of trust the CMA system presents a self signed digital certificate to its clients This default certificate will typically not be trusted by clients Web browsers that connect to the CMA system user interface will display a warning regarding the certificate Participation in a Public Key Infrastructure requires a CMA system to have been configured with at least one root CA certificate a current certificate revocation list CRL from the CA and a digital certificate signed by the CA that identifies the CMA system 446 Polycom Inc Management amp Security Operations Certificates come in several forms encoding and protocol The following table shows the forms that can be installed in the CMA system Standard Encoding File Type Description and Installation Method PEM PKCS 7 Certificate chain containing Base64 encoded standard e Assigned certificate for the system ASCII text P7B file authenticating its public key e The CA s public certificate e Sometimes intermediate certificates Upload file or paste into text box CER single Signed certificate for the system certificate file authenticating its public key Upload file or paste into text box Certificate text Encoded certificate text copied from CA s E mail or secure web page Paste into text box DER PKCS 12 Certificate chain containing binary format
244. com Conferencing for Outlook page enable Provision Mailbox and click OK For Exchange credentials each endpoint system will be provisioned with the same credentials it used to access the CMA system For its mailbox each endpoint system will be provisioned with the mailbox configured for it in Active Directory This mailbox must be pre configured for the endpoint system on the Exchange server Integrate with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Polycom Inc The CMA system supports the integration with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 by provisioning endpoints with the group and SIP settings they need After you set up integration with Microsoft Lync Server or Office Communications Server all endpoints receive directory information from one of those servers You are no longer using the enterprise directory or the other directory functions in the CMA system This section describes describes the tasks that enable provisioning endpoints for integration with Microsoft Lync Server or Office Communications Server 407 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provision Group for Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Office Communications Server Integration You have set up the Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server group that needs to be provisioned to endpoints in each automatic provisioning profile This controls the directory that endpoints can se
245. com Scheduling Plugin for IBM Lotus Notes Ad hoc Confs MP Confs P2P Confs The number of conferences that used one or more endpoints for which the CMA system was the gatekeeper but that weren t scheduled via one of the CMA system scheduling interfaces The number of multipoint conferences scheduled using one of the CMA system scheduling interfaces The number of point to point conferences scheduled using one of the CMA system scheduling interfaces Gateway Confs The number of scheduled conferences that used a gateway to reach one or more endpoints Embedded MP Confs The number of scheduled multipoint conferences that used the MCU embedded in a V Series VSX Series or Polycom HDX Series endpoint rather than an external MCU such as an MGC or RMX MCU Two Person Conferences on MCU The number of scheduled point to point conferences that used an external MCU such as an MGC or RMX MCU even through point to point conferences do not usually require MCU resources Short Confs The number of scheduled conferences that were scheduled to last 30 minutes or more but which actually lasted less than 30 minutes Polycom Inc System Reports Column Description Scheduled Minutes The sum of the scheduled minutes for all CMA system scheduled conferences Executed Minutes The sum of the actual minutes for all CMA system scheduled conferences Total Parts The sum
246. com domain Memberof cn Video Users OU Users dc example dc com Includes only groups and users within the Video Users group in the Users OU in the example com domain Polycom Inc Creating exclusion filters can impact the performance of your LDAP queries As a best practice use indexed attributes and do not use medial searches when implementing exclusion filters For more information see Creating More Efficient Microsoft Active Directory Enabled Applications 361 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide The following table illustrates some more advanced examples of exclusion filter expressions Search baseDN expression Description memberof CN Sales DC europe DC example DC com Includes only users that are members of the memberof CN IT DC europe DC example DC com Sales or IT Groups in the domain europe example com Notes e The expression should be in continuous line with no carriage returns or extra spaces not possible in this document s format e By excluding an entity we implicitly mean to include all other entities Conversely by including an entity we are implicitly excluding all other entities Hence this exclusion filter will suffice for a case where for example the administrator wants to include Sales and IT but exclude Human Resources Engineering etc within the specified domain amp objectCategory person objectClass user userAccountContr Exclude
247. connector using a DVI or HDMI cable e VGA Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI connector using a VGA cable e Component YPbPr Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI connector using component cables Polycom HDX 8000 series and Polycom HDX 7000 series systems do not support 720p Component format for 50 Hz monitors e S Video Polycom HDX 9000 series only Select if the monitor is connected to the BNC connectors using an S Video cable e Composite Polycom HDX 9000 series only Select if the monitor is connected to the BNC connectors using a composite video cable Display Icons in Call Specifies whether to display all on screen graphics Y IY Y including icons and help text during calls 123 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 124 o c o o o 8 o sS o N xixi ao xou s x l ne Qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned ete SeS E Snapshot Timeout Lets you choose whether to have slides and snapshots Y time out after a period of four minutes Dual Monitor Emulation Specifies whether the system can show multiple viewson Y Y a single display Output Upon Screen Specifies whether black video or no signal is sent to the Y Y Saver Activation monitor when the system goes to sleep and the screen saver activates e Select Black to display black video This is the recommended setting to prevent burn
248. ct your IT department for more information 3 Click Update Control Remote Desktop Connections to the CMA System Polycom Inc By default users can access the CMA system using the Windows Remote Desktop Connection You can disable this ability To control CMA system access with Remote Desktop Connection 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Session Management Clear the Enable remote desktop connections option Click Update 455 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Automatic Registration Synchronization 456 You can configure the CMA system to send registration server addressing information for the gatekeeper and or global directory server GDS when the endpoint is registered to the CMA system Note For the CMA system the GDS is the same as the global address book GAB This automatic registration synchronization service only works for endpoints that register with the gatekeeper or GDS or are manually added to the CMA system after the Automatic Registration Synchronization setting is enabled So if the Automatic Registration Synchronization setting is enabled and an endpoint registers with the gatekeeper the gatekeeper addressing information is sent to the endpoint If the Automatic Registration Synchronization setting is enabled and an endpoint registers with the GDS the GDS addressing information is sent to the endpoint If the Automatic Registration Synchronization setting is
249. ction has these fields Section Description Name The participant s name Call Info How the participant joined the call Possible values include e Video Dial Out e Audio Dial In lt Address gt e Video Dial ln lt Address gt e In Person e Room Only Polycom Inc 85 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Participant Details The Participant Details section has these fields Section Description Name The participant s name Type Endpoint Name Connection Status The type of conference connection Possible values include e Audio Only e Audio Video e Other for In Person and Room Only participants The name assigned to the participant s endpoint when added to the system The state of the participant s endpoint connection Possible values include e Connected e Connecting e Declined e Disconnected e Disconnecting e Error e Unknown Interface Type Number The interface protocol of the participant s endpoint Possible values include e IP e ISDN The IP address or phone number of the participant s endpoint if a dial out or the participant s port address on the MCU if a dial in Bit Rate The audio or video data transfer rate in kbps of the participant s endpoint 86 Polycom Inc Participant Settings Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Details The Participant Setting
250. ctive calls divided by the number of active calls Packet Loss Specifies the average percentage of packet loss for the currently active calls that is the total percentage of packet loss for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls Avg Jitter Specifies the average jitter for the currently active calls that is the total jitter for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls Avg Delay Specifies the average delay for the currently active calls that is the total delay for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls 2 To view the Site Statistics graphically and over a selected period of time a Click View Chart b Inthe Site Name list select the site s to chart A Qa In the Y Axis list select the statistic s to chart In the Data Limit field enter the time frame in minutes for which to chart the data The default is 60 minutes The charts are dynamically updated for your selections 282 Polycom Inc System Reports Site Link Statistics Report Use the Site Link Statistics report to check call rate and call quality statistics for all site links You can view the data in a grid or graphically To view Site Link Statistics 1 Go to Reports gt Site Link Statistics The SiteLink Statistics appear with the statistics displayed in a grid The grid shows a snapshot of the current statistics The data is updated automatic
251. d txt file step 7 on page 194 Inthe Multiple Upgrade KeyCode section click Add Attachment Browse to the location of the txt file you created in step 7 on page 194 and click Upload A file containing the Serial Number Key Code combinations will be E mailed to the specified E mail account When you receive the txt file save it to your local system Polycom Inc Polycom Inc 2 Endpoint Software Update Operations Close the Product Activation screens For third party endpoints follow the company s recommended procedure for requesting an upgrade activation key Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Profile To upload the software package and create an automatic software update profile 1 2 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Scheduled Software Updates On the Software Update Profiles list click the check box to select the appropriate Endpoint Type and Endpoint Model combination for the endpoints to be updated To select all endpoints in the list click the check box in the column header In the Upload Software Update dialog box verify the endpoint type and model If an activation key code is required to activate the software update click Update Requires Key and in the Software Update Key File field browse to the txt key file received in Request Update Activation Keys on page 195 Note The key is generated from the endpoint serial number and vers
252. d Dial Number is selected The country to which the system will dial out to the guest Click Select to view a list of country codes Area City Code Not available when Use Modified Dial Number is selected The area code to which the system will dial out to the guest Number The participant s phone number Extension Cannot be configured MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs with which the CMA system has registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services f Select Save to Guest Book to have this guest participant added to the system Guest Book g Click OK The guest s name appears in the Selected Participants and Rooms list 9 Adjust the conference date and time as needed to match participant and endpoint availability Polycom Inc 53 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 54 a Review their availability and adjust the conference date and time as needed Notes 10 11 12 13 14 15 For participants who are associated with endpoints the CMA system schedules their availability according to the endpoin s availability For participants with multiple endpoints check the availability for each endpoint Click Call Info to change the participant s endpoint Dial in participants can be scheduled to dial into multiple conferences during the same time period dial out partic
253. d must be a minimum of eight characters in length Email Address The user s E mail address The E mail address is an ASCIll only field Note The CMA system identifies plugin users and their associated endpoints by E mail address so this is required information for the plugin to work Title The user s professional title Department The user s department within the enterprise City The city in which the user s office is located Phone Number The contact phone number for the user In the Associated Endpoints section select and move the required endpoints s to Selected Endpoints list Move the unwanted endpoints s to the Available Endpoints list Press Shift click or Ctrl click to select multiple items in the list In the Associated Roles section select and move the required role s to Selected Roles list Move the unwanted role s to the Available Roles list Press Shift click or Ctrl click to select multiple items in the list Note G If the user has multiple endpoints list the endpoints in order of priority with the primary endpoint first 264 If Areas are enabled in the Associated Areas section select one of the following options to associate the user with an area None Does not allow access to any endpoints All Areas Gives the user access to all endpoints regardless of the area the endpoints are assigned to Specific Areas Give the user access to only endpoints
254. d on the device ASCII only The device provides the version number if it registered successfully or is managed The serial number ASCII only of the device The device provides the serial number if it registered successfully or is managed Available to Schedule Select this option to make the device available when users are scheduling conferences Note The Available to schedule field is disabled for MGC and RMX devices Monitoring Level Endpoints only grayed out for MCU devices The monitoring level for the device Possible values include e Standard This device is monitored e VIP This device is monitored closely The VIP identifier and filters are available to operators to monitor and manage conferences Supported Protocols The communications protocols that the device can support Possible values include e IP H 323 A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on packet based networks such as IP e ISDN H 320 A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on switched networks such as ISDN For devices with the type Unknown select H 323 The device automatically provides the protocols if it registered successfully or is managed Notes e Ifan endpoint is configured as a gateway ISDN only the H 323 check box is selected If the endpoint supports true ISDN the H 323 and ISDN check boxes are selected RMX MCUs
255. d party system In other cases the endpoint name is the system name which might be different from the H323 ID e The value of the E 164 alias is the extension dialed to reach this endpoint Notes e To add aliases for the endpoint edit the endpoint e The following Alias Values are ASCII only H323 ID URL Transport Address and Unknown ISDN Video Number For ISDN endpoints only the country code city area code phone number for the endpoint When you add an endpoint without native ISDN the ISDN gateway country code and area code are not captured The CMA system only supports native ISDN LAN Host Name Call Signaling Address The host name of the endpoint on the LAN This can be different from the system name of the endpoint It is an ASCII only name The port on which the CMA system gatekeeper sends call signaling information 167 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description RAS Address The port on which the CMA system gatekeeper sends RAS addressing information Capabilities Supported Protocols The communications protocols that the endpoint can support Possible values include e IP H 323 A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on packet based H 323 networks e IP SIP A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on SIP networks e ISDN H 320 A standard that defines the pr
256. d software package to the endpoint even if it is an older version Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Note Currently to roll back a Polycom CMA Desktop client to an older version you must first remove the existing Polycom CMA Desktop client via the Windows Add or Remove Software selection Then you can install the older software package Peripheral Software Updates You can update the platform operating system and applications if applicable for peripherals connected to endpoints Peripheral software updates can be in any of the following states e Production The software update is configured for one or more groups that are using the software in production e Trial The software update is configured for one or more groups that are trialing the software Both The software update is configured for one or more groups that are trialing the software and for one or groups are using the software in production Note When doing peripheral upgrades on redundant systems running Microsoft SQL Server 2005 or 2008 R1 you may receive an SQL server exception To resolve this exception upload the peripheral upgrade package to the secondary server as well Scheduled Software Updates Polycom Inc The scheduled software update feature is enabled at the CMA system An administrator with System Setup permissions can schedule software updates for one endpoint or a group of endpoints to occur immediately or for a date
257. d to call the endpoint via SIP lt username gt Ghost domain or IP Port Polycom Inc Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations Field Description Aliases The aliases that allow you to connect to the endpoint The CMA system converts the aliases to the IP address associated with the endpoint e Alias Type Possible types include E 164 H 323 ID URL Transport Address E mail Party Number and Unknown e Alias Value Value for the alias type shown Notes e The following Alias Values are ASCII only H323 ID URL Transport Address and Unknown e The value for the H 323 ID is the endpoint name if the endpoint registered with the gatekeeper and itis a third party system In other cases the endpoint name is the system name which might be different from the H323 ID e The value of the E 164 alias is the extension dialed to reach this endpoint ISDN Video Number For ISDN endpoints only the country code city area code local phone number for the endpoint When you add an endpoint without native ISDN the ISDN gateway country code and area code are not captured The CMA system only supports native ISDN Capabilities Supported Protocols The communications protocols that the endpoint can support Possible values include e IP H 323 A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on packet based H 323 networks e IP SIP A sta
258. d to install the Adobe Flash Player click OK Ifyou receive an HTTPS Security Alert click Yes Ifyou see a login banner click Accept to accept the terms and continue If you cannot connect to the system there may be certificate issues 2 When the CMA system Log In screen appears enter your Username and Password 3 If necessary select a different Language or Domain Click Login If you log in as an administrator you see the CMA system Dashboard For more information about roles and the functionality associated with roles see Default CMA System Roles and Permissions on page 253 Field Input Requirements While every effort was made to internationalize the CMA system not all system fields accept Unicode entries If you work in a language other than English be aware that some CMA system fields may accept only ASCII or extended ASCII characters Filter and Search a List In the CMA system interface information is often summarized in lists or grids Lists that include many items may have filters or searchable fields which allow you to view a subset of items or search for a specific entry The available filtering options depend on the type of information in the list For example in the conference list e If you select Custom Date as the filter a calendar filter field appears e If you select Ongoing Plus as the filter an attribute option appears You can select the attribute Conference Name and enter all or p
259. d two or more sites to the system To add a site link 1 2 3 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Links In the Site Links page click Add In the Add Site Link dialog box enter a Name and Description for the link and select the starting From Site and ending To Site sites Enter the Bandwidth and Max Bit Rate and click Save The new link appears on the Site Links page You may need to edit site links when network changes are made If you make a bandwidth change the current load is not affected however the bandwidth available for future conferences may be affected 479 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide To edit a site link 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Links 2 Inthe Site Links list select the link of interest and click Edit 3 Inthe Edit Site Link dialog box edit the Name Description Bandwidth or Max Bit Rate 4 Click Save Delete a Site Link You can remove site links from the Polycom CMA system Note G Avoid removing a link on which a scheduled conference depends To delete a site link 1 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Links 2 Inthe Site Links list select the site link of interest and click Delete 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Site to Site Exclusions Create site to site exclusions to explicitly deny connection between two sites for audio or video calls Site link exclusion operations include e View the Site to Site Exclusion List e Add
260. ddress book A You can associate any of these entities with more than one address book and the entity will appear as entry in each address book Groups in the CMA system control the address book users endpoints and rooms have access to To set which address book an entity has access to see Assign Address Books to Groups on page 379 To add an address book 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Address Books 2 Click Add 375 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 376 3 Complete the fields in the Add an Address Book dialog box Field Description Address Book Information Name A meaningful name to identify this address book Description A brief description of the address book Address Book Tiers New Tier Select where you want to add a tier and click to add a new tier to the address book Edit Tier Name Select a tier and click to change a tier name Delete Select a tier and click to delete a tier 4 To associate users with this address book click Associate Users The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the users appear in a b c Search for the users you want to associate Use the Filter to customize the list Select the users you want and click Specify Tier Select the tier you want for the users and click OK 5 To associate endpoints with this address book click Associate Endpoints Only endpoints that are not associated with a CMA system us
261. ded to the resulting E 164 Alias 506 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Field Description Prefix The Prefix is the first part of the E 164 Numbering Scheme and containz up to three options e No Prefix A Number specify e Based on Devicey Type available only if shown The fist option No Prefix means that there will not be any digits listed in front of the Base Field assignment The second option A Number specify allows for the specification of up to 7 digits be careful not to go over the allowable15 digit maximum The third option Based on Device Type will only be visible in the Prefix if if it has not been already selected in the Suffix If the Based on Device Type selection is available for selection it will use the two digits predefined device type See the Based on Device Type Settings section Base Field There are two available options for the Base Field e Specify Number Range e Phone Number The first opton Specify Number Range allows for the designation of a numeric range The range may fall anywhere from 0 through 9999999999 The second option Phone Number allows for the assignment of a phone number from the Actrive Directory along with the number of digits to utilize from the phone number and can range anywhere between 3 to 10 digits Or in the event a phone number does not exist a numeric range will be used instead if defined and it can be anywhe
262. device without native ISDN registers a number within the start and end range is assigned so that the device can be called through an ISDN line E164 End The ending number in the range of available extensions to assign automatically to IP devices Routing Bandwidth Internet calls are not allowed Disables call routing through the Internet Allowed via H 323 aware firewall Enables call routing through the Internet using an H 323 aware firewall Notes For an outbound call to the Internet you must enter the firewall gateway service e g a Polycom VBP appliance code before the IP address in the dial string e Ifyou select Allowed via H 323 aware firewall you must create a site link between this site and the Internet VPN site 390 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Setup Overview Field Description Allowed via H 323 aware SBC or ALG Enables call routing via the Internet using an H 323 aware SBC Session Border Control or ALG Application Level Gateway server Note For an outbound call to the Internet you must enter the firewall gateway service for example a Polycom VBP appliance code before the IP address in the dial string Call Signaling IP Address Port IP address of the SBC or ALG server Supports only IPv4 addresses Port address of SBC or ALG server Send Unmodified Dial String to SBC ALG Select this option if your SBC o
263. dialog box select address book you want from the Assign Address Book drop down list 4 Click OK Viewing the Address Book a User is Assigned To You can see which address book a user is assigned to The address book assignment controls the address book entries a user or endpoint can access To view the address book a user is assigned to 1 Go to User gt Users Select the user you want Click View Details In the View User dialog box click Inherited Group Info Click OK a Aa WO N Delete an Address Book 380 You can delete an address book when it is no longer needed Deleting an address book does not delete the users endpoints rooms groups or guests that were in the address from the CMA system Any entity that was assigned the deleted address book will have access to one of the following e Another address book if the entity is a member of another group that is assigned to an existing address book e The default address book To delete an address book 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Address Books 2 Select the address book you want to delete Polycom Inc Multiple Address Books 3 Click Delete A confirmation message appears 4 Click Yes Change Address Book Priority You can change the priority of address books The priority determines which address book a user sees For example if a user is a member of two different groups and each group is associated with a different address book the user wi
264. directory server Possible values include e Plain No security on the connection e _LDAPS The connection is secured over outbound port 3269 using LDAP S in a manner similar to https If the Domain Controller LDAP Server signing requirements setting on the Active Directory server is set to Require Signing then you must use LDAPS to secure the connection e tartTLS The connection is secured over outbound port 3268 the same port as Plain but it then negotiates security once the socket is opened Some LDAP servers reject any unsecured transactions so the first command is the StartTLS negotiation command Ignore Disabled Enterprise Directory Users Check this field to have the CMA system ignore disabled enterprise users in its queries Enterprise Directory Exclusion Filter If necessary and you understand the filter syntax specify other types of user accounts to exclude Don t edit these expressions unless you understand LDAP filter syntax For more information see Understanding Exclusion Filters on page 361 Enterprise Directory Search BaseDN If necessary and you understand the filter syntax specify the top level of the enterprise directory tree referred to as the base DN to search Don t edit these expressions unless you understand the filter syntax For more information see Understanding Base DN on page 359 5 If you also wish to implement single si
265. dit log for details e DoS attack detected See audit log for details e Flood attack detected See audit log for details in Maximum Security Mode Troubleshooting Utilities A CMA system operating in maximum security mode has most of the same troubleshooting utilities of the standard commercial CMA system however the Traces functionality has changed and functionality has been added The following sections describe the troubleshooting utilities Windows Event Logs There is no change in the Windows Event Logs function CMA System Logs There is no change in the CMA System Logs function Database Backup There is no change in the Database Backup function Test Network Connect The Test Network Connect function allows you to perform a Traceroute or Ping operation Traceroute allows you to investigate the route path and transit times of packets as they travel across an IP network Ping allows you to test the availability of a host on an IP network Synchronize Certificate Stores The Synchronize Certificate Stores function allows you to reset all certificate stores with the currently uploaded certificates and certificate revocation lists CRLs Systems The Systems pane displays summary information about the devices that access the CMA system For a CMA system operating in maximum security mode systems are limited to Endpoints MCUs and Rooms 35 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 36 CMA Configuration The CMA Con
266. dpoint list in the Automatic Provisioning View has the following information Field Description Filter The filter choice for endpoint types that can be automatically provisioned Possible values include e All Displays all dynamically managed endpoint systems registered to the system e HDX Series Displays just the HDX endpoints registered to the system and deployed in dynamic management mode e CMA Desktop Displays just the CMA Desktop clients registered to the system e VVX Displays just the VVX systems registered to the system e RealPresence Mobile Displays just the RealPresence Mobile clients registered to the system e RealPresence Group Series Displays just the RealPresence Group Series endpoints registered to the system e RealPresence Desktop Displays just the registered RealPresence Desktop clients registered to the system Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Field Description Status The status of the endpoint s last provisioning process Possible values include Success e Failed e Clear Name The assigned name of the endpoint Note The system assigns Polycom CMA Desktop systems a user name of LastName_Firstname_CMADesktop Type The type of endpoint Automatic provisioning is only available for the endpoint types listed in this table as Filter selections IP Address The IP address assigned to the endpoint Area The assigned Area
267. dpoints Automatic softupdates for dynamically managed endpoint systems and scheduled softupdates for standardly managed and legacy endpoints On demand conferencing using embedded MCUs or external MCUs Conference scheduling via the CMA system Web Scheduler or the optional Polycom Scheduling Plugins for Microsoft Outlook or IBM Lotus Notes Advanced routing to distribute audio and video calls across multiple conferencing platforms MCUs creating a single seamless resource pool Firewall management capabilities which enable videoconferencing across firewalls Gatekeeper as well as alternate and neighboring gatekeeper functionality Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Access to user and room directories for on demand and scheduled calls Directory services include Presence and contact list functionality for dynamically managed endpoints Global Address Book for a single directory structure or Multiple Address Books for multiple managed directories H 350 and LDAP directory functionality H 350 defines a directory services architecture for multimedia conferencing for H 323 H 320 SIP and generic protocols Device monitoring and management Conference monitoring and management An optional high availability redundant management server configuration Polycom CMA System Models Polycom offers two CMA system models The single microprocessor CMA 4000 system supports up to 400 concurrently registe
268. duction use The following topics describe software updates for peripherals e View Software Updates for Peripherals e Upload Peripheral Software Updates to the CMA Web Server Configure Peripheral Updates for Production e Configure Peripheral Updates for Trial Note When doing peripheral upgrades on redundant systems running Microsoft SQL Server 2005 or 2008 R1 you may receive an SQL server exception To resolve this exception upload the peripheral upgrade package to the secondary server as well Polycom Inc Endpoint Software Update Operations View Software Updates for Peripherals To view software updates for peripherals 1 Goto Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates 2 Select the tab for a peripheral The tab includes this information Field Description Production URL URL where the peripheral can access software updates configured for production use The URL consists of the IP dress of the CMA system plus Irepo Trial URL URL where the peripheral can access software updates configured for trial use The URL consists of the IP dress of the CMA system plus repotrial Package Name Displays the name of the software update package Updates listed as platform are updates to the peripheral s operating system Other updates are for specific applications Description The meaningful name given to the software update package when it was created Version The v
269. duled Provisioning As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select the endpoints of interest Click Provision In the Schedule Endpoint Provisioning dialog box select the appropriate provisioning profile In the Schedule field select Now or Later If you select Later enter a Date and Time for the provisioning Select either Use Server Date Time or Use Endpoint Date Time as these may differ Click Schedule The Scheduled Provisioning View reappears Polycom Inc Endpoint Provisioning Operations 10 Click Refresh and check the Pending column for the provisioning status For each endpoint you selected the name of the profile appears in the Pending column and the date and time you entered appears in the Scheduled column Check the Status of a Scheduled Provisioning To check the status of a scheduled provisioning 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint gt Scheduled Provisioning As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select the endpoint of interest Expand the Provisioning Details tab in the Device Details section For information about the fields in this section see View the Scheduled Provisioning List and Details on page 186 Clear the Status of Scheduled Provisioning To clear the status of a scheduled provisioning 1 2 3 4 Go to Endpoint gt Scheduled Provisioning As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select the endpoints of interest
270. during the selected time period that did not originate from the endpoint Total Calls Specifies the total number of calls in which the endpoint participated for the selected time period If any of the selected endpoints did not participate in calls during the selected time period it is not included in the Summary CDR Report 10 To export the information in the Summary CDR Report click Export as Excel File and either Open or Save the file as needed Note that only the first 1000 lines of the report are exported to the Excel file 11 Click Detail CDR Report to see information for each of the endpoints that participated in calls The Generate Report page displays System Information and CDR information for the first endpoint in the list For the selected endpoint the System Information section includes the following data 288 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Reports Field Description System Information Specifies the name of the selected endpoint Model Specifies the model number of the selected endpoint IP Address Specifies the IP address of the selected endpoint ISDN or V 35 Number Specifies the ISDN number or V 35 number Serial Number Specifies the serial number of the selected endpoint For each call from the selected endpoint the CDR information includes the following data Field Description Start Date Time Specifies the start date and time for
271. e Conference Settings are global system wide settings that apply to all scheduled conferences Conference Templates Polycom Inc Conference templates allow you to create various combinations of settings to apply to scheduled conferences e For scheduled conferences that end on MGC devices the conference template explicitly identifies the settings the MGC should use to control the conference e For scheduled conferences that end on RMX devices the conference template explicitly identifies the RMX profile which identifies the settings the RMX should use to control the conference Users assigned the Administrator role can add or edit Conference Templates They can also identify by user role which users have access to which Conference Templates and which users have the Advanced Scheduler role Then users select from the different templates available to them to switch between different combinations of conference settings If using an existing profile on the RMX system the CMA system administrator must manually synchronize the settings in the CMA system conference template and its associated RMX profile Alternatively you can configure the RMX profile settings in the CMA system conference template which is used by all RMX systems in the conference For more information about the RMX profile settings see the Polycom RMX 1500 2000 4000 Administrator s Guide 321 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Descri
272. e Notes e You cannot provision integration with a Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server via scheduled provisioning e Ifthe endpoint being provisioned is not capable of integration with a Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server the endpoint will ignore this settings e The group setting here applies to both Microsoft Lync and Office Communication Server To provision integration with Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server 1 Goto Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Automatic Provisioning Profiles 2 Inthe Automatic Provisioning Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Edit 3 In the Provisioning Fields dialog box click Microsoft Lync Settings and enter a Group Name The Group Name is the group set in the Microsoft Lync Server or Office Communication Server 4 Click OK Provision SIP Settings for Microsoft Lync or Microsoft Office Communications Server Integration 408 By default SIP is disabled in site provisioning This procedure describes how to change existing site provisioning settings so that they provision integration with one of these unified communications servers To integrate with a Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server Polycom endpoints must have a user account on the Microsoft unified communications server infrastructure To have the CMA system automatically provision a Polycom endpoint for this integration the endpoint must use the same credentials use
273. e When the remote access password is set you must enter it to upgrade the software or manage the endpoint systems from a computer The remote access password cannot include spaces Polycom Inc 469 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned Meeting Password Specify the password users must supply to join multipoint calls on this endpoint system if the call uses the internal multipoint option rather than a bridge This field can also be used to store a password required by another endpoint system that this system calls If a password is stored in this field you do not need to enter it at the time of the call the endpoint system supplies it to the system that requires it The meeting password cannot include spaces Enable Secure Mode Specify whether to operate in secure mode also known as security mode which uses TLS HTTPS AES digital signatures and other security protocols algorithms and mechanisms These protocols encrypt management communication over IP preventing access by unauthorized users When devices at a site are provisioned to operate in secure mode the CMA system can only perform the dynamic management operations of automatic provisioning automatic software update and directory and presence services for the devices The CMA system cannot perform monitoring or control operations for the devices For more information see the Admi
274. e 3 Continue adding prefixes ranges as necessary To delete a range select the range and click the Delete button for it When you ve specified all the prefix ranges click Update Alternate Gatekeeper Management Operations Alternate Gatekeeper Management Operations include e Add an Alternate Gatekeeper e Edit the Alternate Gatekeeper Settings e Remove the Alternate Gatekeeper Add an Alternate Gatekeeper To add an alternate gatekeeper 1 Go to Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Alternate Gatekeeper 2 On the Alternate Gatekeeper page enter the required gatekeeper information The Alternate Gatekeeper Settings include these fields Field Description Need to Register Check this box to require that a endpoint register with the alternate gatekeeper before sending other registration admission status requests The default setting is unchecked Alternate The alternate gatekeeper s network identifier ASCII only Gatekeeper ID IP Address The IP address of the alternate gatekeeper Port The port number usually 1719 that the alternate gatekeeper uses to communicate with endpoints Priority Indicates the alternate gatekeeper s priority for endpoint registration A lower number has higher priority the range is Oto 127 so endpoints would first register with an alternate gatekeeper with a priority of 0 The default setting is 0 3 Click Update 442 Polycom Inc Gatekeeper Management
275. e Call Information on page 217 e Device Alerts Information on page 218 e Provisioning Details on page 218 e Software Update Details on page 219 Use the Network Device gt Monitor View to monitor the network devices Network Device List in the Monitor View By default the Network Device list in the Monitor View displays a list of network devices the CMA system monitors including those devices that registered automatically with the CMA system and those devices that were added manually for management and monitoring purposes The Network Device list in the Monitor View includes MCUs and Polycom DMA nodes It does not include Polycom VBP devices The Network Device list in the Monitor View displays MCUs as two separate Device Types the MCU type anda GW MCU device If automatic registration is allowed individual H 323 cards and or IP blades in Polycom MCUs are assigned the device type of GW MCU during registration This device type represents the cards network interface If automatic registration is not allowed you must add a GW MCU device record for each H 323 card and IP blade Polycom Inc Network Device Management Overview The Network Device list has these fields Field Description Filter Use the filter choices to display other views of the Network Device list which include e Type Filters the list by device type For more information see Network Device Types on
276. e If you change the conference template Speed setting and there are scheduled 4 conferences using that template all endpoints in the scheduled conferences are reset to whichever is less the new template Speed or the maximum speed that the endpoint supports 4 338 Click OK Polycom Inc Conference Setup Operations Delete a Conference Template To delete a conference template 1 Go to Admin gt Conference Templates 2 On the Conference Templates list select the template of interest and click Delete i 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Set Conference Settings To specify conference settings 1 Goto Admin gt Conference Settings 2 On the Conference Settings page make the required selections Conference Settings on page 334 3 Click Update Disable Conference Auto Launch To disable conference auto launch 1 Go to Admin gt Conference Settings 2 Inthe Conference Auto Launch section of the Conference Settings page check the Disabled check box 3 Click Update Disable Conference Time Warning To disable the conference time warning 1 Go to Admin gt Conference Settings 2 Inthe Conference Time Warning section of the Conference Settings page clear the Enabled check box 3 Click Update Polycom Inc 339 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Overbooking Dial in Participants In the CMA system an administrator can configure the system to allow schedulers to overbook dial in p
277. e This procedure describes implementing a new redundant CMA system For information on converting an existing system to a redundant system see Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo on page 412 Configure the External Database for Redundancy Polycom Inc To configure the two redundant servers to use the same external database 1 Log into both the primary and redundant CMA 5000 system servers 2 On the primary server go to Admin gt Dashboard and click Shutdown to shut down the primary server 3 When the primary server has shutdown completely on the redundant server a Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Database b On the Database page select the Use an external SQL Server database check box c Enter the Database Server IP address or DNS Name d Enter the Database Server Port and click Update The system will guide you through formatting or upgrading the external database The redundant server boots e After the redundant server restarts completely log into it again and select Admin gt Dashboard 435 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide f Click Shutdown to shut down the redundant server 4 When the redundant server has shutdown completely on the primary server a Turn ON the primary server Log into the server and go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Database c On the Database page select the Use an external SQL Server database check box d Enter the Database Server IP address or
278. e Readimanager 2GB with Autogrow Logger 4 GB with Autogrow XMPP 2 GB 425 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Internal Databases External Databases 426 The Simple Recovery Model should be enabled for SQL backup mode The CMA system automatically optimizes its internal database on an ongoing basis It backs up its internal databases daily The backup files are stored on the system s hard disk The CMA system maintains the last four internal backups To keep backups for a longer time period copy them regularly to a different location For more information see Copy the CMA System Database Backup Files on page 428 You can integrate the CMA system to an external Microsoft SQL Server database Some information about integrating with an external database e CMA systems with 400 or more registered endpoints and redundant systems require an external database e Ifyou set up an external database follow your own corporate policies or Microsoft best practices to back it up and maintain it The CMA system does not back up its external databases e Anytime you switch from the internal CMA system database to an external Microsoft SQL Server database some system configuration settings for example the enterprise directory settings must be reconfigured e Take steps to minimize database connection failures For example Ensure you have good network connectivity between the CMA system and the Microsoft SQL Serv
279. e Possible values are e None The software update has not been configured as production or trial e Production The software update is configured as production It is available only from the Production URL e Trial The software update is configured as trial It is available only from the Trial URL e Both The software update is configured as both production and trial It is available from both the Production URL and the Trial URL 4 From the Configure Platform section select the platform version to configure for production You can select only one platform version for production 5 Click Configure Application For each application select the version to configure for production from the Platform Compatible drop down list The version selected must be compatible with the platform version listed in the column heading If the application is not selected no check mark the application will not be configured for production 203 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 7 Click OK From the peripheral itself the configured software updates are now available using the Production URL Configure Peripheral Updates for Trial To configure software updates for trial 1 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates 2 Select the tab for the peripheral 3 Click Configure Trial The Configure Trial dialog box includes the following information Field Description Configure Platf
280. e Site Searches the list by site location Status The status of the endpoint s last scheduled software update Possible values include e Success e Failed e Clear Name The system name of the endpoint Polycom Inc 101 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description Model IP Address The type of endpoint Scheduled software update is only available for these endpoint types e HDX Series Displays the Polycom HDX endpoints operating in standard management mode e LifeSize QDX Series TANDBERG T150 TANDBERG C Series e TANDBERG MXP e Vand VSX Series e Viewstation e Viewstation FX amp EX The IP address assigned to the endpoint Current Version The version of software installed during the last successful software update procedure Scheduled When the endpoint is scheduled for software update this field shows the date and time for the scheduled software update process Scheduled Software Update View Actions Besides providing access to the endpoint views the Action section for the Scheduled Software Update View will also include these actions Action Use this action to Software Update 8 Schedule software update for the selected endpoints Cancel Update jes Cancel a scheduled or in progress software update operation Clear Status Pe Change the status column for an endpoint to the Clear state For i
281. e select it and click Open Whenever you add new users or rooms or need change a SIP URI you must provide SIP URI data For the methods available for editing the SIP URI see Edit SIP URI Data on page 477 You can edit SIP URI data in the following ways e Upload a CSV file that has changes or new data Data in the CSV file is added to any existing data For information about the CSV file format and the upload process see Set Up SIP on page 476 e Edit individual users or rooms For each CMA system user or room you can add or edit the SIP URI in the Dial String Reservations section of the Edit User or Edit Room dialog box 477 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Site Link Operations When you add a site link you enter the starting and ending sites of the link and the maximum bandwidth and bit rates available for calls audio and video that use the link Links are bidirectional After you have created a link from Site A to Site B you automatically have a bi directional link from Site B to Site A although the link appears as unidirectional Note The bit rate can be set at the network level the device level and the conference level If there is a discrepancy between these bit rate settings the system implements the lowest bit rate setting The only exception is that the bit rate in the RMX profile takes precedence over the bit rate in the conference settings Field Description
282. e them with a user or conference room by editing the specific user or room settings For more information see Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations on page 165 Set up users and associate them with endpoints Unless your CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory you must enter all user information manually including endpoint association If your system is integrated with an enterprise directory general user information First Name Last Name UserID Password E mail Address is directly pulled from the directory and cannot be changed However you must still associate enterprise users with endpoints For more information see Users and Groups Overview on page 249 Set up groups add members and associate them with provisioning profiles For more information see Users and Groups Overview on page 249 Set up rooms and associate them with endpoints Unless your CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory that includes conference rooms you must enter all room information manually including endpoint association For more information see Room Overview and Operations on page 343 Set Up a Certificate for the Polycom CMA System By default the CMA system uses https and a self signed certificate for its data interchanges As a best practice we recommend replacing the CMA system self signed certificate with a certificate from a Certificate Authority For more information see Manage Cert
283. e 198 b Upload the Software Package and Create a Trial Software Update Package on page 199 For more information on software update packages see View Automatic Software Update Information on page 191 Once your testing of the trial software package is complete do one of these tasks Promote the Trial Software Update Package to Production on page 199 Delete the Trial Software Update Package on page 200 Create a Local Trial Group To trial a software update with a specific group of local and or enterprise users create a local group that includes these users as described in Add a Local Group on page 268 The people in this group will receive the trial software update package when their endpoint goes through its normal automated software update process Notes You can use an existing enterprise group as a trial group but you will not be allowed to change the enterprise group in any way If the trial software group is a parent group with children all of its children will inherit trial permissions Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Software Update Operations Upload the Software Package and Create a Trial Software Update Package To upload the software package and create a trial automatic software update package 1 2 3 4 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates Select the tab for the endpoint type of interest Click Upload Software Update In the
284. e Alert Profile Delete a Remote Alert Profile Disable CMA System Remote Alerts Set Up Remote Alerts The CMA system remote alerts functionality is very flexible It allows you to Polycom Inc Assign different severity levels to different classifications of CMA system and Endpoint alerts Create different alert profiles so that different types of alerts can be sent to different people So if you have administrators who specialize by device type for example bridges endpoints or servers you can create profiles that notify each type of administrator of failures related to those specific types of devices To set up remote alerts you must complete the following tasks OUO BF WON Set Up CMA System generated E mail Account Enable CMA System Remote Alerts Set CMA System Remote Alert Level Settings Set Endpoint Alert Level Settings Add a Remote Alert Profile Associate a Remote Alert Profile With a User 511 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Set Up CMA System generated E mail Account To set the CMA system generated E mail account 1 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt E mail 2 On the E mail page enter the E mail account ASCII only from which the CMA system will send conference notification E mails and system alerts By default the CMA system E mails are sent from the PanAlert vtcmanager com E mail account 3 Specify the IP address of the mail server from which the CMA system will send conference notifi
285. e File Verification Utility Run the File Verification Utility In the File Verification Utility dialog box browse to the location of the backed up file and select it the utility will run when the file is selected After the utility runs a verification code will be visible in the Verification Value field In the File Verification Utility dialog click Copy In the Backup and Delete dialog click in the Verification Code field and press CTRL V to paste in the Verification code into the field Click on Verify and Delete The backed up file will be checksum verified and the backed up log files will be deleted Note It is important for the user to log into the CMA system with the proper roles to be able to view and access the Backup and Delete option otherwise only the Open option will be visible The alerting threshold may be modified through the Change Settings option CMA System Report The CMA System Report is not available from the Reports menu but it can be a useful report It produces a SystemInfo txt file that describes the system configuration Polycom Inc To view CMA System Report 1 2 Go to Admin gt Troubleshooting Utilities In the CMA System Report section of the Troubleshooting Utilities page click Download Report in the CMA System Report section When the File Download dialog box appears either Open or Save the SystemInfo txt file The report includes this information CMA VERSION Softw
286. e MCU audio port usage Utilization e A sparkline that presents the audio port usage over time e A percentage indicator that shows the current usage Number of Displays the number of video ports configured on the MCU Video Ports Video Ports Displays two views of the MCU video port usage Utilization e A sparkline that presents the video port usage over time e A percentage indicator that shows the current usage Expected Port Utilization A timeline that shows how many ports are scheduled for conferences within the next 45 minutes This status information is sent by the MCU to the CMA system In addition the MCU Status pane identifies when the monitored MCU is experiencing alert conditions System Administration Menu Polycom Inc The system Admin menu gives users with administrative permissions access to the day to day management tasks they need to monitor maintain and troubleshoot the CMA system Besides the Dashboard it lists these selections Selection Use this selection to Conference Manage add edit and delete conference templates See Templates Conference Templates on page 321 Conference Settings Enable or disable Conference Auto launch and Conference Time Warning See Conference Settings on page 334 Provisioning Profiles Manage add edit and delete automatic or scheduled provisioning profiles 317 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 318
287. e Select a Bridge for a Conference e Create a Cascaded Conference Across Multiple Bridges Edit Conference Settings By default users with the Advanced Scheduler role can overwrite certain conference template settings as described here Note G Two conferences scheduled with the same template may have different settings and behavior if they are hosted on different types of MCUs Minimize or eliminate such differences by ensuring that all MCUs are similarly configured and that all CMA system templates are synchronized with RMX profiles Schedulers can edit conference settings only for scheduled conferences They cannot edit conference settings for active conferences To edit the conference settings 1 On the conference scheduling page as you are adding or editing a conference click Edit Conference Settings Polycom Inc 61 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 2 As needed configure these settings on the Conference Settings dialog box The settings that you can edit may depend on the template selected Setting Description Conference ID By default the system assigns a Conference ID You can change this ID to permit integration with third party scheduling tools This identifier must be 8 or less numeric digits Notes e The CMA system compares the Conference ID to its database to verify that it is unique If it is not unique you will be prompted to enter a new Conference ID e Ifa conference is scheduled on a Po
288. e VCR or DVD player react as if it is not connected when the system goes to sleep 125 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 126 o c o olo pa o S o N X xI an x OM wW S x 3 TE Alala ale Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned ri sS j nrzi Sia VCR DVD Record Specifies the video source to be recorded to videotape or Y Source DVD If Far is enabled the recorded video will switch to the Near Y current far site speaker Far If both Near and Far are enabled the recorded video will switch between near and far sites depending on Content the current speaker Yess e If Content is enabled any content sent during the call is recorded Screen Saver Wait The time the system will delay before going into standby Y Time mode after nonuse Cameras gt Cameras 1 Camera 1 Name Specifies a name for camera 1 Y Camera 1 Icon Specifies an icon for camera 1 Y Camera 2 Name Specifies a name for camera 2 Y Camera 2 Icon Specifies an icon for camera 2 Y Cameras gt Camera Settings Camera 1 Name Specifies a name for camera 1 YY Y Camera 1 Icon Specifies an icon for camera 1 Ye OY Y Camera 2 Name Specifies a name for camera 2 Yol Y Camera 2 Icon Specifies an icon for camera 2 YY Y Camera 3 Name Specifies a name for camera 3 YY Y Camera 3 Icon Specifies a
289. e dial in number is assigned to the conference When cleared each dial in participant is assigned a different dial in number Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Conference Setup Overview Field Description Video Mode Sets the video layout for the conference The default is Video Switching Mode g To change to a Continuous Presence layout or mode click the switching icon and select a layout option The video mode determines the initial layout on an endpoint s display during a multipoint conference This option requires an MCU This option is not available for RMX devices if you select any of the following e Auto layout option RMX Video Settings e Video switching option RMX General Settings e Telepresence mode is On RMX Video Settings Note Make sure you have defined video endpoint systems and boards so that they are available for selection in continuous presence layouts Presentation Mode Select to enable Presentation Mode In this mode the system uses the selected layout to display all participants When a participant s speech exceeds a predefined time 30 seconds the system identifies the participant as the lecturer and changes to Lecture Mode The video mode for the other participants automatically changes to full screen displaying the lecturer while the lecturer s endpoint displays participants in the video mode defined previously When another participant starts talking the sy
290. e domains and manage directory searches The Base DN field is where you specify the distinguished name DN of a subset of the Active Directory hierarchy a domain subset of domains or organizational unit to which you want to restrict the CMA system search It acts like a filter By default the Base DN field is empty The first time you tell the system to connect to the enterprise directory server leave the Base DN field empty Once you have established a working connection with your Active Directory then you enter a Base DN The following table illustrates some basic examples of Base DN filter expressions Search baseDN expression Description ou CMAGroups dc example dc com Include only groups and users which reside within the CMAGroups OU in the example com domain dc example dc com Include only groups and users which reside within the example com domain or domain tree 359 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Expressions in the Base DN and exclusion filter fields must be formatted according to RFC 4514 section 2 4 Some special characters are allowed in the BaseDN field They include Character Character Name Percent ii Space EL A Double quote ara Question mark a fis Open brace ee Close brace PAS Caret ae Tilde ha Open bracket al hi Close bracket NA Single quote amp Ampersand Pipe or bar The special char
291. e maximum number of active calls is 30 of the total number of licenses In direct mode the maximum number of active calls is 60 of the total number of licenses E164 Alias Assignment Failed The CMA system was unable to assign an E 164 alias to the endpoint Certificate Expiration Warning The specified certificate will expire in 30 days If the certificate is not renewed within 30 days the alert continues daily Certificate Expired Warning The specified certificate has expired The alert continues daily until the certificate is renewed or removed Database Backup Failure The database backup has failed Used disk space reaches __ of the total disk space Disk space threshold as entered in the text box has been exceeded Polycom Inc Remote Alert Setup Operations 3 Click Update Set Endpoint Alert Level Settings Polycom Inc Monitored endpoints send events to the CMA system The CMA system categorizes and reports endpoint alerts into three alert levels Info Minor or Major By default the Alert Severity Level is set to Info for all of the Endpoint Alert Types it reports You have these options e You can leave all of the Alert Severity Levels set to Info and create a remote alert profile for each endpoint type being monitored that allows you to notify all users assigned that profile about all endpoint events applicable to that endpoint type e You can change som
292. e of the Alert Severity Levels to either Minor or Major and create multiple remote alert profiles that notify different users of endpoint events of different types and severity levels To set the endpoint alert level settings 1 Goto Admin gt Alert Settings gt Endpoint Alert Level Settings 2 On the Endpoint Alert Level Settings page change the Alert Severity Level for the different types of endpoint events as required Alert Type Alert indicates Remote Control Battery Low The battery in the endpoint s remote needs to be replaced Credentials The endpoint system requires that the user enter a valid Required username and password Credentials An attempt to log into the endpoint system failed Failed HTTP Forbidden The endpoint must be used in https mode only Device Not The endpoint is not responding to the CMA system Responding Heartbeat The endpoint did not send a heartbeat to the CMA system Timeout within the required timeout period Gatekeeper The CMA system gatekeeper cannot determine the Status Unknown connection status of the endpoint Gatekeeper The CMA system gatekeeper rejected the endpoint s Rejected attempt to register Gatekeeper The endpoint is not registered to the gatekeeper Unregistered 515 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Alert Type Alert indicates Directory Status Unknown The CMA system gatekeeper cannot determine t
293. e server and CMA system server reside For example polycom com not the fully qualified path of lt hostname gt polycom com Note If instead of entering a single domain controller you enter an FQDN that maps to multiple servers be sure that all of the mapped servers are directory domain controllers with global catalogs Preferred DNS Server The IP address of the preferred domain name server for the network Alternate DNS Server The IP address of the alternate domain name server for the network 3 Click Update If you change the IP address the system prompts you to restart the CMA system We also recommend that you restart the system if you change the subnet mask 4 As required restart the system Edit the Polycom CMA System Time Settings Edit the System Time server settings to change the CMA system server time or to synchronize the server with an external NTP server To edit the CMA system time settings 1 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt System Time 404 Polycom Inc Server Setting Operations 2 Configure these settings on the System Time page as necessary Field Description System Time Zone The time zone in which the CMA system server resides Auto adjust for Select this option to adjust the clock automatically for Daylight Saving daylight savings time Use Current Time Select this option to input the current date and time Use External NTP
294. e software is protected by United States copyright laws and international treaty provision Therefore you must treat the software like any other copyrighted material e g a book or sound recording Every effort has been made to ensure that the information in this manual is accurate Polycom Inc is not responsible for printing or clerical errors Information in this document is subject to change without notice Contents 1 Polycom CMA System Overview 2 2 262 I Polycom CMA System Features and Capabilities 1 Polycom CMA System Models 0000 0002 e eee eee 2 Minimum System Requirements 6 00 c cece cece eee 2 Working in the Polycom CMA System 0 00 0002 eee 3 Log Into the Polycom CMA System 00000 0000008 3 Field Input Requirements 0 00 0002 4 Filter and Search a List s 2 os c00c odessa deca panes seb eee 4 Change a Password 000 eee 5 Log Out of the Polycom CMA System 0000 0000008 6 Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System 0 000005 6 Emergency Shutdown of a Polycom CMA System 565 7 2 Polycom CMA System Configuration 2 2 9 Add DNS SRV Record for Polycom CMA System Services 9 Configure the Connection to the External Database 10 Configure the Connection to an External Enterprise Directory 10 Configure Redundancy
295. e system is not integrated with an enterprise directory server Database Displays the database source Internal or External and the DNS name or IP address of the database server 309 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 310 Field Description Time Source Displays the time server source Internal or External and the IP address of the time server Redundancy Displays whether or not the system is configured for redundancy The Redundancy field may also show two configuration errors Need Virtual IP or Secondary Is Down Remote Alerts Displays whether or not the system is configured to send remote alert notifications Enterprise Directory DC If the system is integrated with a domain controller for single sign on authentication displays the domain name for that domain controller If the system is not integrated with a single sign on domain controller this field displays Disabled Remote Displays whether or not Remote Desktop Connection is enabled Desktop CMA Info The CMA Info pane displays general information about the CMA system including Field Description CPU Displays two views of the CMA system control processor unit Utilization CPU usage e A sparkline that presents the CPU usage over time 10 minutes total updated every 1 minute so there are 10 data points on the sparkline e A percentage indicator that shows the current usage Paging File Displays two views
296. e the Version to use selection from the current value None by default to the new version number and Update the page The next time a dynamically managed endpoint polls the CMA system it will detect that it has a different software version than the Version to use selection so it will automatically download and install the identified software update package Use this method to force users to use a specific software version Note Until the Version to use selection is enabled the automatic software update is not activated If you also enable the Allow this version or newer selection anytime you package a newer version of software into an automatic software profile that package will be automatically installed on all dynamically managed endpoint systems Some important things to note about software versions e Newer software is identified by the version number If the Allow this version or newer selection is enabled when a dynamically managed endpoint polls the CMA system the system will compare the current software version number with the packaged software version numbers The CMA system will send the software package with the highest version number to the endpoint e You can also use the Version to use selection to roll endpoints back to older software versions If you change the Version to use selection to an older software version and clear the Allow this version or newer selection the CMA system will send the specifically identifie
297. e through the Polycom CMA system To ensure consistent and expected behavior make sure to synchronize and lock down RMxX profiles and Polycom CMA system conference templates Note Polycom CMA systems do not support scheduling of third party MCUs Template settings apply only to the MGC or RMX devices Conference Settings 334 Conference settings apply to all conferences scheduled using the Polycom CMA system These settings include Field Description Conference Time Specifies whether or not the Polycom CMA system sends a Warning message to video endpoints in a conference to warn the endpoint users that their conference is scheduled to end soon The system sends the message 15 minutes and 5 minutes before the conference is scheduled to end To support this feature the video endpoint system must be capable of receiving a system Send Message action By default Conference Time Warning is enabled Note This feature is not related to the MCU based End Time Alert Tone feature Automatically Select this option when you wish the system to always Include Conference include the person scheduling the conference as a Owner Scheduler conference participant Do not select this option if your in New Conferences organization has assistants or operators schedule conferences for others Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Conference Setup Overview Field Description Allow overbooking of dial in parti
298. e time 3 To view the list of backup files including those generated in step 2 go to Admin gt Database Backup Files The Database Backup Files list appears showing all of the backup files stored on the CMA system Files with a timestamp included in the name are system generated backup files Files without a timestamp are user forced backups 4 To save the downloaded backup files only select the backup files of interest and click Save 5 Inthe File Download dialog box click Save browse to a location on your system and click Save Backup the CMA System Settings This topic describes how to create a backup archive of a CMA system including system configuration settings and internal database files Once the backup archive is downloaded it can be used to restore the system to its last archived configuration after a disastrous system failure To backup the CMA system settings 1 From the CMA system web interface go to Admin gt Backup System Settings 2 When the Backup System Settings page appears click Create and Download a Backup Archive 3 Inthe Select location for download dialog box enter a unique File name browse to a location on your system and click Save A File Download dialog box displays the progress of the download operation 526 Polycom Inc System Backup and Recovery Operations 4 When the operation is completed click OK 5 Browse to the location specified in step 3 and verify the file download
299. ecommended Polycom Inc 421 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Threshold Description Average CPU usage Whenever the average system CPU usage over all alert threshold CPUs as identified in the CMA Info Dashboard pane exceeds this threshold for the length of time identified in the Average CPU usage alert threshold window the system sends an alert and an SNMP trap Valid values for this threshold are between 1 100 By default this threshold is set to 95 A threshold setting between 90 100 is recommended Average CPU usage Whenever the average system CPU usage over all alert threshold window CPUs as identified in the CMA Info Dashboard pane exceeds this threshold for the length of time identified in the Average CPU usage alert threshold window the system sends an alert and an SNMP trap By default this threshold window is set to 10 minutes This threshold can be set to between 1 15 minutes A threshold setting between 5 10 minutes is recommended 3 Click Update Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package The CMA system enterprise MIB relates information about the system The information is divided into these categories e Configuration The static state of each component for example component type software version current owner values of all configured parameters e Status The dynamic state of each component for example the number of connections number of conferences
300. ect two sites or it can connect a site to an MPLS network cloud see Network Clouds on page 102 Use the commands in the Actions list to add edit or delete a site link See Add Edit Site Link Dialog Box on page 392 for a description of the fields in the site list Add Edit Site Link Dialog Box Use the Add Site Link dialog box to define a new site link in the CMA system s site topology Use the Edit Site Link dialog box to redefine an existing site link A site link can connect two sites or it can connect a site to an MPLS network cloud The following table describes the fields in the Add Site Link and Edit Site Link dialog boxes Field Description Name A meaningful name for the site up to 128 characters Description A brief description of the site up to 200 characters From site The originating site of the link The drop down list includes all defined sites and the Internet Can t be changed for a site to cloud link To site The destination site of the link The drop down list includes all defined sites and an Internet VPN option Can t be changed for a site to cloud link Total bandwidth Mbps Specifies the total bandwidth limit for this link Call Max bit rate kbps Specifies the per call bandwidth limit for this link Site to Site Exclusions The Site to Site Exclusions page contains a list of the direct site to site connections that the system won t permit a call or sessi
301. editing it and assigning a new password To add a machine account 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Machine Accounts Click Add In the Add Machine Account dialog box complete the fields Click OK Change Internal Database Passwords Polycom Inc The CMA system uses three user names to access internal databases You can change the passwords for those user names to comply with any requirements you may have to change passwords on a regular basis You also use the user listed as PlemDbo if you should need to reformat your internal database For more information see Reformat the Existing Database on page 429 The system will restart after you change these passwords Make sure that you use this function when no conferences are active or scheduled To change internal database passwords 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Database Security 461 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 462 Select the database user whose password you want to change Click Change Password In the Change Database User Password dialog enter the new password in the New Password and Confirm New Password fields If you want the system to generate a password click Create Password Be sure to write down the password that displays Click OK Click Apply Password Changes The system resets the passwords and restarts It may take the CMA system up to 10 minutes to shut down and then restart all serv
302. eee 473 Edit Site Settings 4 2c4 atc hoe eid as ae a anaes 475 Edit Site Provisioning Settings 0200000 475 Deleted Site sariraneki raare Sa Oh a Se ba Dee ah eee ee abe 476 Set Up SIP lt 3 2e034 seek legend Bohs EEN de ash Pee ees EERE 476 Edit SIP URI Data serrr urtika eases dcnuh eed eetiearedewdenets 477 Site Link Operations 0 eee eee eee eee e eri peti 478 View the Site Links List 0 0 0 c ccc cee tenes 479 Adda Site Link 5 22 A0s sees toda cidinas ad eaten daemon iae4 479 Edit a Site Link 0 0 cc cent een eens 479 Deletera Site Link ic vnc tked ede gb cegne telniete Geta aad ees hie asa Reha 480 Site to Site Exclusions 00 cece eee teen eens 480 View the Site to Site Exclusion List 000 c cee eee eee 480 Add a Site to Site Exclusion 0 000 cece cece cee eee 481 Edit a Site to Site Exclusion 0c cece cece cee eee 481 Delete a Site to Site Exclusion 0 0 cece cee ees 481 Territories ee ae ae ES Ea 482 View the Territory List cscs e cccrs crcs eciirr ceia e riioa risiw 482 Adda Territory ices ere eta eco tpt ech rg kerei reke ei 482 Edit a Territory aco 2506 yg ketti bi ba we sd we Ewe pes aed Ree 482 Delete a Territory 260 s 000 sce Guten deck idee NOSE EENE 483 Network Clouds aeren eerie c ccc cece c E EAEE 483 View the List of Network Clouds 00 cee eee eee ees 483 Add a Network Cloud 0 0 2 0 000s ccc
303. eep alive messages to registered endpoints to determine whether they are online The default is 300 seconds If the endpoint responds with a registration request message the endpoint is online If not the endpoint is offline When the endpoint is registered to another gatekeeper the CMA system still shows the endpoint s status To view the endpoint s state Online or Offline go to Endpoint gt Monitor View Note Endpoints are Offline when they have been turned off or have been removed from the network Endpoints return to an Online state when they have been turned on or have re registered with CMA system Maximum Neighbor Gatekeeper Hop Counts Limits the number of connections to make when an endpoint seeks dialing resolution The default is 3 Log calls to from unregistered endpoints Logs calls to and from rogue endpoints To view call logs select System Management gt Reports gt Gatekeeper Message Log Polycom Inc Configure Prefixed Based Registration Polycom Inc Gatekeeper Management Field Description Deny calls to from unregistered endpoints Prevents calls to and from rogue endpoints Enable Real Time Statistics Select this option to allow the gatekeeper to collect statistics from the endpoints IRR frequency Specifies the interval in seconds at which endpoints that can report QoS Quality of Service measures will report them to the CMA sys
304. eeper To edit the settings for a neighboring gatekeeper 1 Go to Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Neighboring Gatekeeper 2 On the Neighboring Gatekeeper page select the neighboring gatekeeper of interest and click Edit Neighbor 3 Inthe Edit Neighbor dialog box make the required changes and click Update 4 You ll need to reboot the CMA system to make the change effective Delete a Neighboring Gatekeeper To delete a neighboring gatekeeper 1 Goto Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Neighboring Gatekeeper 2 On the Neighboring Gatekeeper page select the neighboring gatekeeper of interest and click Delete 3 Click Delete to confirm the deletion 444 Polycom Inc 35 Management amp Security Operations This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system management and security tasks It includes these topics e Update the Polycom CMA System Software e Manage Certificates e Change the System User Interface Timeout and Number of Sessions e Give Enterprise Users Default Scheduler Role e Change the Message for Enterprise Users without a Role e Control Remote Desktop Connections to the CMA System e Automatic Registration Synchronization e Set Common Passwords for Endpoints e Disable Common Password for Endpoints e Set Local Account Lockout and Timeout e Set Local Password Requirements e Add Machine Accounts e Change Internal Database Passwords Update the Polycom CMA System So
305. efreshes the Dashboard or when you click Refresh Restart 3 lt Shuts down and restarts the CMA system See Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System on page 6 Shutdown Shuts down the CMA system See Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System on page 6 By default the system Dashboard displays the following informational panes e Users Logged In e CMA Configuration e CMA Info e Services e Gatekeepers e CMA Licenses But you can add or remove panes to customize the system Dashboard Additional panes that you can add include e Pre call Status e Today s Adhoc Conferences e Today s Scheduled Conferences e Endpoints multiple configurable panes e Systems Conference Status e Failed Enterprise Directory Login Attempts e Redundancy Status e MCU Status multiple configurable panes Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Administration Overview These panes are described in more detail in the following topics Users Logged In The Users Logged In pane displays the type and number of users that are currently logged into the system A sparkline presents the number of logins over time 30 minutes total updated every 5 minutes so there are 6 data points on the sparkline for each user type The system identifies three user types by their permissions Administrators Operators and Schedulers Note that these three user types are not necessarily the same as user roles For examp
306. elect to view a list of country codes Area City Code Not available when Use Modified Dial Number is selected The area code to which the system will dial out to the guest Number The participant s phone number Extension Cannot be configured MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs with which the CMA system has registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services 6 Click OK View Scheduling Information for a Conference Polycom Inc Users can only view scheduling information for the conferences that appear in their Conference list By default schedulers see only their conferences in the Conference list while operators see all the conferences on the system unless areas are defined In which case operators see all the conferences for the areas to which they belong By default users assigned other roles cannot view conferences To view the scheduling information for a conference 1 To see the scheduling information for a future conference go to Conference gt Future To see the scheduling information for an active conference go to Conference gt Ongoing 2 From the list of All Conferences select the conference of interest and click View 59 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide The View conference page appears displaying the following details about the conference Section Description Start Date The da
307. em If the system does not automatically obtain a subnet mask enter one here Changing this setting causes the system to restart WINS Server Displays the server running the Windows Internet Name Y Service Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned HDX Series FX EX ViewStation QDX Series WINS Resolution Enables connection to the WINS Server for URL resolution lt V WSX Series LAN Speed Specify the LAN speed to use Note that the setting you choose must be supported by the switch Choose Auto to have the network switch negotiate the speed automatically In this case the switch must also be set to Auto Choosing Auto automatically sets Duplex Mode to Auto If you choose 10 Mbps 100 Mbps or 1000 Mbps you must set Duplex Mode to Half or Full Changing this setting causes the system to restart Note Mismatches with the network switch settings may lead to unexpected behaviors lt Duplex Mode Specify the duplex mode to use Note that the Duplex mode you choose must be supported by the switch Choose Auto to have the network switch negotiate the Duplex mode automatically In this case the switch must also be set to Auto Choosing Auto automatically sets LAN Speed to Auto Changing this setting causes the system to restart Global Services gt Direc tory Servers Global Directory GDS Speci
308. em and create a software update profile to use for the update Note When uploading a software package log into the CMA system web interface using its fully qualified domain name for example CMAsystem domain com rather than its IP address As long as your browser did not display any certificate errors when logging in you should be able to upload the software package successfully To upload the software package and create an automatic software update profile 1 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates 2 Select the tab for the endpoint type of interest 3 Click Upload Software Update Polycom Inc Polycom Inc 4 Endpoint Software Update Operations In the Upload Software Update dialog box verify the endpoint type and model If an activation key code is required to activate the software update click the Update Requires Key check box and in the Software Update Key File field browse to the txt key file received in Request Update Activation Keys on page 195 Note The key is generated from the endpoint serial number and version number and Polycom sends it as a text txt file to the customer when new software is available Customers can review their key history at 6 7 http support polycom com Enter a meaningful description that will help other users to understand the purpose of the software update Click OK An automatic software update profile for the endpoin
309. em by SNMP Note The endpoint systems will restart if the remote access settings are changed This setting does not deactivate the associated port only the application Use the Web Access Port setting to disable the port Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Field For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned Web Access Port Specify the port to use when accessing the endpoint system s web interface If you change this from the default port 80 specify a port number of 1025 or higher and make sure the port is not already in use You will need to include the port number with the IP address when you use the Polycom HDX web interface to access the system This makes unauthorized access more difficult Note The system restarts if you change the web access port Allow Video Display On Web Specify whether to allow viewing of the room where the endpoint system is located or video of calls in which the endpoint system participates using the endpoint system s web interface Note This feature activates both near site and far site video displays in Web Director NTLM Version Specify the NTLM version the endpoint system should use to authenticate Security Settings 2 Idle Session Timeout in Minues When sessions are enabled Specify the number of minutes your system can be idle before the session times out Lock Port after Failed Logins Specify the number of failed log
310. em logins and all logouts as well as system errors major system events and general system information Log Files Related to Device Management Functionality AdapterLog_GMS txt lt DeviceType gt Device txt NET remoting log file that shows low level communication errors between internal system components in this case the management component Log file that captures device specific message lt DeviceType gt DeviceCollection txt Log file that captures device specific message lt DeviceType gt PasswdErrs log Log file that captures device specific messages related to potential password mismatches DeviceManager txt Log file for the device management process DeviceManagerService txt Log file for the device management process softwareUpdate Log file that shows when a endpoint is updated with a new software package via a scheduled software update Log Files Related to Gatekeeper Functionality AdapterLog_PN txt NET remoting log file that shows low level communication errors between internal system components in this case the gatekeeper component PLCMGK log General gatekeeper log file MQM_Log txt General media quality monitor log file that will show any errors when writing CDRs or media quality data to the database Polycom Inc System Reports Log Name Description Log Files Related to Call Management Functionality
311. ement Operations When you add a user role you also specify permissions for the role To add a new user role 1 Goto User gt User Roles 2 On the User Roles page click Add 3 Complete the Name and Description fields of the Add Role dialog box and assign permissions to the new role The following table describes the fields of the Add Role dialog box Field Name Description The unique name ASCII only of the user role Description Optional A useful description ASCII only of the user role Administrator Permissions Identifies which CMA system administrator pages and functions are available to the user role Operator Permissions Identifies which CMA system operator pages and functions are available to the user role Scheduler Permissions Identifies which CMA system scheduling pages and functions are available to the user role Scheduling Level This setting determines the level of scheduling available through this role Possible values are e Basic Users can schedule conferences using the conference templates defined for them They cannot access or edit the advanced Conference Settings e Advanced Users can schedule conferences using the conference templates defined for them They can also access and edit the advanced Conference Settings 4 Click Save The new user role appears in the CMA system Edit Permissions for a User Role You can change permissions for the de
312. ems Network Device Menu Views and Lists The CMA system Network Device menu provides these views of the network device list e Monitor View Displays the list of all manageable and registered network devices Use this view to manage network devices e VBPs Video Border Proxy systems Displays the list of Polycom VBP systems registered to the CMA system Use this view to add edit or delete VBP systems Polycom Inc 221 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Monitor View 222 e MCUs Microprocessing Control Units Displays the list of Polycom MCUs Polycom RMX or MGC conferencing platforms registered to the CMA system Use this view to add edit or delete MCUs e DMAs Distributed Management Application systems Displays the list of Polycom DMA systems registered to the CMA system Use this view to add edit or delete DMA systems All of the Network Device views have the following information Section Description Views The views you can access from the page Actions The set of available commands The constant command in the Network Device views is Refresh 2 which updates the display with current information Network Device List The context sensitive Network Device list for the selected view Device Details Information about the network device selected in the network device list including e Device Summary Information on page 213 e Device Status Information on page 215
313. enabled and an endpoint is added manually to the CMA system both the gatekeeper and GDS addressing information is sent to the endpoint If automatic discovery and configuration is not successful you can manually add endpoints Notes e Automatic Registration Synchronization works only for endpoints that register with the gatekeeper or Global Directory Server after the setting is enabled it does not automatically register pre existing endpoints e The CMA system only supports Automatic Registration Synchronization for Polycom and selected third party endpoints operating in standard mode For supported endpoint types including third party endpoint types see Endpoint Types on page 87 To enable Automatic Registration Synchronization of endpoints 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Endpoint Management Settings 2 Inthe Automatic Registration Synchronization section of the Endpoint Management Settings page select Synchronize endpoint registration and click Update After you have changed this setting all endpoints you add are automatically provisioned Polycom Inc Management amp Security Operations Set Common Passwords for Endpoints The Common Password feature allows you to manage endpoints that have the same global administrative password However it cannot reset the administrative password on endpoints If you use the Common Password feature access to password protected data within end
314. ence configuration choices from the Bridge Selection select Multi Bridge Note 4 If the Multi Bridge option is not available then the system is not configured to support this option The Schedule button changes to a Manual Cascade button and the Recurrence button is grayed out 2 Click Manual Cascade The People To Bridges dialog box appears displaying the selected conference participants and their bridge assignments Bridge assignments default to Auto These system assignments are based on bridge capacity and or least cost routing principles In the Selected Bridge Availability section the system shows a count of the available ports on the available bridges for the specified time period Polycom Inc 67 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide If the port count is within 5 of the maximum ports available it is displayed in red 3 To change a bridge assignment for a selected participant click Auto and select a bridge from the pull down menu Note A CMA system can only show port counts for conferences scheduled via the system Ad hoc conferences are not included in the port count 4 When you ve completed all bridge assignments click Next The Bridge To Bridge Links dialog box displays a graphical view of the selected bridges Note G If an MCU does not show up in the Bridge To Bridge Links dialog box then the MCU software does not support cascading 5 To add a hub bridge a bridge used to connect one bridge to a
315. ent speaker Select a Frame Count then select the specific layout for the frames The available layouts are Continuous Presence settings Polycom Inc 63 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 64 Setting Description Bit Rate Bit Rate continued Specifies the maximum connection speed for endpoints in the conference Individual endpoints that specify a lower connection speed connect at that lower speed Endpoints that specify a higher connection speed connect at the speed identified in the conference template If you select a higher speed than an endpoint can support the system reduces the speed that endpoint however the conference uses the default connection speed for endpoints that can match it If you place the calls through an endpoint with an embedded MCU the behavior depends on the capabilities of that endpoint When the dial speed is higher than the number of channels defined in the H 320 service for the endpoint you receive a warning To continue lower the dial speed to less than or equal to the ISDN capability of the endpoint Higher speed is important for high quality video ina conference Because higher speeds use greater bandwidth scheduling a high bandwidth conference may limit the number of conferences that you can reserve at one time Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Advanced Scheduling Operations Setting Description People Content Controls
316. er You may even consider co locating the CMA system with your Microsoft SQL Server Increase the keep alive checks on the Microsoft SQL Server to once an hour e If your system does lose connection to the database you must reboot the CMA system to restore login capability the CMA system does not automatically reconnect to the database For more information see Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System on page 6 e It is recommended that anytime you reboot the external database server you also restart the CMA system in the same maintenance window e You can create the CMA system databases manually using Microsoft SQL scripts Contact Polycom Global Services to request the scripts e Anytime you switch from database sources internal to external or external to internal the default administrator s password is moved to the database as part of the switch Polycom Inc Database Operations Database Restoration This section describes how to restore an internal CMA system database To restore from an external Microsoft SQL Server databases use Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio Refer to your Microsoft SQL Server Management Studio documentation for more information You can migrate databases as follow From To Internal Internal Internal External External External When you restore internal or external databases e Do not allow users to connect to the server during the restoration
317. er appear in the list a b c Use the Filter to customize the list The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the endpoints appear in Select the endpoints you want and click Specify Tier Select the tier you want for the endpoints and click OK 6 To associate rooms with this address book click Associate Rooms The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the rooms appear in a Use the Filter to customize the list b Select the rooms you want and click Specify Tier c Select the tier you want for the rooms and click OK Polycom Inc Multiple Address Books 7 Toassociate groups with this address book click Associate Groups The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the groups appear in a Use the Filter to customize the list b Select the groups you want and click Specify Tier c Select the tier you want for the groups and click OK 8 To associate guests with this address book click Associate Guests The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the guests appear in a Use the Filter to customize the list b Select the guests you want and click Specify Tier c Select the tier you want for the guests and click OK 9 Click OK Edit an Address Book Polycom Inc You can edit an address book to add or remove users endpoints rooms groups and guests You can find any of these entities that are not currently associated with an addr
318. er processes Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Site Operations Polycom Inc This chapter describes how to edit the default Polycom CMA system Dial Plan settings to support your company s site topology It includes these topics Site Operations Site Link Operations Site to Site Exclusions Territories Network Clouds Dial Plan Service Operations Dial Rule Operations Least Cost Routing Operations E 164 Numbering Scheme Site operations include View the Graphical Site Topology View the Sites List Add a Site View Site Information Assign Locations to a Site Edit Site Settings Edit Site Provisioning Settings Delete a Site 463 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide View the Graphical Site Topology View the Sites List 464 To view the graphical site topology gt Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Topology The Site Topology page appears It graphically displays the sites and site links defined to the CMA system Hover over a map element to view information about it Use the slider bar to zoom in or out on the map Select or deselect elements Site Links Bandwidth or Site Names to change what is displayed on the map Use the Select Sites drop down list to filter by site name territory name IP address network devices and alerts which sites are displayed on the map To view the Sites list gt Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites The S
319. erence starts on the newly selected bridge and the system sends an updated conference email to all scheduled participants This updated email includes a new dial in number that dial in participants must use to join the conference e Ifthe system cannot successfully reassign the conference to another bridge the conference fails to start The system sends an email to notify the conference organizer of the failure Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Conference Scheduling Overview Some notes about bridge reassignment The bridge reassignment process only occurs when the system detects that a bridge is down It does not occur if the system determines that a bridge does not have sufficient resources required to host the conference If the CMA system cannot find another bridge with the features and capacity needed to support a conference the conference fails to start The system does not attempt to modify the conference settings in any way Instead the system sends an email to notify the conference organizer of the failure The system will chain bridge reassignments This means that if the next bridge to which the system assigns a conference is down at the time the system tries to start the conference the system will try to reassign the conference again If the bridge to which the system reassigns a conference has ad hoc conferences on it the CMA system is unaware of those conferences The reassigned conference may fai
320. erences that include a registered device Calls are not reestablished after a system failure and restart Conferences show a status of Active but participants show a status of Disconnected In either mode CDR information for calls is accurate if the CMA system does not fail and the endpoints send a DRQ Disconnect Request at the end of the call Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Outlook Polycom now supports two conferencing methods when integrating Polycom conferencing with Microsoft Outlook Reserved and Reservationless Note If you wish to implement both reserved conferencing enabled by a CMA system and reservationless or ad hoc conferencing enabled by a Polycom DMA system you should create two pools of RMX bridges as described in DMA View on page 225 However if you do Polycom does not recommend using both the Polycom Scheduling Plug in for Microsoft Outlook Reserved Conferencing and the Polycom Conferencing Add in for Microsoft Outlook Reservationless Conferencing on the same client system Standard Polycom CMA System and Reserved Conferencing Polycom Inc Reserved conferencing is standard with the CMA system All conferences scheduled either through the CMA system web scheduler or one of the Scheduling Plugins are reserved conferences which means the CMA system reserves video bridge network resources and video endpoints at the scheduled time In this case the calendars for the endpoints are
321. erface Note that many fields in this dialog box are ASCII only Depending on the selected type some of these fields may not be displayed or may not be editable Field Description Identification Description A free form text field extended ASCII only in which information about the endpoint can be added GAB Display Enter a name for the endpoint as it will appear in the Name Global Address Book Site The network site for the endpoint The system determines the site based upon IP address Serial Number The serial number ASCII only of the endpoint The endpoint provides the serial number if it registered successfully or is managed Software Version The version of the software installed on the endpoint ASCII only The endpoint provides the version number if it registered successfully or is managed HTTP URL The management URL for the endpoint if available ASCII only This URL allows the CMA system to start the endpoint s management system using the Manage function All Polycom endpoints allow management through a browser For these endpoints this field is completed when the endpoint registers with the CMA system HTTP Port The HTTP port number for the endpoint The endpoint provides the port number if it registered successfully and is managed Addresses DNS Name The name for the endpoint as entered on the domain name server SIP URI The address use
322. eries endpoints See the appropriate TANDBERG product documentation for more information about these fields and their acceptable values See Scheduled Provisioning Operations on page 186 for information on implementing scheduled provisioning of endpoints Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 AdditionalCamera Type Y N AlertSpeaker Mode AlertTone Telephony AlertTone VideoTelephony AlertTone Volume AllowLatency Audio AGC Audio AGC AUX Audio AGC Microphones Audio AGC Received Audio AGC VCR Audio AudioModule Audio AutoMute Audio Delay AUX Audio Delay VCR Audio EchoControl Audio EchoControl 1 through 4 Audio Feedback Mode Audio Inputs Line 1 through 3 Level Mode Audio Inputs Microphone 1 through 3 Level Mode Audio KeyTones Audio LocalDetection Mode Audio Loudspeaker z lt z2 z2 lt Z lt Z Z Z Z Z Z Z Z lt Z Z lt Z 2 Z Z 2 lt Z lt I lt lt 139 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 140 Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 Audio MicrophoneMixer Mode Y N Audio Micr
323. ersion of the software package Status The status of the software update Possible values are e None The software update has not been configured for production or trial e Production The software update is configured for production It is available only from the Production URL e Trial The software update is configured for trial It is available only from the Trial URL Both The software update is configured for both production and trial It is available from both the Production URL and the Trial URL Uploaded The date and time when the software update package was uploaded Polycom Inc 201 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Upload Peripheral Software Updates to the CMA Web Server After you download the software updates from http support polycom comand save them on your hard drive you can upload them to the CMA system web server To upload software updates to the CMA system web server 1 Goto Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates 2 Select the tab for the peripheral 3 Click Upload Software Update 4 In the Select File to Upload dialog box navigate to and select the software update that you saved to your hard drive 5 Click Open The update is added to the list on the peripheral tab Note If this is the first update for the platform or an application the update is automatically configured for production Configure Peripheral Updates for Prod
324. ervices such as Simplified Dialing and Conference on Demand Network services describe the physical connection that the device supports Dial plan services provide access to specific features used for routing calls by dialing a prefix When you enter network service information manually remember that the CMA system does not create the service at the device The service must have already been defined at the device Enter information in the CMA system that matches the information in the device If you do not define network services you may not use an MCU or gateway in aconference For example if you do not define the H 323 service on the MCU when the CMA system tries to schedule a video conference that requires this service it will look for another MCU with this service If another MCU with this service is not available the conference will not be scheduled To add an MCU bridge to a CMA system or find an MCU on the network 1 Go to Network Device gt MCUs and click Add 4 2 Inthe Add New Device dialog box select the Device Type of interest For valid types see Network Device Types on page 221 3 Enter the IP Address of the MCU Enter the Admin ID and Password for the MCU Polycom Inc MCU Bridge Management Operations 5 Click Find Device Ifthe CMA system can find the MCU on the network the Add New Device dialog box is populated with information retrieved from the MCU Review any information retrieved from the MCU
325. es To edit settings for a site 1 4 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites or Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Topology In the Sites list or Site Topology page select the site of interest and click Edit Site Edit the General Info Site Routing Site Subnet and if applicable ISDN Number Assignment sections of the Edit Site dialog box For information about these sections see Add Edit Site Dialog Box on page 388 Click OK Edit Site Provisioning Settings To edit the site provisioning settings for a site 1 Polycom Inc Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites or Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Topology In the Sites list or Site Topology page select the site of interest and click Edit Site Provisioning Details As needed edit the site provisioning details and click Apply For information about these details see Add Edit Site Dialog Box on page 388 Click OK 475 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Delete a Site Note G Devices that belonged to a deleted site are automatically reassigned to support Internet and VPN calls To delete a site 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites or Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Topology 2 Inthe Sites list or Site Topology page select the site of interest and click Delete 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Set Up SIP The CMA system supports SIP to establish conference connections I
326. es are made available See Update the Polycom CMA System Software on page 445 Administrative Best Practices The following are some of our recommendations for administrative best practices e Perform the recommended regular maintenance e Except in emergencies or when instructed to by Polycom Global Services personnel don t reconfigure install an upgrade or restore a backup when there are active conferences on the system Many of these operations will require a system restart to complete which will result in conferences being dropped e Before you reconfigure install an upgrade or restore a backup manually create a new backup of the system settings Then download and archive this backup in the event that something unforeseen occurs and it becomes necessary to restore the system to a known good state e For proper name resolution and smooth network operations configure at least one DNS server in your network configuration and preferably two or more This allows the CMA system to function properly in the event of a single external DNS failure e Configure at least one NTP server in your time configuration and preferably two or more Proper time management helps ensure that your cluster operates efficiently and helps in diagnosing any issues that may arise in the future Proper system time is also essential for accurate audit and CDR data Auditor Responsibilities As a CMA system auditor you re responsible for managi
327. ess book by selecting Current Association from any Filter then selecting Not Associated With An Address Book If a group is set up with the Enterprise Directory Viewable option not selected you can still add that group to an address book The group itself will not appear as an entry in the address book but the members of the group will To edit an address book 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Address Books 2 Select an address book 3 Click Edit 4 Edit the fields in the Edit an Address Book dialog box Field Description Address Book Information Name A meaningful name to identify this address book Description A brief description of the address book 377 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 5 378 Field Description Address Book Tiers New Tier Select where you want to add a tier and click to add a new tier to the address book Edit Tier Name Select a tier and click to change a tier name Delete Select a tier and click to delete a tier To associate users with this address book click Associate Users The Address Book Tier column shows all of the address books the users appear in a Search for the users you want to associate Use the Filter to customize the list b Select the users you want and click Specify Tier Select the tier you want for the users and click OK d To delete a user from the address book select the user and click Delete The
328. ess books for each department in your organization Each address book would include only CMA users in that department and only rooms in that department s location If the CMA system has the Areas feature enabled you can only associate users and endpoints in the same Areas as you are in to address books Users not assigned the Administrator role will not be aware of address books They will see only those users local and enterprise directory endpoints rooms groups and guests in the same address book that the user is assigned to To implement multiple address books complete the following tasks 1 Add an Address Book CMA system users assigned the Administrator role can create address books and associate users local and enterprise directory endpoints rooms groups and guests with one or more address books This process controls where each entity appears as an address book entry 2 Assign Address Books to Groups CMA system users assigned the Administrator role can assign an address book to a group A group can be assigned to only one address book This process controls the address book that users and endpoints have access to 3 Change Address Book Priority CMA system users assigned the Administrator role can set the priority of address books The priority affects which address book a user has access to For example if a user is a member of two different groups and each group is assigned a different address book the user can acce
329. ess field If Time Server is set to Off or if the Time Server is set to Manual or Auto but the endpoint system cannot connect to the time server the date and time must be manually reset at the endpoint Primary Time Server Address Specify the address of the primary time server when Time Server is set to Manual Secondary Time Server Address Specify the address of the secondary time server when Time Server is set to Manual Timezone Specify the time difference between GMT Greenwich Mean Time and the endpoint system s location Firewall Settings Use Fixed Ports Start TCP Port Specify whether to define the TCP and UDP ports e Ifthe firewall is H 323 compatible or the endpoint systems are not behind a firewall disable this setting e Ifthe firewall is not H 323 compatible enable this setting The endpoint systems will assign a range of ports starting with the TCP and UDP ports you specify The endpoint system defaults to a range beginning with port 3230 for both TCP and UDP Note You must open the corresponding ports in the firewall You must also open the firewall s TCP port 1720 to allow H 323 traffic Lets you specify the beginning value for the range of TCP ports used by the endpoint systems The endpoint systems will automatically assign a range of ports starting with the port you specify Note You must also open the firewall s TCP port 1720 to allow H 323 traffic Start UDP Port
330. esses Polycom Device Manager Device management Essential processes Polycom DialRuleService Dial rule management Essential processes Polycom Gatekeeper Gatekeeper processes Essential Polycom JServer Java processes including Essential LDAP SNMP device management Site Topology and dynamically managed device logins and provisioning Polycom Master Service Basic operation processes Essential Polycom Serial COM Serial port management Essential processes Polycom Service Monitor Redundancy monitoring Required for processes redundancy When users log into a CMA system the system first checks to make sure all essential services are running before allowing users to access the system The following situations may occur e Ifall essential services are running users are allowed to access the system e Ifone or more essential services is down and the Apache service has been running for less than seven minutes users receive an error message saying The CMA system is not ready Please try again in a few minutes e If one or more essential services is down but the Apache service has been running for at least seven minutes users are allowed to access the system In this case specific system functions may be unavailable to users Gatekeepers The Gatekeepers pane displays information about the CMA system as a gatekeeper including Field Description Gatekeeper Statue values are Up or Down Displays the st
331. essfully or is managed Software Version The version of the software installed on the endpoint ASCII only The endpoint provides the version number if it registered successfully or is managed 166 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations Field Description HTTP URL The management URL for the endpoint if available ASCII only This URL allows the CMA system to start the endpoint s management system using the Manage function All Polycom endpoints allow management through a browser For these endpoints this field is completed when the endpoint registers with the CMA system HTTP Port The HTTP port number for the endpoint The endpoint provides the port number if it registered successfully and is managed Addresses SIP URI A SIP URI is the address used to call another person via SIP In effect it s a user s SIP phone number The SIP URI will be of the following format lt username gt Ghost domain or IP Port Aliases The aliases that allow you to connect to the endpoint The CMA system converts the aliases to the IP address associated with the endpoint e Alias Type Possible types include E 164 H 323 ID URL Transport Address E mail Party Number and Unknown e Alias Value Value for the alias type shown e The value for the H 323 ID is the endpoint name if the endpoint registered with the gatekeeper and itis a thir
332. ew Peripherals 165 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide View Device Details To view detailed information about a managed endpoint 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list 3 Select the endpoint of interest and click View Details The Device Details dialog box displays the following information Field Identification Description System Name The name of the endpoint e Endpoint names must be unique e The name must be in ASCII only and may have an unlimited number of characters Spaces dashes and underscores are valid e When retrieved from a video endpoint system the name is taken from the H 323 ID if the endpoint registered with the gatekeeper and it is a third party system In other cases it is the system name which might be different than the H 323 ID Device Type The type of endpoint For valid types see Endpoint Types on page 103 IP Address The assigned IP address of the endpoint Owner The person to whom the endpoint is assigned Site The network site for the endpoint By default endpoints are added to the Primary Site Product ID The product model Description A free form text field extended ASCII only in which information about the endpoint can be added Serial Number The serial number ASCII only of the endpoint The endpoint provides the serial number if it registered succ
333. ew Permissions The View Permissions dialog box displays the permissions information Permission Lists the permissions assigned to the user Granted Through Role assigned to the user that grants the listed permissions 6 Click Close Delete a User You can only delete local users from the CMA system You cannot delete users added through integration with an enterprise directory 266 Polycom Inc User Management Operations To delete a user 1 Go to User gt Users and in the Search Users field enter the name of the user of interest Note Searches for a user are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields 2 To search for a local user press Enter 3 To search both local and enterprise users first clear the Local Users Only check box and then press Enter Note G If you are not in an enterprise domain you will not have the option of searching for enterprise users If the list is too large to scan further refine your search string 5 Select the user of interest and click Delete Click Yes to confirm the deletion The user is deleted from the CMA system Unlock a User Account When a local user reaches the Failed login threshold the system will not allow the user to log in until an administrator unlocks the user s account When a user s account is locked the system will display an error message To unlock a user account 1 Go to User gt Users and
334. ewstation endpoints allow the CMA system to detect the endpoint type and complete the registration The endpoint appears in the Endpoint list with an alert indicating Incorrect Password Polycom HDX systems and ViewStation FX systems won t allow the CMA system to detect the endpoint type and complete the registration You can manually add the endpoint but the CMA system cannot communicate with it until you ve entered a valid Admin ID or Password for the endpoint In this case the CMA system records an error message in an error log The Find Device function only works for endpoints with a specified Device Type If you selected a Device Type of Other the CMA system will report an error Assign the endpoint a System Name Endpoint names must be unique must be in ASCII only and may have an unlimited number of characters Spaces dashes and underscores are valid If necessary enter the Admin ID and Password for the endpoint Some endpoints may not require this information Other endpoints may require only a password Complete the Identification Addresses and Capabilities sections of the Add New Device dialog box Pay particular attention to the Capabilities options because the settings on it determine how the endpoint is used throughout the CMA system 171 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 172 For example you can select it as a VIP endpoint and determine whether it will be Available to Schedule through the scheduling int
335. f you want to use SIP you must enable it and configure SIP settings You must also upload SIP URI data To implement SIP complete the following tasks 1 Configure the SIP settings for each site When you add a site to the CMA system you also set up site provisioning which includes the SIP settings Be sure to enable SIP and configure the servers protocol and credentials needed for your SIP sever See Add a Site on page 465 2 Import SIP URI data After you enable and configure SIP you must import your endpoint SIP data from your SIP server The import provides the CMA system with all of the URI data it needs to use SIP Note If you are using Microsoft as your SIP server you do not need to import SIP URI data The CMA system can retrieve the SIP URI from the enterprise directory 476 Polycom Inc Edit SIP URI Data Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations a Create a CSV file in the format described here The import requires a CSV file in the following format domain username deviceType URI where domain Specifies the domain the user uses to log in to the CMA system username Specifies the CMA system user name deviceType Specifies the device type valid values are HDX VVX and CMADesktop URI Specifies the SIP URI for this user For example local johndoe HDX johndoeGexample com b From the CMA system go to Admin gt Uploads c Click Upload d Navigate to the CSV fil
336. f your company names endpoint systems for the system user or room for example bsmith_HDX or Evergreen_Room then give the machine account an associated User ID bsmith_HDX_machine or evergreen_room_machine Password Enter a password for the machine account user ID Confirm Password This password must meet the Local Password Requirements This password expires in 365 days 460 Polycom Inc Management amp Security Operations Field Description Description Enter a meaningful description for the endpoint Associate with an Select this option to associate the endpoint system with existing user or room a specific user or room This may be a local or enterprise user or room Associate with a new Select this option to associate the endpoint system with room created a system generated room The name of the new room is automatically the same as the machine account User Name and can be edited when you edit the room Once you have created this machine account on the CMA system provide this information to the appropriate HDX system administrator They should enter this User ID and Password as the User Name and Password on the HDX Provisioning Service page Note that the machine account password expires after one year After the expiration the HDX login will fail After three failed login attempts the system locks the machine account You can reset the password and unlock the machine account by
337. fault Operator and Scheduler roles as well as for other user roles that were created manually You cannot change permissions for the default Administrator role To edit the permissions for a user role 1 Goto User gt User Roles Polycom Inc 273 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Delete a User Role As needed use the Filter to customize the User Roles list In the User Roles list select the role of interest and click Edit Edit the Description field of the Edit Role dialog box and edit permissions for the role Click Save You can delete a user role from the CMA system provided no users are currently assigned to it To delete a user role 1 2 3 4 Go to User gt User Roles As needed use the Filter to customize the User Roles list In the User Roles list select the role of interest and click Delete Click Yes to confirm the deletion The user role is deleted from the CMA system View the Groups and Users Associated with a User Role To view which groups and users are associated with a specific user role 1 2 3 274 Go to User gt User Roles As needed use the Filter to customize the User Roles list In the User Roles list select the role of interest and click View Associated Groups and Users The View Associated Groups and Users dialog box appears Polycom Inc User Management Operations Manage System Guest Book This section includes some general information you should kno
338. fault the CMA system automatically assigns the conference to a bridge However the system allows users with the Advanced Scheduler role to select a bridge for their conferences It also allows them to create multibridge cascaded conferences Bridge Selection When scheduling a conference users with the Advanced Scheduler role can select a bridge to host their conference by selecting the Single Bridge option When they select this option the system presents a list of bridges that have the capabilities and resources required to host their conference 45 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Because this bridge list depends on the template selection users should make their template selection before selecting a bridge Otherwise they may select a bridge that cannot meet their conferencing requirements In this case the conference will fail to schedule Bridge Selection and Cascading Conferences When scheduling a conference users with the Advanced Scheduler role can select the Multi Bridge option to create cascading conferences In some respects a cascaded conference looks like a single conference but it is actually two or more conferences on different bridges that are linked together The link is created by a dial out from one conference to a second conference via a special cascaded entry queue Some reasons you may wish to create cascading conferences include e To invite more conference participants than any single bridge can host
339. ference or joining another participant who is attending the conference e Audio Only The participant will attend the conference by telephone The system will either call out to the participant or the participant will dial in e Use Video The participant will attend the conference using a video endpoint system The system will either call out to the participant or the participant will dial in This selection will in part determine what other fields of the Add Guest dialog box you will need to complete 51 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 52 c Field Description Bit Rate Video only Set as required You can change the connection speed for an endpoint up to the maximum speed specified by the conference template Dial Options Specify whether the guest will dial into the conference or require that the system dial out to the guest Dial Type Specify the protocol that the guest s endpoint supports H 323 IP SIP IP or H 320 ISDN This selection will determine what other sections of the Add New Guest dialog box you will need to complete If the guest has an H 323 IP endpoint configure these settings Field Description Number and Number Type The specific dial string for the guest and the format of the number that the MCU must resolve to contact the guest This may be an IP address E 164 address H 323 or Annex O For Annex O dialing in the Number field enter the H
340. fies the IP address or DNS address of the Global Directory Server Password Lets you enter the global directory password if there is one Display Name in Global Directory Specifies whether to display the system s name in the global directories of other registered systems Global Address Display Global Addresses Displays other registered systems in the global directory Register Registers this system with the Global Directory Server Save Global Directory to System Copies the global directory to this local system When this setting is disabled the system can display no more than 1 000 global directory entries When this setting is enabled the system can display up to 4 000 global directory entries Polycom Inc 129 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 130 o c o o o EJA s t o s o D x x ao xou s x soe qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned w S eS E LAN H 323 gt Global Directory GDS gt Preferences Show Addresses in Y Y Address Book Preferred Speed for Determines the speeds that will be used for IP ISDN or Y Y Placing Calls Kbps International ISDN calls from this endpoint system when ISDN Video Call e The Call Quality selection is either unavailable orset _ _ y y to Auto on the Place a Call screen H 320 e The cal
341. figuration pane displays information about the configuration of the CMA system For a CMA system operating in maximum security mode configuration items are limited to Software Version Hardware Version Enterprise Directory Database Time Source and Enterprise Directory DC Domain Controller CMA Info The CMA Info pane displays general information about the CMA system For a CMA system operating in maximum security mode this includes the following e Standard information CPU Utilization Paging File Utilization Last Hard Start Reboot Provisioning Operations in Progress operations Software Update Operations in Progress Hardware Alarms Threshold Alarms Temperature Power Supply Status Battery Status and Cooling Fan Status e Additional information Total Memory Free Memory and Partition States CMA Licenses There is no change in the CMA Licenses function Users Logged In The Users Logged In pane displays the type and number of users that are currently logged into the system For a CMA system operating in maximum security mode this includes a user role of Auditor Services The Services pane displays information about the CMA system services including the running services and the stopped services For a CMA system operating in maximum security mode there are 8 services rather than the 14 services in a commercial CMA system The following table lists the services their purpose and whether or not they are essenti
342. file or enter the path and file name Ifyou have PEM format text copy the certificate text click Paste certificate and paste it into the text box below You can paste multiple PEM certificates one after the other 3 Click OK If you are uploading a signed identity certificate for the first time it will replace the CMA system self signed certificate 4 Ifyou are uploading a signed identity certificate for the first time you can verify that the new signed certificate has replaced the default self signed certificate a In the list of certificates select the CMA server identity certificate and click View Certificate Details b When the Certificate Details dialog box appears verify that the information in the Issued To and Issued By sections has been replaced by the signed public certificate from the certificate authority c Click OK to close the dialog box CAUTION The CMA 6 2 system requires certificates with Client and Server Authentication in the Enhanced Key Usage field otherwise the certificate installation will fail Upload a Certificate Revocation List This section describes how to install a certificate revocation list CRL provided by a certificate authority 452 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Management amp Security Operations The CMA system requires a CRL for each CA or sub CA in the certificate chain The CMA system also requires that you upload a new CRL at regular intervals This interval can be as
343. for the MCU you must also modify it in this page H 323 Network Service The corresponding service created on the MCU to implement this CMA system service Set on the MCU ASCII only Default Conference Properties MGC Video Session Indicates what users see Set to Continuous Presence for this service Notes e MGC only For RMX MCUs the profile determines this setting e Select Transcoding to support IP and ISDN calls MGC Bit rate Kbps Default bit rate for calls Notes e MGC only The RMX MCU bit rate is dictated by the RMX profile e The video endpoint system that starts the Conference on Demand call may use a higher or lower bit rate than is specified in this page RMX Profile Name The name of the RMX profile that has the conference settings for the conference Simplified Dialing Simplified dialing is a service that allows video endpoint system users to access gateway services by dialing 9 and then the phone number or other dialing string Simplified dialing is enabled by default To use simplified dialing the following settings are also required e Sites must specify the country code city and area code and number of digits in the subscriber line The gateway must be registered with the CMA system and display in the List of Devices page e Gateway services must be defined e The LCR table must be defined Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations
344. ftware Polycom Inc To update a CMA system with a new software version complete the following tasks 1 Download the software upgrade file Obtain an upgrade key code Save a backup of the CMA system databases Perform the software upgrade a Aa WO N Verify the upgrade 445 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide For more information on performing each of these tasks see the Polycom CMA System Upgrade Guide Manage Certificates Certificates are a security technology that assists networked computers in determining whether to trust each other Each digital certificate is identified by its public key The collection of all public keys used in an enterprise to determine trust is known as a Public Key Infrastructure PKI To manage digital certificates an enterprise must e Establish a Public Key Infrastructure using one or more Certificate Authorities CA Typically an enterprise s IT department has a CA but commercial CAs may be used as well e Configure each computer that participates in the PKI with a digital certificate that identifies it The certificate must be signed by one of the CAs in the PKI e Configure each computer that participates in the PKI to trust the PKI s Certificate Authorities e Ensure that the PKI is used to protect data exchange by configuring each system to use encryption protocols such as Secure Sockets Layer SSL and or Transport Level Security TLS Certificates Accepted by the Poly
345. ftware Update gt Maintenance Window 2 Inthe Maintenance Window dialog box click Enable Maintenance Window and set a maintenance window Start Time and either an End Time or Duration Set the maintenance window start time to the endpoint s system local time not the CMA system local time For example if you set the maintenance window start time to 3am the maintenance window for each HDX system will start at 3am local time Therefore the maintenance window for HDX systems in Buffalo NY will start at 3am EST the maintenance window for HDX systems in Denver CO will start at 3am MST and the maintenance window for HDX systems in San Francisco CA will start at 3am PST 3 Click Save Implement Automatic Software Updates for Endpoints To implement automatic software updates complete the following tasks 1 List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated on page 194 2 Download the Required Software Package on page 195 3 Request Update Activation Keys on page 195 Polycom Inc 193 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 4 Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Package on page 196 For more information on software update packages see View Automatic Software Update Information on page 191 5 Set an Automatic Software Update Policy on page 197 List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated To list the serial numbers for the endpoints to be updated 1 Go to Ad
346. g Profile on page 184 Delete an Automatic Provisioning Profile Polycom Inc To delete an automatic provisioning profile 1 Go to Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Automatic Provisioning Profiles In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Delete a Click Yes to confirm the deletion The profile is deleted from the CMA system 185 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Scheduled Provisioning Operations This topic describes the scheduled provisioning operations a user assigned the Device Administrator role can perform These are e View the Scheduled Provisioning List and Details e Adda Scheduled Provisioning Profile e Edit a Scheduled Provisioning Profile e Clone a Scheduled Provisioning Profile e Delete a Scheduled Provisioning Profile e Schedule an Endpoint for Provisioning e Check the Status of a Scheduled Provisioning e Clear the Status of Scheduled Provisioning e Cancel a Scheduled Provisioning View the Scheduled Provisioning List and Details To view the automatic provisioning list and details about a scheduled provisioning operation 1 Go to Endpoint gt Scheduled Provisioning 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list 3 Select the endpoint of interest 4 Expand the Provisioning Details tab in the Device Details section Add a Scheduled Provisioning Profile 186 To add a scheduled provisioning profile 1 Goto Admin gt Pro
347. ge is sent in XML format over a secure HTTPS connection Endpoints do not poll for software update packages if they are in a call They restart polling after the call ends Automatic Software Update Profiles Automatic software update is enabled at the endpoint but the CMA system must have an automatic software update profile for the endpoint type to fulfill the process A default automatic software update profile with the 133 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 134 description CMA Desktop shipped version is available for the Polycom CMA Desktop client Default automatic software update profiles are not available for other endpoint systems To create an automatic software update profile you upload the software package and create a profile for the update Automatic Software Update Versions After creating an automatic software update profile you can use the Version to use and Allow this version or newer selections to manage the roll out of software update packages These selections also allow you to manage the release of multiple software packages for the same endpoint type Here s how it works All endpoints have a current version of software To automatically overwrite that current software with a different software version on all dynamically managed endpoint systems 1 You first create a new automatic software update profile that includes the new software update package 2 Then to activate the roll out you chang
348. ge server role Backup Registrar Server Specify the IP address or DNS name of a backup SIP registrar server for the network Transport Protocol Indicates the protocol the system uses for SIP signaling The SIP network infrastructure determines which protocol is required e Auto enables an automatic negotiation of protocols in the following order TLS TCP UDP This is the recommended setting for most environments e TCP provides reliable transport via TCP for SIP signaling e UDP provides best effort transport via UDP for SIP signaling e TLS provides secure communication of the SIP signaling TLS is available only when the system is registered with a SIP server that supports TLS When you choose this setting the system ignores TCP UDP port 5060 409 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Fields Description SIP Server Type Specify whether the SIP registrar server is a Microsoft Office Communications Server or a Microsoft Lync Server 2010 Enabling this setting activates integration features such as the Microsoft global directory and Office Communicator contact sharing with presence Verify Certificate Enable this option when the endpoint system s certificate should be verified by the certificate authority Use Enterprise Credentials User Name Enable this option when the endpoint system should use the credentials the user entered at the endpoint to use for authentica
349. gn on see the following section Allow Delegated Authentication to Enterprise Directory Server Otherwise click Update Allow Delegated Authentication to Enterprise Directory Server Polycom Inc The CMA system Use Single Sign on Integrated Windows Authentication option allows endpoint users who are included in the enterprise directory to securely log into their dynamically managed endpoint without typing in credentials 367 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Note To allow CMA system users who enter their network usernames and passwords to log into the CMA system and select conference participants from your company s active directory see Integrate with Enterprise Directory Server Option on page 363 To delegate authentication to the enterprise directory server 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Enterprise Directory 2 On the Enterprise Directory page select Allow delegated authentication to enterprise directory server 3 To have the system auto discover the closest logical domain controller and enterprise directory servers in the Domain controller name section enable Auto discover otherwise enter the fully qualified hostname of the domain controller for example dc1 mydomain com Note To auto discover the domain controller and enterprise directory server the network DNS server must have a DNS SRV record for these servers 4 Enter the Username domain lt computer name gt and
350. grants endpoints permission to place calls Once the gatekeeper performs these two functions it plays no further role in the call Call signaling and media streams are sent directly between the endpoints in the call In Direct mode the number of concurrent calls supported by a CMA system is derived from the number of device licenses at a 3 5 ratio calls devices So for example a system in Direct mode licensed for 5000 devices supports up to 3000 calls Use Direct mode when implementing a hierarchical architecture A hierarchical architecture is one with multiple gatekeepers where one gatekeeper the CMA system in Direct mode acts as the directory gatekeeper at the top of the hierarchy On the directory gatekeeper you must configure all of the other member gatekeepers as neighbors and on the member gatekeepers you must configure the directory gatekeeper as a neighbor However the member gatekeepers do not have to be neighbored with each other When in Direct mode some advanced CMA system features do not work These features include Simplified Dialing Conference on Demand Alternate Routing Least Cost Routing MCU board hunting and firewall traversal for a Polycom VBP system in Enterprise or E mode Firewall traversal for a Polycom VBP system in Service Provider or S mode does work The advantage of Direct mode is that conferences stay connected even if the gatekeeper fails The disadvantage of Direct mode along wi
351. gration and operations It includes these topics Directory Management Overview Directory Management Supported Configurations Polycom CMA System and Windows Authentication Directory Management Operations Directory Management Overview Polycom Inc Ina large organization integrating your CMA system with Microsoft Active Directory greatly simplifies the task of managing conference system security Directory management provides the following features Single sign on capability Users get the benefits of pass through authentication allowing them to leverage their Active Directory user name and password to login to the Polycom CMA Desktop system This happens without the user having to enter their credentials creating seamless integration for logins Single management environment After the initial setup of the CMA system adding groups into CMA system is no more complex than adding a group to a file share or database Continue to manage your group memberships through Active Directory then grant those groups rights within the CMA system Allows you to continue leveraging the existing role based security model that you have in place though the CMA system only uses Universal groups 355 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Directory Management Supported Configurations Multiple Forests Multiple Domains Groups 356 There are many possible configurations available within Microsoft Active Directory some of which are not
352. h the CMA system When you add an MCU Status pane you can give the pane a meaningful name and either select an MCU to monitor or select All MCUs You can save the pane create others as needed You can also reconfigure an MCU Status pane using the configuration tool The MCU Status pane for All MCUs displays the following information Note Areas may affect an administrator s ability to View Details for an MCU The administrator and MCU must be assigned to a common area Field Description Errors Displays the cumulative number of alarms for all of the registered MCUs Warnings Displays the cumulative number of warnings for all of the registered MCUs Active Displays the total number of active conferences being hosted by Conferences all of the registered MCUs The MCU Status pane for All MCUs also lists all of the registered MCUs and displays the Errors and Warnings for the MCUs 316 Polycom Inc System Administration Overview The MCU Status pane for an individual MCU displays the following information Field Description Errors Displays the number of alarms on the MCU Warnings Displays the number of conferences that are active on the MCU at the current time Active Displays the number of active conferences currently being Conferences hosted by the MCU Number of Displays the number of dedicated audio ports configured on the Audio Ports MCU Audio Ports Displays two views of th
353. h transmission Tx and reception Rx the endpoint is using Possible values include e G711 e G722 e G728 Audio Rate The audio bandwidth negotiated with the far site Call Info gt Quality of Service Not reported by all endpoint types 169 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description Total Packet Loss Specifies the total packet loss for the currently active call that is the total percentage of packet loss for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls Packet Loss Specifies the average percentage of packet loss for the currently active call that is the total percentage of packet loss for all currently active calls divided by the number of active calls Audio Packet Loss Specifies the audio packet loss for the currently active call Video Packet Loss Specifies the video packet loss for the currently active call Audio Jitter Specifies the audio jitter for the currently active call Video Jitter Specifies the video jitter for the currently active call Call Info gt Video Feed Near Site The video feed from the endpoint Far Site The video feed from the endpoint to which the endpoint is connected System Alerts Errors Endpoint error message for example GK Registration error Warnings Endpoint warning message for example Low Battery Add an Endpoint or Find an Endpoint o
354. hat the Default Gatekeeper check box is selected in the Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Primary Gatekeeper page e Verify that a UDP broadcast from the endpoint s network can reach the CMA system or that multicast is enabled on all routers between the endpoint and the CMA system An endpoint cannot register with the CMA system The endpoint is configured to use the CMA system as its gatekeeper but is being rejected during registration In the gatekeeper diagnostic log an error has occurred during the RRQ RCF process that caused the registration to fail e Review the gatekeeper diagnostic logs for the RRQ attempt by the endpoint and determine the RRJ reason e Verify that the endpoint alias is nota duplicate of other endpoint aliases e Verify that the endpoint does not have NAT enabled e Verify that enough licenses remain An endpoint cannot register with the CMA system An endpoint cannot register with CMA but the gatekeeper diagnostics do not indicate a problem The gatekeeper sent the RCF message but the endpoint did not receive it e Verify that the IP address that the gatekeeper sent to the endpoint is correct Polycom Inc 531 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Problem Description Solutions The MCU cannot register with the CMA system Some MCU vendors register with a GRQ message instead of an RRQ message Some MCU vendors do not retry
355. he directory status of the endpoint Directory Not Registered The endpoint is not registered to the directory service Presence Status Unknown The CMA system gatekeeper cannot determine the presence status of the endpoint Presence Unregistered The endpoint is not registered to the presence service User Assistance The endpoint user sent a request for help Request Management The CMA system is not one of the management URLs set URL Not Set on the endpoint possibly because the management URL list is full Note Because endpoint systems do not have an interface to manually delete management URLs if the management list is full you must disconnect the endpoint s network cable for two minutes This should clear up all the mgmt server URLs Touch Control Disconnected The Touch Control device that was connected to the listed HDX is no longer connected to the HDX Touch Control The software version of the Touch Control platform is not Software compatible with the Endpoint software version Incompatible with Endpoint SIP URI Not A dynamically managed endpoint at a site with SIP Provisioned enabled does not have a SIP dial string reservation The endpoint is provisioned without SIP enabled SIP Status The SIP server cannot determine the status of the Unknown endpoint SIP Unregistered The endpoint is not registered with the SIP server 3 Click Update Add a
356. he endpoint list 3 Select the endpoint of interest and click Delete 4 Click Yes to confirm the deletion The Endpoint list is updated Note If your gatekeeper registration policy allows endpoints to register automatically with the CMA system that is a gatekeeper setting of Allow Registration of All Endpoints or Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites or Allow Registration of Predefined Prefixes Only an endpoint that you delete may re appear in the Endpoint list Polycom Inc 175 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide View an Endpoint s Video Feed Note This procedure is available on the following endpoint types Polycom HDX system TANDBERG V Series and VSX Series ViewStation To view the video feed for an endpoint near site or far site 1 2 3 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View As needed use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list Select the endpoint of interest and click View Details The Device Details dialog box appears For information about these fields see View Device Details on page 166 Click Call Info to expand the Call Info options and select Video Feed The Endpoint Video section shows the video feed from the near and far site Clear an Endpoint Help Request 176 To clear an endpoint help request from the CMA system 1 2 3 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View As needed use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list Select the endpoint of interest and click Clear He
357. heir roles and associated permissions Notes e Users inherit roles from their parent groups local or enterprise They cannot inherit roles from groups more distantly removed for example from their grandparent groups e The role names Administrator Operator and Scheduler are stored in the system database and are not localized into other languages If you wish to localize their names into your language edit the roles and enter new names for them e If your company has implemented the Areas feature users only see endpoints assigned to their areas An administrator has several options when implementing user roles 1 Implement only the default user roles and keep the standard permissions assigned to these roles 2 Implement only the default user roles but change the permissions assigned to these roles Note To ensure CMA system access and stability the default Administrator role cannot be deleted or edited 3 Implement either option 1 or 2 but also create additional unique workflow driven user roles and determine which permissions to assign to those user roles While the CMA system allows businesses almost unlimited flexibility in defining roles for simplicity and clarity we recommend keeping the default roles with their default permissions and responsibilities Because users can be assigned multiple roles and permissions are cumulative your business can combine roles as needed to reflect the workload your people under
358. hern California 499 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 500 The following table lists area codes for the San Francisco Bay Area and Southern California The prefix 755 for the 408 area code applies for all numbers in Site A Area Code Prefix Weighted Cost 408 755 0 408 0 650 0 510 0 925 0 415 5 831 5 213 10 310 10 714 10 20 The following table lists area codes for Washington D C Eastern Maryland and Northeastern Virginia Area Code Prefix Weighted Cost 202 238 202 240 301 741 703 410 443 540 ara a o aoa oayoao oao 804 oO N oO Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations The following table lists area codes for San Jose Monterrey and Southern California Area Code Prefix Weighted Cost 831 477 0 831 0 408 5 213 10 310 10 714 10 20 Call Scenario One Site C can call San Jose using ISDN through one of two routes Through the Site C gateway to the local phone system making a long distance connection at a higher cost per minute e From Site C through the direct inter site link to Site A and out its gateway at a lower cost per minute Note G If you dial an area code that is not in an LCR table the call goes through the gateway from which the call originates Call Scenario Two Calls are frequently made from Site C to
359. his setting Connect e or Disconnect or reconnect the selected participant to the Disconnect conference A disconnected participant is still associated with the conference and cannot be scheduled for other conferences Remove ka Remove the selected participant from the Participants list at which time the participant can be scheduled for another conference 76 Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Management Operations Action Use this action to Send Message 2 Send a message to the selected participant s registered Polycom endpoint The message appears briefly on the monitor for the selected video endpoint Acknowledge Acknowledge a request for help and send a message Help to the requesting endpoint Manage Device Open the web based user interface for the selected participant s endpoint in a new browser window View a Participant s Details During a Conference Polycom Inc This procedure describes how to view details for a participant s endpoint while it is in conference To view a participant s endpoint details 1 2 Go to Conference gt Ongoing Select the conference of interest and click Manage a The Participants list appears To view participants geographically click Double click on the participant of interest The View Participant Details dialog box appears with the Call Properties displayed It includes the Near End and Far End video the Participant s
360. hta ee eneehtd eenia eae 166 Add an Endpoint or Find an Endpoint on the Network 170 Editan Endpoint eec negee treen Modes ee e eee eeeee regen standay 174 Delete an Endpoint 0 0 eee eens 175 View an Endpoint s Video Feed 00 176 Clear an Endpoint Help Request 0 176 Send a Message to an Endpoint 0 eee eee 177 Reboot an Endpoint 0 eee ee ee vedte ee eee eee 177 Associate a User with an Endpoint 00 0 0 e eee 177 Search for Endpoints in a Range of IP Addresses 178 View Periphetals lt 2 sh445 irei renea e eeeeeegeks a enee EA 178 Peripheral View Operations 0 00 00 c cece eee cent ees 179 Delete Peripheral 0 0 cece eee eee een ene 179 Display Applications 00 0 022 rennon eee 179 Endpoint Provisioning Operations 181 Bundled Provisioning Operations 0 0 e ee eee eee 181 View the Provisioning Bundle List 000 181 Download a Provisioning Bundle 00 182 Delete a Provisioning Bundle 00 e cece cece eee 182 Automatic Provisioning Operations 66 183 View the Automatic Provisioning List and Details 183 Add an Automatic Provisioning Profile 00005 183 Edit an Automatic Provisioning Profile 0005 184 Edit the Profile Order for
361. i addi and E ai 246 MCU Gateway Services i 4 voctsadeds satis Pierot nTa DEETAN ERTA RES 247 MCU Resources Polycom MGC Platform 0 00005 247 MCU Resources Polycom RMX Platform 000000005 248 18 Users and Groups Overview sssssssee s 249 Overview of Groups Users and User Roles 0 0000 249 SerS ioco eee ecb bee Ma De EKURE NEE he daa Oe ea EET REEN 249 Local Users 5 34 G2 baie haga enn ack pale aie eee tes e beh cat 249 Enterprise Users ct soca triat etwas ees VAENE NEO KIES NANI 250 GCLOUPS E Beene Reed Wie bles need Ree ees alee he 250 Local Groups lt i tas eiieete aakPe een Meat BAe bh ah oon 251 Enterprise Groups crrrberisritt as KEERN hee ee lw eee eee ee 251 Roles and Permissions 0000 e cece cee c eee eee en eeae 252 Default CMA System Roles and Permissions 4 253 Scheduler Roles Responsibilities and Menus 255 Operator Role Responsibilities and Menus 255 Device Administrator Role Responsibilities and Menus 256 Auditor Role Responsibilities and Menus 257 Administrator Role Responsibilities and Menus 258 Customized Roles and Responsibilities 0 258 Device Associations and Presence 000 cece eee eee eens 259 Manage USers 2s ecaccceoi eae eee tease KE AE eee EEEa oad we nae ee 261 Search for a User 0 0
362. ialog box select the Endpoint Type for the provisioning profile enter a name for the profile and click Next 4 As needed complete the various settings that you would like to provision for your LifeSize endpoint For more information about these fields see Scheduled Provisioning of Polycom Endpoints on page 114 5 For Directory support select the Directory gt LDAP page On the Directory gt LDAP page a Mark the Provision This Page check box In the LDAP field select Enabled from the drop down list Inthe LDAP Username field enter uid dapgab ou system Inthe LDAP Password field enter the password for the Polycom Global Address Book if you have one If not leave this field blank Inthe LDAP Base field enter DC Polycom dc com 7 Click OK the LDAP Base field needs to be the following If you manually enter the LDAP settings on the LifeSize endpoint the value for 0U Endpoints DC Polycom dc com 370 Polycom Inc Directory Setup Operations This chapter describes how to manage the Global Address Book in the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system It includes these topics e View the Global Address Book e Set or Change the GAB Password View the Global Address Book The Polycom Global Address Book is a system managed endpoint directory that allows users with video endpoints to look up and call other users with video endpoints in their video communications network From
363. ices to display other views of the Endpoint list which include e Type Filters the list by type For more information see Endpoint Configuration Provisioning on page 105 e Paired Endpoint Filters the list by the HDX or RealPresence Group Series to which the peripherals are connected e IP Address Filters the list by IP address entered e Hardware Version Filters the list by hardware version entered e Software Version Filters the list by software version entered Status The state of the peripheral Possible values include e Connected Peripheral is connected to the endpoint e Disconnected Peripheral is turned off or no longer connected to the endpoint e Error b Endpoint reports an error with the peripheral e Blank Endpoint is not reporting that the peripheral is connected Paired Endpoint Name of the endpoint to which the peripheral is connected or Not Paired The Not Paired designation means the peripheral was connected to an endpoint but it is not connected to one now Type Serial Number The type of peripheral The serial number of the peripheral IP Address The IP address assigned to the peripheral if applicable Area Available only when Areas are enabled The area with which peripheral is associated The peripheral inherits its area from the endpoint to which the peripheral is connected Hardware Version The hardware version of the peripheral Softw
364. ificates on page 446 Polycom Inc 13 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Distribute Polycom Applications The CMA system allows you to download several Polycom applications for use in specific environments This includes two scheduling plugins and two desktop video applications These are e Distribute Polycom CMA Desktop for Windows Systems e Distribute Polycom CMA Desktop for MAC OS Systems These are discussed in the following topics Note e The Polycom RealPresence Desktop can be downloaded from the Polycom website at support polycom com e The Polycom RealPresence Mobile application for Android can be downloaded from play google com store e The Polycom RealPresence Mobile application for iPhone and IPad can be downloaded from the www apple com store Distribute Polycom CMA Desktop for Windows Systems IMPORTANT e Ona Windows XP system the user installing the Polycom CMA Desktop must sign in with administrative privileges On a Windows Vista system the user installing the Polycom CMA Desktop must sign into the Administrator account e The following procedures assumes you have implemented DNS lookup and Windows authentication for single sign on To deploy the CMA Desktop client to users you have at least four distribution options Option 1 Distribute the CMA Desktop client via an E mail link You can copy the link for the CMA Desktop client from the CMA system Downloads page into an E ma
365. ify whether the CMA system should identify users by their common name cn or their DisplayName These names are extracted from the Active Directory Enterprise Directory Admin Group Specify the Active Directory group whose members should have access to the Admin settings on the HDX system This name must exactly match the name in the Active Directory server for authentication to succeed Enterprise Directory User Group Specify the Active Directory group whose members should have access to the User settings on the HDX system This name must exactly match the name in the Active Directory server for authentication to succeed 472 Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations View Site Information To view information about an existing site 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites or Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Topology 2 Inthe Sites list or Site Topology page select the site of interest and click Site Information The Site Information dialog box displays the following site information Column Description Name Name of the site Description Description of the site Location The specified location of the site identified either by longitude latitude or by country city Bandwidth Mbps The specified total bandwidth limit for audio and video calls Bandwidth Used Identifies the percentage of the maximum bandwidth currently occupied with audio and video calls
366. ign a range of ports starting with the TCP and UDP ports you specify The endpoint system defaults to a range beginning with port 3230 for both TCP and UDP Note You must open the corresponding ports in the firewall You must also open the firewalls TCP port 1720 to allow H 323 traffic Start TCP Port Allows you to specify the beginning value forthe range of Y Y Y Y Y TCP ports used by the endpoint systems The endpoint systems will automatically assign a range of ports starting with the port you specify Note You must also open the firewall s TCP port 1720 to allow H 323 traffic Start UDP Port Allows you to specify the beginning value forthe range of Y Y Y Y Y TCP ports used by the endpoint systems The endpoint systems will automatically assign a range of ports starting with the port you specify System is Behind a Specifies whether the endpoint systems are behinda NAT Y Y NAT firewall 121 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 122 o c o o o 8 S T o sS o N xixi ao xou z3 Xx 3 sce qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned Til slim ls S NAT Configuration Specifies whether the endpoint systems should determine Y Y Y the NAT Public WAN Address automatically e Ifthe endpoint systems are behind a NAT that allows HTTP traffic select Auto e Ifthe endpoint systems are behind a NAT that d
367. il that you can send to users To do this copy and paste the CMA Desktop link for example http 10 47 9 136 SoftUpdate vv1 CMADesktop_4_1_1_1010 CMADesktop exe from the Downloads page into an E mail to be sent to users Include the IP address of the CMA system and usernames and passwords as required in the E mail to users Option 2 Distribute the CMA Desktop client via the management system You can provide users access to the CMA system from which they can download the CMA Desktop client Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Configuration To do this copy and paste the IP address of the CMA system into an E mail to be sent to users Include usernames and passwords as required in the E mail to users and instruct them to access the Downloads link Option 3 Distribute the CMA Desktop client via a desktop management or group policy object Distribute the exe installation file as a desktop management or group policy object to a location on client systems and provide directions to users on how to run the executable To do this build a desktop management or group policy object that writes the exe installation file to a directory for example C temp on the user s local system Include the command for executing the file in an E mail to be sent to users For example C temp CMA Desktop exe s v qn SBSERVERTYPE 2 SBSERVERADDRESS nnn nnn nnn nnn Include the IP address of the CMA system and usernames and passwords as
368. ime period Default idle time is 1 minute e At the end When last participant remains Only one participant is still connected to the conference for the predefined time period excluding the recording link which is not considered a participant when this option is selected This option should be selected when defining a profile that will be used for Gateway Calls and you want to ensure that the call is automatically terminated when only one participant is connected Default idle time is 1 minute RMX Video Quality gt People Video Definition Video quality Optimizes the video quality based on the amount of movement contained in the conference video Possible values include e Motion Provides a higher frame rate without increased resolution e Sharpness Provides a higher video resolution and requires more system resources Max resolution v7 Depending on whether MPM or MPMx cards are installed the possible values include e Auto e CIF HD1080 HD720 e SD 328 Polycom Inc Conference Setup Overview Field Description Video clarity MPM and MPMx only Applies video enhancing algorithms to incoming video streams of resolutions up to and including SD Clearer images with sharper edges and higher contrast are sent back to all endpoints at the highest possible resolution supported by each endpoint This option is not available if you select any of the following e
369. in attempts allowed before the system locks the account If set to Off the system will not lock the user account due to failed login attempts This selection controls local and web interface login attempts For example if you select 3 here a user who fails to log in properly twice on the web interface and twice on the local interface is locked out on the fourth attempt Failed Login Window in Hours Port Lock Duration in Minutes Specify the amount of time that the account remains locked due to failed login attempts Specify the amount of time that the port remains locked due to failed login attempts Maximum Peer Certificate Chain Depth Specify how many links a certificate chain can have The term peer certificate refers to any certificate sent by the far end host to the HDX system when a network connection is being established between the two systems Verify Certificates for all Web Access Specify whether the endpoint requires certificate validation to acces the endpoint Whitelist Enable Whitelist of IPs When a whitelist is enabled allows access to an endpoint s web interface only by those systems with an IP address that matches a pattern using regular expression notation Polycom Inc 471 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned Enter all IPs allowed to Connect via the web Specify by IP addresses using regu
370. in the United States subscriber numbers may have seven digits or ten digits depending upon the region Default LCR Table The default least cost routing table LCR for this site This LCR table is used for all calls originating from devices associated with this site The default is None Assignment Method The ISDN number assignment method for the site Possible values include e No Auto Assignment Select this option when ISDN numbers are not assigned to IP devices e DID Direct Inward Dial Select this option when you assign a range of phone numbers received from the telephone company service e Gateway Extension Dialing Select this option when you have a single gateway phone number and a range of extensions E 164 aliases that are internal to the company In this case calls go through a gateway Endpoints are differentiated by the extension at the end of the dial string When a site is assigned an automatic assignment method devices without an ISDN number are assigned one when they register These numbers allow inbound calls to reach specific video endpoints After an ISDN number is assigned to an endpoint it is reserved for use as long as that endpoint remains registered with the CMA system Note If you do not assign ISDN numbers automatically you cannot call IP only endpoints through an ISDN line Territory Assigns the site to a territory and thus to a CMA system Location Specify the geographic loca
371. ince the MCU device may negotiate a different algorithm with the endpoints depending on the endpoint s capabilities People Content Enable this setting when you have equipment that supports the display of people and content Sets the format type of the content Possible values include e None e People Content H 239 e People and Content V0 To show both the presenter and the content on a single display using HDX Series products e Polycom Visual Concert PC To show live PC content using standard ViewStation systems e Polycom Visual Concert FX To integrate a laptop with graphics into a video call using ViewStation products DuoVideo None is the default Note The MGC requires that conferences with People Content use a minimum speed of 192 K Talk Hold Time secs Indicates the minimum period that a participant has to speak to become the main speaker During this period no other participant may become the main speaker The range is from 1 5 seconds to 10 seconds in increments of 0 01 seconds 325 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description T120 Rate Determines whether T 120 is enabled and if so the default transfer rate Enable this setting when you have equipment that supports T 120 display of data Options are 6 4 14 4 16 22 4 24 30 4 32 38 4 40 46 4 54 4 and 62 4 Note Because this setting uses resources on the MCU device it is recommended tha
372. information about the purpose of specific traps and inform notifications Change the SNMP Communication Port By default the CMA system uses port 161 as its standard open port for SNMP communications However you can change this to another open port To change the SNMP communication port 1 Goto Admin gt SNMP Settings 2 Inthe Port field of the SNMP Settings page type a new communication port number and click Update SNMP Settings 424 Polycom Inc Database Operations This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA database integration and operations It includes these topics e Overview of the Polycom CMA System Database The following values are recommended for SQL server HD size External Databases Database Restoration e Database Operations Integrate a Polycom CMA System to an External Database Revert a Polycom CMA System to its Internal Database Overview of the Polycom CMA System Database Polycom Inc CMA system information is stored in these internal databases Database Description ReadiManager bak The general CMA system database that includes all data for scheduling devices dial rules device registration and site topology Logger bak The CMA system database for call detail records and gatekeeper diagnostic logs XMPP bak The CMA system database for presence information The following values are recommended for SQL server HD siz
373. ing IT mechanisms such as SMS e The CMA system does not modify the Active Directory in any way e The CMA system can auto discover the closest logical domain controller and Active Directory servers but to do this the network DNS server must have a DNS SRV record for these servers Once the domain controller s hostname and IP address have a record on the DNS the CMA system can auto discover the IP address of the domain controller If your Active Directory does not publish the domain controller s hostname and IP address to the network DNS you must edit the file to include it e The CMA system requires that you enable Digitally sign communications on the Active Directory server Directory Management Operations This section describes the directory management operations It includes these topics e Integrate with Enterprise Directory Server Option e Allow Delegated Authentication to Enterprise Directory Server e Remove or Include Dynamically Managed Endpoints in the Global Address Book Integrate with Enterprise Directory Server Option Polycom Inc The process of integrating with an enterprise directory server involves these steps e Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account e Create the Polycom CMA System Computer Account e Enable Integration with the Enterprise Directory Server Enabling the Integrate with Enterprise Directory Server option allows CMA system users who are included in the Active Directory to log into the
374. int gt Automatic Software Update The Automatic Software Update page appears As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Filter choices include Type Name IP Address ISDN Video Number Alias and Site Select the endpoint of interest 191 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 4 Inthe Device Details section expand the Software Update Details tab For more information see Software Update Details on page 219 View Automatic Software Update Packages To view the list of automatic software update packages 1 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates The Automatic Software Updates page appears and the Polycom HDX Series automatic software update packages are displayed The Automatic Software Updates page includes this information Field Version to use Description Displays the default automatic software update profile to be used for the endpoint type and model Allow this version or newer When checked indicates that when a newer automatic software update package for the endpoint type and model is added that package should be used as the default package Endpoint Type The type of endpoint system For valid endpoint system types see Endpoint Configuration Provisioning on page 105 Version The version of the software package associated with the automatic software update package Description The meaningful name given to the automatic softwa
375. int Software Update Operations e Goto Download the Required Software Package on page 195 Download the Required Software Package To download the software package required to update the endpoint 1 On your local system create a directory to which to save the software package if one does not already exist For Polycom endpoints a Open a web browser and go to http support polycom com b Inthe Documents and Downloads section select the Product Type for the required software package Telepresence and Video for video endpoints such as Polycom HDX systems or Voice for endpoints such as Polycom VVX systems c On the product listing page click the link to the product page of interest d Select the software package and save it to the directory created in step 1 e Repeat steps a through d for each endpoint type to be updated Note that the software package may contain the software for different models of the same endpoint type For third party endpoints follow the company s recommended procedure for downloading a software package Save it to the directory created in step 1 Request Update Activation Keys Note In general you need an activation key when updating to a major release for example 3 x to 4 x or minor release for example 3 1 to 3 2 You do not need an activation key when updating a point release for example 3 1 1 to 3 1 2 However you should read the product release notes for specific informa
376. integrated with an enterprise directory the CMA system manages only the following pieces of an enterprise users information the endpoints roles alert profiles and areas assigned to them The remaining information is pulled from the enterprise directory Notes e Currently the CMA system supports only a Microsoft Active Directory implementation of an LDAP directory e The CMA system displays a user s City Title and Department to help distinguish between users with the same name When the CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory users imported into the system through the enterprise directory are by default added to the system without a role This default set up allows users to log into the CMA system with their enterprise user IDs and passwords They can then be scheduled into conferences and call into conferences However the system cannot call out to them until they are associated with endpoints To be fully functional you must associate enterprise users with one or more roles to control their access to system functions and associate them with one or more endpoints Alternatively you can associate enterprise users with roles by associating them with local or enterprise groups If your company has implemented the Areas feature you can also associate enterprise users with areas for which you are an administrator For more information about areas see Area Overview and Operations on page 347 If you want the
377. ion Information about the endpoint selected in the endpoint list including Device Summary Information on page 213 Device Status Information on page 215 Call Information on page 217 Device Alerts Information on page 218 Provisioning Details on page 218 Software Update Details on page 219 Monitor View Use the Endpoint Monitor View to monitor and manage endpoints Endpoint List in the Monitor View By default the Endpoint list in the Monitor View displays a list of all endpoints that registered automatically with the CMA system gatekeeper and endpoints that were added manually for management and monitoring purposes 90 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview The Endpoint list in this view has these fields Field Description Filter Use the filter choices to display other views of the Endpoint list which include e Type Filters the list by type For more information see Endpoint Types on page 103 e Alerts Filters the list by alert type Help Error or Warning e Connection Status Filters the list by connection status In a Call Online or Offline e Name Filters the list by system name entered e IP Address Filters the list by IP address entered e Dial String Filters the list by dial string SIP H 323 or ISDN entered e Site Filters the list by site location entered e Area Available onl
378. ion expand the Software Update Details tab For more information see Software Update Details on page 219 View List of Software Update Packages To view the list of scheduled software update packages gt Goto Admin gt Software Updates gt Scheduled Software Updates The Scheduled Software Updates page appears listing all of the endpoint types and models for which the CMA system can perform a scheduled software update It includes this information If a software update package has been uploaded to the system the Description and Uploaded fields are populated for the endpoint Implement Scheduled Software Updates for Endpoints To implement a scheduled software update you must perform this series of tasks 1 List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated on page 206 2 Download the Required Software Package on page 207 3 Request Update Activation Keys on page 195 4 Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Package on page 196 For more information on software update profiles see View Automatic Software Update Information on page 191 5 Schedule the Software Update for Endpoints on page 209 List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated To list the serial numbers for the endpoints to be updated 1 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Scheduled Software Updates 206 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Software Update Operations Select the app
379. ion number and Polycom sends it as a text txt file to the customer when new software is available Customers can review their key history at http support polycom com Enter a meaningful description that will help other users to understand the purpose of the software update Click OK A scheduled software update profile for the endpoint type and model type is created In a redundant configuration repeat steps 1 through 6 on the redundant server Schedule the Software Update for Endpoints To schedule one or more endpoints for software update 1 Go to Endpoint gt Scheduled Software Update 209 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select the endpoints of interest and click Software Update In the Schedule Software Update dialog box specify when the update should occur a Inthe Schedule field select Now or Later b If you select Later enter a Date and Time for the update c Select either Use Server Date Time or Use Endpoint Date Time as these may differ 5 Select from these options Fields Description Remove address book entries Select this check box to have all local address book entries removed after the update Remove system files Select this check box to have all endpoint settings removed after the update You must then reconfigure the endpoint Allow endpoint to be a DHCP server Select this check box to
380. ion on the SNMP versions see SNMP Overview on page 415 Configure these settings for the connection between the CMA system and the SNMP agents on the SNMP Setting page Setting Description Transport Specifies the transport protocol for SNMP communications SNMP can be implemented over two transport protocol TCP This protocol has error recovery services message delivery is assured and messages are delivered in the order they were sent Some SNMP managers only support SNMP over TCP UDP This protocol does not provide error recovery services message delivery is not assured and messages are not necessarily delivered in the order they were sent Because UDP doesn t have error recovery services it requires fewer network resources It is well suited for repetitive low priority functions like alarm monitoring 417 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Setting Description Port Specifies the port that the CMA system uses for general SNMP messages By default the CMA system uses port 161 Community For SNMPv2c specifies the context for the information which is the SNMP group to which the devices and management stations running SNMP belong The CMA system has only one valid context by default pub17ic which is identified by this Community name The CMA system will not respond to requests from management systems that do not belong to its community V3 Context Name
381. ional system In cases when the CMA system is functional but the configuration or database is corrupted the backup archive can also be used to return a CMA system back to its last known good archive As long as the network settings and security certificates are operational the last known good archive will return the CMA system to its former functional state Network Intrusion Detection in Maximum Security Mode 34 The CMA system detects network intrusions by processing the Microsoft Windows Firewall logs inserting dropped packet information into a temporary system database table and identifying certain patterns in the data The CMA system detects the following types of instrusions a fast port scan a slow port scan a denial of service DoS attack and a flood attack These are currently defined as e Fast port scan 10 connections in a 5 second time period from the same source IP e Slow port scan 100 connections in a 1 hour time period from the same source IP e DoS attack 100 connections in a 5 second time period to the same destination port e Flood attack 100 connections in a 5 minute window to any destination port from any source IP Polycom Inc Troubleshooting Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments If the CMA system detects an intrusion it displays a system alert on the user interface The alert text will indicate the type of intrusion detected such as e Port scan detected See au
382. ipants cannot b To edit a participant s dial settings select the participant from the Selected Participants and Rooms list and click Edit For more information on editing participants settings see Edit a Participant s Settings on page 57 To add conference rooms to the Selected Participants and Rooms list a Click Select Site b Select the site of interest from the site list The conference room list for the selected site appears c Select the conference room of interest from the list The conference room name appears in the underlying Selected Participants and Rooms list d Repeat steps b and c to add all required conference rooms and then click OK If you have the Advanced Scheduler role now is the time to assign conference leadership roles edit conference settings and make bridge selections For more information see Advanced Scheduling Operations on page 61 To edit a participant s dial settings select the participant from the Selected Participants and Rooms list and click Edit For more information on editing participants settings see step 5 on page 57 When finished click Schedule The system verifies that it has a bridge with the capabilities and resources required for your conference If it does the conference notification E mail appears with a message indicating Conference Successfully Scheduled To exit without sending an E mail to participants click Skip Email To send an E mail notification to par
383. istered successfully or is managed Capabilities Enabled Capabilities to enable on this MCU Options are e MCU The device can act as a control unit for multipoint conferences e Gateway MGC MCUs only The device can act as a gateway for call management The MCU provides the capability if it registered successfully or is managed Available to Schedule Select this option to make the MCU available to users who are scheduling conferences Monitoring Level Not applicable to MCU devices 229 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description MCU Network Services Service Type The available network services may include H 323 Service Indicates a connection to an IP network using the H 323 protocol H 320 Service lndicates a connection to an ISDN phone line using the H 320 protocol e Gateway Service MGC MCUs only Indicates a connection to both IP and ISDN to enable conversion from one protocol to the other e Direct Service Indicates a direct connection between an MCU and a video endpoint system using a serial cable Service Name Priority A descriptive name for the network service The priority set for the network service as compared to other services when it was created MCU Resources Max Total Conferences Maximum number of total conferences allowed at once on this MCU Max CP Conferences Maximum number of continuous
384. ites list appears It includes this information Column Description Name Name of the site Description Description of the site Country Code The country code for the country in which the site is located Area Code The city or area code for the site Do not include a leading zero For example the city code for Paris is 01 however enter 1 in this field Max Bandwidth Mbps The total bandwidth limit for audio and video calls Max Bit Rate Kbps The per call bandwidth limit for audio and video calls Territory The territory to which the site belongs which determines the CMA system responsible for it Polycom Inc Add a Site Dial Plan Setup Operations To add a site 1 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites or Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Topology In the Sites list or Site Topology page click Add Site In the Add Site dialog box enter a Site Name and Description for the site Complete the General Info Routing Subnet and if applicable ISDN Number Assignment sections of the Add Site dialog box The minimum information required is Site Name Description Location and Subnets For information about all of the site fields see Add Edit Site Dialog Box on page 388 Click OK The new site is added to the system and the Edit Site Provisioning dialog box appears These are the site based parameters that the CMA system automatically pr
385. ivates integration features such as the Microsoft global directory and Office Communicator contact sharing with presence Verify Certificate Enable this option when the endpoint system s certificate should be verified by the certificate authority Use Enterprise Enable this option when the endpoint system should use the credentials the user entered Credentials at the endpoint to use for authenticate when registering with a SIP registrar server User Name Specify the name to use for authentication when registering with a SIP registrar server for example msmith company com If the SIP proxy requires authentication this field and the password cannot be blank Password Specify the password that authenticates the system to the registrar server Provisioning Settings Provisioning Polling Interval minutes Specify the frequency at which the endpoint systems poll the CMA system for new provisioning information By default this interval is 60 minutes For performance reasons the minimum positive value for this interval is 5 minutes There is no maximum value enforced When the value of this interval is set to 0 the endpoint systems do not poll the CMA system for new provisioning information Software Update Polling Interval minutes Specify the frequency at which the endpoint systems poll the CMA system for a new software update package By default this interval is 60 minutes For performance reasons
386. k a link in an E mail meeting request to join conferences on their associated video or audio endpoint system e Endpoints to have their own unique credentials and mailbox separate from the endpoint user so that endpoints can display their own calendars This is especially important for room endpoints The CMA system supports the Polycom Conferencing for Outlook solution It allows you to provision endpoints with the credentials mailbox address Exchange server IP address and calendaring service settings they need to use Polycom Conferencing for Outlook To provision endpoints with the information required to support Polycom Conferencing for Outlook you must complete the following tasks after your sites are set up 1 Associate Sites with Microsoft Exchange Servers on page 405 2 Assign Calendaring Settings to Provisioning Profiles on page 406 3 Provision the Exchange Mailbox for Calendaring Service enabled Endpoints on page 407 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Setup Overview Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 The CMA system supports the integration of selected Polycom endpoints with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Integration with these unified communications servers allows Polycom HDX system users to see client users who have been added to the Polycom HDX system Favorites list and place
387. ktop Mac client via the management system You can provide users access to the CMA system from which they can download the client To do this copy and paste the IP address of the CMA Desktop Mac system into an E mail to be sent to users Include usernames and passwords as required in the E mail to users and instruct them to access the Downloads link Option 3 Distribute the CMA Desktop Mac client via a dmg file Send the dmg file in an E mail to users Include the IP address of the CMA system and usernames and passwords as required in the E mail to users For endpoints on the public network that will be accessing the system through a firewall include the IP address of the Polycom VBP system rather than the CMA system Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments This chapter describes how the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system operates when in Maximum Security mode It includes these topics Maximum Security Mode Overview Conference Scheduling in Maximum Security Mode Endpoint Management in Maximum Security Mode Network Device Management in Maximum Security Mode User Management in Maximum Security Mode Group Management in Maximum Security Mode Reporting in Maximum Security Mode Device Administration in Maximum Security Mode System Administration in Maximum Security Mode Network Intrusion Detection in Maximum Security Mode Troubleshooting in Maximum Security Mode Maximum Security M
388. l Key Connect Key Disconnect Key DocCam Key Down Key FarEnd Key Grab Key Headset Key Help Key Layout Key Left Key MainCam Key MicOff Key Number0 through Number9 Key Ok Key PC Key Phonebook Key PIP Key Presentation Key Presets Key Right Key Selfview Key Services Key Settings Key Softkey1 z z 2 2 z lt lt lt lt lt z 2z z2 z 2 lt lt 2 z z lt lt lt z Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 Key Softkey2 N Y Key Softkey3 Key Softkey4 Key Softkey5 Key Speaker Key Square Key Star Key Up Key VideoOff Key VCR Key VolumeDown Key VolumeUp Key Zoomin Key ZoomOut Keyboard Layout Kiosk AllowlRControl Kiosk AutoDial Kiosk LanguageMenu English Kiosk LanguageMenu French Kiosk LanguageMenu German Kiosk LanguageMenu Italian Kiosk LanguageMenu Mode Kiosk LanguageMenu Norwegian Kiosk LanguageMenu Spanish Kiosk LanguageMenu Swedish Kiosk Menu Kiosk Mode Kiosk OneClickConnect lt
389. l appear in plain text just as you typed it 4 Click Update Polycom Inc Conference Setup Operations Edit Customized Text in E mail Notifications To edit the customized text in all conferencing E mail notifications 1 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt E mail 2 To change the introductory text replace the text in the Text at the Beginning of the Reminder E mail section of the E mail page with the new text you want to appear at the start of all conferencing E mail notifications This text field is limited to 650 characters The text you type here will appear in plain text just as you typed it 3 To change the closing text replace the text in the Text at the End of the Reminder E mail section of the E mail page with the new text you want to appear at the end of all conferencing E mail notifications This text field is limited to 650 characters The text you type here will appear in plain text just as you typed it 4 Click Update Delete Customized Text in E mail Notifications To delete the customized text in all conferencing E mail notifications 1 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt E mail 2 To delete the introductory text select the text in the Text at the Beginning of the Reminder E mail section of the E mail page and press DELETE 3 To delete the closing text select the text in the Text at the End of the Reminder E mail section of the E mail page and press DELETE 4 Click Update Polycom Inc 341 Polycom
390. l is placed from the directory International ISDN calls If the far site endpoint system does not support the Sea ae ee IP Calls selected speed the endpoint system automatically ly ly negotiates a lower speed LAN H 323 gt Global Directory GDS gt Preferred Alias Preferred Alias Possible values include Y Y e Gateway Number e ISDN Number e Called Party Line Identifier e Extension Global Services gt Dialing Rules 1 Number of digits in Specifies the number of digits in the extension Your Y Y Extension organization s dial plan determines this number International Dialing Specifies the dialing prefix needed for international calls Y Y SY IY Prefix Public Network Access Specifies if calls can be made to the public network Y Y Public Network Dialing Specifies the dialing prefix used to call out to endpoints on Y IY Prefix the public network when the endpoint is not in the same area code as the system Public Network same Specifies the dialing prefix used to call out to endpoints on Y IY area code Prefix the public network when the endpoint is in the same area code as the system Private Network Access Specifies if calls can be made to the private network Private Network Dialing Specifies the dialing prefix used to call outside the Prefix network Always Dial Area Code Specify whether the phone number must always include Y IY an area code
391. l to start if ad hoc conferences are consuming resources the CMA system expected to schedule This is known behavior and is avoided by applying the best practice of not using bridges for both scheduled and ad hoc conferences 47 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide A8 Polycom Inc Conference Scheduling Operations This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system conference scheduling operations It includes these topics e Add Schedule a Conference Add Schedule a New Conference Copy an Existing Conference e Edit a Conference e Edit a Participant s Settings e View Scheduling Information for a Conference Add Schedule a Conference By default only schedulers and operators can schedule conferences Schedulers have two options for scheduling a new conference e Add Schedule a New Conference e Copy an Existing Conference These options are discussed in the following topics Add Schedule a New Conference To add or schedule a new conference 1 Go to Conference gt Future and click Add fi 2 Inthe conference scheduling page enter a Conference Name and set a conference Start Date Start Time and either an End Time or Duration Polycom Inc 49 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 50 3 To make the conference recurring click Recurrence and in the Appointment Recurrence dialog box set Recurrence frequency Daily Weekly or Monthly Recurrence day
392. lar expression notation which systems can access an endpoint s web interface Addresses are matched by pattern which means that you could allows IP address that you did not mean to allow For example if you entered an IP address of 15 1 2 111 all of the following results would match e 15 1 2 111 e 15 182 1 11 e 15 1 252 111 If you want to allow a range of IP addresses use the wildcard instead For example enter 10 11 to allow all IP addresses that begin with 10 11 General Settings Heartbeat Posting Interval minutes Specify the frequency at which the endpoint systems poll the CMA system for a heartbeat In Call Stats Posting Interval minutes Specify the frequency at which the endpoint systems poll the CMA system for in call statistics Calendaring Settings Automatically Discover Exchange Server Specify that the CMA system should discover the Microsoft Exchange server for the site by searching DNS records Specify Exchange Server Specify that the CMA system should use the Microsoft Exchange server specified in the Exchange Server Address field Exchange Server Address Specify the IP address or DNS name of the Microsoft Exchange server for the site LDAP Settings Group Display Name Specify whether the CMA system should identify groups by their common name cn or their DisplayName These names are extracted from the Active Directory User Display Name Spec
393. lculate costs for the following types of calls e Local e Local toll Intrastate e Interstate e International long distance Field Description Name Name ASCII only for the LCR table Description Optional ASCII only Country Country code for the location to which this call is made City Code City or area code for the location to which this call is made Prefix The prefix is the first three numbers in a 7 digit dial string Digits to Strip The number of digits to strip before dialing Cost W cost for each call to the selected area or city code 502 Polycom Inc LCR operations include Dial Plan Setup Operations e View the Least Cost Routing Tables List e Add a Least Cost Routing Table e Edit a Least Cost Routing Table e Delete a Least Cost Routing Table View the Least Cost Routing Tables List Column Name Description Name of the LCR table Description Description of the LCR table To display the list of least cost routing tables gt Goto Admin gt Dial Plan gt LCR Tables The LCR Tables list appears Add a Least Cost Routing Table To add a LCR table 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan gt LCR Tables 2 Inthe LCR Tables list click Add LCR 3 Inthe Add LCR Tables dialog box enter the Name Description and New Route information required to create a new table Click Add Repeat step 3 and 4 for add additional routes to the table
394. le users assigned the default Administrator and default Device Administrator roles appear in this pane as Administrators And users assigned the default View Only Scheduler default Scheduler and default Advanced Scheduler roles appear in this pane as Schedulers For more information see Roles and Permissions on page 252 CMA Configuration The CMA Configuration pane displays information about the configuration of the CMA system including Field Description Software Displays the current version of CMA system software running on Version the system Hardware The hardware of the CMA system Version CMAD Displays the version of CMA Desktop for PC that shipped with Shipped the version of CMA system software running on the system Version Users can download this version of the Polycom CMA Desktop software from the Downloads page CMAD Mac Displays the version of CMA Desktop for Macintosh that shipped Shipped with the version of CMA system software running on the system Version Users can download this version of the Polycom CMA Desktop software from the Downloads page Enterprise Displays the enterprise directory configuration Possible values Directory include e Auto lf the system is configured to auto discover the enterprise directory server e DNS name or IP address of the enterprise directory server lf an enterprise directory server is specified on the system configuration page e None lf th
395. led The system change required to support this workflow change is The General Info tab of the Edit User dialog box now has an Enable User option By default when a local user is created this option is selected Via the Edit function administrators can unlock user accounts that become locked when a user reaches the Failed login threshold Note Administrators cannot lock user accounts This functionality is triggered only when the failed login threshold is met The system change required to support this workflow change is The General Info tab of the Edit User dialog box now has an Unlock User option By default when a local user is created this option is not selected However when a local user reaches the Failed login threshold the administrator can reset the lock by enabling the Unlock User option Users cannot be associated with an alert profile because a CMA system operating in maximum security mode does not include remote alerts The system change required to support this workflow change is The Add Edit User gt Associated Alert Profile tab has been removed from the user interface A CMA system has password requirements local user account configuration requirements and session management requirements that affect local users and local user accounts For more information about these requirements see Management and Security on page 30 23 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Group Management in Maximum Securit
396. length and password age are managed by the CMA system administrator For enterprise users CMA system password requirements are managed by Microsoft Active Directory Polycom CMA System Operations Guide To change your system password 1 Click Settings in the top right corner of the page In the Settings dialog box click Change Password Enter your Old Password Enter a New Password a Aa O N Confirm the new password and click OK Log Out of the Polycom CMA System To log out of the CMA system gt Click Log Out in the top right corner of the page Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System You have several options for an orderly shutdown or restart of a CMA system in non emergency situations The options for an orderly shutdown or restart of the system include Use the Shutdown option on the user interface when you must disconnect the CMA system server for some reason for example to move it All CMA system functionality is stopped during a Shutdown e Ifthe system interface is not available and you must shut down the system press once but do not hold the power switch on the CMA system server This is equivalent to selecting the Shutdown option described previously e Use the Restart option on the user interface when you must cycle the CMA system for some reason for example if the system locks up or loses connection with the database If you have access to the CMA system user interface you can also stop future s
397. lerts for all selected devices sent as part of this profile for the devices in the Monitored Devices list select Info Minor and Major for each device To have a subset of device alerts for all selected devices sent as part of this profile for the devices in the Monitored Devices list select any combination of Info Minor or Major for each device To have all device alerts for a subset of device types sent as part of this profile for the devices in the Monitored Devices list select Info Minor and Major for each device to be included in the profile Alerts for those devices in the Monitored Devices list that do not have an alert level selected will not be included 8 Click OK Associate a Remote Alert Profile With a User 518 To associate a remote alert profile with a user 1 Go to User gt Users 2 To search for a user aon Fk Q a Note In the Search field of the Users page search for the user of interest Searches for a user on the CMA system Users page are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields b To search both local and enterprise users clear the Local Users Only check box and press Enter c The first 500 users in the database that match your search criteria are displayed in the Users list If the list is too large to scan further refine your search string Select the user of interest and click Edit User In the Edit User dialog box click A
398. lete a Territory To delete a territory 1 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Territories 2 Inthe Territories page select the territory of interest and click Delete 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Network Clouds To simplify the network topology define network clouds to represents a hub with many sites connected to each other such as a private network or VPN Network cloud operations include e View the List of Network Clouds e Adda Network Cloud e Edit a Network Cloud e Delete a Network Cloud View the List of Network Clouds To view the Territories list gt Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Territories The Territories list appears Add a Network Cloud To add a network cloud 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Network Clouds 2 Inthe Network Clouds page click Add Polycom Inc A83 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 3 Inthe Cloud Info section of the Add Network Cloud dialog box enter a unique and meaningful Name and Description for the cloud 4 Tocreate a link between a site and the network cloud a Click Linked Sites In the Search Sites field enter all or part of the site name or location and click Find The list of sites containing the search phrase appear in the Search Results column c Select one or more sites to link with the network cloud and then click the right arrow to move them to the Selected Sites column 5 Click OK Edit a Network Cloud To edit a network c
399. leted Polycom Inc Endpoint Provisioning Operations Automatic Provisioning Operations This topic describes the automatic provisioning operations a user assigned the Device Administrator role can perform These are e View the Automatic Provisioning List and Details e Add an Automatic Provisioning Profile e Edit an Automatic Provisioning Profile e Edit the Profile Order for an Automatic Provisioning Profile e Clone an Automatic Provisioning Profile e Delete an Automatic Provisioning Profile View the Automatic Provisioning List and Details To view the automatic provisioning list and details about an automatic provisioning operation 1 Go to Endpoint gt Automatic Provisioning 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list 3 Select the endpoint of interest 4 Expand the Provisioning Details tab in the Device Details section Add an Automatic Provisioning Profile Polycom Inc This topic describes how to add automatic provisioning profiles TIP Add provisioning profiles in the middle of the work day not first thing in the morning When you add an automatic provisioning profile the CMA system immediately rolls it out If it rolls it out first thing in the morning people who need to attend a start the day conference will have to first wait for their endpoint to be provisioned Better to implement profiles in the middle of the work day and then let the provisioning occur at the designated p
400. ling service To delete a service 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan gt Services 2 Inthe Services list select the service of interest and click Delete Service 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Notes e The system returns an error message if you attempt to delete any services that were added automatically when the MCU registered with the CMA system To avoid this first unregister and then delete the MCU e MCU services added manually from the Services page are not affected by this error Polycom Inc 491 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Dial Rule Operations 492 Dial rules describe how the CMA system gatekeeper should resolve addresses in an incoming dial strin g to route a call This dial string may include an IP address a string of numbers that begin with a prefix associated with a service a string that begins with a country code and city code or a string that matches a particular alias for a device Dial strings may match multiple dial rules However you can assign a priority to each dial rule When the CMA system gatekeeper receives a call request and associated dial string it reviews the dial rules in order of priority The first matched highest priority dial rule is executed Field Description General Info Name Name ASCII only of the dial rule Description Description ASCII only of the dial rule which can be up to 256 characters long Priority Priority number of the dial
401. ll see the address book that is higher in priority The All Entries address book always has the highest priority and None always has the lowest priority If the address book for one of the groups the user belongs to is changed to All Entries the user will see all entries regardless of the priority of the address book for the other group To change address book priority 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Address Books 2 Inthe Priority column of an address book enter the priority you want Use only whole numbers and only numbers that fall within the total count of address books For example if you have four address books only 1 through 4 are valid priority values 3 Click Update Priority The system changes the order of the address book list Set the Default Address Book Polycom Inc You can set the default address book The default address book sets the address book all new users have access to if no address book is assigned through a group If you do not want to use multiple address books in the CMA system leave the default address book set to All Entries the default Using this default all users will be able to see all entries in the directory Be sure that all groups are assigned either the System Default or All Entries option System Default is the default group setting If you create multiple address books you can change the default address book to one of the address books you created 381 Polycom CMA System Opera
402. lls multipoint capability or the Conference on Demand feature Send Preferred Alias Y Only to Gatekeeper Video Network gt IP Network gt Gateway Number Country Code Specifies the country code for the system s location Y IY Area Code Specifies the area or city code for the system s location YIY Gateway Number Specifies the gateway s number Y IY Gateway Number Type Specifies the number type users enter to call this system Y Y Y IY e Direct Inward Dial Users enter an internal extension to call this system directly Note If you choose this setting you must also register the number with the gatekeeper as an E 164 alias e Number Extension Users enter the gateway number and the system s extension to call this system Number of digits in DID Specifies the number of digits in the DID number YIY Y Y Number The national or regional dialing plan for your location determines the standard number of digits For instance the US standard is 7 digits Number of digits in Specifies the number of digits in the extension used when Y Y Y Y Extension Direct Inward Dial is selected Your organization s dial plan determines this number Video Network gt IP Network gt Quality of Service Settings Type of Service Field Specifies the service type and the priority of IP packets YIY YIY Y sent to the system for video audio and far end camera control e IP Precedence Represents the priority
403. loud 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Network Clouds 2 Inthe Network Clouds page select the network cloud of interest and click Edit 3 Edit the Cloud Info or to create a link between a site and the network cloud Click Linked Sites In the Search Sites field enter all or part of the site name or location and click Find The list of sites containing the search phrase appear in the Search Results column c Select one or more sites to link with the network cloud and then click the right arrow to move them to the Selected Sites column 4 Click OK Delete a Network Cloud To delete a network cloud 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Network Clouds 2 Inthe Network Clouds page select the network cloud of interest and click Delete 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion 484 Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Dial Plan Service Operations Polycom Inc Dial plan services are special features that video endpoint system users can invoke by dialing the prefix assigned in the CMA system to that service The CMA system has two default dial plan services e Conference on Demand e Simplified Dialing These services can be edited and disabled but not deleted You can also add other gateway or If a service does not appear automatically when a device registers with the CMA system you can define the service manually so that it is available for video endpoint system users In addition you can add se
404. low ona CMA system operating in maximum security mode does not change However because all conferences must be hosted on RMX conferencing systems the MCU Settings for all Conference Templates has changed in the following ways e The Supported MCUs section lists only RMX systems The Always Use MCU option on the Conference Template page is not available grayed out it is always enabled and cannot be changed Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments Endpoint Management in Maximum Security Mode Polycom Inc Endpoint management functionality is available to users assigned the Device Administrator role Users assigned the standard Administrator role may only monitor endpoints The endpoint management workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode changes in that it only supports HDX endpoints operating in dynamic management mode The system changes made to support this workflow change include The Scheduled Provisioning and Scheduled Software Update pages and the ACTIONS associated with them are not available Only HDX endpoints that are automatically provisioned by the CMA system are displayed in the endpoint list The ACTIONS on the Endpoint gt Monitor View page changes as follows Actions Use this action to Add a Not available Endpoints can only be added to the system during automatic provisioning Search Devices Not available The Device Summary sectio
405. lp The Confirm Endpoint Help Clear dialog box appears To send a message to the endpoint as well as clear the help request check Also send message to endpoint Click Clear If you selected the Also send message to endpoint check box enter the text message to send the endpoint in the Send Message to Endpoint dialog box and click Send The Endpoint list is updated and alerts for the endpoint are cleared Note If the reason for the original alert still exists on the endpoint the alert will likely reappear in the Endpoint list Polycom Inc Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations Send a Message to an Endpoint Reboot an Endpoint In some situations such as in response to a help request you can send a message to some types of endpoints To send a message to an endpoint from the CMA system 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the Endpoint list 3 Select the endpoint of interest If the endpoint can receive text messages a Send Message option appears in the Action menu Click Send Message In the Send Message to Endpoint dialog box enter a text message and click Send The message is sent to the endpoint In some situations for example when a remote endpoint is unresponsive you may need to reboot an endpoint remotely through the CMA system To reboot an endpoint from the CMA system 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View As needed use the Filter to customize the
406. lycom RMX system and the room ID is the same as the assigned Conference ID then the conference will not be created on RMX The conference will launch on the CMA system with an active status but will display no endpoints connected Conference Passcode By default the system assigns an 15 digit Conference Passcode and provides this passcode to participants within the content of the conference notification E mail You can change this passcode to another 9 through 16 digit number Enable Chairperson You can select a video chairperson to control the conference from his or her video endpoint system The video chairperson must have a video endpoint system and Chairperson conferences require an MCU Notes e Ifthe conference template has the Conference Requires Chairperson parameter enabled then Enable Chairperson is automatically selected and cannot be changed e Ifa conference is scheduled on a Polycom RMX system and the RMX profile has Conference Requires Chairperson selected but the template does not and the conference is scheduled without a chairperson then all users will remain in the waiting room and will not be able to join the conference e Polycom RMX 1000 systems do not support the Chairperson feature 62 Polycom Inc Advanced Scheduling Operations Setting Description Chairperson Passcode If Enable Chairperson is selected the system assigns an 15 digit Chairperson Pas
407. m or the type of event There are three fault level indicators e Major Error e System Message e Startup Event Code Indicates the problem as identified by the error category Card Alerts MGC MCUs only Slot Displays an icon according to the HW component type and the slot number The icon displays the hardware status as follows e An exclamation point indicates errors in the HW component e Card icon with the reset button indicates that the HW component is currently resetting e Card icon with diagnostic tools indicates that the HW component is in diagnostic mode Type The type of hardware card 231 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Add an MCU Manually 232 This topic describes how to add an MCU to a CMA system Note Back end communication with the RMX control units and IP service blades must be enabled When you add an MCU device MCU network services are added automatically at the time the IP card registers with the CMA system When you add a gateway device use the Services page to specify the network services available for the device Notes e Polycom RMX devices may only have H 323 service e Once an MCU registers with the CMA system if you change an MCU service on the MCU the update does not automatically get sent to the CMA system To update the system you must delete and read the MCU to the system e These network services are not the same as the Dial Plan S
408. m and using the Polycom VBP firewall All of the endpoints display the same IP address which is the Provider side IP address of the Polycom VBP device However the endpoints will have different aliases and owners Polycom DMA Management Operations The Polycom DMA device management operations includes these topics e Adda Polycom DMA System e Edit a Polycom DMA System e Delete a Polycom DMA System Add a Polycom DMA System IMPORTANT Newer versions of the DMA system v3 0 or greater should not be added to the CMA system in this way They include call server functionality H 323 gatekeeper and SIP proxy registrar so they do not register with the CMA system as a Gateway MCU Instead these DMA system should be added to the CMA system as a trusted neighbor To add DMA system 1 Go to Network Device gt DMAs and click Add 2 Inthe Add DMA dialog box enter a unique and identifying Name and Description for the DMA system 3 Enter the E 164 dial string prefix for calling the system Click Add The DMA system appears in the Network Device list Edit a Polycom DMA System To edit a DMA system 1 Go to Network Device gt DMAs 2 Select the DMA system of interest and click Edit A 242 Polycom Inc Management Operations for Other Network Devices 3 Inthe Edit DMA dialog box edit the Name Description or Dial Prefix for the DMA system 4 Click OK Delete a Polycom DMA System To delete a DMA system from a CMA sy
409. mber of numbers 1 Reject previous passwords 8 Number of special characters eek Minimum number of changed characters 1 Maximum consecutive repeated characters 1 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Reports CERTIFICATE INFO Certificate Common Name CMA Self Signed Certificate Certificate CRL Version 2 0 Certificate CRL Expired false Certificate Alias 1 2 840 113549 1 9 1 1613737570706f727440706f6c79636f6d2e636f6d c n cma self signed certificate ou vsg o polycom l pleasanton st california c us Certificate Issuer CMA Self Signed Certificate PRIMARY GATEKEEPER INFORMATION GateKeeper Id z PN PLCM GateKeeper description ReadiManager GateKeeper Registration mode ALL_ENDPOINTS GateKeeper deny rogue calls false GateKeeper log rogue calls true GateKeeper Statistics enabled false GateKeeper Registration timeout days 30 GateKeeper Registration refresh seconds 300 REDUNDANCY INFORMATION Server 1 IP address 10 47 10 150 Server 1 is PRIMARY true Server 1 is ON true Server 2 IP address N A Server 2 is PRIMARY false Server 2 is ON false Virtual IP address N A DATABASE CONFIGURATION Use external DB false 305 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 306 Polycom Inc System Administration Overview This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system Dashboard menu and actions It includes these topics e Polycom CMA System Dashboard e Dashb
410. mber of total MCU participants allowed at once on this MCU Max Transcoding Ports Maximum number of transcoding ports on which both ISDN and IP participants can be connected Total IP Parties Embedded MCU devices Maximum number of IP calls that can be made from this endpoint Total ISDN Parties Embedded MCU devices Maximum number of ISDN calls that can be made from this endpoint Total Transcoded Parties Embedded MCU devices Maximum number of transcoded calls IP and ISDN calls combined that can be made from this endpoint Use Entry Queue Indicates whether the MGC device supports an IVR Entry Queue Number ID The IP number that conference participants dial to access the IVR prompt to join a conference Entry Queue ISDN Number The ISDN allocated phone number of the IVR ISDN devices only 247 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide MCU Resources Polycom RMX Platform Field Description Max Total Conferences Maximum number of total conferences allowed at once on this MCU Max CP Conferences Maximum number of continuous presence CP conferences allowed based on the number of licenses available Max Video Ports Maximum number of video ports on which participants can be connected Max Total Participants Maximum number of total video participants allowed at once on this MCU Use Entry Queue Indicates whether the RMX device supports an
411. meet the LifeSize and SSH telnet rules for passwords e You cannot provision the Auto password to be blank If you attempt to provision a blank value the existing value of the password will not be overwritten It will remain valid The Web Ul or User password can be provisioned to include the numbers 0 9 and or the symbols and The system will silently truncate these passwords to a maximum of 16 characters e You can provision the Web UI or User password to be blank Refer to the LifeSize documentation for more information about the requirements for these password Reporting The CMA system includes standard reporting for select TANDBERG C Series TANDBERG Edge and LifeSize Team and Express endpoints 164 Polycom Inc Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations This chapter describes how to perform the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system endpoint management tasks It includes these topics Endpoint Management Operations Peripheral View Operations Endpoint Management Operations Polycom Inc The follow topics describe the actions available in Endpoint gt Monitor View View Device Details Add an Endpoint or Find an Endpoint on the Network Edit an Endpoint Delete an Endpoint View an Endpoint s Video Feed Clear an Endpoint Help Request Send a Message to an Endpoint Reboot an Endpoint Associate a User with an Endpoint Search for Endpoints in a Range of IP Addresses Vi
412. min gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates 2 Click Get Serial Numbers 3 The Endpoint Serial Number List appears listing the endpoints eligible for automatic software update Endpoints without serial numbers and endpoints that are not actively managed by the system are excluded 3 As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select the specific endpoints to be updated To select all endpoints in the list click the check box in the column header 5 Click Get Serial Numbers The serial number s appear in the text box on the page 6 When updating a single endpoint a Record the serial number Click Close The Automatic Software Updates list reappears c Goto Download the Required Software Package on page 195 7 When updating multiple endpoints a Createa txt file that you can submit to the Polycom Product Activation site Put each License Number Serial Number combination on a separate line as shown in the following example X1006 3202 3027 0101 VR207071500x X1009 0453 6027 0202 VR207071500x X1009 1624 6027 0303 VR207071500x b Return to the Endpoint Serial Number List and click Close The Automatic Software Updates list reappears c Repeat steps 2 through 7 for each endpoint or set of endpoints to be updated You may include all of the serial numbers for all of the different endpoint types in the same txt file d Savethe txt file 194 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpo
413. mum number of sessions by all system users is 50 Possible value is 2 to 50 sessions Note If this limit is reached but none of the logged in users is an Administrator the first Administrator user to arrive is granted access and the system terminates the non Administrator session that s been idle the longest 3 Click Update 454 Polycom Inc Management amp Security Operations Give Enterprise Users Default Scheduler Role By default when local users are added to the CMA system they are assigned the Scheduler role By default when you integrate a CMA system to an Active Directory enterprise users are not assigned a role In this case you must either assign each enterprise user a role or you can use this procedure to give enterprise users the Scheduler role by default To give enterprise users default Scheduler role for a Polycom CMA system 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Session Management Select the CMA access via default profile allowed option Click Update Change the Message for Enterprise Users without a Role To change the message enterprise users without a role see when they try to log into a Polycom CMA system 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Session Management 2 Edit the Message to be displayed to unauthorized users For example enter a message such as Your username and password are valid but you have no permissions on this system Conta
414. n Add DNS SRV Record for Polycom CMA System Services You must configure the DNS server if you wish it to resolve queries for the CMA system by the CMA system s host name or IP address We recommend that the DNS server be configured to find the CMA system by its fully qualified domain name FQDN This ensures that client systems running desktop Polycom CMA Desktop can access the CMA system Polycom Inc 9 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide The DNS should also have entries for your Active Directory server if different from the DNS and for the external database server being used by the CMA system Note If you configure the DNS server to use two or more Active Directory servers make sure that the servers have the same services available To dynamically manage endpoints which includes automatic provisioning automatic softupdate and presence right out of the box they must be able to automatically discover the CMA system This means you must add the DNS service record SRV record for the CMA system The lookup key for this service record is __cmaconfig _tcp So the record will resemble this __cmaconfig _tcp customerdomain com 86400 IN SRV 0 0 443 cma5000 customerdomain com For more information about DNS DNS records and how DNS works see Microsoft Technet http technet microsoft com en us library cc772774 WS 10 aspx Configure the Connection to the External Database If during First Time Setup you
415. n icon for camera 3 Ye CY Y Cameras gt Video Quality Camera 1 Specifies Motion or Sharpness for the video input The m 3 default is Sharpness es e Motion This setting is for showing people or other Camera 3 video with motion YY Y e Sharpness The picture will be sharp and clear but moderate to heavy motion at low call rates can cause some frames to be dropped Sharpness is available in point to point H 263 and H 264 calls only It is recommended for HD calls between 1 Mbps and 2 Mbps Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview 4 c o o o EJA SY o s o D x x ao xou s x soe Alalle Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned w S eS E Video Camera gt Cameras 1 Snapshot Camera Far Control of Near Specifies whether the far site can pan tilt or zoom the Ye Ne YE ee OYE Camera near site camera When this option is selected a user at the far site can control the framing and angle of the camera for the best view of the near site Backlight Specifies whether the camera should automatically adjust Y Y Y Y Y Compensation for a bright background Backlight compensation is best used in situations where the subject appears darker than the background Primary Camera Specifies which camera is the main camera Y Y Y Y Camera Direction Specifies the direction the camera moves whe
416. n non secure HTTP mode the RMX uses port 80 and in secure HTTPS mode the RMX uses port 443 228 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc MCU Bridge Management Operations Field Description Addresses DNS Name The DNS name for the MCU Aliases The aliases that allow you to connect to the MCU The CMA system converts the aliases to the IP address associated with the MCU e Alias Type Possible types include E 164 H 323 ID URL Transport Address E mail Party Number and Unknown e Alias Value Value for the alias type shown e The value for the H 323 ID is the MCU name if the MCU registered with the gatekeeper and itis a third party system In other cases the MCU name is the system name which might be different from the H323 ID Notes e To add aliases for the MCU edit the MCU e The following Alias Values are ASCII only H323 ID URL Transport Address and Unknown ISDN Video Number The country code city area code phone number for the MCU Capabilities Supported Protocols The communications protocols that the MCU can support Possible values include e IP H 323 A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on packet based networks such as IP e ISDN H 320 A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on switched networks such as ISDN The MCU automatically provides the protocols if it reg
417. n of the Endpoint gt Monitor View page does not change The Device Status section of the Endpoint gt Monitor View page changes as follows Field Description Gatekeeper The status of the device s registration th the Registration gatekeeper service always indicates Unknown Directory Registration The status of the device s registraticp with the Global Directory Service always indicates Not Registered Presence Registration Not available Exchange Registration Not available SIP Registration Not available Device Managed Indicates Heartbeat Timeout Registration Gatekeeper The IP address of the gatekeeper to which the device is Address registered Last GK Not available 19 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description ISDN Line Status Not available Type ISDN Assignment How the ISDN type was assigned to the device This Type always indicates Undefined Device ISDN Type Not available e The Call Info section of the Endpoint gt Monitor View page does not change e The Device Alerts section of the Endpoint gt Monitor View page changes as follows Field Description Errors Device error message text always shows Gatekeeper Unregistered e The Provisioning Details section of the Endpoint gt Monitor View page does not change Network Device Management in Maximum Security Mode Network de
418. n the Network This topic describes how to manually add endpoints and how to find endpoints on the same network as the CMA system For most endpoints you enter basic information The CMA system then locates the endpoint and retrieves its information To add an endpoint to a CMA system or find an endpoint on the network 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View and click Add 170 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations In the Add New Device dialog box select the Device Type For valid types see Endpoint Types on page 103 For endpoints not specified in the list select a Device Type of Other This dialog is meant for adding endpoints that are managed in Standard Management mode Note All dynamically managed endpoints automatically register with the CMA system and cannot be added using the Add option 3 4 Enter the IP Address of the endpoint Click Find Device Ifthe CMA system can find the endpoint on the network the Add New Device dialog box is populated with information retrieved from the endpoint Review any information retrieved from the endpoint Ifthe CMA system cannot find the endpoint on the network a Device Not Found dialog box appears Notes If you enter an invalid Admin ID or Password for an endpoint that requires that information the CMA system may still find the endpoint It depends upon the endpoint type V Series VSX Series and Vi
419. n this case you must instruct end users not to change the password Note Some companies select an administrative password that is used for all endpoints and regularly updated through provisioning For third party endpoints passwords may be required to access the endpoint management software For information about restrictions in changing passwords for a specific endpoint see the documentation for the endpoint Considerations for Third Party Endpoints 136 The CMA system includes additional command and control for select TANDBERG C Series TANDBERG Edge and LifeSize Team and Express endpoints The CMA system can send a Reboot command to these endpoints and the endpoints can receive and act on the command In addition the CMA system can e Discover these endpoints by searching for them within a range of IP addresses e Complete the initial configuration of these endpoints e Schedule and launch point to point conferences on these endpoints Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview e Launch the management interface for these endpoints In the following sections some additional considerations for supporting third party endpoints are discussed including e Enable TANDBERG Endpoints Global Address Book Access e Enabling Management of LifeSize Endpoints e Monitoring e Scheduled Provisioning of Selected TANDBERG Endpoints e Scheduled Provisioning of LifeSize Endpoints e Reporting Enable TANDBERG Endpoints Global
420. n to endpoints e Server Name The CMA system will use the specified Server Address Enter the Lync or Office Communication Server address or DNS name Transport Protocol Specifies the transport protocol for communications with the Office Communications Server Possible values are Auto The communication protocol will be auto negotiated TCP This protocol has error recovery services message delivery is assured and messages are delivered in the order they were sent UDP This protocol does not provide error recovery services message delivery is not assured and messages are not necessarily delivered in the order they were sent TLS This protocol transfers communications over an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer SSL or Transport Layer Security TLS connection Group Name Specifies the group name for which the endpoint system should be provisioned VVX Settings Configuration Server URL Specifies the IP address for the system that will provide provisioning service All addresses can be followed by an optional directory and optional filename Logging Server URL Specifies the directory to use for log files if required A URL can also be specified This field is blank by default Configuration Data Enter XML data for a custom configuration Allows the CMA system administrators to provision settings that the CMA system does not normally provide 112 Polycom Inc Endpoi
421. n using the Y Y Y Y IY arrow buttons on the remote control Video Camera gt Monitor Setup Snapshot Timeout Lets you choose whether to have slides and snapshots I Y IY time out after a period of four minutes Audio Settings gt Audio Settings 1 Sound Effects Volume Sets the volume level of the ring tone and user alert Sa IY Y E tones Incoming Video Call Specifies the ring tone used for incoming calls User Alert Tones Specifies the tone used for user alerts Mute Auto Answer Specifies whether to mute incoming calls YoY Calls Incoming calls are muted by default until you press the mute on the microphone or on the remote control Input Type Level Sets the volume level for audio input 1 Content Input Level Specifies the volume level for audio input 4 of a Polycom HDX 9000 series or Polycom HDX 8000 series system Specifies the volume level for audio input 3 of a Polycom HDX 7000 series system Specifies the volume level for the PC audio input of a Polycom HDX 6000 series or Polycom HDX 4000 series Line Output Level Sets the volume level for audio output Y Y Audio Settings gt Audio Settings 2 127 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 128 o c o o o 8 Sr o Ss o N xixi ao xou S x l sce qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned se SE Master Audio Volume Sets the volume level for audio from the far site
422. nal An additional alias of the far site Alias Endpoint Type Terminal gateway or MCU Endpoint Transport Address The actual address of the far site not necessarily the address dialed Audio Protocol Tx The audio protocol transmitted to the far site such as G 728 or G 722 1 Audio Protocol Rx The audio protocol received from the far site such as G 728 or G 722 Video Protocol Tx The video protocol transmitted to the far site such as H 263 or H 264 Video Protocol Rx The video protocol received from the far site such as H 261 or H 263 Video Format Tx The video format transmitted to the far site such as CIF or SIF Video Format Rx The video format received from the far site such as CIF or SIF Disconnect Info The description of the Q 850 ISDN cause code showing how the call ended Q850 Cause Code The Q 850 cause code showing how the call ended Total H 320 Errors The number of errors during an H 320 call Avg Packet Loss Tx The combined average of the percentage of both audio and video packets transmitted that were lost during the 5 seconds preceding the moment at which a sample was taken This value does not report a cumulative average for the entire H 323 call However it does report an average of the sampled values Avg Packet Loss Rx The combined average of the percentage of both audio and video packets received that were lost
423. names of the participants in the list is displayed From the Save as Favorite Participant dialog box select the Favorite List to which to save the participant and click OK 75 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Manage a Participant s Endpoint During a Conference The Manage page also allows operators to manage conference participant s endpoints e These context sensitive commands only appear when the participant s endpoint supports the action e These commands work for rooms on the participant list as well To manage a participant s endpoint 1 Go to Conference gt Ongoing 2 Select the conference of interest and click Manage The Participants list appears 3 To view participants geographically click Double click on the participant of interest 5 Use these participant actions as needed These actions are also available from the View Participants Details dialog box Action Use this action to Mute amp or Mute or unmute the selected participant s audio line Unmute Audio G into the conference This option appears only when the conference is running on an external MCU The Audio column in the Participants list shows the current status of this setting Block p or Block or unblock the selected participant s video line Unblock Video P into the conference This option appears only when the conference is running on an external MCU The Video column in the Participants list shows the current status of t
424. nd Export System Log Files on page 300 529 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 530 CMA System Report Use this option to generate and download a SystemInfo txt file that describes the system configuration For more information about this report see CMA System Report on page 303 Database Backup Use this option to initiate a backup of selected CMA internal databases Test Network Connection Use this option to perform a Traceroute or Ping operation Traceroute allows you to investigate the route path and transit times of packets as they travel across an IP network Ping allows you to test the availability of a host on an IP network Synchronize Certificate Stores Use this option to reset all certificate stores with the currently uploaded certificates and certificate revocation lists CRLs The information panes include Systems Displays summary information about the devices registered with the CMA system For more information see Systems on page 315 CMA Configuration Displays information about the configuration of the CMA system For more information see CMA Configuration on page 309 CMA Info Displays general information about the CMA system For more information see CMA Info on page 310 CMA Licenses Displays information about how the CMA system is licensed For more information see CMA Licenses on page 313 Gatekeepers Displays information about
425. ndant server as described in Request a Software Activation Key Code on page 411 On the primary CMA 5000 system server a Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Database and verify the database information If you fail to point the server to the correct database you must re enter the license when you change databases b Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Licenses c Enter the activation key code for the primary server into the Add New License gt Activation Key field and click Add The license number appears in the list and the number of active licenses is updated d Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Redundant Configuration and click Switch Server Role The system fails over to the redundant server On the redundant server a Loginto the CMA system using the virtual IP address and go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Licenses b Enter the software activation key code for the redundant server into the Add New License gt Activation Key field and click Add siz c Goto Admin gt Dashboard and click Restart 5 to restart the system The system fails over to the primary server Failover to a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Server In a redundant configuration the CMA 5000 system automatically fails over from the primary server to the redundant server However you can also manually initiate a failover Polycom Inc To manually initiate a failover 1 On either server go to Admin gt Server Settings
426. ndard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on SIP networks e ISDN H 320 A standard that defines the protocols used for multimedia communications on switched networks such as ISDN For endpoints with the type Unknown select H 323 The endpoint automatically provides the protocols if it registered successfully or is managed Required MCU Service The MCU service selected for the endpoint to use Polycom Inc 173 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Edit an Endpoint 174 Field Description Capabilities Capabilities enabled on this endpoint Options are Enabled e MCU The endpoint can act as a control unit for multipoint conferences e Gateway The endpoint can act as a gateway for call management The MCU provides the capability if it registered successfully or is managed Monitoring Level The monitoring level for the endpoint Possible values include e Standard This endpoint is monitored e VIP This endpoint is monitored closely The VIP identifier and filters are available to operators to monitor and manage conferences Available to Identifies if the endpoint is available when users are Schedule scheduling conferences 8 Click Add The endpoint appears in the Endpoint list By default the system may also Add the endpoint to the applicable site Set the HTTP Port to 80 Add an Alias for the endpoint
427. nformation about these endpoint actions see Endpoint Software Update Operations on page 191 102 Polycom Inc Endpoint Types Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview The following tables describe the CMA system support for endpoints based on endpoint type and category of support See the Polycom CMA System Release Notes for more information on tested and supported endpoint versions Polycom Endpoint Types CMA Desktop HDX Series dynamic management mode lt lt Gatekeeper Registration Z Z Global Address Book Access lt lt Dynamic Management 2 Z Standard Management Z lt Scheduling Dial In only lt Z Scheduling Dial in and Dial out lt lt Monitoring Standard lt Z Command and Control lt lt Reports for IP Calls lt lt Reports for ISDN Calls lt lt Supported Behind a Firewallf HDX Series standard management mode VVX Series ViewStation Series ViewStation FX and EX Series lt lt zZ lt zZ lt lt lt lt zZ zZ V and VSX Series QDX Series PVX RealPresence Group Series lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt lt i zZz z z zI zj lt lt Z lt z z lt z lt lt lt lt lt lt lt z lt lt lt lt lt lt Z 2Zz lt lt lt 2 2 2 RealPresence Desktop Y N Y N
428. ng First Time Setup However you can complete First Time Setup with just the root CA certificate and the CMA system default self signed certificate Then you can use the Certificate Management page to finish certificate set up 30 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments Session Management The Session Management page allows an administrator to change but not disable the following settings Field Description CMA user interface By default the CMA system user interface times out after 10 timeout minutes of inactivity Use this procedure to change the timeout value for the user interface inactivity timer Possible value is 5 to 60 minutes Maximum number The number of simultaneous login sessions per user ID of sessions per Possible value is 1 to 10 sessions user Maximum number The number of simultaneous login sessions by all users of sessions per Possible value is 2 to 50 sessions system Note If this limit is reached but none of the logged in users is an Administrator the first Administrator user to arrive is granted access and the system terminates the non Administrator session that s been idle the longest Banner Configuration The Banner Configuration page allows users assigned the Administrator role to customize but not disable the long and short login banners A log in banner is the message that appears when users attempt to access the system Users mus
429. ng and least cost routing are disabled For details see the following table Field Description Service Type Type of service Enable Indicates whether this service is enabled Available for New Groups The service is available to new user groups Description Description of the service Service Prefix The prefix for this service Must be a registered E 164 alias for the corresponding gateway in the Devices page for Directory Setup 487 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description For use in simplified dialing Device Capability Specify the type of connection the device can handle Select all that apply Options are e H 320 Supports video and voice using the ITU H 320 standard e Voice Supports voice over the PSTN network e Other Supports a protocol other than H 320 or voice such as H 321 or video over ATM Bit Rate Kbps The maximum rate at which the calls can connect Note If you select Unknown this service cannot support simplified dialing first number Insert between prefix and Specify the character to insert in the dial string between the prefix and the first number For example if you specify as the character the sequence the user enters would be 77 2125551212 Insert between phone number Specify the character to insert in the dial string between phone numbers For example if you specify as the character to
430. ng the system s logging and history retention You should be familiar with the following configurations and operations e Configuring logging for the system These settings affect the number and the contents of the log archives available for download from the system Polycom Global Services personnel may ask you to adjust the logging configuration and or download and send them logs e Configuring history retention levels for the system These settings affect how much system activity history is retained on the system and available for download as CDRs 522 Polycom Inc System Management and Maintenance Auditor Best Practices The following are some of our recommendations for auditing best practices e Unless otherwise instructed by Polycom Global Services configure logging at the production level with a rolling frequency of every day and a retention period of 60 days If hard drive space becomes an issue decrease the retention period incrementally until the disk space issue is resolved e Download log archives regularly and back them up securely preferably offsite as well as onsite e Export CDRs regularly and back them up securely preferably offsite as well as onsite Recommended Regular Maintenance Polycom Inc Perform the following tasks to keep your CMA system operating trouble free and at peak efficiency These tasks can be done quickly and should be run at least weekly Create and Archive Backups Log into
431. ngs Call Settings Audio Settings and if applicable CMA Desktop Settings sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box For information about these fields see Automatic Provisioning on page 107 The sections may differ depending on the endpoint type selected Click OK The provisioning profile is updated Polycom Inc Endpoint Provisioning Operations Edit the Profile Order for an Automatic Provisioning Profile To edit the profile order for an automatic provisioning profile 1 Go to Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Automatic Provisioning Profiles In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page select the profile of interest click in the Profile Order text box preceding the provisioning profile of interest and enter the priority for the profile Click Update Profile Order The system assigns the provisioning profile the selected priority and shuffles and reassigns priorities to the other provisioning profiles Clone an Automatic Provisioning Profile To clone an automatic provisioning profile 1 Go to Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Automatic Provisioning Profiles In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Clone 31 In the Clone Profile dialog box enter a name for the new profile and click Save The provisioning profile appears last in the Automatic Provisioning Profiles list As needed edit the profile See Edit an Automatic Provisionin
432. nistrator s Guide for Polycom HDX Systems AES Encryption Specify how to encrypt calls with other sites that support AES encryption e Off No encryption is used e When Available AES Encryption is used with any endpoint that supports it even if the other endpoints in the call don t support it e Required for Video Calls Only AES Encryption is used for all video endpoints in the call Analog phone and voice over ISDN connections are allowed Video endpoints must support AES Encryption to participate in the call e Required for All Calls AES Encryption is used for all video endpoints in the call Analog phone and voice over ISDN connections are not allowed All endpoints must support AES Encryption to participate in the call Enable Web Access Specify whether to allow remote access to the endpoint system by the web Note The endpoint systems will restart if the remote access settings are changed This setting does not deactivate the associated port only the application Use the Web Access Port setting to disable the port Enable Telnet Access Specify whether to allow remote access to the system by Telnet Note The endpoint systems will restart if the remote access settings are changed This setting does not deactivate the associated port only the application Use the Web Access Port setting to disable the port Enable SNMP Access 470 Specify whether to allow remote access to the syst
433. nistrator role to manage users groups user roles permissions and areas if applicable Most often a CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory from which users are imported However the CMA system also allows administrators to add local users that is users added manually to the system and associate them with endpoints groups and roles Users Local Users When you manually add local users the CMA system manages all user information and associations At a minimum when you manually add users you must enter a user s First Name or Last Name User ID and Password When you enter the minimum information the CMA system automatically assigns local users the basic Scheduler role unless you remove that assignment They can then schedule conferences be scheduled into conferences and call into conferences However the system cannot call out to them until they are associated with endpoints Polycom Inc 249 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Groups 250 You should associate local users with one or more roles and associate them with one or more endpoints Alternatively you can associate local users with roles by associating them with local groups If your company has implemented the Areas feature you can also associate local users with areas for which you are an administrator For more information about areas see Area Overview and Operations on page 347 Enterprise Users When the CMA system is
434. nitiate the system dial out to the room select the room from the New Conference Participants list and click Connect New Participants The system dials out to the room endpoint system and adds the room to the conference View the Video of a Participant in an Active Conference To view the video of a participant in an active conference 1 Go to Conference gt Ongoing 2 From the list of All Conferences select the conference of interest and click Manage a 3 Select a participant from the Participants list The selected participant s video appears in the Conference Image section of the interface 4 Click Shuffle to shuffle to the next participant s video Join an Active Conference By default users assigned the Operator role can join an active conference to offer conference support To join an active conference 1 Go to Conference gt Ongoing 2 From the list of All Conferences select the conference of interest and click Manage 4 3 From the Conference Actions list click Join Conference The Join Conference dialog box appears 4 Ifthe conference uses bridge cascading select a bridge for the call into the conference 5 If you have multiple endpoints choose the endpoint to use to join the conference 6 Click Join Conference Your endpoint is added to the conference with your video blocked but your audio not muted 74 Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Management Operations Add a Participant fr
435. nitoring service is not running 513 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 514 Alert Type Alert indicates Redundant Server Down In redundant CMA system configurations only The connection or synchronization between the primary and secondary server has been lost Redundancy Conflict In redundant CMA system configurations only Both the primary and secondary system servers believe they are the active server Site Bandwidth Threshold Exceeded The site bandwidth threshold which is set at 90 of capacity has been exceeded Subnet Bandwidth Threshold Exceeded The subnet bandwidth threshold which is set at 90 of capacity has been exceeded Site Link Bandwidth Threshold Exceeded The site link bandwidth threshold which is set at 90 of capacity has been exceeded Active Call Exceeded 90 of Maximum The number of active calls has exceeded 90 of the maximum allowed This value is dependent on the call model routed or direct and the total number of licenses In routed mode the maximum number of active calls is 30 of the total number of licenses In direct mode the maximum number of active calls is 60 of the total number of licenses Active Call Exceeded 100 of Maximum The number of active calls has exceeded 100 of the maximum allowed This value is dependent on the call model routed or direct and the total number of licenses In routed mode th
436. nline Endpoint Usage Reports Download CDRs e View and download system log files Download Windows event logs Respond to audit log alerts When auditors log into the CMA system the system displays the Audit Log Files page and they have access to the following menu items Reports IP Call Detail Records Endpoint Usage Report System Log Files Audit Log Files 257 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Administrator Role Responsibilities and Menus The Administrator role is for those users who administrate the CMA system itself Users assigned the Administrator role can generally do almost all system functions however they cannot schedule conferences monitor conferences or manage endpoints or other network devices When administrators log into the CMA system the system displays the system Dashboard and they have access to the following menu items Audit Log Files Microsoft Lync Integration admin continued Monitor View Dashboard Gatekeeper Settings Peripherals View Conference Templates Primary Gatekeeper Conference Settings Alternate Gatekeeper Monitor view Provisioning Profiles Neighboring Gatekeepers i t Automatic Provisioning Profiles Management and Security Scheduled Provisioning Profiles Server Software Upgrade Software Updates Certificate settings Users Automatic Software Updates Security Settings Groups Scheduled Software Updates Endpoint Management Settings User Roles Rooms Dial Plan and Sites Guest
437. nment will be based on the default E 164 numbering scheme or on a specified E 164 numbering scheme if one has been setup However if an E 164 alias already exists in a Dial String Reservation for a User or Room then it will have priority over the E 164 number generation E 164 aliases may also originate from other CMA system sources to include a User or Room Dial String Reservation a Guest E 164 designation and an E 164 alias provided directly at the endpoint this opton is only applicable to some non dynamically managed endpoints Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Within the CMA system an E 164 alias provided in a Dial String Reservation has a higher priority than a generated E 164 alias A single user with multiple endpoints may be assigned a unique E 164 alias per endpoint IMPORTANT H 323 must be enabled on an endpoint and the it must be registered with the Gatekeeper prior to the CMA system s application of the E 164 numbering scheme H 323 can be enabled on an endpoint through the CMA system s site provisioning functionality See Add a Site on page 461 E 164 Numbering Scheme Default Settings The E 164 numbering scheme functionality consists of three main parts prefix base field and suffix The entire E 164 numeric string has a 15 digit maximum Prefix Base Field Suffix Based on Device Type Choosing this selection will automatically associate a unique two digit identifier t
438. nother from the Available Bridges window select a bridge and click Add Bridge 6 Specify bridge to bridge connections by selecting the bridges of interest and clicking Add Link The link is graphically represented by an arrow The bridge at the base of the arrow dials to the bridge at the point of the arrow Note 4 A Polycom RMX system cannot dial a Polycom MGC so do not link from an RMX system to an MGC system 7 Inthe Add Link dialog box select the Link Type Notes e You can add links from a Polycom MGC system to a Polycom RMX system e There is no support for ISDN cascaded links on RMX MCUs e The lag time required to update cascaded links may cause more than one participant to hear the prompt about being the first person to join the conference 8 Return to adding or editing the conference as described in Conference Scheduling Operations on page 49 68 Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Management Operations This chapter describes the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system conference and participant management operations It includes these topics Manage an Active Conference Add Additional Participants to an Active Conference Add a Room to an Active Conference View the Video of a Participant in an Active Conference Join an Active Conference Add a Participant from a Favorites List to an Active Conference Add Save a Participant to a Favorites List Manage a Participant s
439. nstalled see Polycom CMA System Redundancy on page 431 to finish implementing redundancy Set Up Video Call Routing Polycom Inc The video call routing setup includes the gatekeeper site topology gateway and MCU dial plan services and bandwidth management You can perform the following tasks e Handle inbound ISDN calls and route them to correct endpoints e Enable outbound IP based calls e Connect through a firewall using an SBC device e Allow or deny calls to and from unregistered endpoints rogue calls e When you have a third party MCU that registers with the gatekeeper using standard H 323 protocol add gateway and MCU dial plan services manually Define new sites and site links e Add IP to ISDN call routing using least cost routing Define neighboring gatekeepers e Enable routing of H 323 calls to neighboring gatekeepers e Define a site for each physical location in which a LAN or an ISDN connection exists If you use VPN connections you can consolidate distinct physical locations into a single logical site to simplify management tasks e For each site define the subnets in which the video endpoint systems are deployed It is important that the IP addresses used by the endpoints belong to only one subnet at a site Define least cost routing tables only when you use the least cost routing feature e Customize default dialing rules For more information see Dial Plan Setup Operations
440. nt Management Overview Profile Order and Priority Automatic provisioning profiles are associated with groups but what about those users who belong to more than one group what determines their experience When you add new profiles you assign a Profile Order The Profile Order determines which provisioning profile takes priority Consider the following example e Jason Smith is part of the Support group and also part of the Executive group e The Support group is assigned an automatic provisioning profile named Low Bandwidth which allows a maximum speed for receiving calls of 128kbps e The Executive group is assigned an automatic provisioning profile called High Bandwidth which allows a maximum speed for receiving calls of 1920kbps e The Low Bandwidth profile is assigned a profile order of 1 while the High Bandwith profile is assigned a profile order of 2 In this example Jason s endpoint is provisioned with the Low Bandwidth provisioning profile because it has the higher priority So when you add provisioning profiles you may want to assign provisioning profiles with more robust privileges a higher priority than those providing less privileges Scheduled Provisioning Polycom Inc Scheduled provisioning is enabled at the CMA system To schedule an endpoint for provisioning the CMA system must already have a scheduled provisioning profile created for the endpoint How Scheduled Provisioning Works In this st
441. nt at 15 minute intervals e Ifan endpoint scheduled for provisioning is Offline the system attempts to connect to it at 60 minute intervals until the endpoint is Online e Provisioning may reboot the endpoint e You can schedule provisioning for an unlimited number of endpoints but the system may limit the number of active provisioning processes Endpoint Gatekeeper Registration Policies 132 If the CMA system gatekeeper registration policy allows endpoints to register automatically that is a primary gatekeeper setting of Allow Registration of All Endpoints Allow Registration of Endpoints in Defined Sites or Allow Registration of Endpoints with Defined E 164 Prefixes those registered endpoints are automatically added to the endpoint list If the CMA gatekeeper registration policy does not allow endpoints to register automatically that is a gatekeeper setting of Allow Registration of Predefined Endpoints Only you must manually add all endpoints to the CMA system No matter what the gatekeeper registration policy any endpoint that is automatically provisioned any endpoint that is registered with the Global Address Book and any endpoint that is added manually to the CMA system can automatically register with the gatekeeper For more information see Device Registration on page 396 Note You can manually add endpoints to the CMA system for monitoring purposes only Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview
442. o each dynamically managed endpoint type See the Based on Device Type Settings section Specify Number Range The number range has been preset to 1000 and 9999 Important When a numeric range runs out of numbers the number generation operation will fail No Suffix A suffix will not be assigned to the Default E 164 Numbering Scheme Aliias The number below is only an example of a Prefix assignment The number below is only an example of a Base Field assignment The lack of a number below is only an example of a No Suffix assignment 44 sample value 1009 sample value blank sample value E 164 Numbering Scheme Explained To give you an idea of how an E 164 numbering scheme would appear see example below Please note that the example is based on sample default values provided in the table above 505 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 441009 an example of an E 164 Alias Here the Prefix is derived from the Based on Device Type selection in this case the 44 in the sample is referring to a Polycom RealPresence Group Series endpoint this number will normally adjust to match the actual endpoint type The 1009 assignment is a sample Base Field result derived from the Number Range selection in this example the range is between 1000 and 9999 The Suffix portion of this example was set to No Suffix which means that a suffix value will not be appen
443. o edit a guest in the system Guest Book 1 Go to User gt Guest Book and select the guest of interest 2 Click Edit Guest 3 Change the Guest Information section and endpoint information sections of the Add New Guest dialog box as needed For more information about these fields see Add a Guest to the System Guest Book on page 276 4 Click OK Polycom Inc User Management Operations Delete a Guest from the System Guest Book To delete a guest from the system Guest Book 1 Go to User gt Guest Book and select the guest of interest 2 Click Delete Guest 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Manage Favorites Add a Favorites List Polycom Inc The CMA system allows operators with Monitoring permissions to create one or more Favorites list which they can use to quickly select participants to participate in conferences The operations associated with managing favorites include e Add a Favorites List e Edit a Favorites List e Delete a Favorites List In the CMA system only operators with Monitoring permissions can view add edit delete or use Favorites lists and these Favorites lists cannot be shared with other operators To add a Favorites list 1 Goto User gt Favorites 2 On the Favorites page click Add 3 Complete the Favorites List Name and Description fields of the Add Favorites List dialog box Note The Favorites List Name must be unique within the system 4 Inthe Search Available
444. o the Groups to Import list Click OK The enterprise group appears in the Groups list Now you can edit the group and associate it with an automatic provisioning profile user roles and specify whether or not the group directory is viewable You can also search for enterprise users 269 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Edit a Group To edit a local or enterprise group 1 Go to User gt Groups 2 Inthe Groups page select the group of interest and click Edit 3 As required edit the General Info Associated Roles and Group Members sections of the Edit Local Groups dialog box Notes G e The Group Members section is only available for Local groups e Ifyou remove a user from a group or a role from a group the user no longer has the roles associated with the group 4 Click OK Delete a Group To delete a local or enterprise group 1 Go to User gt Groups 2 Inthe Groups page select the group of interest and click Delete Group 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion The group is deleted from the CMA system Note An enterprise group is only deleted from the CMA system not the enterprise directory so it can be reimported Manage User Roles In the CMA system only users assigned the Administrator role can e Assign Users Roles and Endpoints e View the List of User Roles e Adda User Role e Edit Permissions for a User Role e Delete a User Role 270 Polycom Inc User Management Operations e Vie
445. oard Buttons e Dashboard Panes e System Administration Menu Polycom CMA System Dashboard When you log into the CMA system with Administrator role and permissions the system first displays the system Dashboard Use the system Dashboard to view information about system health and activity levels Note We recommend that you use a minimum monitor display of 1280 x 1024 pixels to view the system Dashboard The system Dashboard displays data in an array of charts forms data grids and other graphical displays It is supremely customizable You can modify your system Dashboard layout by moving select the pane title hold drag and drop minimizing maximizing closing and restoring panes Also note that your changes to the system Dashboard are persistent not just for a session but between logouts and logins Polycom Inc 307 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Dashboard Buttons Dashboard Panes 308 In general the system Dashboard displays information only However the following buttons are available from the Dashboard view Button Use this button to Add Panes Add additional display panes to the system Dashboard See Dashboard Panes on page 308 Refresh Update the page with current information To change the frequency of automatic screen refreshes from the default of 5 seconds click the down arrow and select another option 15 30 45 or 60 seconds The Refresh button flashes when the system r
446. obal Address Book limit is increased to 5000 entries Dynamically managed endpoints are always included in the enterprise LDAP directory By default the Include dynamically managed devices in the Global Address Book option is selected This brings all of your devices and users together into one endpoint directory However you may not want to take advantage of this feature if you have legacy endpoint systems such as VSX ViewStation and FX endpoints These endpoint systems cannot handle the increased size of the Global Address Book For information on clearing this option see Remove or Include Dynamically Managed Endpoints in the Global Address Book on page 368 The second Directory Setup option affects both the Global Address Book and the enterprise LDAP directory The CMA system Guest Book includes static user entries By selecting the Show Guest Book entries in the Directory these static entries are included in the endpoint directory regardless of whether the endpoint directory is the Global Address Book or the enterprise LDAP directory The Show Guest Book entries in the Directory option is also selected by default Polycom Inc Server Setting Operations This chapter describes how to update the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system configuration settings many of which were entered during First Time Setup It includes these topics e Edit the Polycom CMA System Network Settings e Edit the Polycom CMA S
447. ode Overview Polycom Inc The CMA system provides a Maximum Security option for those businesses that must adhere to the most stringent security protocols You can only enable the Maximum Security option during First Time Setup The process is irreversible and has significant consequences as many CMA system features aren t supported in this mode Polycom CMA System Operations Guide e Inmaximum security the CMA system does not include support for the following features Operation on the CMA 4000 platform or in a redundant system configuration CMA system gatekeeper functionality External databases Legacy endpoints Only HDX systems operating in dynamic management mode are supported ISDN scheduling Global Address Books Standard scheduled management and monitoring of endpoints Presence SNMP Remote desktop Integration with Microsoft MS Exchange for calendaring Integration with MS Office Communications Server or MS Lync Support for the Polycom CMA Desktop clients or the Polycom Scheduling Plug ins for Microsoft Outlook and IBM Lotus Notes Least Cost Routing Audio only conferences Online help The following sections describe in detail the operational differences fora CMA system in Maximum Security mode Conference Scheduling in Maximum Security Mode Conference scheduling functionality is available to users assigned the basic Scheduler Advanced Scheduler and Operator roles The conference scheduling workf
448. oes not allow HTTP traffic select Manual Then specify a NAT Public WAN Address e Ifthe endpoint systems are not behind a NAT or are connected to the IP network through a virtual private network VPN select Off NAT Public WAN When NAT Configuration is set to Manual specifies the Y Y Y Address address that callers from outside the LAN should use to call the endpoint systems NAT is H 323 Specifies that the endpoint systems are behind a NAT that Y Y Y Y Compatible is capable of translating H 323 traffic Auto Discover NAT Specifies whether to allow the system to automatically Y Y Address discover the NAT firewall address through the domain name server Address Displayed in Specifies whether or not to include the endpoint system s Y Y Y Global Directory information in the global directory Video Network gt ISDN BRI Protocol Enable ISDN H 320 Allows this system to make H 320 ISDN calls Number of ISDN Specifies how many channels to dial at one time You can Channels to Dial in specify up to eight channels If you experience network Parallel problems decrease the number Set this value to 1 for serial dialing Serial dialing is not recommended unless you have trouble connecting calls using parallel dialing ISDN Switch Protocols Specifies the protocol used by your network s switch Y IY Outside Line Dialing Specifies the ISDN dialing prefix used to call outside the Y IY Prefix network Polyc
449. of all types e You can change some of the Alert Severity Levels to either Minor or Major and create multiple remote alert profiles that notify different users of system events of different types and severity levels To set the CMA system remote alert level settings 1 Goto Admin gt Alert Settings gt CMA Alert Level Settings 2 Onthe CMA Alert Level Settings page change the Alert Severity Level for the following CMA Alert Type system events as required Alert Type Alert indicates Bridge Down A Polycom MCU RMX or MGC has failed Database Connection Down The connection to the database has been lost Enterprise Directory Connection Down The connection to the enterprise directory server has been lost Enterprise Directory System Account Password Failure The connection to the enterprise directory server could not be established because the account password was incorrect CMA Failover Occurred In redundant CMA system configurations only The system has failed over from one system server to the other License Capacity Threshold Exceeded The number of available seats defined by the installed license is within 5 of the total license capacity Bridge Time Discrepancy A difference between the clock on the Polycom MCU RMX or MGC and the CMA system clock CMA Monitor Service Stopped In redundant CMA system configurations only The CMA system redundancy mo
450. of the CMA system paging file usage e A sparkline that presents the paging file usage over time 10 minutes total updated every 1 minute so there are 10 data points on the sparkline e A percentage indicator that shows the current usage Last Hard Displays the date and time of the last complete system start Start Reboot Provisioning in Displays the number of scheduled endpoint provisioning Progress processes that are currently underway Software Displays the number of scheduled endpoint software update Updates in processes that are currently underway Progress Hardware The number of hardware components in the CMA system Alarms reporting a warning state Threshold The number of hardware components in the CMA system Alarms reporting an error state Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Administration Overview Field Description Total Memory The total amount of RAM on the CMA system Free Memory The amount of free RAM space on the CMA system Partition C Memory The amount of used and unused capacity on the CMA system partition C Partition D Memory The amount of used and unused capacity on the CMA system partition D Partition E The amount of used and unused capacity on the CMA system Memory partition E Temperature Temperature status information provided by the Polycom branded Dell server agent through its MIB Power Supply Power supply s
451. of the CMA system responsible for this territory Backup Node The second node if any of the CMA system responsible for this territory Associated Sites Search Sites Enter search string or leave blank to find all sites Search Result Lists sites found and shows the territory if any to which each currently belongs Select a site and click the right arrow to move it to the Selected Sites list Selected Sites Lists sites selected and shows the territory if any to which each currently belongs Polycom Inc 393 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Network Clouds The Network Clouds page contains a list of the MPLS Multiprotocol Label Switching network clouds defined in the site topology Use the commands in the Actions list to add edit or delete an MPLS cloud See the Cloud Info section of the Add Edit Network Cloud Dialog Box on page 394 for a description of the fields in the Network Clouds list Add Edit Network Cloud Dialog Box Use the Add Network Cloud dialog box to define a new MPLS network cloud in the CMA systems site topology Use the Edit Network Cloud dialog box to redefine an existing MPLS network cloud The following table describes the fields in the Add Network Cloud and Edit Network Cloud dialog boxes Field Description Cloud Info Name A meaningful name for the cloud up to 128 characters Description A brief description of the cloud u
452. of the participants that joined CMA system scheduled conferences Avg Parts in MP Confs The average number of participants that joined scheduled CMA system multipoint conferences 3 To create one of the conference type report charts click the appropriate chart name below the grid Chart choices include Column Description Scheduled vs Ad hoc A chart that compares the number of scheduled conferences to the number of ad hoc conferences for each month Scheduled Types A chart that compares the number of point to point multipoint gateway and embedded multipoint conferences for each month Scheduled vs Executed Mins A chart that compares the number of scheduled minutes to the number of executed minutes for each month Avg Parts in MP Confs A chart that displays the average number of participants in multipoint conferences for each month Point to Point Confs on MCUs A chart that displays the number of point to point conferences hosted on an external MCU for each month The selected chart dynamically appears below the grid 4 To export the report a Click Export In the File Download dialog box click Save c Inthe Save As dialog box browse to the location to which to save the report and click Save Polycom Inc 293 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Gatekeeper Message Log Use the Gatekeeper Message Log page to View messages that endpoints send
453. oftware update is configured as both production and trial It is available from both the Production URL and the Trial URL 4 From the Configure Platform section select the platform version to configure for trial You can select only one platform version for trial 5 Click Configure Application For each application select the version to configure for trial from the Platform Compatible drop down list The version selected must be compatible with the platform version listed in the column heading If the application is not selected no check mark the application will not be configured for trial 7 Click OK From the peripheral itself the configured software updates are now available using the Trial URL Scheduled Software Update Operations For scheduled software update it includes these topics e View Scheduled Software Update Information e View List of Software Update Packages e Implement Scheduled Software Updates for Endpoints Polycom Inc 205 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide View Scheduled Software Update Information To view information about software updates that are scheduled or for endpoints that are eligible for scheduled software updates 1 Go to Endpoint gt Scheduled Software Update 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Filter choices include Type Name IP Address ISDN Video Number Alias and Site 3 Select the endpoint of interest In the Device Details sect
454. oints 0 000 eee 45 Bridge Selection and Cascading 0 000000 45 Bridge Scheduling and Reassignment 00 00sec euee 46 5 Conference Scheduling Operations 49 Add Schedule a Conference 00 cece cece etn ene nena 49 Add Schedule a New Conference 0 0 ccc eee e een eens 49 iv Polycom Inc Contents Copy an Existing Conference 0 0 e ec eee 55 Edita Comlerenc 2 65 ins necsgeente eng ean tec nese a ie eiae 56 Edit a Participant s Settings 0 6c cee eee 57 View Scheduling Information for a Conference 0 0000s 59 6 Advanced Scheduling Operations 61 Edit Conference Settings 0 0 eee eee eee eee 61 Select a Bridge fora Conference 00 00 cece eee 67 Create a Cascaded Conference Across Multiple Bridges 67 7 Conference and Participant Management Operations 69 Manage an Active Conference 06 c cece eee eens 69 Add Additional Participants to an Active Conference 72 Add a Room to an Active Conference 00 0000 e eee eee 73 View the Video of a Participant in an Active Conference 74 Join an Active Conference 0 ccc cc cnet teen eens 74 Add a Participant from a Favorites List to an Active Conference 75 Add Save a Participant to a Favorites List 0000004 75 Manage a
455. olling interval To add an automatic provisioning profile 1 Goto Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Automatic Provisioning Profiles 183 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page click Add Ta In the Add Profile dialog box enter a name for the profile and click Next Complete the System Settings Home Screen Settings H 323 Settings Call Settings Audio Settings and if applicable CMA Desktop Settings sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box For information about these fields see Automatic Provisioning on page 107 The sections may differ depending on the endpoint type selected Click OK The provisioning profile appears at the bottom of the Automatic Provisioning Profiles list To change the priority order of the automatic provisioning profiles a Clickin the Profile Order text box preceding the provisioning profile of interest and enter the priority for the profile b Click Update Profile Order The system assigns the provisioning profile the selected priority and shuffles and reassigns priorities to the other provisioning profiles Edit an Automatic Provisioning Profile To edit an automatic provisioning profile 1 184 Go to Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Automatic Provisioning Profiles In the Automatic Provisioning Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Edit A Edit the System Settings Home Screen Settings H 323 Setti
456. olumeOff OSD MCUStatusLine Mode OSD Menu BalloonHelp OSD Menu CodecLabel OSD Menu DisableH323ldCalling OSD Menu DisableTimeout OSD Menu DisplayWelcomeText OSD Menu DisplayWelcomeTime OSD Menu IconPlacement OSD Menu InputEditor Language OSD Menu Language OSD Menu Mode OSD Menu Password OSD Menu Simple OSD Menu WelcomeMenu OSD Menu WelcomeText OSD Mode OSD Offset Mode PacketlossDownSpeed Mode PCPort Mode lt Zz lt 2 Z lt lt Z Z lt Z Z n n 2 Z Z lt lt lt IZ 2 Z Z 2 2 2 2 Zz zZ PictureProgram 1 Layout Polycom Inc 151 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 PictureProgram 1 Window 1 through 6 Y N Call PictureProgram 1 Window 1 through6 Y N Picture PictureProgram 2 Layout Y N PictureProgram 2 Window 1 through6 Y N Call PictureProgram 2 Window 1 through6 Y N Picture PictureProgram 3 Layout Y N PictureProgram 3 Window 1 through 6 Y N Call PictureProgram 3 Window 1 through6 Y N Picture PictureProgram 4 Layout Y N PictureProgram 4 Window 1 through6 Y N Call PictureProgram 4 Window 1 through6 Y N Picture PresentationStart Y N Prese
457. olycom CMA System 417 Add an SNMP Notification Receiver 00000085 419 Configure Alert Thresholds 0 0 cece eee eee 421 Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package 422 Change the SNMP Communication Port 00 005 424 32 Database Operations sesssssesess o 425 Polycom Inc Overview of the Polycom CMA System Database 425 Internal Databases 0 02 se ccee este edb eee edie e abin aeaii 426 External Databases 223 2223 beiwideade bees i aie i T ei an Ta E eee 426 Database Restoration 0000 cece eee eee eee 427 Database Operations 0 0 0 cece teens 427 Integrate a Polycom CMA System to an External Database 428 Revert a Polycom CMA System to its Internal Database 428 Copy the CMA System Database Backup Files 428 Reformat the Existing Database 0000000 429 XV Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 33 Polycom CMA System Redundancy 431 Polycom CMA 5000 System Redundancy Overview 431 How Redundancy Works 0000s 431 Redundant Configuration System Administration 433 Implement a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System 434 Configure the External Database for Redundancy 435 Set the Virtual IP Address for the Redundant System 436 License a Redundant
458. om Inc Endpoint Management Overview Polycom Inc 4 c o o o EJA SY o s o D x x ao xju s x soe Qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned ri sS j nrzi sSia Video Network gt Preferred Speeds Preferred Speed for Determines the speeds that will be used for IP ISDN or YY Y Placing Calls Kbps International ISDN calls from this endpoint system when e The Call Quality selection is either unavailable or set Sells to Auto on the Place a Call screen Yy Y ISDN Video Call e The call is placed from the directory YY H 320 If the far site endpoint system does not support the International ISDN calls selected speed the endpoint system automatically ylyl negotiates a lower speed Maximum Speed for Allows you to restrict the bandwidth used when receiving Y Y Y Receiving Calls Kbps IP or ISDN calls IP Calls If the far site attempts to call the system at a higher speed y than selected here the call is re negotiated at the speed ISDN Video Call specified in this field z H 320 Monitors gt Monitors 1 Number of Monitors Y Monitor 1 Options Monitor 1 Specifies the monitor s aspect ratio Y e 4 3 Select if you are using a regular TV monitor Video Format Specifies the monitor s format Y IY e DVI Select if the monitor is connected to the DVI
459. om a Favorites List to an Active Conference By default users assigned the Operator role can work with favorites lists To add a participant from a favorites list to an active conference 1 2 Go to Conference gt Ongoing From the list of All Conferences select the conference of interest and click Manage a From the Conference Actions list click Add Favorites From the Favorites List expand the list of interest The names of the participants in the list is displayed Select the participant of interest from the list The participant s name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants list Repeat steps 4 and 5 to add all participants from the Favorites List and then click Close To initiate the system dial out to new participants select the participants of interest from the New Conference Participants list and from the New Participants Action menu click Connect New Participants The system dials out to the participants and adds them to the conference Add Save a Participant to a Favorites List Polycom Inc By default users assigned the Operator role can work with favorites lists To add or save a conference participant to a favorites list 1 2 Go to Conference gt Ongoing From the list of All Conferences select the conference of interest and click Manage 4 From the Participants list select the participant of interest From the Participant Actions menu click Save as Favorite The
460. on a Polycom RMX system the CMA system will lose connection to the RMX but will automatically regain it using the correct protocol The CMA system may take up to a minute to restore the connection User Management in Maximum Security Mode Polycom Inc User management functionality is divided among different roles Scheduler Operator and Administrator Scheduler Users assigned the basic Scheduler and Advanced Scheduler role can add guest participants to the Guest Book The Guest Book workflow for schedulers on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has not changed Operator Users assigned the Operator role can add edit and delete guest participants from the Guest Book as well as add edit and delete their own Favorites lists The Guest Book and Favorites workflow for operators on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has not changed Administrator The administrator s user management functionality and workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has changed significantly When integrated with an enterprise directory Microsoft Active Directory the CMA system can have only one local account the default administrator account used to access and administer the system This account cannot be deleted in any circumstances 21 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide When integrated with an enterprise directory this local administrator can perform the following user management function
461. on and any relevant information such as GUID userID name phone number You can secure the connection between the CMA system and the Active Directory server s Global Catalog using LDAP S via outbound TCP UDP port 3269 or Start TLS via outbound 3268 TCP UDP To implement the secure connection the appropriate ports must be open on any network equipment between the Global Catalog and the CMA system 358 Polycom Inc Directory Operations Accounts Required for the CMA System CMA System Service Account Before integrating the CMA system with an Active Directory forest you must create a service account for it in Active Directory This service account is a read only user account that the CMA system uses to perform LDAP queries against your Active Directory Global Catalog CMA System Computer Account The CMA system requires a computer account to enable secure channel communications with the Active Directory forest that is being leveraged for authentication This account must be pre created and the password set by an administrator from a Domain Controller Note When setting up a redundant CMA system the redundant servers use the same computer account to create their secure channel connection The computer account name does not have to match the host name of your CMA system server Understanding Base DN Polycom Inc When the CMA system is integrated with an enterprise directory the system uses the baseDN to determin
462. on the MCUs with which the CMA system is registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services 4 Ifthe guest has a SIP IP endpoint configure these settings Polycom Inc 277 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Edit a Guest in the System Guest Book 278 Field Description Sip URI The SPI URI the MCU must resolve to contact the guest MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs with which the CMA system is registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services 5 If the guest has an H 320 ISDN endpoint configure these settings Field Description Use Modified Dial Select this option first as needed as it will Number determine the other fields you must configure Country Not available when Use Modified Dial Number is selected The country to which the system will dial out to the guest Click Select to view a list of country codes Area City Code Not available when Use Modified Dial Number is selected The area code to which the system will dial out to the guest Number The participant s phone number Extension Cannot be configured MCU Service Choose from the list of MCU services defined on the MCUs with which the CMA system has registered Leave this at Any Available Service unless you have specific knowledge of MCU services 6 Click OK T
463. on to use Use the commands in the Actions list to add and delete site to site exclusions The following table describes the fields in the list 392 Column Description From To Site Name of one of the two sites connected by the excluded link To From Site Name of the other site Polycom CMA System Setup Overview Territories The Territories page contains a list of the territories defined in the site topology On the right it displays information about the selected territory A territory is a set of one or more sites for which a CMA system is responsible By default there is one territory named Default CMA Territory and its primary node the CMA system responsible for it is set to this system Use the commands in the Actions list to add edit or delete a territory See Add Edit Territory Dialog Box on page 393 for a description of the fields in the territory list Add Edit Territory Dialog Box Use the Add Territory dialog box to define a new territory in the CMA system s site topology Use the Edit Territory dialog box to define a new territory in the CMA system s site topology The following table describes the fields in the Add Territory and Edit Territory dialog boxes Field Description Territory Info Name A meaningful name for the territory up to 128 characters Description A brief description of the territory up to 200 characters Primary Node The primary node
464. onference Views Future and Ongoing 42 The Conference list in both the Future and Ongoing view has these fields Field Description Filter Use the filter to display other views of the conference list which include e Future Only Displays scheduled conferences that have not yet started e Today Only Displays scheduled conferences completed active or future for the current day and active ad hoc conferences e Custom Date Displays scheduled conferences completed active or future for a selected day Select the day from the calendar e Ongoing Plus Displays active and future scheduled conferences for the day You can further filter this request by Owner Conference Name Endpoint Name and Bridge e Today Plus Displays scheduled conferences completed active or future for the current day current ad hoc conferences and all future conferences You can further filter this request by Owner Conference Name Endpoint Name and Bridge e Yesterday Plus Displays completed scheduled conferences for yesterday and earlier You can further filter this request by Owner and Conference Name These filters apply to scheduled conferences only Ad hoc conferences are not displayed in the filtered list For information on filters see Filter and Search a List Export as Excel file Click this button to download the currently displayed Conference list to a Microsoft Excel spreadsheet
465. onferences pane displays information about the ad hoc conferences started by video endpoints registered to the CMA system For the current day starting at 0 00 and ending at 24 00 it displays e The number of ad hoc conferences that were Completed for the current day e The number of ad hoc conferences that are Active at the current time e A bar chart that displays the number of ad hoc conferences vertical axis plotted against time of day horizontal axis Today s Scheduled Conferences The Today s Scheduled Conferences pane displays information about the scheduled conferences managed by the CMA system For the current day starting at 0 00 and ending at 24 00 it displays e The number of scheduled conferences that were Completed that day e The number of scheduled conferences that are Active at the current time e The number of scheduled conferences that are yet to occur Future e Abar chart that displays time on the linear axis plotted against the number of scheduled conferences on the horizontal axis Endpoints The system allows you to add multiple Endpoints panes so you can create your own scheme for grouping and monitoring endpoints When you add an Endpoints pane you can give the pane a meaningful name and select which endpoints to monitor You can save the pane create others as needed You can also reconfigure an Endpoints pane using the configuration tool Endpoints panes display the following information The number
466. oning information e The CMA system no longer manages the device e A password for the device is set in the video endpoint system and you must enter it in the CMA system e The device is busy e A network error occurred e An incomplete transfer of provisioning information occurred e Provisioning has timed out e An internal error occurred on the device and you must reboot it e Anunknown error occurred Reboot the device Log Message A read only text box that contains messages related to the device provisioning status Software Update Details The Software Update Details information in the Device Details section includes the following fields Polycom Inc Field Description Software Update Status The device s software update status Possible values include e Clear A software update has not been done e Pending A software update has been scheduled and is pending The device may be offline or in a call e In Progress The software update is in progress e Success A software update has completed successfully e Failed A software update could not be performed 219 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 220 Field Description Scheduled The date and time in the default format of yyyy mm dd hh mm when the device software is scheduled to be updated This field is blank if the device is not scheduled for provisioning Last Attempt The date and time
467. only the application Use Web Access Port to disable the port Polycom Inc 117 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 118 o c o o o 8 S T o sS o N xixi ao xou z x sce qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned tel Ss eS 3 AES Encryption Specifies how to encrypt calls with other sites that support Y Y Y AES encryption e Off AES Encryption is disabled e When Available AES Encryption is used with any endpoint that supports it even if the other endpoints in the call don t support it e Required for Video Calls Only AES Encryption is used for all video endpoints in the call Analog phone and voice over ISDN connections are allowed Video endpoints must support AES Encryption to participate in the call e Required for All Calls AES Encryption is used for all video endpoints in the call Analog phone and voice over ISDN connections are not allowed All endpoints must support AES Encryption to participate in the call Enable SNMP Access Specifies that the endpoint system can be accessed via Y Y an SNMP monitoring system Note The system restarts if you change the remote access settings This setting does not deactivate the associated port only the application Use Web Access Port to disable the port General Settings gt Date and Time 1 Date Fo
468. ons Guide d Inthe Data Limit field enter the time frame in minutes for which to chart the data The default is 60 minutes The charts are dynamically updated for your selections The site links are displayed in the same order as the site link grid H 323 Call Detail Records Report The H 323 Call Detail Record CDR report includes CDRs for Polycom and non Polycom endpoints Use data from the H 323 Call Detail Record CDR report to troubleshoot problems provide information about network traffic and ensure accurate billing for video calls 284 Notes e Endpoints that access the CMA system through a Polycom VBP device do not have CDRs e Only calls that go through the gatekeeper are included in this report e A Call Detail Record is recorded for each IP call into a conference e CDR reports may not include data for calls made in the last 24 hours depending upon when the data in the Jocalcdr csv file was last updated To work with the H 323 Call Detail Records report data extract the report from the Logger dbo cal1s database See your Microsoft SQL Server documentation for information about extracting data To view the H 323 Call Detail Records report 1 Go to Reports gt H 323 Call Detail Records The H 323 Call Detail Records report appears It lists the CDRs for the 5 000 most recent IP calls made to or from system managed endpoints It includes the following information Column Description C
469. ons and there is overhead the actual bandwidth consumed is about 2 5 times the bit rate Territory The territory to which the site belongs which determines the CMA system responsible for it Add Edit Site Dialog Box Use the Add Site dialog box to define a new site in the CMA system s site topology and specify which subnets are associated with it Use the Edit Site dialog box to redefine information for an existing site The following table describes the fields in the Add Site and Edit Site dialog boxes Field General Info Description Site Name A meaningful name for the site The name can be up to 32 characters long and may include spaces dashes and underscores Description A brief description ASCII only of the site Override ITU Dialing Rules Check this box to override the standard dial rules established by the International Telecommunications Union PBX Access Code The access code required to enter the site s PBX system Country Code The country code for the country in which the site is located Area Code 388 The city or area code for the site Do not include a leading zero For example the city code for Paris is 01 however enter 1 in this field Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Setup Overview Field Description of Digits in Subscriber Number The number of digits in a phone number For example
470. ophones Mode Audio Outputs Line 1 through 3 Level Mode Type Audio Stereo Audio StereoSpeakers Audio VCRDucking Audio Volume AutoAnswer Delay AutoAnswer Device AutoAnswer Mode AutoLayout Mode AutoPIP Mode AutoPIP TimeOut Bonding Rebonding Bonding Timer CallManager Address CallVideoSource Cameras 1 through 13 Backlight Brightness Level Brightness Mode DualVisca Focus Mode Gamma Level Gamma Mode lt lt Zz lt Ziz zZ z z z Z z Z lt Z z Z Z ZZ lt ZIZ Z 2 2 2 Z Zz Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 IR Y N Mirror Whitebalance Level Whitebalance Mode CameraDV1 Mode CameraSleep Mode CameraSwUpgrade CameraTracking Speed Conference AAC LD Conference AAC LD 128 Mono Conference AAC LD 128 Threshold Conference AIM Conference AllowlncomingCalllnCall Conference AllowIncomingMSCall Conference AllowlncomingTIphCall Conference BillingCode Conference DefaultCall CallRate Conference DefaultCall NetProfile Conference DefaultCall Restrict Conference Downspeed
471. or View may also include these context sensitive commands depending on the selected endpoint type Action Use this action to Available for all endpoint types Add ga Manually add an endpoint to the CMA system or find a endpoint on the network View Display all of the Device Details for the selected endpoint Details i Edit Change connection settings for the selected endpoint Note that if this is a managed endpoint the endpoint may overwrite settings entered manually Delete fa Delete the selected endpoints Search Devices Search the list of endpoints by IP range Searching by IP range will not include endpoints that are dynanmically managed Available for only selected endpoint types Manage f Open the selected endpoint s management interface in a separate browser window This command is not available for the following endpoint types iPower PVX and Other Send Message gt Send a text message ASCII only 100 characters maximum to the selected endpoint s video monitor This command is not available for the following endpoint types TANDBERG iPower and Other Clear Help F Clear help for the selected endpoint on the CMA system Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Action Use this action to Reboot Device i Reboot the selected endpoint This command is only available for HDX Series RealPresence Group Series
472. or example if your Active Directory has a user named John Doe with a username of jdoe a local account for this user must possess a unique name such as localjdoe or johndoetest If duplicate user accounts exist in the same domain or across domains the user associated with these accounts will not be able to log into a dynamically managed endpoint The CMA system accesses the enterprise directory in a read only mode It does not create modify or delete Active Directory users or groups in any way Once you integrate with an enterprise directory it s best to minimize your dependency on local users A single local administrative user account must exist and it should be used only when there is a problem connecting to the enterprise directory This configuration provides flexibility and varying security levels as follows e Restricted access For security reasons local user accounts do not have access to any data in Active Directory though they can see the Active Directory users and groups as defined in the CMA system s security e Administration Active Directory users and their Active Directory group memberships are managed through your Active Directory CMA system local users are managed through the CMA system s web interface 357 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide e Security Local accounts have their own passwords which are stored on the CMA system Active Directory user accounts maintain the same users Active Directory credenti
473. orkflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has changed The following sections describe the areas of functionality and how they have changed Users assigned the Administrator role can see the system Dashboard the Admin menu and the pages and ACTIONS associated with it 27 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 28 Admin Menu The Admin menu in maximum security mode changes in the following ways e The Global Address Book SNMP Settings Gatekeeper Settings and Alert Settings menu options and their associated functionality have been removed e Removed gatekeeper functionality resulted in the following system changes The system cannot display bandwidth usage Bandwidth usage for sites subnets or site limits is always 0 Site exclusions cannot be enforced Dial rules are required for ISDN calling in translating numbers but have no affect for IP calls The system is not the gatekeeper so it cannot perform address resolution E164 aliases assigned by the CMA system are not communicated to the gatekeeper so they cannot be resolved Dialing rules can be configured on the CMA system but they are not communicated to the gatekeeper so they cannot be implemented Threshold alarms and hardware alarms are always 0 Site topology cannot provide a graphical representation of status color The CMA system has no knowledge of external gatekeeper or its rules Conference
474. orm Platform Description The meaningful name given to the platform software update package when it was created Status The current status of the platform software update Possible values are e None The software update has not been configured as production or trial e Production The software update is configured as production It is available only from the Production URL e Trial The software update is configured as trial It is available only from the Trial URL e Both The software update is configured as both production and trial It is available from both the Production URL and the Trial URL Configure Application Application Description The meaningful name given to the application software update package when it was created Platform Compatible Column title shows the version of the currently selected platform Use the drop down list to select available application versions that match the platform version 204 Polycom Inc Endpoint Software Update Operations Field Description Status The current status of the application software update Possible values are e None The software update has not been configured as production or trial e Production The software update is configured as production It is available only from the Production URL e Trial The software update is configured as trial It is available only from the Trial URL e Both The s
475. ory objects in any domain without the need for subordinate referrals and users can find objects of interest quickly without having to know what domain holds the object e Use universal groups The Global Catalog stores the member attributes of universal groups only It does not store local or global group attributes e Have a login account that has read access to all domains in the Active Directory that the CMA system can use We recommend an account with a administrative username and a non expiring password e Have the Active Directory Domain Name Service correctly configured For more information about Active Directory design and deployment see the Microsoft best practices guides at http technet microsoft com For system and endpoint directory performance purposes two best practices in regards to enterprise groups are e Do not import more than 500 enterprise groups into a CMA system Do not mark more than 200 enterprise groups as Directory Viewable Polycom Inc 251 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Roles and Permissions 252 The CMA system is a role and permissions based system e Users are assigned one or more user roles either directly or through their group associations e User roles are assigned a set of permissions e Users see only the pages and functions available to their roles and associated permissions Permissions are cumulative so users see all of the pages and functions assigned to all of t
476. ot correctly defined or is missing e No bandwidth is available to the site link e The calling bit rate is higher than the bit rate defined in the site link e ISDN alternate routing is not available e Dialing rules may not be enabled or may be set to block instead of route Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Site Links and make sure that a site link exists between the two networks e Make sure that the IP addresses of both endpoints are included in their respective sites e If site topology is defined for both endpoints verify that there is enough bandwidth in the site links between the two sites e Verify that the dialing bit rate is lower or equal to that of the maximum bit rate defined for the site links e Ifthe endpoint is ISDN capable verify that the ISDN parameter is correct Dialing by IP address fails A registered endpoint cannot call an unregistered endpoint by IP address within the same site A dialing rule is not enabled or is set to block instead of route e Check the Reports gt Gatekeeper Message Log for error messages e Verify that the registered endpoint is registered e Verify that the Deny calls to from unregistered endpoints check box is cleared Go to Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Primary Gatekeeper to change this setting e Verify that the IP address dialing rule is enabled and set to route Polycom Inc 533 Polycom CMA System Oper
477. otocols used for multimedia communications on switched networks such as ISDN For endpoints with the type Unknown select H 323 The endpoint automatically provides the protocols if it registered successfully or is managed Required MCU Service The MCU service selected for the endpoint to use Capabilities Enabled Capabilities enabled on this endpoint Options are e MCU The endpoint can act as a control unit for multipoint conferences e Gateway The endpoint can act as a gateway for call management The MCU provides the capability if it registered successfully or is managed Monitoring Level The monitoring level for the endpoint Possible values include e Standard This endpoint is monitored e VIP This endpoint is monitored closely The VIP identifier and filters are available to operators to monitor and manage conferences Available to Schedule Identifies if the endpoint is available when users are scheduling conferences Call Info gt Sites Far Site Name The H 323ID of the far site endpoint to which the selected endpoint is connected When multiple endpoints are connected through the endpoint s embedded MCU this field displays a concatenation of each endpoint s H 323ID separated by for example ISDN CO1 7 1 Vsfx 9 1 168 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint and Peripheral Management Operations Field Description Far Site Number The
478. oup Series system next polls the CMA system for new provisioning information If a provisioning bundle already exists for the model you select the existing bundle is overwritten with the new one For more information about provisioning bundles see Bundled Provisioning on page 106 To download a provisioning bundle 1 Go to Endpoint gt Bundled Provisioning 2 Click Download The Download Provisioning Bundle From an Endpoint dialog lists all of the HDX and RealPresence Group Series systems registered with the CMA system 3 As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select an HDX or a RealPresence Group Series system that is configured the way you want for the provisioning bundle 5 Complete the Bundle Name and Description fields Click Download The system confirms that the bundle downloaded successfully 7 Click OK Delete a Provisioning Bundle 182 When you no longer need a provisioning bundle for an HDX or a RealPresence Group Series model you can delete it An existing provisioning bundle is also removed when you download a bundle for the same HDX or RealPresence Group Series model The newly downloaded bundle overwrites the existing one Go to Endpoint gt Bundled Provisioning As needed use the Filter to customize the list of provisioning bundles Select the bundle you want to delete Click Delete Click Yes to confirm the deletion a fF O N The system confirms that the bundle was de
479. oup Series system parameters that may be provisioned in a bundle are limited to the following types e Camera configuration settings e Monitor configuration settings e Microphone configuration settings e Security settings e Home screen settings How Bundled Provisioning Works In dynamic management mode when an HDX and a RealPresence Group Series system starts up and at designated intervals thereafter it automatically polls for new provisioning information from the CMA system If a provisioning bundle exists on the CMA system that matches the model of the polling HDX or RealPresence Group Series endpoint the provisioning bundle is sent over a secure HTTPS connection Endpoints do not poll for provisioning information if they are in a call They restart polling after the call ends Provisioning information is applied in the following order 1 Bundled provisioning if a bundle exists for the same model 2 Automatic provisioning profile if the endpoint is part of a group assigned a profile 3 Site provisioning which takes precedence For information about how to download a provisioning profile see Download a Provisioning Bundle on page 182 Automatic Provisioning Polycom Inc The CMA system is a gatekeeper it manages video and audio endpoints However the system also manages users because endpoints are only useful when they provide access to users Automatic provisioning which controls the automatic configura
480. ovisions to endpoint systems operating in dynamic management mode As needed edit the default site provisioning details and click Apply Note Not all of the site provisioning parameters apply to all endpoint systems being provisioned If an endpoint system does not have a corresponding parameter it ignores the parameter Field For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned Date and Time Settings Country Specify the country code for their location Date Format Specify the date display format Auto Adjust for Specify whether or not to adjust the endpoint s system clock for daylight savings time Daylight Saving Time Time Format Specify the time display format Polycom Inc 465 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field For the endpoint systems at the site being provisioned Time Server Specify whether to connect to a time server for automatic system time settings Select Auto to require that the video endpoint system synchronize with an external time server that is identified by a network domain controller Because it is identified by a network domain controller you do not need to enter the IP address of the time server Select Manual to require that the video endpoint system synchronize with an external time server that may not be identified by a network domain controller In this case you must also enter the IP address of the time server in the Time Server Addr
481. p to 200 characters Linked Sites Search Sites Enter search string or leave blank to find all sites Search Result Lists sites found and shows the territory if any to which each belongs Select a site and click the right arrow to open the Add Site Link dialog box Selected Sites Lists sites linked to the cloud and shows the territory if any to which each belongs Polycom CMA System Gatekeeper Functionality 394 The CMA system gatekeeper provides address translation and network access control services for endpoints gateways and MCUs It also provides other services such as bandwidth management and dial plans services These additional features allow you to configure and manage your gatekeeping operations and provide flexibility and scalability Note If your system is in maximum security mode the CMA system gatekeeper functionality is not available Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Setup Overview Default Redundant Alternate and Neighboring Gatekeepers Polycom Inc Default Gatekeeper Typically during the First Time Setup process the CMA system is designated as the default gatekeeper and the default gatekeeper settings are implemented The CMA system as the default gatekeeper responsible for e Default alternate and neighboring gatekeeper management e Device registration e Address resolution e Bandwidth control and management e Call control signaling e Call management authorization ac
482. page 221 e Alerts Filters the list by alert type Help Error or Warning e Connection Status Filters the list by connection status In a Call Online or Offline e Name Filters the list by system name entered e IP Address Filters the list by IP address entered e Alias Filters the list by the alias entered e Site Filters the list by site location entered e Area Available only when Areas are enabled Filters the list by the area with which the device is associated Status The state of the network device Possible values include e Online e Offline Inacall lt Unknown e Device alert 0 e Gatekeeper registration error Hl Name The system name of the network device Type The type of network device For valid device types see Network Device Types on page 221 IP Address The IP address assigned to the network device Site The site to which the network device belongs Alias The alias assigned to the network device Area Available only when Areas are enabled The area with which the network device is associated Polycom Inc 223 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide VBP View 224 Actions in the Monitor View Besides providing access to the network device views the Actions section of the Monitor View may also include these context sensitive commands depending on the selected device type Action Use this action to
483. pants or continuous presence Field Name Description Service Type Type of service Enable Indicates whether this service is enabled or not Available for New Groups The service is available for new user groups Description Description of the service To identify it easily in the List of Services page include the prefix and the MCU feature for example 384 K video switching Service Prefix The prefix for this service which must be a E 164 alias that is registered for the MCU on the Device page Services operations include e View the Services List e Adda Service e Edit a Service e Delete a Service Polycom Inc 489 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide View the Services List Add a Service 490 This page shows the services that have been defined in your dial plan These services are available when you place unscheduled calls Note E 164 aliases appear in this list as follows e For MGC and RMX devices they appear as gateway services e Fora device s H 323 services they including the alias prefix appear as MCU services Gateway service prefixes are the E 164 aliases of the MCU s gateway session profiles To view the Services list gt Goto Admin gt Dial Plan gt Services The Services list appears Column Description Prefix Prefix of the service Type The type of service Available types include System Gateway and MCU
484. pe with a standard set of settings This eliminates the need to configure each endpoint individually either through the hand held remote or the endpoint s web interface The CMA system supports three types of endpoint provisioning bundled automatic and scheduled Enable endpoints for only one type of provisioning Note Polycom recommends that all endpoints in a region that is a gatekeeper zone be managed by a single management system 105 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide For more information see Bundled Provisioning e Automatic Provisioning e Scheduled Provisioning Provisioning Best Practices To use the available provisioning options most effectively we recommend the following 1 For each site in the CMA system configure the site provisioning details as needed for each site See Add a Site on page 465 2 Oneach HDX and RealPresence Group Series endpoint configure the system settings that are available in bundled provisioning for that model Then download the provisioning bundle for each HDX and RealPresence Group Series endpoint to the CMA system See Bundled Provisioning on page 106 3 If you need unique provisioning settings for one or more groups of users create automatic provisioning profiles with those settings and apply them to the appropriate groups See Automatic Provisioning on page 107 and Add a Local Group on page 268 For example you may want to set a higher bit rate
485. per registration policies include Allow Registration of All Endpoints This open Allow Registration of All Endpoints registration policy allows any device that can find the CMA system gatekeeper to register with it This is the default policy In this case devices can register to the CMA system automatically e When the device broadcasts a message to find a gatekeeper with which to register In this case specifying a default gatekeeper is important because devices that register automatically may find multiple gatekeepers Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Setup Overview Devices register with the system designated as the default gatekeeper unless that gatekeeper is down Then devices register with the system designated as the alternate gatekeeper When registering devices send a variety of settings to the gatekeeper including their IP address one or more H 323 IDs and one or more E 164 aliases These settings appear in the CMA system as Device Details e When devices in dynamic management mode are automatically provisioned by the CMA system And devices can be registered to the CMA system manually At the device by specifying the IP address of the CMA system as the gatekeeper e At the device by specifying the IP address of the CMA system as the Global Directory Service Once the device in the CMA system Global Address Book it is registered to the system e At the CMA system by adding the device to the one of the devi
486. perations Guide To enable or disable a dialing rule 1 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan gt Dial Rules 2 Inthe Dial Rules list select the dial rule of interest and click Edit Dialing Rule 3 On the Dial Rules General Information page check or clear the Enabled check box 4 Click OK Edit a Dial Rule To edit a dial rule 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan gt Dial Rules 2 Inthe Dial Rules list select the dial rule of interest and click Edit Dial Rule 3 In the Edit Dial Rule dialog box make the required changes When you are finished click OK Least Cost Routing Operations Least cost routing LCR allows the CMA system to route ISDN or POTS calls made on paths that incur the lowest expense You can route calls from one site through a gateway in another site by referencing LCR tables Least cost routing is useful when sites already have a high bandwidth connection between them Least cost routing works with the CMA system s other routing features Setting up least cost routing requires you to e Determine the LCR information to enter in the CMA system e Create LCR tables e Inthe device record for MCUs Define an H 320 service and select the LCR table to use Define a gateway service and select the H 320 service associated with the LCR table Note Make sure the LCR tables you define match the network setup 498 Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations You cannot use least cost routing when e The rou
487. plete the Identification Addresses Capabilities MCU Services MCU Resources and MCU Cascading sections of the Edit Device dialog box For more information see View Device Details on page 227 Ata minimum assign the MCU a System Name 5 Click Update Enable Cascading Conferences on Polycom MCUs To enable multi bridge conferences you must complete the following steps 1 Configure entry queues on the participating MCUs Only bridges with entry queues are displayed in the list of available bridges to schedule on the people to bridge or bridge to bridge scheduling page To configure cascading using a Polycom RMX MCU you must create two cascading entry queues one for which the Master option on the Cascade menu is selected and one for which the Slave option on the Cascade menu is selected Also enable the Use Entry Queue selection The primary purpose for the Master and Slave designation is to determine which Polycom RMX MCU is responsible for managing People Content for the conference 2 Configure MCU Cascading for each MCU on the CMA system by editing each MCU and referencing the appropriate entry queue ID and ISDN numbers Some notes about cascading MCUs e A Polycom RMX 1000 MCU cannot be used for cascading e All devices MCUs and endpoints in a cascaded conference must be registered to the same CMA system gatekeeper e All systems the CMA system MCUs and endpoints must be time synchronized e Since ISD
488. points Polycom Inc 137 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Monitoring To enable LifeSize endpoint management 1 On the CMA system go to Admin gt Management and Security gt Endpoint Management Settings 2 Inthe Default Passwords for LifeSize Endpoint Management section of the Endpoint Management Settings page enable Use Default Passwords 3 Enter the Password for SSH User and confirm the password Refer to the LifeSize system documentation for information on using SSH to connect to the endpoint then enter the same SSH password here 4 Enter the Password for Web UI User and confirm the password Refer to the LifeSize system documentation for information on using a web browser to connect to the endpoint then enter the same web UI password here 5 Click Update Note For the CMA system to successfully manage a LifeSize endpoint SSH must be enabled on the endpoint SSH can be enabled on the endpoint through device provisioning The CMA system can monitor select TANDBERG C Series TANDBERG Edge and LifeSize Team and Express endpoints so when properly configured the CMA system can provide online offline status and alerts display call status and provide image support including near and far end images for these endpoints Scheduled Provisioning of Selected TANDBERG Endpoints 138 The following table identifies the fields that the CMA system can provision for TANDBERG 150 990 880 770 MXP and TANDBERG C S
489. points is granted if the specified common password matches the endpoints Administrator Password To set common passwords for endpoints 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Endpoint Management Settings 2 Inthe Common Password section of the Endpoint Management Settings page select Use a Common Password 3 Enter the common User Name and the common password in the Password and Verify Password fields and click Update Note Leave these settings blank if your Polycom endpoints require individual passwords or do not have passwords To configure a global administrative password for all Polycom endpoints use scheduled provisioning Disable Common Password for Endpoints Polycom Inc To disable common passwords for endpoints 1 Goto Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Endpoint Management Settings 2 Inthe Common Password section of the Endpoint Management Settings page clear Use a Common Password and click Update The common password feature is disabled However the values for the common password feature are retained in the database so it can be easily re enabled 457 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Set Local Account Lockout and Timeout To set local account lockout and timeout 1 Go to Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Local User Account Configuration 2 On the Local User Account Configuration page configure these settings as needed Field Description A
490. presence CP conferences allowed based on the number of licenses available Max Video Ports RMX MCUs only Max Total Participants Maximum number of total MCU participants allowed at once on this MCU Max Transcoding Ports MGC MCUs only Maximum number of transcoding ports on which both ISDN and IP participants can be connected Use Entry Queue Indicates whether the MGC device supports an IVR Entry Queue Number ID The IP number that conference participants dial to access the IVR prompt to join a conference Max Bandwidth Capacity Kbps The maximum bandwidth supported by the Polycom RMX MCU 230 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc MCU Bridge Management Operations Field Description Alerts RMX MCUs only Category Lists the type of error The following categories may be listed e File indicates a problem in one of the files stored on the MCU s hard disk e Card indicates problems with a card e Exception indicates software errors e General indicates a general error e Assert indicates internal software errors that are reported by the software program e Startup indicates errors that occurred during system startup e Unit indicates problems with a unit e MPL indicates an error related to a Shelf Management component MPL component other than an MPM RTM or switch board Level Indicates the severity of the proble
491. ps at which to transfer the conference audio or video data Schedule ID System assigned ID used for troubleshooting Conf Monitoring System assigned ID used for troubleshooting ID Video Layout The video layout for the conference Video Switching or Continuous Video Format For a conference hosted on an MCU the video format of the conference data stream Possible values include e Auto e VGA e CIF e SVGA e QCIF e XGA e 4CIF e NTSC e 16CIF Video Protocol For a conference hosted on an MCU the video protocol of the conference data stream Possible values include H 263 H 264 e Auto e H 261 Polycom Inc Conference and Participant Details Section Description Audio Algorithm For a conference hosted on an MCU the audio compression ratio of the conference data stream Possible values are e AUTO e G711 e G 722 Siren 7 16 kbps Conference Features The Conference Features section has these fields Section Description Conference The conference passcode which is assigned either by the Passcode system or the scheduler Chairperson Option Indicates whether or not the conference requires a chairperson Note The RMX 1000 system does not support the Chairperson feature Chairperson Passcode The passcode the chairperson must enter to take control of the conference Not applicable when no chairperson is designated Chairperson
492. ption General Settings Name Enter a unique and meaningful name for the template which can be up to 32 characters long Description Enter a meaningful description ASCII only of the conference settings template Audio Only Select this option to designate the template as an Template audio only template Selecting this option disables many settings Supported MCUs Specify the supported MCU type Possible values include e MGC e RMX Always Use MCU When selected an MCU is used for the scheduled conference regardless of the number of participants When not selected an MCU is used only when necessary Dial Options These settings apply only to video conferences The video dial options are e Dial In Only all participants dial into the conference e Dial Out Only all participants are called by the system e Dial In Dial Out The person setting up the conference can specify which participants must dial into the conference and which participants are called by the system Template will be available to users with the selected roles Select the roles to which users must be assigned for them to see this template when scheduling conferences Available Roles The list of roles defined to the CMA system Selected Roles The list of roles that can use the conference template being defined Common Settings Meet Me Per Conference When selected only on
493. r ALG requires that the original dial string is passed to it For example an H 323 Annex O dial string such as user company com is passed directly to the SBC or ALG instead of resolving company com to an IP address Deselect this option if your equipment requires a dial string that is converted from company com to gatekeeper IP address This option is appropriate for the Polycom VBP Total Bandwidth The total bandwidth of the pipe at the site Call Max Bit Rate The maximum bandwidth that can be used for each intrasite call at the site The default and maximum value is 2000000 2 GB Subnets Subnet IP Specifies the subnets within the site For each subnet Address Mask includes e IP Address range e Subnet mask e Maximum bandwidth for the subnet e Maximum bit rate per call for the subnet Enterprise Directory Settings Endpoint Enterprise Directory security group settings Universal Security Group Filter Enterprise Directory Admin Group Enterprise Directory User Group When in secure mode search and select groups that are provisioned to the endpoints to represent the valid lists of users that can log in as a user or administrator If a user is not a member of one of the selected groups then the user is denied access to the endpoint 391 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Site Links The Site Links page lists the links defined in the site topology A link can conn
494. r CMA system Some certificate authorities send only the signed digital certificate while others send all of the certificates that form the chain of trust including intermediate and or root CA certificates These certificates may arrive as e mail text e mail attachments or be available on a secure web page Install a Certificate This procedure describes how to install a certificate or certificate chain provided by a certificate authority It assumes that you ve received the certificate or certificate chain in one of the formats accepted by the CMA system See Certificates Accepted by the Polycom CMA System on page 446 451 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide CAUTION Installing certificates requires a system restart and terminates all active conferences When you install a certificate the change is made to the certificate store immediately but the system can t implement the change until it restarts and reads the changed certificate store To install a signed certificate that identifies the CMA system 1 Go to Admin gt Management and Security gt Certificate Management and click Install Certificates A warning appears stating that changes made to the certificates will require a system restart to take effect 2 Inthe Add Certificates dialog box do one of the following Ifyou have a PFX P7B or single certificate file click Upload certificate enter the password if any for the file and browse to the
495. r for the database to be reformatted 4 Specify the PlemDbo user Login ID and Password and click Reformat Install Database 5 Click Yes to confirm the reformat operation The system displays a Reformat Install Progress bar to indicate that the system is reformatting the database 429 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 430 Polycom Inc 33 Polycom CMA System Redundancy This chapter describes how to configure a redundant Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system It includes these topics e Polycom CMA 5000 System Redundancy Overview e Implement a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System e License a Redundant Polycom CMA System e Failover to a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Server e Discontinue Redundancy on a Polycom CMA 5000 System Configuration Polycom CMA 5000 System Redundancy Overview A redundant CMA system configuration offers higher reliability and greater call success by ensuring that a CMA system server is always available A redundant CMA system configuration requires two CMA system servers and three IP addresses in the same subnet on the same network one physical IP address for each of the servers and one virtual IP address dedicated to endpoint registration How Redundancy Works Polycom Inc Terminology is very important in understanding how redundancy works In a redundant configuration one server is licensed as the primary server and the other server is licensed as the redund
496. r site device to which the selected endpoint is connected When multiple endpoints are connected through the device s embedded MCU this field displays a concatenation of each endpoint s H 323ID separated by for example ISDN CO1 7 1 Vsfx 9 1 Far Site Number The address of the far site device to which the selected endpoint is connected The address value for the calling device appears to be the dialed address The address value for the called device appears to be the IP Address Cause Code Standard H 323 cause code that reflects normal call termination or the nature of an internal failure for example 16 or 211 Encryption The status of encryption for the call Possible values include Off Disabled AES and DH 1024 Polycom Inc 217 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Device Alerts Information The Device Alerts information in the Device Details section includes the following fields Field Description Errors Device error message text for example GK Registration error Warnings Device warning message text for example Low Battery Provisioning Details The Provisioning Details information in the Device Details section includes the following fields Field Description Last Profile Applied The name of the last provisioning profile that was or was not successfully applied to the device The Provisioning Status will be either Success or Failed P
497. ration with the Microsoft Exchange service SIP Registration The status of the device s registration with the SIP service 215 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description Device Managed Indicates whether or not the CMA system is managing the device Last GK Registration The date and time of the device s last gatekeeper registration in a default format of mm dd yyyy hh mm ss AM PMwith adjustment to the client machine GMT offset Device Local Time The local time as set within the device in a default format of hh mm ss AM PM This field is blank for the following device types MGC RMX GW MCU Other and TANDBERG ISDN Line Status Type The status of the ISDN line Possible values include e Operational e Non operations an This field is blank for the following device types PVX MGC RMX GW MCU Other and TANDBERG ISDN Assignment Type How the ISDN type was assigned to the device Possible values include e Administrator when the ISDN type was assigned manually by an administrator Endpoint when the ISDN type was natively assigned in the endpoint e Auto Assigned when the ISDN type was automatically assigned by the CMA system based on the site configuration e From Network when the ISDN type was derived from the gateway and extension e Undefined when the CMA system cannot identify the source for the ISDN type assignment This field is
498. re from 0 through 9999999999 Suffix The suffix is the last part of the three part E 164 Numbering Scheme and may contain up to three of its own options e No Suffix A Number specify e Based on Device Type The first option No Suffix means that there will not be any digits listed after the Base Field designation of the E 164 Alias The second option A Number specify allows for the specification of up to 7 digits be careful not to exceed the allowable 15 digit minimum The third option Based on Device Type will use the two digits predefined device type See the Based on Device Type Settings section 507 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Based on Device Type Settings The CMA system s Based on device Type option is mutually exclusive to the prefix or suffix portion of the E 164 numbering scheme functionality The CMA system will generate this type of prefix or Suffix by matching the actual endpoint type to the predefined CMA system values listed below RealPresence Group Series 44 CMA Desktop 22 RealPresence Desktop 66 VVX 33 RealPresence Mobile 55 HDX 11 Generating E 164 Aliases 508 An Administrator may choose to use the default E 164 number generation scheme or create a distinct E 164 numbering scheme that is better suited to their existing IT en
499. re update package when it was created Uploaded The date and time when the automatic software update package was created Trial Group The trial group assigned to the software update package if applicable 2 To view the Polycom CMA Desktop automatic software update packages click the CMA Desktop tab 192 Polycom Inc Endpoint Software Update Operations Set Maintenance Window for Automatic Software Updates You can restrict automatic software updates of dynamically managed endpoint systems to a scheduled maintenance window Typically automatic software updates occur as specified by the Software Update Polling Interval Admin gt Site gt Edit Site Provisioning Details gt Provisioning Settings Enabling the maintenance window feature in the CMA system overrides the Software Update Polling Interval The CMA system provisions the maintenance window to the endpoints and the endpoints hold their automatic software update requests until the maintenance window starts Some notes about this feature e It applies to dynamically managed HDX and RealPresence Group Series systems only e Toavoid automatically updating the software on all HDX or RealPresence Group Series systems at the start of the maintenance window the systems randomize their automatic software update requests To restrict automatic software updates to a scheduled maintenance window 1 Go to Admin gt Software Update gt Automatic So
500. reas you can also change the term both singular and plural used to describe areas For example if you plan to limit users access to devices based on their department you may want to label this function Departments If you plan to limit users access to devices based on their line of business you may want to label this function Line of Business 3 Add Areas A CMA system user with System Setup permissions can add areas Adding areas includes naming the area assigning devices to the area and associating users with the area 4 Assign Devices to Areas A CMA system user with Associate Devices to Areas permissions can assign an area when adding or editing an endpoint or network device To assign multiple devices to an area you can use the Assign Area action on the Monitor View page A device can only be assigned to one area Only administrators associated with All Areas can assign a device with no area assignment to an area 5 Associate Users with Areas A CMA system user with Assign CMA Users to Areas permissions can associate users with one or more areas when adding or editing users To associate multiple users with areas you can use the Assign Areas action on the User gt Users page Users can be associated with multiple areas Note that only users that have a CMA system role can be associated with areas Area Best Practices Plan your area strategy with the following in mind e After you start assigning endpoints to areas
501. red endpoints and 240 concurrent calls Integration with a corporate directory and an external database is optional The CMA 4000 system is not available in redundant configurations or maximum security configurations The dual microprocessor CMA 5000 system can support up to 5000 concurrently registered endpoints and 3000 concurrent calls in direct mode and 1500 concurrent calls in routed mode The CMA 5000 system is also available in an optional redundant configuration Integration with a corporate directory is optional for CMA 5000 systems Integration with an external database Microsoft SQL Server is required for redundant CMA 5000 systems or for CMA 5000 systems supporting more than 400 concurrently registered endpoints and 240 concurrent calls Minimum System Requirements The Polycom CMA System Release Notes describe the minimum system requirements for your CMA system To find the most current Release Notes go to support polycom com and navigate to UC Infrastructure gt Polycom Converged Management Application CMA 4000 amp 5000 Any scheduled call that requires an external MCU requires a Polycom RMX or Polycom MGC conferencing platform For example any conference with a dial in participant requires an external MCU And some features and Polycom Inc S Polycom CMA System Overview ervices such as Conference on Demand also requires an RMX or MGC system Not all conferencing features are supported on all RMX sys
502. registration after a first attempt has failed Verify that the Default Gatekeeper check box is selected in the Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Primary Gatekeeper page Reset the MCU or MGC card to force registration to occur An endpoint shows that it is not registered to the gatekeeper in the Gatekeeper Registration field in the Device Status The CMA system receives the RRQ message but not the LWRRQ message from the endpoint The endpoint did not send a LWRRQ message within the offline timeout period specified in the Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Primary Gatekeeper page Reboot the endpoint The RadVision OnLAN MCU continually changes state from online to offline and offline to online The Radvision OnLAN MCU ignores the RCF Time to Live TTL field which is filled in with the value that the administrator specified in the offline timeout field in the Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Primary Gatekeeper page Reconfigure the Radvision OnLAN MCU to send the registration requests in the same time period specified in CMA Add the MCU manually Reboot the MCU to force registration to occur Some endpoints are not assigned ISDN numbers A registered H 323 only system was not assigned an ISDN number The system could belong to a network that does not have ISDN number ranges assigned to it No ISDN numbers are available to assign Verify that the endpoint belongs to the site that
503. rence States Conferences may be in the following states State Description Future Conference Scheduled conference that has not yet started This conference state is possible in all views except the Yesterday Plus view Completed Conference A scheduled conference that occurred in the past This conference state is possible in all views except the Future and Ongoing Plus view Active Conference cy A conference that is still active ongoing This conference state is possible in all views except the Future and Yesterday Plus view Active Alerts _ Conference 9 The bridge on which the active ongoing conference is being hosted has sent an alert Examples of events that will trigger a bridge alert are e A participant is connected in secondary mode audio only e A conference is not yet full i e not all scheduled participants have joined the conference Polycom Inc 43 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide State Description Declined Conference amp R Applies only to conferences scheduled through the Polycom Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook This state indicates that most participants did not accept the conference invitation If your system is in maximum security mode the Polycom Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook is not available Conference End Warning amp r The conference is ending i e it is in its last five minutes unless someone e
504. rent template you are selecting the default conference settings for your conference e The Default Template and Default Audio Template are available to all users who can schedule conferences Other templates may also be available to you if they have been assigned to users with your role e The Default Template and Default Audio Template are stored in the system database and their names are not localized 5 Make the required changes to the conference date participants rooms or other settings For information on performing these tasks see Add Schedule a Conference on page 49 6 When finished click Schedule The system verifies that it has a bridge with the capabilities and resources required for your conference If it does the conference notification E mail appears with a message indicating Conference Successfully Scheduled 7 To exit without sending an updated E mail to your participants click Skip Email 56 Polycom Inc 8 Conference Scheduling Operations To send an updated E mail to your participants a Copy additional people on the notification and or add notes about the conference Note that the To CC and BCC fields are ASCII only b Click Send The system sends the updated conference notification E mail The Future view appears Your conference appears in the conference list Edit a Participant s Settings Participant s settings for future scheduled conferences may be edited Schedulers cannot edit a
505. res use of net user commands on an Active Directory Domain Controller Enable Integration with the Enterprise Directory Server To integrate the CMA system to an enterprise directory server 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Enterprise Directory 2 On the Enterprise Directory page select Integrate with Enterprise Directory Server 3 To have the system auto discover the server by querying DNS enable Auto discover in the Enterprise Directory Server DNS Name section otherwise enter the DNS Name for the enterprise directory server 4 As needed configure these settings Setting Description Domain Enterprise Domain and Enterprise Directory User ID for an Directory User ID account that the CMA system can use to access the enterprise directory server and retrieve group user and room information This is the account created Create the Polycom CMA System Service Account on page 364 This User ID must have read permissions so it can search the entire forest on the enterprise directory server This User ID is automatically associated with the CMA system administrator role by default it is the ONLY enterprise directory User ID with this role Enterprise Directory The password for the enterprise directory user User Password account 366 Polycom Inc Directory Operations Setting Description Security Level The level of security on the connection between the CMA system and the enterprise
506. resence mode is On RMX Video Settings Note RMX 1000 systems do not support Lecture Mode Presentation Mode or Lecture View Switching MGC Settings Entry Tone Sets an entry tone sound when a participant enters a conference Exit Tone Sets an exit tone sound when a participant leaves a conference End Time Alert Tone Sets an alert tone to play into MCU hosted conferences indicating that the conference is scheduled to end soon Set the End Time Alert minutes field to configure when the tone should be played into the conference Note This feature is not related to the system based Conference Time Warning feature End Time Alert mins Specifies the number of minutes before the conference end that the End Time Alert Tone should sound 324 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Conference Setup Overview Field Description Video Algorithm Sets the compression algorithm that the MCU uses to process video Possible values include e Auto e H261 An ITU standard designed for two way communication over ISDN lines and supports data rates which are multiples of 64Kbit s H 261 supports CIF and QCIF resolutions e H263 Based on H 261 with enhancements that improve video quality over modems It supports CIF QCIF SQCIF 4CIF and 16CIF resolutions e H264 The default is Auto Note Selecting a video algorithm doesn t guarantee that it will be chosen for a conference s
507. resources 151 The gatekeeper has insufficient resources 152 The gatekeeper registration version is invalid 153 The call signal address is invalid 154 The registering device s address is invalid 155 The registering device s terminal type is invalid 156 The registering device s permissions are invalid 157 The conference ID is invalid 158 The registering device s ID is invalid 159 The caller s device is not registered 160 The called party s device is not registered Polycom Inc 535 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 536 Cause Code Description 161 The registering device s permissions have expired 162 The registering device has a duplicate alias 163 The call transport is not supported 164 The called device has a call in progress 165 The call has been routed to the gatekeeper 166 Cannot request a drop for others 167 The registering device is not registered with the gatekeeper 168 Unknown reason 169 Permission failure 170 Discovery permissions have expired 171 The device is not registered 172 No bandwidth available 173 Location not found 174 Security access denied 175 Quality of service not supported 176 Resources are exhausted 177 Invalid alias 178 Cannot unregister others 179 Quality of service control is not supported 180 Incomplete address 181 Registration permissions have expired 182 Call routed to SCN
508. ries gt Directory Setup 2 Inthe Directory page select Show Guest Book entries in the Directory 3 Click Update Support LifeSize Endpoints in Directories Polycom Inc You can include LifeSize endpoints in the endpoint directory by configuring your directory setup When you do this you also need to ensure that your LifeSize endpoint is configured to use the correct LDAP settings Complete the following steps e Modify Directory Listings on page 369 e Configure LDAP Settings on page 370 Modify Directory Listings You need to allow your directory listings to include support for LifeSize endpoints To modify directory listings for LifeSize endpoint support 1 Go to Admin gt Directories gt Directory Setup 2 Inthe Directory Setup page mark the Modify directory listings for LifeSize endpoint support check box 369 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 3 Click Update Configure LDAP Settings In addition to configuring directory listing support in the directory set up you need to also ensure that the LifeSize endpoint is configured to use the RealPresence CMA system s LDAP settings You can provision these through a scheduled provisioning profile or configure them manually on the endpoint To add LDAP settings to a scheduled provisioning profile 1 Goto Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Scheduled Provisioning Profiles In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles page click Add In the Add Profile d
509. ripheral appears Field Description Application Name Name of the peripheral application Version Version of the peripheral application 3 Click Close Polycom Inc 179 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 180 Polycom Inc 11 Endpoint Provisioning Operations This chapter discusses Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system automatic and scheduled endpoint provisioning operations It includes these topics Bundled Provisioning Operations Automatic Provisioning Operations Scheduled Provisioning Operations Bundled Provisioning Operations This topic describes the bundled provisioning operations a user assigned the Device Administrator role can perform These are e View the Provisioning Bundle List e Download a Provisioning Bundle e Delete a Provisioning Bundle Bundled provisioning is not available when Maximum Security is enabled View the Provisioning Bundle List To view the provisioning bundle list 1 Go to Endpoint gt Bundled Provisioning 2 As needed use the Filter to customize the list of provisioning bundles Polycom Inc 181 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Download a Provisioning Bundle After you download a provisioning bundle for a specific HDX or RealPresence Group Series model any dynamically managed HDX or RealPresence Group Series system of the same model will receive the provisioning bundle when an HDX or RealPresence Gr
510. rmat Specifies the preferred format preference for the date and Y Y Y time display and lets you enter your local date and time Time Format YY Y Month YY Y Day Y Y Y Year YY Y Hour YY Y Minute YY Y AM PM YY Y Primary Time Server Address Auto Adjust for Daylight Specifies the daylight savings time setting When this Y Y Y Y Saving Time setting is enabled the system clock automatically changes for daylight saving time Time Difference from Specifies the time difference between GMT Greenwich Y Y YON GMT Mean Time and the endpoint system s location Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned FX EX ViewStation Time Server Specifies connection to a time server for automatic system time settings lt HDX Series lt V WSX Series lt QDX Series Primary Time Server Address Specifies the address of the time server to use when Time Server is set to Manual lt lt lt Video Network gt IP Network gt Call Preferences Enable IP H 323 Allows the system to make IP calls Enable H 239 Specifies standards based People Content data collaboration Enable this option if you know that H 239 is supported by the far sites you will call If callers experience issues when sharing content with other Polycom systems disable this setting Enable Transcoding Specifies whether the system allows each far site system
511. rname and password to access both the unified communications server and the CMA system Only then can the CMA system automatically provision a calendaring service enabled endpoint system Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Server Setting Operations To provision SIP for integration with Microsoft Lync or Office Communications Server 1 2 Provisioning Details 3 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt Sites In the Sites page select the site of interest and click Edit Site In the Edit Site Provisioning Details dialog box click SIP Settings and select these options Settings not listed below are optional based on the configuration of your systems Fields Description Enable SIP Specify whether to enable SIP calls Automatically Discover SIP Servers The CMA system will issue a DNS query to locate the SIP server and provision that information to endpoints Proxy Server Specify the IP address or DNS name of the SIP proxy server for the network Registrar Server Specify the IP address or DNS name of the SIP registrar server for the network e In an Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 or Microsoft Lync Server 2010 environment specify the IP address or DNS name of the Office Communications Server or Lync Server server e If registering a remote HDX system with an Office Communications Server Edge Server or Lync Server Edge Server use the fully qualified domain name of the access ed
512. ropriate Endpoint Type and Endpoint Model combination for the endpoint to update Click Get Serial Numbers 23 The Endpoint Serial Number List appears listing the endpoints of the selected type and model that are eligible for scheduled software updates As needed use the Filter to customize the endpoint list Select the specific endpoints to be updated To select all endpoints in the list click the check box in the column header Click Get Serial Numbers The serial number s appear in the text box on the page When updating a single endpoint a Record the serial number b Click Close The Scheduled Software Updates list reappears When updating multiple endpoints a Copy and paste the serial numbers from the endpoint serial number list to a txt file that you can submit to the Polycom Product Activation site Put one serial number per line as shown in the following example 82071007E1DACD 82070407E010CD 820418048078B2 82040903E00FBO b Return to the endpoint serial number list and click Close The Scheduled Software Updates list reappears c Repeat steps 2 through 8 for the each endpoint or set of endpoints to be updated You may include all of the serial numbers for all of the different endpoint types in the same txt file d Savethe txt file Download the Required Software Package To download the software package required to update the endpoints 1 On your local system create a directory to which to save
513. rovisioning Status The device s current provisioning status Possible values include e Clear No provisioning has been done e Pending Provisioning is scheduled for this device e In Progress The device is currently being provisioned e Success Provisioning has been completed successfully on this device e Failed Provisioning was not completed on this device Some endpoint systems expect all configuration fields to be provisioned If any of the fields are not provisioned the status will indicate failed However the endpoint will often function successfully Pending Profile The name of the provisioning profile that is scheduled to be applied to the device In this case the Provisioning Status will be either Pending or In Progress This field is blank if the device is not scheduled for provisioning Scheduled The date and time in the default format of yyyy mm dd hh mm when the device is scheduled to be provisioned This field is blank if the device is not scheduled for provisioning 218 Polycom Inc Device Details Field Description Last Attempt The date and time in the default format of yyyy mm dd Date Time hh mm ss of the last provisioning message exchanged with the device Failure Reason A text description of the reason the provisioning failed Causes for failure include e The provisioning profile does not exist e The provisioning profile does not include provisi
514. rrently available certificates 2 Select the certificate to be deleted and click Delete Certificate A warning appears stating that changes made to the certificates will require a system restart to take effect 3 Click Yes to continue 453 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 4 When prompted click Yes to confirm the deletion A dialog box informs you that the certificate has been deleted View the Expiration Dates for Certificates and CRLs Certificates and certificate revocation lists expire To view their expiration dates see View Certificates and Certificate Details on page 448 Change the System User Interface Timeout and Number of Sessions To change the CMA system user interface timeout and number of sessions 1 Go to Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Session Management 2 On the Session Management page configure these settings as needed Field Description CMA user interface By default the CMA system user interface times out timeout after 10 minutes of inactivity Use this procedure to change the timeout value for the user interface inactivity timer Possible value is 5 to 60 minutes Maximum number The number of simultaneous login sessions per user ID of sessions per By default the maximum number of sessions per user user ID is 5 Possible value is 1 to 10 sessions Maximum number The number of simultaneous login sessions by all users of sessions per By default the maxi
515. rtificate security and endpoint management set up Dial Plan and Sites Edit the default CMA system Dial Plan and Site settings which includes the definition of sites site links dial rules services and least cost routing tables to support your network topology and video call routing Alert Settings Configure the CMA system to send E mail alerts for specified system or endpoint events Backup System Settings Download a zip archive file containing all configuration information necessary to restore the system Database Backup Flles View or backup the CMA system internal database backup file Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Administration Overview Selection Use this selection to Uploads Upload SIP URI data to the CMA system Troubleshooting Utilities Access all of the troubleshooting information and utilities the CMA system has available Report Administration Configure report administration settings including retention periods etc 319 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 320 Polycom Inc Conference Setup Overview This chapter describes information about conference templates options and settings within the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system Two types of configuration settings relate to scheduled conferences e Conference Templates define most of the settings that become the defaults for a conferenc
516. rver e Pull the system power cord After an emergency shutdown that is when you press and hold the power switch or you pull the system cord or you lose power to the system a system battery may continue to cache information until the battery runs out In this case the system enters an error state To recover you must connect a keyboard and monitor to the CMA system and boot the system to clear the error message Then the system can begin recovery Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 8 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Configuration This chapter describes the configuration tasks that may be required based on your system design and installation to complete your implementation of a Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system after First Time Setup It includes these topics e Add DNS SRV Record for Polycom CMA System Services e Configure the Connection to the External Database e Configure the Connection to an External Enterprise Directory e Configure Redundancy e Set Up Video Call Routing Set Up Automatic Provisioning e Set Up Automatic Softupdate e Set Up Conference Templates e Set Up Directory Services e Set Up a Certificate for the Polycom CMA System e Distribute Polycom Applications IMPORTANT G If during First Time Setup you enabled the Maximum Security option please see Operating in Maximum Security Environments on page 17 for information about how the system operates in this configuratio
517. rvices for certain third party MCU services Conference on Demand With Conference on Demand video endpoint system users can start an unscheduled multipoint conference from their endpoint rather than requesting this service from an administrator The initiating endpoint uses the capabilities made available through the MCU When Conference on Demand is enabled on the endpoint the CMA system sends the call directly to the MCU Note Conference on Demand is only available on Polycom RMX and MGC MCUs It is not available on Polycom RMX 1000 MCUs The following table provides details on how the Conference on Demand service is configured Field Description General Info Service Type Conference on Demand read only Enable Indicates whether or not the service is enabled Available for New Groups Indicates whether or not the service is available for new user groups Description Description ASCII only of the service By default for this service Conference on Demand Service Prefix The prefix ASCII only for the service By default for this service con 485 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 486 Field Description Conference on Demand MCU Properties Login ID User login ASCII only for the MCU hosting the conference This user account must be authorized to create new conferences Password Password ASCII only for the user login Each time you modify the password
518. s Integrate the CMA system with Active Directory Note that when you integrate the CMA system with an Active Directory all local users other than the default local administrator are removed from the system e Edit a subset of enterprise user attributes such as their role area or endpoint associations This allows the local administrator to assign the Administrator role to enterprise users e Troubleshoot and administrate the system if the Active Directory connection to the system is lost When not integrated with an enterprise directory this local administrator can perform the following user management functions e Add and edit local user attributes including their contact information and other user attributes such as their role area or endpoint associations e Delete local users Note As a best practice use this local administrator account for user management tasks on the CMA system Do not use it to log into managed devices The user management workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has changed in the following ways e Once integrated with an enterprise directory the local administrator can see enterprise users as well as associate them to endpoints roles and areas when applicable e Administrators cannot create custom roles with a custom set of permissions The system has only pre defined roles and associated permissions as described in Default CMA System Roles and Permissions on p
519. s MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 SerialPort Direct Buffer Y N SIP Authentication Password SIP Authentication UserName SIP Legacy Mask SIP Mode SIP ReplyTo URI SIP Server Address SIP Server Discovery SIP Server Type SIP TLS Verify SIP Transport Default SNMP CommunityName SNMP HostlPAddr 1 SNMP HostlPAddr 2 SNMP HostlPAddr 3 SNMP Mode SNMP SystemContact SNMP SystemLocation SSH Mode StartupVideoSource StilllmageSource Streaming Address Streaming AllowRemoteStart Streaming Announcements Streaming Hops Streaming Password Streaming Port Streaming Quality lt z z z z z z z z z lt lt lt z lt Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 Streaming Source Y N Streaming VideoRate StrictPassword Switch Configuration Primary Switch Configuration Secondary Switch Logicallnput 1 Map Switch Logicallnput 1 Mode 1 Switch Logicallnput 1 Mode 2 Switch Logicallnput 1 Mode 3 Switch Logicallnput 1 Mode 4 Switch Logicallnput 1 Mode 5 Switch Logicallnput 2 Map
520. s all users who are disabled Note this ol 1 2 840 113556 1 4 803 2 is using a different but valid notation Polycom CMA System and Windows Authentication To allow Microsoft Active Directory users with dynamically managed endpoints to securely log into their endpoint without typing in their network credentials the CMA system must be integrated with an Active Directory server and trusted by Active Directory When the CMA system starts up it performs the following actions e Uses Microsoft s LDAP ping mechanism to determine the site in which the system is located e Uses a DNS SRV record query to find a domain controller within the same site When an Active Directory user attempts to log into the CMA system it authenticates the user by connecting to the domain controller that it is connected to and passes the user s credentials using NTLMv2 The credentials are seamlessly passed to the CMA system utilizing a secure channel connection from the user s workstation using the credentials with which they logged into the workstation 362 Polycom Inc Directory Operations Note Because the CMA system uses NTLMVv2 the password is not stored within and the CMA system never receives the user s password Some important notes about the CMA system Active Directory integration e The CMA system is not joined to the domain Other computers on the network cannot browse its file system and it cannot be managed remotely by exist
521. s dialog box has these fields Section Description Name The participant s name Endpoints The participant s managed endpoint s if available Email The participant s E mail address ASCII only for participants or guests without managed endpoints Type The type of participant Possible values include e Domain User e Local User e Domain Resource a room e Local Resource a room e Guest How will this participant join the conference How the participant will join the conference Possible values include e In Person requires no dial settings e Room Only e Audio Only Dial in e Use Video Bit Rate The audio or video data transfer rate in kbps of the participant s endpoint Dial Options Available only if the participant is joining via a video endpoint system Possible values include Dial In Dial Out Dial Type The protocol the audio or video endpoint system uses Select E 164 H323 IP SiP IRI or Annex O If no dial type is selected it defaults to E 164 If you select a Dial Option of Dial Out for a participant without a managed endpoint the Participant Settings dialog box has these additional fields Section Description Number H 323 and H 320 dial types The participant s phone number Extension The specific dial string for the participant MCU Service MCU service defined on the MCUs that the CMA system
522. s the license usage over time 60 minutes total updated every 5 minutes so there are 12 data points on the sparkline A percentage indicator that shows the current usage Pre call Status The Pre call Status pane displays information about the next conference or conferences that are scheduled to launch including Field Description Time to Displays the system defined pre call status reporting time of 10 Conference minutes In other words the Pre call Status pane always reports on conferences that are scheduled to start in the next 10 minutes Scheduled to Launch Displays the number of conferences scheduled to start in the next 10 minutes 313 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 314 Field Description Ready to Displays the subset of conferences that are scheduled to start in Launch the next 10 minutes and that have passed the resource tests that the system executes before launching a conference Ready to Displays the subset of conferences that are scheduled to start in Launch with the next 10 minutes and that have passed the resource tests but Device in Call that still have one or more devices in another call NOT Ready to Displays the subset of conferences that are scheduled to start in Launch the next 10 minutes but that have not yet passed the resource tests Also displays the conferences that are not ready to launch Today s Adhoc Conferences The Today s Adhoc C
523. s the output of the CMA system upgrade script not applicable unless an upgrade was performed Log File Related to Dial Plan Functionality DialRule_Log txt General log file used by the dial rule process This process generates dial out strings to endpoints controls the dialing rules set up in the user interface SiteTopo_Log txt When in debug mode this log file contains messages about site topology entry and usage Log File Related to External Database Functionality ServiceMonitor_Log txt Log file for the redundancy service that shows when a redundant CMA system goes into active or standby mode Log Files Related to Scheduling F unctionality AdapterLog_SCH txt NET remoting log file that shows low level communication errors between internal system components in this case the scheduling component Log Files Related to Global Addre ss Book Functionality AdapterLog_GAB txt NET remoting log file that shows low level communication errors from the GAB communications with the integration layer 297 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 298 Log Name Description ComponentLog_GAB txt NET remoting log file that shows low level communication errors from the GAB communications with endpoints EXXX_LOG x txt Log files for web services device manager and conference monitoring This file includes information about successful and failed syst
524. sent as part of this profile in the Device Type Alert Level Mapping page select Info Minor and Major for all of the device types b To have a subset of device alerts for all device types sent as part of this profile in the Device Type Alert Level Mapping page select any combination of Info Minor or Major for each device type c To have all device alerts for a subset of device types sent as part of this profile in the Device Type Alert Level Mapping page select Info Minor or Major for each device type to be included in the profile Alerts for those device types that do not have an alert level selected will not be included To use the device name to identify which devices and device alerts should be sent as part of this profile click Alert by Device Notes If you set device alerts for specific devices these settings override settings made on the Alert by Device Type page The settings are not cumulative You cannot set the system up to send device alerts for specific desktop video endpoints Polycom CMA Desktop and Polycom PVX endpoints are not displayed in the Available Device list a As needed use the Filter to customize the device list 517 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide In the Available Devices list select the devices to add to the profile Use Crrt to select multiple devices Click the down arrow to add the devices to the Monitored Devices list and configure one of the following To have all device a
525. ser s professional title Department The user s department within the enterprise City The city in which the user s office is located Phone Number The contact phone number for the user Associated Permissions Permission The set of permissions the user is assigned For more information see Roles and Permissions on page 252 Granted Through The role through which the permissions are assigned Associated Roles Assigned Roles The roles assigned to the user For more information see Roles and Permissions on page 252 Groups Type The type of group to which the user belongs Possible values are local and enterprise Name The name of the group to which the user belongs Inherited Group Info Address Book The Address Book s the user sees based upon the groups to which the user is assigned To add a local user Go to User gt Users and click Add 1 Polycom Inc The Add New User dialog box appears The Enable User option is selected by default Enter the following user information Column Description First Name The user s first name Last Name The user s last name 263 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Column Description User ID The user s unique login name This user ID must be unique across all rooms and users and across all domains Password The user s assigned password This passwor
526. server serial number 3 Goto http support polycom com In the Licensing amp Product Registration section select Activation Upgrade Log in or Register for an Account Select Site amp Single Activation Upgrade In the Site amp Single Activation page enter the serial number you recorded in step 2 Click Next 9 Accept the EXPORT RESTRICTION agreement 10 In the new Site amp Single Activation page enter the software license number listed on your License Certificate shipped with the product and click Activate 11 When the activation key appears record it 12 Repeat this procedure for each additional license key required Enter the Polycom CMA System Activation Key To enter the CMA system activation key 1 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Licenses Polycom Inc All Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 2 Enter the new activation key into the Add New License gt Activation Key field and click Add Note that the field is ASCII only Reclaim Polycom CMA Desktop Licenses To set the threshold for reclaiming inactive Polycom CMA Desktop licenses 1 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Licenses 2 Change the Threshold value in the Reclaim Inactive CMA Desktop Licenses section of the Licenses page To reclaim licenses more quickly lower the threshold Set the threshold to zero to stop reclaiming licenses 3 Click Update Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo You can add your company
527. short as a few days in higher security environments or a few months in environments with lower security requirements IMPORTANT If an administrator does not upload a new CRL by the CRL Next Update date the system will become unresponsive Recovering from this situation requires reinstalling from the recovery disk manually reconfiguring of identity and root certificates and restoring the system from a system backup To upload a certificate revocation list 1 Go to Admin gt Management and Security gt Certificate Management and click Upload Certificate Revocation List 2 Inthe Select file dialog box browse to the location of the CRL that you obtained from the CA and select the file 3 Click Open Delete a Certificate You can delete certificates from the CMA system but the CMA system prevents you from deleting any certificate that breaks the identity certificate s chain of trust To delete these certificates new CA certificates must be installed and the identity certificate must be replaced Caution Removing certificates requires a system restart which terminates all active conferences When you remove a certificate the change is made to the certificate store immediately but the system can t implement the change until it restarts and reads the changed certificate store To delete a certificate 1 Admin gt Management and Security gt Certificate Management The Certificate Management page displays the list of cu
528. sioning Profile Polycom Inc To clone a scheduled provisioning profile 1 Go to Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Scheduled Provisioning Profiles In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Clone Profile In the Clone Profile dialog box enter a name for the new profile and click Save The provisioning profile appears first in the updated Scheduled Provisioning Profiles list 187 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 4 Edit the sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box The sections and fields differ depending on the endpoint type selected For more information on these fields see the product documentation for the selected endpoint Review each page of the scheduled provisioning profile and determine if you want the parameters on the page provisioned If you do want the parameters on the page provisioned select Provision This Page Click OK The provisioning profile is updated Delete a Scheduled Provisioning Profile To delete a scheduled provisioning profile 1 Go to Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Scheduled Provisioning Profiles In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Delete Profile Click Yes to confirm the deletion The profile is deleted from the CMA system Schedule an Endpoint for Provisioning 188 To schedule an endpoint for provisioning 1 a Aa WO N oa Go to Endpoint gt Sche
529. splay the Downloads dialog box with the downloadable applications that are compatible with the CMA system Downloadable applications include e CMA Desktop client for PC or MAC including the path to the application e Polycom Scheduling Plugin for Microsoft Outlook e Polycom Scheduling Plugin for IBM Lotus Notes e Polycom File Verification Utility Log Out Click here to log out of the CMA system Note The CMA system has an inactivity timer If you are logged into the system but do not use the interface for a specified period of time 10 minutes by default the system automatically logs you out Help Links to the CMA system online help 254 Polycom Inc Users and Groups Overview Scheduler Roles Responsibilities and Menus The CMA system offers three different default Scheduler roles Role Responsibilities Scheduler For the areas to which they belong areas are optional users assigned the Scheduler sometimes called basic scheduler role can schedule conferences They do so using the conference templates defined for them But basic schedulers cannot change any of the conference settings defined in the templates they choose when scheduling their conferences Advanced Scheduler For the areas to which they belong areas are optional users assigned the Advanced Scheduler role can also schedule conferences And again they do so using the conference templates defined for them But advanced s
530. ss the address book that is higher in priority Polycom Inc Multiple Address Books View the Address Book List and Details To view the address book list and details 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Address Books The Address Book list appears with details of the selected address book in the right pane Column Description Priority The priority affects which address book a user sees For example if a user is a member of two different groups and each group is assigned a different address book the user will see the address book that is higher in priority Address Books Name of the address book Description A brief description of the address book 2 Inthe Address Book Details in the right pane expand the tree to view the tiers along with users endpoints rooms groups and guests associated with the address book Add an Address Book Polycom Inc You can add many address books to the CMA system and each address book can have up to 100 tiers Tiers are only meant to allow you to organize the address book contents They will not be visible to endpoint users when they access the directory Each tier can have up to three subtiers and you can have address book entries at any tier level Associating users endpoints rooms groups and guests with an address book controls where these entities appear For example if you associate user A with address book A the user will appear as an entry in a
531. ssible values are e Immediately Conference recording is automatically started upon connection of the first participant e Upon request The operator or chairperson must initiate the recording manual Recording link v7 Enter the name of the Recording link you want to use The recording link defines the connection between the conference and the recording system to be used for conference recording Recording links defined on the RMX can be given a descriptive name and can be associated with a Virtual Recording Room VRR saved on the Polycom RSS 4000 Version 6 0 Recording and Streaming Server RSS All RMX systems that could be used must have the same recording link set up Audio only Records only the audio channel of the conference Indication of Displays a recording icon to all conference participants recording informing them that the conference is being recorded The recording icon is replaced by a paused icon when conference recording is paused Polycom CMA system has a Default Template Administrators with Conference Setup permissions can edit the Default Template and create additional templates with different settings When scheduling a conference the Default Template which is available to all users is selected by default Schedulers can select a different conference template from the list of templates an administrator has made available to them Users with advanced scheduling permissions
532. ssociated Alert Profile Select the Remote Alert Profile to associate with the user Click OK Polycom Inc Remote Alert Setup Operations Edit a Remote Alert Profile To edit a Remote Alert Profile 1 2 Go to Admin gt Alert Settings gt Remote Alert Profiles On the Remote Alert Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Edit Remote Alert Profile As required edit the General Info Alert by Device Type and Alert by Device sections of the Edit Remote Alert Profile dialog box Click OK Disable a Remote Alert Profile To disable a Remote Alert Profile 1 2 Go to Admin gt Alert Settings gt Remote Alert Profiles On the Remote Alert Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Edit Remote Alert Profile Clear Enable Profile Click Update Delete a Remote Alert Profile To delete a Remote Alert Profile 1 2 Polycom Inc Go to Admin gt Alert Settings gt Remote Alert Profiles On the Remote Alert Profiles page select the profile of interest and click Delete Remote Alert Profile Click Yes to confirm the deletion The profile is deleted from the CMA system 519 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Disable CMA System Remote Alerts To disable all system and device CMA System remote alerts 1 Goto Admin gt System Settings gt Remote Alert Setup 2 On the Remote Alert Setup page clear Enable Remote Alerts 3 Click Update 520 Polycom Inc System Man
533. st wait for their endpoint to be provisioned Better to implement profiles in the middle of the work day and then let the provisioning occur at the designated polling interval Provisioning information is applied in the following order 1 Bundled provisioning if one exists for the same model 2 Automatic provisioning profile if the endpoint is part of a group assigned a profile 3 Site provisioning which takes precedence Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Automatic Provisioning Profiles Automatic provisioning is enabled at the endpoint but the CMA system must have automatic provisioning profiles for both the endpoint and the site at which the endpoint resides So to ensure out of box usability the CMA system comes with Default Provisioning Profiles for both However you can edit these default profiles to meet your needs or add additional provisioning profiles to assign different video resources to different groups of users Notes e Ifan automatic provisioning profile provisions a setting that the endpoint is not capable of fulfilling the endpoint will ignore those settings e The name of the Default Provisioning Profile is stored in the system database and is not localized into other languages If you wish to localized it into your language edit the profile and give it a new profile name For information about how to add an automatic provisioning profile see Add an Automatic Provisioning Profile on page 183
534. standard e Assigned certificate for the system using ASN 1 PFX file authenticating its public key Abstract Syntax e A private kev for th t Notation private key for the system e The CA s public certificate e Sometimes intermediate certificates Upload file PKCS 7 Certificate chain containing standard e Assigned certificate for the system P7B file authenticating its public key e The CA s public certificate e Sometimes intermediate certificates Upload file CER single Digital certificate that uniquely identifies certificate file the system within the PKI X 509 standard Upload file format 447 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Certificate Operations In maximum security mode the root CA certificate must be installed during First Time Setup However you can complete First Time Setup with just the root CA certificate and the CMA system default self signed certificate Then you can complete the process using the Certificate Management page In standard security mode you can set up certificates at any time Use the Certificate Management page to View Certificates and Certificate Details Create a Certificate Signing Request Install a Certificate Upload a Certificate Revocation List Delete a Certificate View Certificates and Certificate Details To view the list of installed certificates 1 448 Go to Admin gt Management and Security gt Certificate Management The Certificate Management p
535. stem 1 Go to Network Device gt DMAs 2 Select the DMA system of interest and click Delete g gt 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion View Registered DMA Nodes Logically the Polycom DMA system is a cooperative two node cluster When the CMA system is the gatekeeper for a DMA system v2 3 and earlier both nodes register with the CMA system and can accept and process calls Polycom Inc The CMA system routes calls destined for the Polycom DMA system to the first node that it finds available If the first node isn t available it automatically routes the call to the second node To view the registered DMA nodes 1 Go to Network Device gt DMAs 2 Click View DMA Nodes The DMA Node List appears on the DMA page It includes these columns Field Description Name The name of the DMA system node as sent at registration IP Address The IP address of the DMA system node as sent at registration Serial Number The serial number of the DMA system node as sent at registration Site The location of the DMA system node as sent at registration Gatekeeper Status The status of the DMA system node 243 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 244 Polycom Inc MCU Bridge Device Details This chapter lists the fields found in the MCU Device Detail section of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system interface It includes MCU H 320 Services Polycom Inc MCU H
536. stem Report sc cass enae ee bed Gob e SKE Ses Hak bake neries 303 System Administration Overview 2 307 Polycom CMA System Dashboard 0 cece ee 307 xi Polycom CMA System Operations Guide xii Dashboard Buttons 0 0 nent e ene 308 Dashboard Panes 0 0 ccc ccc eee ence teens 308 System Administration Menu 000s 317 22 Conference Setup Overview eeeeeeee 321 Conference Templates 0 eo eee en e enn 321 Conference Settings ican s3xieea ecko tages yearned gob eee eaii 334 23 Conference Setup Operations eee204 337 View the Conference Templates List 0 0 0 cece eee eee 337 Add a Conference Template 0 cece eee eee renee 338 Edit a Conference Template 0 0 cece ce eee eee 338 Delete a Conference Template 0 00 0 339 Set Conference Settings 0 cece eee eens 339 Disable Conference Auto Launch 0 0 e eee eee eee eee 339 Disable Conference Time Warning 0 0 e eee eee eee eee 339 Overbooking Dial in Participants n n sssr serere eee 340 Add Customized Text to E mail Notifications 340 Edit Customized Text in E mail Notifications 341 Delete Customized Text in E mail Notifications 341 24 Room Overview and Operations 343 Local and Enterprise Meeting
537. stem Troubleshooting This chapter provides Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system troubleshooting information It includes the following topics Troubleshooting Utilities Dashboard Troubleshooting Specific Types of Issues Registration Problems and Solutions Point to Point Calling Problems and Solutions MCU and Gateway Dialing Problems and Solutions Conference On Demand Problems and Solutions Troubleshooting Utilities Dashboard The CMA system has a Troubleshooting Utilities dashboard that brings together on one page access to all of the information you might need to diagnose system issues It includes access to various diagnostic files and informational panes Polycom Inc The diagnostic files include Traces Use this option to generate and download a network sniffer trace that can help you examine the traffic to and from the CMA system Windows Event Logs Use this option to generate and download a WindowsEventLogs zip file that includes the Application Security and System logs These logs store events logged by applications events related to logon and resource use and events logged by Windows system components respectively For more information about these event logs see Microsoft Technet CMA System Logs Use this option to generate and download a GetAl1Logs zip file that includes all of the CMA system log files For more information about these system logs see View a
538. stem changes back to Presentation Mode and the conference returns to its predefined video layout e Clear this option do disable Presentation Mode All participants see the conference in the video mode defined elsewhere This option is not available if you select any of the following e Video switching option RMX General Settings e Same layout option RMX Video Settings e Telepresence mode is On RMX Video Settings Notes e RMX 1000 systems do not support Lecture Mode Presentation Mode or Lecture View Switching 323 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description Speed Kbps Sets the speed for the conference which applies to both point to point and multipoint calls Possible values for Polycom MGC systems are between 96 to 1920 Kbps and Bridged Audio The default is 384 Kbps Note If you use an RMX profile for conferences that land on an RMX system the speed designated here is used to reserve bandwidth and must match the line rate defined in the RMX profile that is identified in the Profile Name field Lecturer View Switching Select this option to enable automatic switching of participants on the Lecturer s screen when Lecture Mode is set to Presentation Mode and the number of participants exceeds the number of windows identified by the video mode defined elsewhere This option is not available if you select any of the following e Same layout option RMX Video Settings e Telep
539. stration functions including creating and storing a weekly archive of the CDRs are not available 37 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 38 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Conference Scheduling Overview Polycom Inc This chapter providesan introduction to the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system video conference scheduling functionality and operation It includes these topics Conference Menu Overview e General Scheduling Information To log into the CMA system web interface you need e Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 0 7 0 or 8 0 Mozilla FireFox 3 5 or 3 6 or Apple Safari 3 2 4 0 or 5 0 If your system is operating in maximum security mode you may use only Microsoft Internet Explorer e Adobe Flash Player 9 x or 10 x e The IP address or host name of the CMA system server and your username password and domain Note The CMA system user interface is best viewed with an SXGA display resolution of at least 1280x1024 pixels The minimum support display resolution is XGA 1024x768 pixels Generally you get three opportunities to enter the correct password After three failed attempts the system returns an error message To log into a CMA system 1 Open a browser window and in the Address field enter the CMA system IP address or host name If prompted to install the Adobe Flash Player click OK Ifyou receive an HTTPS Security Alert click Yes 39 Polycom CMA S
540. support only the H 323 protocol Polycom Inc Device Details Field Description Capabilities Enabled Capabilities to enable on this device Options are e MCU The device can act as a control unit for multipoint conferences e Gateway The device can act as a gateway for call management The MCU provides the capability if it registered successfully or is managed Note Currently RMX MCUs cannot be Gateway devices Alias type The alias to connect to the device The CMA system converts the aliases to the IP address associated with the device e Alias Type Possible types include E 164 H 323 ID URL Transport Address E mail Party Number and Unknown e Alias Value Value for the alias type shown Device Status Information Polycom Inc The Device Status information in the Device Details section includes the following fields Field Description Gatekeeper The status of the device s registration with the gatekeeper Registration service Possible values include e Registered e Unregistered Directory Registration The status of the device s registration with the Global Directory Service Possible values include e Registered e Unregistered Presence Registration The status of the device s registration with the presence service Possible values include e Registered e Unregistered Exchange Registration The status of the device s regist
541. sword and provides this password to the video chairperson in a separate E mail If Enable Chairperson is selected the chairperson must enter this 15 digit password at his or her video endpoint to assume control of the conference You can change this password to another 4 through 16 digit number Dial Options You have three options e To create a conference for which the same dial in information and a PIN code are assigned to all conference participants use the Dial In setting This setting allows participants to dial in from an audio or video endpoint and connect to the same conference on the MCU e To dial out to all participants in the conference use the Dial Out setting e To allow participants both options select Dial In Dial Out Note When you change a conference from Dial In to Dial In Dial Out the selected resources remain set to Dial In You must change them manually Always Use MCU This setting forces the conference to an MCU and prevents video endpoints from connecting to each other directly This setting is automatically selected and cannot be changed when Audio Only is the conference type or when Enable Chairperson is selected Video Mode Determines the initial layout on a video endpoint s monitor for a multipoint conference that requires an MCU The options are e Switching ke Indicates that the display changes each time the speaker changes and everyone sees the curr
542. system Touch Controls The number of Touch Controls defined with registered endpoints If any of the devices registered with the CMA system experience a fault the Systems pane also displays an alert icon Click the alert icon to see the Endpoint or Network Device view and get more information about the alert Conference Status The Conference Status pane displays the list of active conferences plus 2 of 6 participants online Click on conference title to go to conference monitor view for that conference 315 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Failed Enterprise Directory Login Attempts The Failed AD Login Attempts pane displays e The total number of Failed Logins for Active Directory users in the last 24 hour period e The domain username for the Active Directory users whose login attempts failed and how many times they failed Click the domain username to view the date and time for the failed attempts Redundancy Status The Redundancy Status pane displays information about the CMA system redundancy configuration including e Whether or not the system is configured for redundancy Possible values for Status are Configured or Not Configured e The Virtual IP Address for the redundant system e The IP address of the Active Server The IP address of the Backup Server MCU Status The system allows you to add multiple MCU Status panes so you can create a pane for all or individual MCUs registered wit
543. system does not need to be configured to receive information directly from the Dell server MIB 415 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Polycom recommends using a MIB browser to explore the CMA system MIB A copy of the MIB can be downloaded from the CMA system For more information go to Download Polycom CMA System MIB Package on page 422 The CMA system MIB is self documenting including information about the purpose of specific traps and inform notifications It is important to note that you should understand how your SNMP management system is configured to properly configure the CMA system SNMP transport protocol requirements SNMP version requirements SNMP authentication requirements and SNMP privacy requirements on the CMA system The CMA system supports three SNMP levels e Disabled The CMA system SNMP processes are turned off e SNMPv2c The CMA system implements a sub version of SNMPv2 The key advantage of SNMPv2c is the Inform command Unlike Traps Informs are messages sent to the management system that must be positively acknowledged with a response message If the management system does not reply to an Inform the CMA system resends the Inform SNMPv2c also has improved error handling and improved SET commands One drawback of SNMPv2c is that it is subject to packet sniffing of the clear text community string from the network traffic because it does not encrypt communications between the management system and SN
544. t d Repeat steps a through c to add all domain participants and then click Close e If necessary edit the new participants settings See Edit a Participant s Settings on page 57 4 To add participants from the Guest Book a Click Add Guest From the Guest Book dialog box select the guest s name from the list The guest s name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants list c Repeat step b to add all guest participants and then click Close To add new guest participants participants not available from the local directory enterprise directory or Guest Book see step 8 on page 51 To initiate the system dial out to new participants select the participants of interest from the New Conference Participants list and click Connect New Participants The system dials out to the participants and adds them to the conference Add a Room to an Active Conference Polycom Inc To add a room to an active conference 1 2 Go to Conference gt Ongoing From the list of All Conferences select the conference of interest and click Manage 4 From the Conference Actions list click Add Room From the Add Room dialog box select the site location of the room The list of conference rooms at the site appears Select the conference room of interest The conference room name appears in the underlying New Conference Participants list Click Close 73 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 7 To i
545. t 1 through 15 Name Y N QoS Diffserv Telephony Audio Y Y QoS Diffserv Telephony Signalling Y Y QoS Diffserv VideoTelephony Audio Y Y QoS Diffserv VideoTelephony Data Y N QoS Diffserv VideoTelephony V Y Signalling QoS Diffserv VideoTelephony Video Y Y QoS Mode Y Y QoS Precedence Telephony Audio Y Y QoS Precedence Telephony Signalling Y Y 152 Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series QoS Precedence VideoTelephony Y Y Y Audio QoS Precedence VideoTelephony Y N Data QoS Precedence VideoTelephony Y Y Signalling QoS Precedence VideoTelephony Y Y Video QoS RSVP QoS ToS RemoteSwUpgrade Mode RemoteSwUpgrade Password RTP MTU RTP Ports Screensaver Delay Screensaver LED Screensaver Mode SecurityLog Mode SelfViewOnStartup SerialPort 1 BaudRate SerialPort 1 DataBits SerialPort 1 Mode SerialPort 1 Parity SerialPort 1 StopBits SerialPort 2 BaudRate SerialPort 2 DataBits SerialPort 2 Mode SerialPort 2 Parity lt lt z2 lt ZIZ Z Z zZ z Z Z 2 2 2 Z Z lt lt SerialPort 2 StopBits lt Polycom Inc 153 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 154 Provisioned for supported Tandberg model
546. t Operations Column Description Group Members Local Users Only Search Available Search field for finding users Members Search Results The users and groups identified to the system that you can add to the local group This list can include both local and enterprise users and groups Group Members The users and groups selected as part of the group In the Search Available Members field of the Group Members dialog box search for the users and groups to add to this local group In the Search Results section select and move the users and groups of interest to the Group Members list To select all users and groups listed click the check box in the column header Click OK The group appears in the Groups list It is identified as a LOCAL group Import Enterprise Groups Polycom Inc To import one or more enterprise groups 1 2 3 Go to User gt Groups In the Groups page click Import Enterprise Group In the Search Available Groups field of the Import Enterprise Group dialog box type all or part of the group name with wildcards and press ENTER Note Searches for a group are case insensitive exact match searches of the Group Name field Use wildcard characters to perform substring searches In the Search Results list select the enterprise groups to add To select all enterprise groups click the check box in the column header Click the right arrow to add the enterprise groups t
547. t acknowledge the message before they can log in By default the long banner field on the Banner Configuration page displays the required Standard Mandatory Notice and Consent Provision for systems operating in maximum security mode The short banner field displays a shortened version of this same notice The long banner is used for the CMA system log in banner It is also provisioned to HDX systems that the CMA system manages The short banner is provisioned to HDX systems that the CMA system manages for those situations in which the long banner length exceeds the available display area The CMA system provides several sample long banners You can use these banners as is or edit them to create a custom long banner The CMA system provides a single short banner which you can also customize If you customize the banners remember that the long banner message may contain up to 5000 characters The short banner message may contain up to 1315 characters 31 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 32 Local User Account Management The Local User Account Management page allows an administrator to change but not disable the following local user account settings Field Description Account Lockout Failed login threshold Specify how many consecutive login failures cause the system to lock an account Possible value is 2 to 10 Failed login window hours Specify the time span within which the consecutive failures mus
548. t configurations you do not need to upload the logo to both servers To add a custom logo to the CMA Desktop user interface 1 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Custom Logos 2 Inthe Current CMA Desktop Logo section of the Custom Logos page click Upload 3 In the Select file dialog box browse to the logo image and select the file Click Open Once a user logs in is provisioned and then logs out the logo will be displayed on the Polycom CMA Desktop user interface To remove a custom logo from the CMA Desktop user interface 1 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Custom Logos 413 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 2 Inthe Current CMA Desktop Logo section of the Custom Logos page click Restore Default Once a user logs in is provisioned and then logs out the default logo will be displayed on the CMA Desktop user interface Edit the Polycom CMA System E mail Account To edit the CMA system e mail account 1 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt E mail 2 On the E mail page edit the e mail account ASCII only from which the CMA system will send conference notification e mails or edit the IP address of the mail server from which the CMA system will send conference notification e mails Notes G e Many e mail servers will block or discard e mails without a qualified From address To avoid this issue make sure each person with Scheduler permissions has a valid E mail address Many E mail servers will block
549. t occur in order to lock the account Possible value is 1 to 24 duration minutes Customized user Specify how long the user s account remains locked account lockout Possible value is 1 to 480 Account Inactivity days Customize account Specify the inactivity threshold that triggers disabling of inactivity threshold inactive accounts Possible value is 30 to 180 Local Password Requirements The Local Password Requirements page allows an administrator to change but not disable password security requirements by specifying password age length and complexity Field Description Password Management Maximum password age days Specify at what age a password expires Possible value is 30 to 180 Minimum password age days Specify how frequently a password can be changed Possible value is 1 to 30 Password warning interval days Specify when users start to see a warning about their password expiration Possible value is 1 to 7 Minimum length Specify the number of characters a password must contain Possible value is 8 to 18 Minimum changed characters Specify the number of characters that must be different from the previous password Possible value is 1 to 4 Reject previous passwords Specify how many of the user s previous passwords the system remembers and won t permit to be reused Possible value is 8 to 16 Polycom Inc
550. t system to use PVEC Polycom Video Error Concealment if packet loss occurs PVEC delivers smooth clear video over IP networks by concealing the deteriorating effects of packet loss Allows the endpoint system to use Resource Reservation Setup Protocol RSVP to request that routers reserve bandwidth along an IP connection path Both the near site and far site must support RSVP in order for reservation requests to be made to routers on the connection path Enable Dynamic Bandwidth Specify whether to let the endpoint system automatically find the optimum line speed for a call Maximum Transmit Bandwidth Kbps Specify the maximum transmission line speed Maximum Receive Bandwidth Kbps Specify the maximum reception line speed Security Settings Security Profile Read only field Displays the security level of the CMA system Use Room Password for Remote Access Specify whether the local endpoint system password and remote access password are the same Room Password Enter or change the local endpoint system password here When the local password is set you must enter it to configure the system Admin Settings using the remote control The local password must not contain spaces Administrator ID Enter the administrative account that should be used to access the endpoint system remotely Remote Access Password For endpoint systems enter or change the remote access password her
551. t to a certificate authority to be signed Note 4 Although it is common for a system to be identified by any number of digital certificates each signed by a different CA the CMA system currently only supports a single identity certificate This procedure describes how to create a certificate signing request CSR to submit to a certificate authority To create a certificate signing request 1 Go to Admin gt Management and Security gt Certificate Management The Certificate Management page displays the list of currently available certificates By default the system will have one server certificate identified as the CMA server identity certificate and one or more root certificates or certificate chains 2 Click Create Certificate Signing Request If you see the warning This action will overwrite any previously generated or uploaded private key Do you want to continue do one of the following If you are waiting for a previous request to be signed click No Because the CMA system currently supports only one identity certificate only the most recent private key is retained The digital certificate resulting from the most recent CSR is the only certificate that will match the retained private key and is therefore the only identity certificate that can be installed If this is a new certificate signing request click Yes to continue 450 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Management amp Security Operations In
552. t type and model type appears in the Automatic Software Updates list If you receive a message that indicates This version is the first for its endpoint type so it will be assumed to be the policy for this endpoint type the software update profile also appears in the Version to use field Set an Automatic Software Update Policy To set an automatic software update policy for an endpoint type 1 2 3 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates Select the tab for the endpoint type of interest Choose one of these policies Tospecify a minimum version of automatic software update package make that version the Version to use and select Allow this version or newer To require a specific version of automatic software update package make that version the Version to use and clear Allow this version or newer To turn automatic software update off for an endpoint type change the Version to use value to none Click Update 197 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Trial a Software Update Package 198 To trial a software update package 1 Get the things you need to create the package Complete these tasks a List the Serial Numbers for the Endpoints to be Updated on page 194 b Download the Required Software Package on page 195 c Request Update Activation Keys on page 195 Set up testing Complete these tasks a Create a Local Trial Group on pag
553. t you select None Audio Algorithm Sets the compression algorithm that the MGC uses to process audio The default is Auto Note Selecting a certain video audio algorithm doesn t guarantee that it will be chosen for a conference since an MGC device may negotiate a different algorithm with the endpoints depending on the endpoint s capabilities Audio Mix Depth Sets the number of participants with the loudest voices who sites can speak at once during a conference If additional participants speak their comments are not heard Conference on Port When selected this option conserves bandwidth and ports by putting all participants on a single port When Conference on Port is enabled the Video Mode must be set to one of the Continuous Presence layouts RMX General Settings gt RMX Profile Settings Use existing profile Select to use an existing RMX profile Clear to set all of the RMX profile settings here in the conference template This method ensures that the RMX profile settings are the way you want them and avoids maintaining identical profiles on all RMX systems Note With this option selected conferences fail if they land on an RMX device and a valid RMX profile is not specified below RMX profile name Identifies the RMX profile for the conference if the conference is hosted on an RMX system Enter the RMX profile routing name which is generally but not always the same as the profile name
554. tabase Backup Files list appears showing all of the backup files stored on the CMA system Files with a timestamp included in the name are system generated backup files Files without a timestamp are user forced backups 2 Inthe Database Backup Files list select the backup files of interest and click Save 3 In the Save As dialog box browse to a location and click Save Reformat the Existing Database Polycom Inc The CMA system has an option that allows you to completely reformat clean out the system s existing database IMPORTANT Use this option only if your database is corrupted beyond repair or perhaps if you need to wipe out a test system to prepare it for production data To reformat the database you must use the P1cmDbo user name and password during the process This user name is an internal user name found at Admin gt Management and Security Settings gt Database Security Be sure that you know the password for P1cmDbo before starting the reformat process By default the password is not listed but you can reset it For more information see Change Internal Database Passwords on page 461 To reformat the existing databases 1 From the CMA system web interface go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Database On the Database page select Reformat existing database In the Reformat Existing Database Database Maintenance dialog box specify the Database Server IP Address and Database Server Port Numbe
555. take to manage and use the system Polycom Inc Users and Groups Overview Some important notes about user roles and permissions e Users local and enterprise may be assigned more than one role In this case the permissions associated with those roles are cumulative a user has all of the permissions assigned to all of his roles e Users local and enterprise may be assigned roles as an individual and as part of a group Again the permissions associated with those roles are cumulative a user has all of the permissions assigned to all of his roles no matter how that role is assigned e Users assigned a role with any one of the Administrator Permissions are generally referred to as administrators Users assigned a role with any one of the Operator Permissions and none of the Administrator Permissions are referred to as Operators Users assigned a user role with Scheduler Permissions and none of the Administrator or Operator Permissions are referred to as Schedulers Default CMA System Roles and Permissions The CMA system includes a default set of roles Roles are associated with a set of permissions Roles and permissions define the menus pages and functions that the system displays So users see only the menus pages and functions associated with their roles The following table identifies the default roles Each of these roles is discussed in more detail in the following sections Note The role names are stored in
556. taken from the H 323 ID if the MCU registered with the gatekeeper and it is a third party system In other cases it is the system name which might be different than the H 323 ID Device Type The type of MCU For valid types see Network Device Types on page 221 IP Address The assigned IP address of the MCU Site The network site for the MCU By default MCUs are added to the Primary Site Product ID Description A free form text field Extended ASCII only in which information about the MCU can be added Serial Number The serial number ASCII only of the MCU The MCU provides the serial number if it registered successfully or is managed Software Version The version of the software installed on the MCU ASCII only The MCU provides the version number if it registered successfully or is managed HTTP URL RMX MCUs only The management URL for the endpoint if available ASCII only This URL allows the CMA system to start the endpoint s management system using the Manage function All Polycom endpoints allow device management through a browser For these endpoints this field is completed when the endpoint registers with the CMA system For third party endpoints that do not register using an IP address you must enter the URL HTTP Port RMX MCUs only The HTTP port number for the MCU communications The MCU provides the port number if it registered successfully and is managed By default i
557. tatus information provided by the Status Polycom branded Dell server agent thought its MIB Battery Status Battery status information provided by the Polycom branded Dell server agent thought its MIB Cooling Fan Fan status information provided by the Polycom branded Dell server agent thought its MIB Services The Services pane displays information about the CMA system services including e How many services are running e How many services are stopped e A list of the services and a graphical indicator for each service indicating its state Running O or Stopped If a service is stopped select the service and a dialog box appears that describes the error possible reasons for the error and suggestions to correct the error Click the start service icon to restart the service The following table lists the services their purpose and whether or not they are essential to the health of the system Service Manages the system s Comment Apache2 Web processes Essential MSSQLSERVER Database processes Essential OpenDS Polycom Cascader Site topology database Cascaded conferencing processes Required for site topology functionality Required for cascading conferences 311 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 312 Service Manages the system s Comment Polycom Conference Conference scheduling Essential Scheduling Service proc
558. te Filters by the date the provisioning bundle was downloaded and created on the system e Description Filters by the description of the provisioning bundle Name The name assigned to the provisioning bundle when it was downloaded and created on the system Model The exact type of endpoint to which the provisioning bundle applies as defined when it was downloaded and created on the system Creation The date the provisioning bundle was downloaded and created on Date the system Description The description assigned to the provisioning bundle when it was downloaded and created on the system 95 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Actions in the Bundled Provisioning View The Actions section of the Bundled Provisioning View may include these context sensitive commands Action Use this action to Download Create a new provisioning bundle by downloading the bundle from an HDX or RealPresence Group Series system on the network Delete Delete the selected bundled from the bundle list Automatic Provisioning View 96 Use the Automatic Provisioning View to see the list of endpoints that are registered to the system for automatic provisioning Endpoint List in the Automatic Provisioning View By default the endpoint list in the Automatic Provisioning View displays the list of Polycom HDX and RealPresence Group Series system endpoints registered to the CMA system for automatic provisioning The en
559. te cannot be identified e The required resources are unavailable e Bandwidth limitations exist on the WAN How Least Cost Routing Works Each LCR table defines dial strings which include the country code area code prefix and a weighted cost for commonly made calls You usually create one LCR table per site The following table is an example of an LCR table Country Code Area Code Prefix Weighted Cost 1 408 565 0 1 408 0 1 650 0 1 415 5 The CMA system compares the dial string for a call to the dial strings in LCR tables The dial string can match at the country code area code or prefix level The CMA system reads the of digits to strip field to determine how many digits to remove Note For areas of the United States that do not require you dial an access code before the area code exclude this number when you define the number of digits to strip Before determining the final call routing the CMA system considers cost through LCR tables bandwidth resources through site topology and device group policies and gateway availability Example of Least Cost Routing Polycom Inc Company ABC has three sites Site A in San Jose CA Site B in Monterey CA and Site C in Washington D C All sites have gateways LCR Tables for Three Sites The LCR tables included area codes that are used frequently in each site and considered that calls are made frequently from Site C to Sout
560. te on which the conference started or will start End Date The date on which the conference is scheduled to end Duration The scheduled duration of the conference in hours and minutes Recurrence The recurrence information for the conference Owner The person who scheduled the conference Type The type of conference as identified by an icon Hover over the icon to determine the conference type Conference Passcode The conference passcode assigned to the conference For future conferences users with the Advanced Scheduler role can change this conference password See Edit Conference Settings on page 61 Chairperson Whether or not the conference has a chairperson This field will include a participant s name or N A For future conferences users with the Advanced Scheduler role can assign a conference chairperson See Edit Conference Settings on page 61 Participants List Information for the participant including e Name e Dial Mode e Participant Type e Access e Endpoint 3 Click Back to List to return to the conference list 60 Polycom Inc Advanced Scheduling Operations This chapter describes how users with the Advanced Scheduler role have more options when scheduling conferences using the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system When scheduling conferences advanced schedulers can e Edit Conference Settings
561. te when registering with a SIP registrar server Specify the name to use for authentication when registering with a SIP registrar server for example msmith company com lf the SIP proxy requires authentication this field and the password cannot be blank Password Specify the password that authenticates the system to the registrar server 4 Click OK View Current Polycom CMA System Licensing To view current CMA system licensing gt Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Licenses The Active License section of the Licenses page displays the following information Field Description Activation Key The current activation key for the product Expiration Date The expiration date of the current license key Components The components for which the CMA system is licensed Seats The number of seats for which the CMA system is licensed 410 Polycom Inc Server Setting Operations Add Polycom CMA System Licenses Adding licenses to your CMA system is a two step process e Request a Software Activation Key Code Enter the Polycom CMA System Activation Key These processes are described in the following topics Request a Software Activation Key Code To request a software activation key code 1 Ina separate browser page or tab log into the CMA system server as an administrator 2 Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Licenses and record the CMA system
562. tem By default IRR is set to 0 which is equivalent to disabling the Real time Statistics option The valid IRR frequency range is 20 to 65535 Call Model Describes how the CMA system routes selected H 225 call signaling messages that is SETUP CALL PROCEEDING ALERTING CONNECT and NOTIFY message Possible values include Routed or Direct For more information see Routing Mode on page 398 In any case Q 931 messages ARQ ACF ARJ BRQ BCF and BRJ are always sent through the CMA system gatekeeper 3 Click Update A user with administrator permissions can configure the CMA system so that only endpoints with specified E 164 prefixes are allowed to register to the H 323 gatekeeper Note that when you apply this policy to a system with existing endpoints all existing endpoints that fail to meet the new policy will fail to re register with the gatekeeper This will be flagged in the Endpoint gt Monitor View as a gatekeeper registration error To allow only the registration of endpoints with defined E 164 prefixes 1 Goto Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Primary Gatekeeper On the Primary Gatekeeper page change the Allow Registration of setting to Predefined Prefixes Only The Valid E 164 Prefixes entry box appears 2 Entera range of prefixes in the From and To fields and click Add The prefix range appears in the Allowed Prefix Ranges table 441 Polycom CMA System Operations Guid
563. tem For more information about supported functionality see the Polycom RMX System Release Notes for your conferencing platform Working in the Polycom CMA System This section includes some general information you should know when working in the CMA system It includes these topics Log Into the Polycom CMA System Field Input Requirements Filter and Search a List Change a Password Log Out of the Polycom CMA System Restart or Shut Down a Polycom CMA System Emergency Shutdown of a Polycom CMA System Log Into the Polycom CMA System To log into the CMA system web interface you need Microsoft Internet Explorer 6 0 7 0 or 8 0 Mozilla FireFox 3 5 or 3 6 or Apple Safari 3 2 4 0 or 5 0 If your system is operating in maximum security mode you may use only Microsoft Internet Explorer Adobe Flash Player 9 x or 10 x The IP address or host name of the CMA system server and your username password and domain Note The CMA system user interface is best viewed with an SXGA display resolution of at least 1280x1024 pixels The minimum support display resolution is XGA 1024x768 pixels Generally you get three opportunities to enter the correct password After three failed attempts the system returns an error message Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Operations Guide To log into a CMA system 1 Open a browser window and in the Address field enter the CMA system IP address or host name If prompte
564. tem with the Maximum Security feature enabled is fixed at 500 devices with no expansion available A CMA 4000 cannot operate in Maximum Security mode Your system comes with a Default Trial key that is valid for 60 days after activating your system With your system order you will receive one License Certificate You must activate the License Certificate to receive an activation key which you then enter in the CMA system When you enter this activation Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Setup Overview key into the system it overwrites the Default Trial key When applied to the system an expansion license pack augments the device license count For example applying a 1000 device expansion license pack to a baseline CMA 5000 system will yield a total license count of 1500 concurrent licenses Where applicable the number of concurrent calls supported by a CMA system is derived from the number of device licenses at a 3 10 ratio calls devices For example a system licensed for 5000 devices supports up to 1500 concurrent calls in routed mode and 3000 calls in direct mode Device licenses are consumed based on a 1 1 basis for any managed device endpoints MCU GK GW including personal endpoints IP blades and more that can be added to the system by any means including the user interface registration for management services or registration for Global Address Book services Note Device licenses are consumed
565. tep 6 5 On the primary server a Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Redundant Configuration b Enter the Virtual IP for the redundant system and click Submit The primary system will reboot 6 Wait for the primary system to completely reboot and is back online and then on the redundant server a Goto Admin gt Server Settings gt Database On the Database page select the Use an external SQL Server database check box c Enter the database information from the primary server that is the database server s IP address and SQL server port number in the Database page 434 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Redundancy d Click Update The CMA 5000 system connects to the database server and the redundant server restarts and comes online 7 On the primary server fail over to the redundant server See Failover to a Redundant Polycom CMA 5000 System Server on page 437 To configure redundancy on a newly installed Polycom CMA system A redundant CMA system configuration requires the installation of two CMA system servers on the same network During First Time Setup you are instructed to assign these two servers physical IP addresses and leave them pointed at their internal databases This section describes how to complete the configuration of these newly installed redundant servers It includes these topics 1 Configure the External Database for Redundancy 2 Set the Virtual IP Address for the Redundant System Not
566. ter 0 to remove any limit Recent Calls Screen Saver Wait Time Specifies whether to display the Recent Calls button on the home screen The Recent Calls screen lists the site number or name the date and time and whether the call was incoming or outgoing Note If the Call Detail Report option is not selected the Recent Calls option is not available Specifies how long the system remains awake during periods of inactivity The default is 3 minutes If the system requires users to log in the screen saver timeout also logs out the current user Setting this option to Off prevents the system from going to sleep To prevent image burn in specify 3 minutes or less Directory Search Mode Specifies how endpoint directory searches are initiated by the endpoint user Possible values are e Automatic The search is executed after the user stops entering characters e Manual The search is executed only when the user explicitly clicks the Search button Home Screen Settings Display Contact List as Home Screen Specifies whether or not to display the contact list as the entry screen Display H 323 Extension Lets users placing a gateway call enter the H 323 extension separately from the gateway ID If you do not select this setting endpoint system users make gateway calls by entering the call information in this format gateway ID extension Enable Availability Control When
567. th the loss of advanced functionality is that during a failure and restart the gatekeeper loses track of active calls that it was not involved in setting up In this case after a failure and restart the gatekeeper s bandwidth calculations will be incorrect until those calls end Also since the Conference Monitoring function uses gatekeeper data the monitoring information for those calls may be incorrect or incomplete Routed Mode In this advanced mode the CMA system gatekeeper besides performing the functions of a Direct mode gatekeeper also acts as a proxy for the call signaling H 225 messages that set up the call In this mode only the media streams are sent directly between the endpoints in the call Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Setup Overview In Routed mode the number of concurrent calls supported by a CMA system is derived from the number of device licenses at a 3 10 ratio calls devices So for example a system in Routed mode licensed for 5000 devices supports up to 1500 calls The advantage of Routed mode is that it enables advanced features such as Simplified Dialing Conference on Demand Alternate Routing Least Cost Routing MCU board hunting and firewall traversal for a Polycom VBP system in Enterprise or E mode Routed mode is also supported for the Polycom VBP system in Service Provider or S mode The disadvantage of routed mode is that a gatekeeper failure and restart terminates all running conf
568. the CMA system go to Admin gt Backup System Settings and Create and Download a Backup Archive For more information see Backup the CMA System Settings on page 526 General System Health and Capacity Checks On the Dashboard verify that there are no alerts indicating problems with any part of the system For more information see Polycom CMA System Dashboard on page 307 Certificates Go to Admin gt Management and Security gt Certificate Management and verify that the list of certificates contains the certificates you ve installed and looks as you would expect an archived screen capture may be helpful for comparison Display the details for any certificate you ve installed and verify they are as expected an archived screen capture may be helpful for comparison For more information see Manage Certificates on page 446 CDR export If you want to preserve detailed call and conference history data in spreadsheet form off the Polycom CMA system periodically download the system s CDR call detail record data to your PC 523 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 524 Polycom Inc System Backup and Recovery Operations Backup Internal Polycom Inc This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA backup and recovery procedures The backup and recovery of a CMA system includes backup and recovery of the CMA system internal database and the backup of
569. the CMA system as a gatekeeper For more information see Gatekeepers on page 312 Users Logged In Displays the type and number of users that are currently logged into the system For more information see Users Logged In on page 309 Services Displays information about the CMA system services For more information see Services on page 311 Polycom Inc System Troubleshooting Troubleshooting Specific Types of Issues This section describes information on troubleshooting specific types of issues on the CMA system It includes these topics Registration Problems and Solutions Point to Point Calling Problems and Solutions MCU and Gateway Dialing Problems and Solutions Conference On Demand Problems and Solutions Registration Problems and Solutions Problem Description Solutions Unable to place calls to an MCU conference room from a registered Polycom HDX system The CMA system rejects the ARQ stating that the endpoint is not registered to the gatekeeper even though the system indicates it is registered e The MCU is not registered to the gatekeeper When the gatekeeper registration is set to auto discovery endpoints do not register When auto discovery is used a GRQ message is broadcast and sent over multicast However the CMA system must be able to receive one of these messages and does not respond to this message if it is not the default gatekeeper e Verify t
570. the Certificate Information dialog box enter the identifying information for your CMA system and click OK Field Description Country Name Two letter ASCII only ISO 3166 country code in which the server is located State or Province Name Full state or province name ASCII only in which the server is located Locality Name City name ASCII only in which the server is located Organization Name Enterprise name ASCII only at which the server is located Organizational Unit Name Subdivision ASCII only of the enterprise at which the server is located Optional Multiple values are permitted one per line Common Name CN The host name of the system read only as defined in the network settings IPv4 Address The IPv4 address of the system read only as defined in the network settings IPv6 Address When applicable the IPv6 address of the system as defined in the network settings Email Address E mail address ASCII only for a contact at the enterprise A File Download dialog box appears In the File Download dialog box click Save In the Save As dialog box enter a unique name for the file browse to the location to which to save the file and click Save Submit the file or text within the file as required by your certificate authority When your certificate authority has processed your request it sends you a signed digital certificate for you
571. the conference End Date Time Specifies the end date for the report This also defaults to the current date Call Duration Specifies how long the call lasted in hours minutes and seconds Account Number If Require Account Number to Dial is enabled on the system the value entered by the user is displayed in this field Remote System Name Specifies the endpoint to which the endpoint was connected for the call Call Number 1 Specifies the IP or ISDN numbers for the endpoints Call Number 2 to which the endpoint was connected for the call Transport Type The type of call Either H 320 ISDN H 323 IP or SIP Call Rate The bandwidth negotiated with the far site System Manufacturer The name of the system manufacturer model and software version if they can be determined Call Direction In For calls received Out For calls placed from the system Conference ID A number given to each conference A conference can include more than one far site so there may be more than one row with the same conference ID Call ID Identifies individual calls within the same conference 289 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 290 Field Description H 320 Channels The total number of ISDN B channels used in the call For example a 384K call would use six B channels Endpoint Alias The alias of the far site Endpoint Additio
572. the person responsible for this system State Province Country YY YY Video Network gt IP Network gt Gateway Setup Speed Enter a prefix or suffix for each bandwidth allowed for Y Y IY Y gateway calls Prefix Par 7 3 P Associating prefixes and suffixes with particular Suffix bandwidths on your gateway can optimize the use of bandwidth by your organization Be sure the gateway is configured to use the same prefixes and suffixes you define for the system 131 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Scheduled Provisioning Notes Some notes about scheduled provisioning profiles and the scheduled provisioning of endpoints e Each page in the scheduled Provisioning Fields dialog box has a Provision This Page option When this option is selected the system provisions all of the values on that page When this option is not selected the system does not provision any of the values on that page At least one page must be provisioned or the system returns an error stating No data to save in profile Either press Cancel or add pages e Until the CMA system successfully provisions an endpoint scheduled for provisioning provisioning remains in the Pending state and the system attempts to provision the endpoint until it succeeds or until the provisioning is cancelled e If an endpoint scheduled for provisioning is In a Call the system waits until the call ends before provisioning the endpoint The system checks the endpoi
573. the types of messages you selected Clear Events from the Log To clear all events from the log 1 Go to Reports gt Gatekeeper Message Log 2 When the Gatekeeper Message Log page appears click Clear Log 3 Click Yes to confirm the action The Gatekeeper Message Log is cleared Pause and Restart Logging To pause logging 1 Go to Reports gt Gatekeeper Message Log 2 When the Gatekeeper Message Log page appears click Pause Log 3 Inthe Stop Logging dialog box click Yes The Start Log button is available and the system stops logging messages to the Gatekeeper Message Log 4 Click Start Log to restart logging 296 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc System Reports Many of the CMA system components can write a System Log File when they experience an error or issue log file depends upon the system Whether or not they do write a system log level The following table lists some of the logs the CMA system saves Log Name Description Log Files Related to Basic System Functionality SE200MasterService txt Log file that shows when individual services are started and stopped and displays a memory usage summary for some of those services mqm sitetopo plcmgk gab every 30 minutes ESINSTALL lt timestamp gt txt Log file that shows the output of the CMA system install script Shows what steps were done when installing the CMA system software ESUPGRADE lt timestamp gt txt Log file that show
574. then select New gt Computer In the Computer name field type Pol ycomCMA or an appropriate name for your environment and then click Next and Finish or simply click OK depending on your version of Active Directory Ensure that the Active Directory Users and Computers console will show all available computer options necessary for the remaining steps by enabling View gt Advanced Features Right click the computer account select Properties and then select the Security tab In the Group or user names section of the Security tab select the SELF object In the Permissions for SELF section select Change password and then click OK Login to the domain controller where the computer account was created and set the password using the following command net user lt computername gt lt password gt For example net user polycomcma p sswOrd 365 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Notes G e Performing the net user command on any machine other than a domain controller will not assign the computer account password for the CMA system computer account e At initial integration the CMA System will change its Computer Account password to a random 120 character string including special characters This password will also be changed to a new randomly generated password every time the CMA System is rebooted or every week if no reboots are performed Because this is a Computer account resetting the password to a known value requi
575. these features e To be assigned Lecturer a participant must have a manageable video endpoint 4 Continue on to Select a Bridge for a Conference on page 67 as required or return to adding or editing the conference as described in Conference Scheduling Operations on page 49 66 Polycom Inc Advanced Scheduling Operations Select a Bridge for a Conference By default when scheduling a conference the CMA system will automatically select a bridge for the conference However users with the Advanced Scheduler role can select a specific bridge for a conference To select a single bridge for a conference 1 When you re adding or editing a conference after you ve made all of your other conference configuration choices from the Bridge Selection list select Single Bridge A bridge selection drop down list appears based on the template selection and conference settings From the MCU list select a specific MCU to host the conference Continue on to Create a Cascaded Conference Across Multiple Bridges on page 67 as required or return to adding or editing the conference as described in Conference Scheduling Operations on page 49 Create a Cascaded Conference Across Multiple Bridges Users with the Advanced Scheduler role can create cascaded conferences To create a cascaded conference across multiple bridges 1 When you re adding or editing a conference after you ve made all of your other confer
576. ticipants a Copy additional people on the notification and or add notes about the conference Note that the To CC and BCC fields are ASCII only Polycom Inc Conference Scheduling Operations b As needed add information in the Enter additional notes to include in the email section c Click Send The system sends the conference notification E mail The Future view appears The conference appears in the conference list The E mail that the CMA system sends can be read by E mail systems that accept plain text E mails iCal attachments or vCal attachments Copy an Existing Conference Future ongoing or past conferences can be copied as a template for a future conference Users can only copy conferences that appear in their Conference list By default schedulers see only their conferences in the Conference list while operators see all the conferences on the system unless areas are defined In which case operators see all the conferences for the areas to which they belong By default users assigned other roles cannot view conferences To copy a conference 1 2 3 Polycom Inc Go to the appropriate conference view Select the conference of interest and click Copy P If you used a template other than the default when you created the conference reselect the template Make the required changes to the conference date participants rooms or other settings For information on performing these tasks see Add
577. tings allow you to e Identify the gatekeeper with an identifier and description e Specify registration related settings including the default gatekeeper which endpoints register the registration refresh period and the offline timeout e Set the maximum number of neighboring gatekeeper hop counts e Specify how to handle calls to and from unregistered endpoints Management and Management Settings allow you to upgrade the CMA Security Settings system software and enable auto discovery of endpoints Security Settings allow you to implement HTTPS for the CMA system Dial Plan Settings Edit the default CMA system Dial Plan and Site settings which includes the definition of sites site links dial rules services and least cost routing tables to support your network topology and video call routing Polycom CMA System Licensing 384 The seat capacity fora CMA 5000 system with the Maximum Security feature not enabled scales from 500 to 5 000 devices The entry level CMA 5000 system has a baseline capacity of 500 client access licenses Additional licensing is offered in 100 500 and 1000 license pack sizes The seat capacity for a CMA 4000 system with the Maximum Security feature not enabled scales from 200 to 400 devices The entry level CMA 4000 system has a baseline capacity of 200 client access licenses Additional device licensing is offered in 100 license pack size The seat capacity for a CMA 5000 sys
578. tion about whether or not you ll need an activation key To request upgrade activation keys 1 For Polycom endpoints open a web browser and go to http support polycom com In the Licensing amp Product Registration section select the Activation Upgrade Log in or Register for An Account 195 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 196 4 Select Product Activation 5 To activate a single license a Click SITE amp Single Activation Upgrade b Enter the Serial Number and click Next A Read and click Accept Agreement to continue Q Enter the License Numbers you received for the upgrade and click Upgrade e The key code is returned on the screen f Record the key code and create a txt file with the Serial Number Key Code combination to be updated 6 To activate a batch of licenses a Click Batch Activation b Click Browse and browse to the location of the txt file you created in step 7 on page 194 c Click Upload A file containing the Serial Number Key Code combinations will be E mailed to the specified E mail account d When you receive the txt file save it to your local system 7 For third party endpoints follow the company s recommended procedure for requesting an upgrade activation key Upload the Software Package and Create a Software Update Package After you receive notification about a new software package for a Polycom endpoint upload the software update to the CMA syst
579. tion of dynamically managed endpoints and the management of its video resources is also tied to users and groups That s because some users and groups may require significantly more video resources than others 107 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 108 Note Some settings on dynamically managed endpoints that the CMA system provisions are associated with the site where the endpoint system is located Site provisioning takes precedence Currently automatic provisioning is available for e Polycom VVX systems deployed in dynamic management mode e Polycom HDX systems deployed in dynamic management mode e Polycom RealPresence Group Series systems e RealPresence Desktop clients RealPresence Mobile clients e Polycom CMA Desktop clients Note Polycom CMA Desktop provisioning occurs on a session by session basis How Automatic Provisioning Works In dynamic management mode when an endpoint starts up and at designated intervals thereafter it automatically polls for new provisioning information from the CMA system The provisioning information is sent in XML format over a secure HTTPS connection Endpoints do not poll for provisioning information if they are in a call They restart polling after the call ends When you add an automatic provisioning profile the CMA system immediately rolls it out If it rolls it out first thing in the morning people who need to attend a start the day conference will have to fir
580. tion of the site either by longitude tlatitude or country city ISDN Number Assignment Assignment Method DID Direct Inward Dial Digits in Call Line Identifier Enter the number of digits in the Call Line Identifier CLID which is the dialed number The maximum is 17 For example in the United States the number of digits in the CLID is often 7 for outside local calls 4 for internal calls or 11 for callers in a different area code e This number indicates what part of the full dial string is sent to the gatekeeper for address resolution 389 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Field Description Digits in Short Phone Number Enter the number of digits in the short form of the dialing number For example in the United States internal extensions are usually four or five digits e This number indicates what part of the dial string is sent to the gatekeeper for address resolution in gateway extension dialing ISDN Number Range Start The starting ISDN number to assign automatically to IP devices ISDN Number Range End The ending ISDN number to assign automatically to IP devices ISDN Number Assignment Assignment Method Gateway Extension Dialing Gateway Phone Number Phone number of the site gateway E164 Start e The starting number in a range of available extensions to assign automatically to IP devices e When a
581. tions Guide To set the default address book 1 Go to Admin gt Directories gt Address Books 2 Click Set Default 3 Inthe Default Address Book dialog box select the option you want All Entries Default setting All users endpoints groups rooms and guests are in one address book and all have access to all address book entries None No directory entries will be available Specify Select the address book you want as the default 4 Click OK Copy an Address Book You can copy an existing address book as a shortcut to creating a new address book The copy process can copy the entire address book or just the tier structure To copy an address book 1 Goto Admin gt Directories gt Address Books 2 Select the address book you want to copy 3 Click Copy 4 Inthe Copy AddressBook dialog box select the option you want Entire AddressBook This option copies all of the tiers and the users endpoints rooms groups and guests that are associated with the address book to the new address book Tiers only This option copies only the tier structure to the new address book Enter a meaningful Name and Description Click OK You can now edit the new address book to add or delete entries 382 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Setup Overview Server Settings Polycom Inc This chapter provides an overview of the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA System Setup men
582. to connect at the best possible call rate and audio video algorithm If transcoding is disabled the Polycom HDX system down speeds all connections to the same call rate ISDN Gateway Allows users to place IP to ISDN calls through a gateway IP Gateway Allows users to place ISDN to IP or IP to IP calls through a gateway Video Network gt IP Network gt Gatekeeper Use Gatekeeper Specifies whether to use a gatekeeper Gateways and gatekeepers are required for calls between IP and ISDN e Off Calls do not use a gatekeeper e Auto System attempts to automatically find an available gatekeeper e Specify Calls use the specified gatekeeper Enter the gatekeeper s IP address or name for example gatekeeper companyname usa com or 10 11 12 13 Gatekeeper IP Address If you chose to use an automatically selected gatekeeper this area displays the gatekeeper s IP address If you chose to specify a gatekeeper enter the IP address Outbound Call Route Choices e Gateway e ISDN Polycom Inc 119 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 120 o c o o o Ta g Sy o S o n xixi 0j o xou S x ae qo 2 x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned TISSI Use Gatekeeper for Specify whether multipoint calls use the system s internal Y Y Y Multipoint Ca
583. trative Tools gt Active Directory Users and Computers 2 Click the node for your domain and then right click the OU folder in which you want to add a user account and select New gt User 3 Ata minimum in the First name Full name and User logon name fields type Cmaservice or an appropriate name for your environment and click Next 4 Inthe Password and Confirm Password fields type a password for the service account to use during initial integration This is the password you must enter on the CMA system Enterprise Server page Polycom Inc Directory Operations 5 Select the Password never expires option unselect the User cannot change password option click Next and then Finish Notes You can reset the password for this account manually but to do so you must change it in Active Directory first and then update the CMA system LDAP Server page The service account requires the rights to read all properties on all users and groups that will be used in the CMA system Without these permissions it may not function properly Create the Polycom CMA System Computer Account To create the CMA System computer account 1 Polycom Inc On the Microsoft Active Directory system open the Active Directory Users and Computers module Start gt Programs gt Administrative Tools gt Active Directory Users and Computers Select the node for your domain right click the OU folder in which to add the computer account and
584. ts that get their global directory from the CMA system will either get the Global Address Book or the enterprise LDAP directory Two Directory Setup options allow you to affect which devices and users appear in the endpoint directory Typically standard endpoints those that are not dynamically managed register for the Polycom GDS and are listed in the CMA system Global Address Book The Global Address Book allows standard endpoint users to call other standard endpoint users by selecting them by name In this case the Global Address Book is limited to 2000 entries which is the limit that standard endpoint systems can manage 401 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 402 Notes e The CMA system Global Address Book lists endpoints Endpoints may or may not have users or rooms associated with them On an endpoint the Global Address Book does not list users unless they have endpoints associated with them e f your company has more than 100 endpoints don t limit the Global Address Book on the endpoint side or the endpoint user won t have access to all Global Address Book entries e The CMA system Global Address Book does not support unicode data The Include dynamically managed devices in the Global Address Book option changes the Global Address Book so that it includes all standard endpoints and all dynamically managed endpoints such as CMA Desktop and Polycom VVX 1500 endpoints in the Global Address Book In this case the Gl
585. tup process Operations for managing the primary gatekeeper include e Edit the Primary Gatekeeper Settings e Configure Prefixed Based Registration Edit the Primary Gatekeeper Settings To edit the primary CMA system gatekeeper settings 1 Go to Admin gt Gatekeeper Settings gt Primary Gatekeeper 2 On the Primary Gatekeeper page make the required changes The Primary Gatekeeper Settings include these fields Polycom Inc 439 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 440 Field Description Gatekeeper The gatekeeper identifier ASCIl only on the network Identifier which is used by the endpoints and CMA system for communication The maximum number of characters is 254 All ASCII characters are valid Gatekeeper The description AS CIl only of this gatekeeper on the Description network Default Gatekeeper When enabled indicates that this CMA system is the default gatekeeper on the network Allow Registration of Defines for the gatekeeper of which endpoints to allow to register For more information see Device Registration on page 396 Registration Refresh seconds The number of days that the CMA system gatekeeper maintains the endpoint registration information in case the endpoint has not yet received any The default is 30 days Enter 999 to prevent endpoint registrations from expiring automatically Registration Refresh seconds The interval at which the CMA system sends k
586. ty and Distribution The CMA system supports either of these group types Polycom Inc Users Polycom Inc Directory Operations Note An Active Directory forest with a functional level of Windows 2000 Mixed mode only supports Universal Distribution groups Windows 2000 Native mode Windows 2003 Mixed and Windows 2003 forest functional levels support Universal Security and Distribution groups In addition to leveraging Active Directory Universal groups the CMA system also has Local groups which you can use to grant a standard set of rights to multiple users or groups These CMA system Local groups can have as members CMA system Local users Active Directory users or Active Directory Universal groups In this fashion you can nest a variety of users and groups into a CMA system Local group and assign those users rights through their CMA system Local group membership simplifying management of rights on the CMA system The CMA system supports both local and enterprise user accounts Local user accounts exist entirely on the CMA system They can be created and managed whether or not the system is integrated to an enterprise directory Enterprise user accounts exist in your enterprise Active Directory The CMA system cannot create or manage Active Directory accounts except to modify their privileges on the CMA system itself If simultaneously using local and enterprise accounts it is important to avoid duplication of account data F
587. u It includes these topics Server Settings Polycom CMA System Licensing Polycom CMA System Site Topology and Dial Plan Set Up Polycom CMA System Gatekeeper Functionality Routing Mode Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Outlook Polycom CMA System Integration with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 Endpoint Directory and Directory Settings Most of the selections in the Server Settings menu are entered during the CMA system First Time Setup process and do not change frequently Use the Server Settings menu when you do need to change them The Server Settings menu allows users with Administrator permissions to implement the CMA system configuration best suited for their corporate environment as identified in the solution design site survey and or network design The Server Settings menu includes these items Selection Description Network The basic network setting for the CMA system on your network 383 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Selection Description Gatekeeper Settings By default the CMA system is made the primary gatekeeper during the First Time Setup process Use the Gatekeeper Settings option to modify the primary gatekeeper behavior or to add an alternate gatekeeper or neighboring gatekeepers Gatekeeper Settings affect how devices register and calls are made in your video communications network These set
588. uction To configure software updates for production 1 Go to Admin gt Software Updates gt Automatic Software Updates 2 Select the tab for the peripheral 3 Click Configure Production The Configure Production dialog box includes the following information Field Description Configure Platform Platform Description The meaningful name given to the platform software update package when it was created 202 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Endpoint Software Update Operations Field Description Status The current status of the platform software update Possible values are e None The software update has not been configured as production or trial e Production The software update is configured as production It is available only from the Production URL e Trial The software update is configured as trial It is available only from the Trial URL e Both The software update is configured as both production and trial It is available from both the Production URL and the Trial URL Configure Application Application Description The meaningful name given to the application software update package when it was created Platform Compatible Column title shows the version of the currently selected platform Use the drop down list to select available application versions that match the platform version Status The current status of the application software updat
589. ude call server functionality H 323 gatekeeper and SIP proxy registrar For that reason these DMA systems do not register with the CMA system as a Gateway MCU and should not be added to the CMA system as a network device Instead these DMA system should be added to the CMA system as a trusted neighbor 225 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 226 Polycom Inc MCU Bridge Management Operations This chapter describes how to perform the Polycom Converged Management Application CMA system MCU bridge management tasks It includes these topics View Device Details Add an MCU Manually Edit an MCU Bridge Delete an MCU Bridge View Bridge Hardware View Bridge Services View Bridge Conferences View Bridge Ports View Bridge Meeting Rooms View Bridge Entry Queues View Bridge Gateway Conferences View Device Details To view detailed information about a managed MCU bridge 1 2 3 Polycom Inc Go to Network Device gt MCUs As needed use the Filter to customize the MCU list Select the MCU of interest and click View Details 227 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide The Device Details dialog box for the selected MCU appears Field Description Identification System Name The name of the MCU e MCU names must be unique e The name must be in ASCII only and may have an unlimited number of characters Spaces dashes and underscores are valid e When retrieved from the MCU the name is
590. uest will dial into conferences or that the system should dial out to the guest Dial Type Indicates whether the guest has an H 323 IP SIP IP or H 320 ISDN endpoint 275 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Context Sensitive Guest Book Actions The Actions section of the Guest Book page may include these context sensitive actions depending on what is selected Actions Description Add Guest Use this command to add a new guest user Edit Guest Use this command to change information for a guest user Delete Guest Use this command to delete a guest from the Guest Book Deleting a guest is a permanent operation Add a Guest to the System Guest Book To add a guest to the system Guest Book 1 Go to User gt Guest Book and click Add Guest 2 Configure the Guest Information section of the Add New Guest dialog box Field Description First Name The guest s first name Last Name The guest s last name Email The guest s E mail address The system only validates the structure of the E mail address Location The location of the guest s endpoint system This is a free form field that the system does not validate Dial Type Specify the protocol that the guest s endpoint supports H 323 IP SIP IP or H 320 ISDN This selection will determine what other sections of the Add New Guest dialog box you will need to complete
591. ult users assigned other roles cannot view conferences 40 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Conference Scheduling Overview The Conference views have these sections Section Description Views The views you can access from the page Conference Actions The set of available commands The constant commands in the Conference views are e Refresh 2 Use this command to update the display with current information Add aq Use this command to create a new video and or audio conference Conference List The context sensitive Conference list for the selected view Conference Details Displays information about the selected conference For more information see Conference Details on page 81 Conference Features Displays the status of system features for the selected conference For more information see Conference Features on page 83 Bridge MCU Displays the status of MCU features for the selected Features conference For more information see Bridge MCU Features on page 84 Participants Displays the list of participants for the selected conference For more information see Participants List on page 85 Participant Details Displays information about the participant selected in the Participants list For more information see Participant Details on page 86 41 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide C
592. ult DVD that shipped with the CMA system server This DVD has the base image of the CMA system server software WARNING e This is a last resort so never do this without being instructed to do so by PGS support e This process will wipe out your system database and all other system data e The Restore to Factory Default DVD is specific to the CMA system server type and version 527 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Restore from a Backup Archive 528 A user with the Administrator role can restore the CMA system using a backup archive To restore a backup archive 1 2 Go to Admin gt Backup System Settings In the Select Archive File section of the Backup System Settings page click In the Select file to upload dialog box select the archive file to upload and click Open Click Restore from Backup Archive Two warnings appear about the backup process The second warns that the process is irrevocable and may result in an usable system Click OK The system uses the archive file to restore the CMA system to the state of the backup files When the CMA system is functional but the configuration or database is corrupted Restore from a Backup Archive on page 528 can also return a CMA system to its last known good archive As long as the network settings and security certificates are operational the last known good archive will return the CMA system to its former functional state Polycom Inc Sy
593. ures are described in the following topics Modify the CDR Retention Period By default the conference and endpoint CDRs are purged after 30 days To change how long CDR information is retained 1 Go to Admin gt Report Administration 2 Inthe Report Administration page enter the number of Days to keep Conference and Endpoint CDRs 3 Click Save Settings Schedule Weekly Archives of the CDR Report To schedule weekly archives of CDR information 1 Go to Admin gt Report Administration 2 Inthe Report Administration page select Enable Weekly FTP Archiving of CDR Records 285 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 3 Configure these settings Field Description First day of weekly Specifies the day on which the system will transfer archive archives By default this is Sunday As needed you can select a different day for the transfers Use Secure FTP SSL TLS Specifies whether or not the archives will be transferred over an encrypted Secure Sockets Layer SSL or Transport Layer Security TLS connection By default the system does not secure the transfers Host name or IP Specifies the server to which the archives will be Address of FTP server transferred By default the system transfers the archives to a location on its local server You can change this to an external server FTP Port Specifies the port through which the archives will be transferred By default this is system port 2
594. uring of identity and root certificates and restoring the system from a system backup 2 To view more information about a certificate select the certificate and click View Certificate Details The Certificate Details dialog box appears with this information Section Description Certificate Info Purpose and alias of the certificate Issued To Information about the entity to which the certificate was issued and the certificate serial number Issued By Information about the issuer Validity Issue and expiration dates Fingerprints SHA 1 and MD5 fingerprints checksums for confirming certificate Public Key The CMA public key which in the public key system is distributed widely and is not kept secure CRL Info The date by which the current certificate revocation list must be replaced by a new list and the version of the list 449 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 3 Use the arrows to reveal or hide information Click Close when you are done Create a Certificate Signing Request Although the initial CMA system configuration permits using the default self signed certificate normal operation in a secure mode requires that you install a digital certificate signed by a trusted certificate authority that uniquely identifies the CMA system within your public key infrastructure This can be done by creating a certificate signing request for the CMA system and submitting i
595. user interface Notes e The CMA system does not automatically switch to the primary server when the primary server becomes available An administrator must Switch Server Roles e A failover or system restart initiates an encryption routine that changes the private key for a redundant system Therefore after a failover or system restart schedulers who use one of the scheduling plug ins will be prompted to re enter their login settings to access the system Redundant Configuration System Administration Polycom Inc Because the two servers share the external CMA system database most of their configuration information is shared However certain information is not stored in the database so an administrator must manually synchronize this information This includes e Basic network settings such as IP default gateway and DNS settings e External database information Time and external NTP server settings The current system log level e Custom CMA system logo upload the same logo to both servers e Software Update profiles for scheduled software updates upload the same software package to both servers Whenever you change information in one of these sections on one server you should also change it on the other server Licensing and upgrading a redundant system is slightly more complex The primary and redundant server required different licenses 433 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Implement a Redundant Polycom
596. user are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields 2 To search for a local user press Enter 3 To search both local and enterprise users first clear the Local Users Only check box and then press Enter Note If you are not in an enterprise domain you will not have the option of searching for enterprise users 4 If the list is too large to scan further refine your search string 5 Select the user of interest and click Edit 265 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 6 As required edit the General Info Associated Devices Associated Roles Associated Areas Associated Alert Profile and Dial String Reservations sections of the Edit User dialog box 7 Click OK View Permissions for a User A user with the Administrator role can view permissions for a user To view permissions for a user 1 Go to User gt Users and in the Search Users field enter the name of the user of interest Note Searches for a user are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields 2 To search for a local user press Enter 3 To search both local and enterprise users first clear the Local Users Only check box and then press Enter Note G If you are not in an enterprise domain you will not have the option of searching for enterprise users 4 If the list is too large to scan further refine your search string 5 Select the user of interest and click Vi
597. ustom bw256R Prefix IMUX Custom bw256R Suffix IMUX Custom bw320 Prefix IMUX Custom bw320 Suffix IMUX Custom bw320R Prefix IMUX Custom bw320R Suffix IMUX Custom bw384 Prefix IMUX Custom bw384 Suffix IMUX Custom bw384R Prefix IMUX Custom bw384R Suffix IMUX Custom bw512 Prefix IMUX Custom bw512 Suffix IMUX Custom bw512R Prefix IMUX Custom bw512R Suffix IMUX Custom bw64 Prefix IMUX Custom bw64 Suffix lt ZIZ ZZ Z Z Z zZz Z Z Z 2 z Z Z Z Z 2 z Z Z Zz Zz z Z Zz 145 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Provisioned for supported Tandberg models MXP MXP Models Model Field Name 990 880 770 T150 C Series IMUX Custom bw64R Prefix Y N IMUX Custom bw64R Suffix IMUX Custom bw768 Prefix IMUX Custom bw768 Suffix IMUX Custom bw768R Prefix IMUX Custom bw768R Suffix Integrator AMXBeacon Mode Integrator Telepresence Mode IP Assignment IP DNS Domain Name IP DNS Server 1 through 5 Address IP Gateway IP SubnetMask IPMedia MaxVideoTXRate IPProtocol IRControl Mode IRControl NumberKeyMode ISDN BRI Alert ISDN BRI AutoActivation ISDN BRI Chanld ISDN BRI Interface 1 through 6 DirectoryNumber 1 DirectoryNumber 2 Mode SPID 1
598. ut Content can be sent to H 323 SIP ISDN endpoints that do not support H 239 content legacy endpoints over the video people channel This option is not available if you select any of any of the following e Video switching VSW option RMX General Settings e Same layout option Notes When enabled additional video resources are allocated to the conference Select this option to force the selected layout on all participants in a conference Displays the same video stream to all participants and personal selection of the video layout is disabled If participants are forced to a video layout window they can see themselves This option is not available if you select any of the following e MGC as a Supported MCU General Settings e Video switching VSW option RMX General Settings e Telepresence mode is On RMX Video Settings Auto layout Select this option to have the system automatically select the conference layout based on the number of participants currently connected to the conference When a new video participant connects or disconnects the conference layout automatically changes to reflect the new number of video participants Clear this option to manually select a layout for the conference using the Video Mode options This option is not available if you select any of any of the following e MGC as a Supported MCU General Settings e Video switching VSW option RMX General Settings
599. ve the same conference IVR service set up Conference requires chairperson Select this option to require that a video chairperson control the conference from his or her video endpoint system When this option is implemented the system will assign a 15 digit password that the conference chairperson must enter to control the conference The conference scheduler can change this system assigned password to any 15 digit number In this case e The video chairperson must have a video endpoint system e The conference requires an MCU e All conference participants remain in the waiting room and cannot join the conference until the conference chairperson enters the conference H 243 chair control allows an endpoint to control the conference using the H 243 chair control feature The chairperson can disconnect participants force the use of a continuous presence video layout and terminate the conference H 243 cascade control allows the MGC 50 or MGC 100 to support a cascading configuration of conferences with the capabilities of H 243 Note e Set in the RMX profile for RMX 2000 4000 devices e The RMX 1000 system does not support the Chairperson feature Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Conference Setup Overview Field Description RMX Recording Enable recording Enables the recording settings If no Recording links are found an error message is displayed Record conference The po
600. vice management functionality is available to users assigned the Device Administrator role Users assigned the standard Administrator role may only monitor network devices The network device management workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode changes in that it supports only RMX conferencing systems The system changes required for this workflow change include e The VBPs and DMAs pages and the ACTIONS associated with them are not available e The ACTIONS on the MCU gt Monitor View page do not change e The Add New Device dialog box for the RMX MCU does not change Note that when operating in maximum security mode the Admin ID for an MCU is the CMA machine account created on the RMX system just for this purpose and the Password is the password designated for this CMA machine account 20 Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments Polycom RMX Systems in Secure Mode The CMA system automatically detects when a Polycom RMX system is operating in secure HTTPS mode By default in non secure HTTP mode the Polycom RMX system uses port 80 for its communications and in secure HTTPS mode the Polycom RMX system uses port 443 for its communications You can determine via the CMA system interface whether or not a Polycom RMX system is operating in secure mode by viewing the HTTP port number for the MCU see View Device Details on page 227 If an administrator changes the secure mode setting
601. vironment To use the E 164 number generation scheme ensure that H 323 functionality is enabled on the endpoints H 323 can be enabled on the endpoints via site provisioning through the CMA system For more information about site provisioning see Add a Site on page 461 To customize an E 164 number generation scheme 1 Goto Admin gt Dial Plan and Sites gt E 164 Numbering Scheme 2 Inthe Prefix section select your option The available options are No Prefix A Number specify Based on Device Type if available for selection 3 In the Base Field section select your preferred option The available options are Specify Number Range and Phone Number 4 Inthe Suffix section select your preferred option The available options are No Suffix A Number specify Based on Device Type if available for selection 5 Click Update Setting up an E 164 Alias in a User Dial String Reservation To setup an E 164 alias for an existing user 1 Go to User gt Users 2 Highlight a specific user Polycom Inc Polycom Inc N GO QO BF W Coon fF WO DY Dial Plan Setup Operations Click on Edit The Edit User dialog will display Click on Dial String Reservations Select your endpoint type In the E164 field enter an E 164 Alias Click Apply then Update Go to User gt Users Click on Add The Add User dialog will display Click on Dial String Reservations Select your endpoint type In the E164 field type in
602. visioning Profiles gt Scheduled Provisioning Profiles In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles page click Add 3 In the Add Profile dialog box select the Endpoint Type for the provisioning profile enter a name for the profile and click Next Polycom Inc Endpoint Provisioning Operations 4 As needed select Provision This Page and complete the General Settings Video Network Monitors Cameras Audio Settings LAN Properties and Global Services sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box For information about these fields see Scheduled Provisioning on page 113 The sections may differ depending on the endpoint type selected Click OK The provisioning profile appears in the updated Scheduled Provisioning Profiles list Edit a Scheduled Provisioning Profile To edit a scheduled provisioning profile 1 Go to Admin gt Provisioning Profiles gt Scheduled Provisioning Profiles In the Scheduled Provisioning Profiles list select the profile of interest and click Edit Profile As needed select Provision This Page and complete the General Settings Video Network Monitors Cameras Audio Settings LAN Properties and Global Services sections of the Provisioning Fields dialog box For information about these fields see Scheduled Provisioning on page 113 The sections may differ depending on the endpoint type selected Click OK The provisioning profile is updated Clone a Scheduled Provi
603. w about the Conference menu and views It includes these topics e User Menu and Guest Book e Context Sensitive Guest Book Actions e Add a Guest to the System Guest Book e Edit a Guest in the System Guest Book Delete a Guest from the System Guest Book User Menu and Guest Book Polycom Inc By default schedulers operator and administrators have access to the User Menu and Guest Book The Guest Book is a local system directory that includes guest participants who were either e Explicitly added to the Guest Book e Saved to the Guest Book while being added as conference participants They are referred to as static entries because they are not imported through the dynamically updated enterprise directory or included in the system Global Address Book The Guest Book is limited to 500 entries The Guest Book has these fields Field Description Name The guest s first and last name Email The guest s E mail address The system validates the E mail structure only Location The location of the guest s endpoint system This is a free form entry field that the system does not validate Number Optional The ISDN phone number for the user This number is constructed from the Country code Area City code phone number or entered as the modified dial number Join Mode Indicates whether the guest will use an audio endpoint or video endpoint to join conferences Dial Options Indicates whether the g
604. w the Groups and Users Associated with a User Role Polycom Inc 271 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Assign Users Roles and Endpoints You can assign roles to both local and enterprise users and associate them with endpoints To assign a role and endpoint to a user 1 Go to User gt Users 2 To search for a user a Inthe Search field of the Users page type a search string Note Searches for a user on the CMA system Users page are case insensitive prefix searches of the Username First Name and Last Name fields b To search both local and enterprise users clear the Local Users Only check box and press Enter The first 500 users in the database that match your search criteria are displayed in the Users list c If the list is too large to scan further refine your search string 3 Select the user of interest and click Edit In the Devices section of the Edit User dialog box select the endpoint to associate with the user and move it to the Selected Devices column If a user has multiple endpoints the first endpoint listed is the user s default endpoint 5 Click Finish View the List of User Roles To view the list of User Roles gt Goto User gt User Roles The User Roles list appears It can be filtered by Name and Description Column Description Name The unique name of the user role Description An optional description of the role 272 Polycom Inc Add a User Role User Manag
605. wnload a zip file that includes the Windows Event Log Files for the CMA system The Windows Event Log Files include the operating system level application security and system logs These logs store events logged by Windows system components To download the Windows Event Logs 1 Go to Reports gt System Log Files 2 Click Download All Event Logs 3 In the File Download dialog box click Save to save the log file to your local system View and Download Audit Log Files You can view and download audit log files To view and download audit log files 1 Go to Reports gt Audit Log Files The Audit Log Files page appears listing the logs being stored on the system The following table identifies the CMA system audit log files Log Name Description apache_access log lt timestamp gt Log file that shows every web request that was made from client systems The system may have more than one such log apache_error log Log file that captures all of the failed web requests as well as any internal Apache error messages cma_audit_ComponentLog_Apach eCert1 Jog Log file that captures security related authentication issues cma_audit_EXXX_LOG1 log Polycom Inc Log file that captures significant NET application events 301 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide Log Name Description cma_audit_jserver log Log file that captures significant Java Server application events
606. xtends it Context Sensitive Conference Actions Besides the constant Refresh and Add de actions the Conference Actions section may include these context sensitive actions depending on the type of conference selected Action Description Available for future conferences only Edit 2 Use this command to edit the selected conference For more information see Edit a Conference on page 56 Available for future and past conferences Delete i Use this command to delete the selected conference Available for future past and active conferences Copy nm Use this command to copy the selected conference Manage 4 Available for active conferences only Operators only Use this command to display the Manage Conference page for the conference selected in the Conference List Use this command to manage participants and endpoints in the selected active conference For more information see Manage an Active Conference on page 69 Terminate 6 Operators only Ends the selected conference 44 Polycom Inc Polycom CMA System Conference Scheduling Overview General Scheduling Information You may find the following general topics useful when you are scheduling conferences e Scheduling Participants and Endpoints e Bridge Selection and Cascading e Bridge Scheduling and Reassignment Scheduling Participants and Endpoints When you schedule
607. y Mode Group management functionality is available to users assigned the Administrator role The group management workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has not changed except that users cannot inherit roles from groups When not integrated with an enterprise directory local administrators can add local groups with local users When integrated with an enterprise directory the single local administrator and any enterprise users assigned the Administrator role can Add local groups Import Enterprise Groups and Synchronize Groups with Active Directory Reporting in Maximum Security Mode 24 Reporting functionality is divided among different roles Administrator Operator and Auditor Administrator The administrator s reporting functionality and workflow on a CMA system operating in maximum security mode has changed Users assigned the Administrator role can access the following system reports e Endpoint Usage Report e Conference Type Report e System Log Files e Audit Log Files Users assigned the Administrator role cannot access the following system reports since these reports have been removed from the system e Site Statistics e Site link Statistics e IP Call Detail Records e Conference Usage Report e Gatekeeper Message Log For more information on these reports see System Reports on page 281 Polycom Inc Polycom Inc Operating in Maximum Security Environments Operator
608. y when Areas are enabled Filters the list by the area with which the endpoint is associated e VIP Filters the list for VIP endpoints Status The state of the endpoint Possible values include Online Offline e Inacall lt i e Gatekeeper registered d e Signalling unregistered 3 Eror e All paired peripherals are connected without alerts gt e One or more paired peripherals are turned off or no longer connected gt e One or more paired peripherals has an error F Mode The management mode for the endpoint Possible values include e Dynamic management mode e Standard management mode no icon For a description of these modes see Endpoint Configuration Provisioning on page 105 Name The assigned name of the endpoint Model The type of endpoint For valid endpoint types see Endpoint Types on page 103 IP Address The IP address assigned to the endpoint Area Available only when Areas are enabled The area with which the endpoint is associated 91 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 92 Field Description Dial String The dial string for the endpoint If the endpoint has more than one dial string it displays one based on this order e SIP e H 323 e ISDN Site The site to which the endpoint belongs Owner The user associated with the endpoint Actions in the Monitor View Besides providing access to the endpoint views the Actions section of the Monit
609. ycom Converged Management Application CMA system and how to view and export them Use these reports to identify return on investment troubleshoot problems provide information about network traffic and ensure accurate billing for Polycom video calls The topics include e Site Statistics Report e Site Link Statistics Report e H 323 Call Detail Records Report e Endpoint Usage Report Conference Type Report e Gatekeeper Message Log e View and Export System Log Files e Download Windows Event Log Files e View and Download Audit Log Files e CMA System Report Site Statistics Report Use the Site Statistics report to check call rate and call quality statistics for the sites You can view the data in a grid or graphically Polycom Inc 281 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide To view Site Statistics 1 Go to Reports gt Site Statistics The Site Statistics appear with the statistics displayed in a grid The grid shows a snapshot of the current statistics The data is updated automatically every 15 seconds Column Description Site Name Specifies the site to which the statistics apply Num of Calls Specifies the number of currently active calls for the site Bandwidth Used Specifies the cumulative bandwidth used by the currently active calls Bandwidth Avg Bit Rate Specifies the average bit rate for the currently active calls that is the total bit rate for all currently a
610. ycom VBP Device To edit a Polycom VBP device 1 Go to Network Device gt VBPs 2 Select the Polycom VBP device of interest and click Edit 3 Configure these settings as needed in the Edit VBP dialog box 4 Click OK Delete a Polycom VBP Device To delete a Polycom VBP device from a CMA system 1 Go to Network Device gt VBPs 2 Select the Polycom VBP device of interest and click Delete g 3 Click Yes to confirm the deletion Identify Endpoints Using the Polycom VBP Device Note 4 This procedure identifies only Polycom HDX Polycom RealPresence Group Series and CMA Desktop systems that are e Registered to the CMA system e Using the Polycom VBP firewall e Operating in dynamic management mode One Polycom HDX or legacy endpoint system operating in standard management mode registered to the CMA system and using the Polycom VBP firewall may also be displayed in the Endpoint list This entry may represent multiple endpoints since all Polycom HDX or legacy endpoint system operating in standard management mode register with the same information To identify which endpoints are using the Polycom VBP firewall 1 Go to Endpoint gt Monitor View 2 Click Select Filter and select IP Address Polycom Inc 241 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 3 Enter the provider side IP address of the Polycom VBP device and press Enter The Endpoint list displays the dynamically managed endpoints that are registered to the CMA syste
611. ype For security purposes you can create a provisioning profile to update the password for endpoints on a regular basis and reuse the same profile quarterly You might have several profiles one for each type of endpoint to update To change the IP address of the CMA system gatekeeper when the CMA system is moved For information about how to add a scheduled provisioning profile see Add a Scheduled Provisioning Profile on page 186 Scheduled Provisioning of Polycom Endpoints The following table show the fields you can provision when adding a new scheduled provisioning profile for the supported Polycom endpoints 9 c 2 S olo alo N x x o xou S x 5 aa eq x 2 a Field For the endpoint systems being provisioned ce 5 fe S General Settings gt System Settings gt System Settings 1 Maximum Time in Call Specifies the maximum number of minutes allowed for a YIY IY Y LY minutes call Enter 0 to remove any limit Allow Mixed IP and Specifies whether users can make multipoint calls that Y IY J ISDN calls include both IP and H 320 sites Auto Answer Specifies whether to set the endpoint system to answer YIYIYIYJ JY Point to Point Calls incoming point to point calls automatically Polycom Inc Endpoint Management Overview o c o o o 8 Sr o sS o N xixi ao xou S x
612. ype The pattern type in use for this rule Options are e Local Directory Services e DNS Name e IP Address e Prefix e Prefix Range For more information see Parts of a Dial Rule on page 494 Pattern Data Additional criteria that must be met to apply this rule Polycom Inc Dial Plan Setup Operations Column Description Routing Action The routing action used by this rule Options are e Route e Block e Route within region e Route out of region e Route to a GW with LCR applied e Route to a GW service e Route to a list of GW services e Route to a trusted neighbor Note Not all actions are available for all pattern types Site The sites for which this rule is used May be all sites or a specific site Priority The priority assigned this rule Enabled Indicates whether or not the dial rule is enabled Add a Dial Rule To add a dial rule 1 Go to Admin gt Dial Plan gt Dial Rules 2 Inthe Dial Rules list click Add Dialing Rule 3 Complete the General Info Routing Action Trusted Neighbors and Gateway Services sections of the Add Dialing Rule dialog box 4 Click OK The new dial rule is added to the system Enable or Disable Dialing Rules You can enable or disable dial rules Note G Use caution when changing the default dial rules which enable basic operations in the CMA system Polycom Inc 497 Polycom CMA System O
613. ystem 1 Go to Network Device gt VBPs and click Add 4 2 Configure these settings in the Add VBP dialog box Column Description Name A unique name to identify the Polycom VBP device Provider side IP The Private Network IP address for the Polycom VBP device Subscriber side IP The Public Network IP address for the Polycom VBP device 3 Click OK A system dialog box appears indicating that you must restart Apache for the settings to take affect You also have the opportunity to add another Polycom VBP device 4 Click Restart Apache The Polycom VBP device is added to the CMA system However more configuration may be necessary for the device to operate in your network For example you will probably need to Copy the CMA System Certificate to a Polycom VBP Device as described in the next topic Copy the CMA System Certificate to a Polycom VBP Device To copy the CMA system certificate to a Polycom VBP device 1 Go to Network Device gt VBPs 2 Select the Polycom VBP device of interest and click Copy Certificate to VBP In the Copy Certificate to VBP dialog box the system automatically populates the Filename field with the filename of the CMA system certificate and the Username field with root 240 Polycom Inc Management Operations for Other Network Devices 3 Enter the SSH or console Password for the root user and click OK The Polycom VBP device appears in the Network Device list Edit a Pol
614. ystem Operations Guide Ifyou see a login banner click Accept to accept the terms and continue If you cannot connect to the system there may be certificate issues When the CMA system Log In screen appears enter your Username and Password If necessary select a different Language or Domain Click Login If you log in as an administrator you see the CMA system Dashboard For more information about roles and the functionality associated with roles see Default CMA System Roles and Permissions on page 253 Conference Menu Overview This section includes some general information you should know about the Conference menu and views It includes these topics Conference Menu and Views Conference Views Future and Ongoing Conference States Context Sensitive Conference Actions Conference Menu and Views The Conference menu provides these views of the Conference list Future Displays the list of future conferences in the main window Use this view to view and edit future conferences Ongoing Displays the list of active conferences in the main window Use this view to manage ongoing conferences Users can only work with the conferences that appear in their Conference list By default schedulers see only their conferences in the Conference list while operators see all the conferences on the system However when areas are defined operators see all the conferences for the areas to which they belong By defa
615. ystem Time Settings e Integrate with Microsoft Exchange Server for Calendaring Management e Integrate with Microsoft Lync Server 2010 or Microsoft Office Communications Server 2007 e View Current Polycom CMA System Licensing e Add Polycom CMA System Licenses e Reclaim Polycom CMA Desktop Licenses e Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo e Add or Remove a Polycom CMA System Custom Logo e Add or Remove a Polycom CMA Desktop Custom Logo Edit the Polycom CMA System Network Settings Edit the system Network settings to change the basic network information for the CMA system Note 4 Changing the IP address via the Windows Network Settings is not a supported operation To change the CMA system IP address you must use this procedure To edit the CMA system network settings 1 Go to Admin gt Server Settings gt Network Polycom Inc 403 Polycom CMA System Operations Guide 2 Configure these settings on the Network page as necessary Field Description System Name The NetBIOS name ASCII only of the CMA system server Must be between 6 and 16 characters long dashes and underscores are valid characters IPv4 Address The static IPv4 address for the CMA system IPv4 Subnet Mask The network subnet mask for the CMA system IP address IPv4 Default Gateway The static IP address of the CMA system gateway DNS Domain The DNS domain name suffix for the network in which the domain nam

Polycom 3725-77601-001H User's Manual

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents